You are on page 1of 366

i

1

IBRARY0/-.

^UIBRARY^

/j \\tf-UNIVERfy

vLOSANCELfj

"$ftH3AINIH\ft

^OFCALIFO/?^

.^OFCALIF0%

OSANGElfr

"%MAIN()3^

<$UIBRARY0y

%JIW3J0
f/

;

^OKALIFOfy

\/^\
^JlWNY-SOl^

%J3AINiT3\W

yomwM$

'

O

uL

%UAINfl

3^
I—

"fyHHAiNiHfl
lOS-ANCElfj

v-lfKANf.Flfr

)

*

V

o
rJ?

^•LIBRARY'S

^aojiivj-jo

^OF-CAllF0%

^OF-CAllFOft

^lllBRARYQr

^l-LIBRARYgr* u7 1 ( i-"

^MEUNIVER%

^lOSANGElfj>

<^UIBRARY0/

SO

%)3I1V>J0 V
^OF-CALIFOfy*

^OdllV>JO v
^OF-CALIFOR^

"%3AIN03\\V

^WEUNIVER%

o

^lOSANGELfj>

^Aavaain^

y0Aavaaii#

%JI3AINfHKV

y0AMii#
WtfUNIVERS//

AV\E-UNIVER%.

^lOSANCELfj>

^UIBRARYQr

^UIBRARY-0/C

o
ex:

^

<&130NY-SOV^

"%3AINIV3t\V

%JITV3J0 V
^0FCAIIF(%
Ce
I

^TJTO-SOV^
•\WE UNiVERS//

^EUNIVER%

v^lOSANCELfj>

o

^OFCAilFO/?^

f
liDNY-SOl^

"fySMAINiHtW

^Aiivaam^

^AavaaiH^

<TJ130NY-S01^

^UIBRARY-0/-

^UIBRARYQ/r

AWE-UNIVERS/a
ce

^AOSANGElfj>

^•LIBRARYQ,

ce CO

=

<
%MAIN(HV\V
^lOS-ANCELfj^
to

^OJIIVOJO^
,

^/OJIIVDJO^
^.0F-CALIF0%

<Tii]0NVSOl^

^OJIIVOJO-

CALIFC%

^\\EUNIVER%

^AU'/jian-^

%HAINil-3\\V

y0Aavnan-^

AWE-UNIVERS/a

^lOSANCEL£j>

^ILIBRARYOc.

<$UIBRARY0/>

&

WtfUNIVERty

I^V)
<TJi30NV-SOl^

~%3AINfl3V\V

^OdllYHO^
^0KA1IF(%,

^OJIIYHO^
^OF-CAIIFO%

<Til30NVSO^
^WEUNIVERty

.\WE-UNIVER%

^lOSANGElfj>

feCi IQ=§

VSi IV©! feC

Hstattc Society flfoonogvapbs

A CATALOGUE
OF

SOUTH INDIAN SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS
(ESPECIALLY THOSE OF THE WHISH COLLECTION)

BELONGING TO THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY OF GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND.
COMPILED BY

DR. M.

WINTERNITZ

PROFESSOR IN THE GERMAN UNIVERSITY OP PRAGUE.

WITH AN APPENDIX BY

F.

W. THOMAS.

LONDON
PUBLISHED BY THE EOYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY
22 ALBEMARLE STREET, W.

1902.

The Library
University of California,

Los Angeles

Printed by

W.

Drugulin, Leipzig (Germany).

IZS XX

THIS VOLUME

IS

INSCRIBED TO

PROFESSOR ALFRED LUDWIG
AS A TOKEN OF SINCERE FRIENDSHIP AND GRATITUDE

BY THE COMPILER.

.

Pages Preface Synoptical List of the • VII— XI of the Numbers MSS.. 1—190 . 191—215) Works arranged according to subjects . Thomas (Nos.. . XII —XV XVI Catalogue Nos.. Appendix by F. and the Catalogue Numbers List of Abbreviations . Index 1—250 251—292 293—310 311—340 340 Addenda and Corrigenda .TABLE OF CONTENTS. List of W...

.

D. 118. seem to be a good deal older and may belong to the earlier part of the 17th century. 151. were probably written about the same time. 141. the MSS. dated by years of the Jupiter cycle. described in this Catalogue belong the Whish Collection of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland. 122. Whish Esq in July 1836. 142. 113. 790 sq. In some of the Malayalam MSS. that is to say. t to The bulk of the MSS. 145. 158. Only a few MSS. Bendall has drawn attention in the JRAS. October 1896. or bearing no dates at all. at the end of the 18 th or the beginning of the 19 th century. 128. pp. entries with the signature of C. in Malayalam characters are older than those written in Grantha. and the latest 1831. 139.3 antiquity. 103. Some of the MSS may have been copied for Mr. These MSS. .PREFACE. 1787 and 1827. M. 2 which are dated by the Kollam era and were written between A. and many of them show traces of having been read and studied by a European scholar. Whish at that time. In most of these MSS. Whish are found. 146. Most of the others. 150. had been acquired by C. Whish of the Madras Civil Service. 157. 2 Nos. 138. According to this the i In No. M. 138. The entries are generally dated. especially in those of apparent greater peculiar paging by Aksaras is found to which Professor C. 194) the date 1817 is probably only indistinctly written and meant for 1827. 108. A certain date can be assigned only to those few MSS.. 5 See Nos. L. and were r presented to the Society by his brother J. 129. 19. the earliest date being 1822 ». 138 (see p. Generally speaking.

~*H

VIII

H$-

1 nna, nya, skra, jhra, ha, gra, system, the Aksaras na the numbers 1 10, fha, la, pta, for used are ma dre, pra,
,


<r

ba, tra, tru or tru,
2

ci,

na for 20,
signs
S

30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90.

For 100 and 200 the
nna?) are used. Besides the Whish
other South Indian
this Catalogue,

^J

and

^3 =
(

Tm and

MSS. there are MSS. (Sansk. Nos. 1

— 28)

also

a number of

described in

about which I could not get any satisfactory information. I found them mixed up with a large number Prof. Rhys Davids tells me that they of Tamil MSS. were always kept together with the Whish MSS., and he
is

they, too, belong to the same not collection though quite certain that they really donation." Whish the of formed part They are nearly

inclined to think that
"it is

written in Grantha, and seem, for the greater part, to have been written at the end of the 18 th and the beginning
all

of the 19 th century. But though the MSS. here described are not distinguished by great age, there are many rare and valuable MSS.

among them.

Perhaps the most important of

all

are the

Mahabharata MSS. which represent a

at the International Some years ago of the great Epic. I first drew Congress of Orientalists in Paris, 1897

distinct recension

attention to these MSS.,

and pointing out the great differences between the text offered by these South-Indian MSS. the soand that of the Calcutta and Bombay editions
called Vulgata

and made an

I showed the insufficiency of the latter, appeal for a critical edition of the
,

Mahabharata
with
is

which I declared to be the sine qua non
This appeal met Sanskrit scholars, and there that such a critical edition

of any critical study of the great Epic.

much sympathy among now every reason to hope

will

the
1

be begun in no distant future. The Whish MSS. of Mahabharata to which we thus owe the plan of a
Sometimes the
first

6ri\ and the paging by na, nna, nya etc. begins with the second leaf, e. g. in No. 157. 2 For other ways of numbering the pages by Aksaras, see pp. 21,
leaf is
l

marked with harih

27, 93, 166, 178, 221.

critical edition

of the
is

great epic, will
to be carried out.

prove

invaluable

whenever

this plan

Among

the Vedic MSS., I

may

point out a

MS.

of the

Taittiriya-Aranyaka
deratum,
Several

(No.

178)

which

useful for a critical edition of that text

—a
is

should

prove

as Rajendralala Mitra's edition

great desianything but

satisfactory.

MSS.

of our Collection

have already been used

or are still being used for critical editions, e. g. the MSS. of Sayana's Kgveda-Bhasya (Nos. la, 2 and 13), of the Grhyasutra, Mantrapatha, and Dharmasutra of the Apa-

stambius with their Commentaries (Nos. 26, 27, 37), and of * Sayana's Commentary on the Mantrabrahmana (No. 86).

How

valuable the

MS.

Collections of the

Royal Asiatic

Society were, has already been known since 1890, when a rough list of the titles of the Sanskrit MSS. in the

Todd and Whish Collections of the Society was published (JRAS, N. S., Vol. XXII, pp. 801—813). It was intended
then already to publish a proper catalogue as soon as the funds of the Society would permit. But it was considered probable that so long a period would necessarily elapse
before this could be done, that it was advisable at once to publish such a rough list, however incomplete and incorrect.

And

it will,

indeed, be

Collection, at any rate,

now seen that the Whish contains many more numbers and
of

above

all

many more works and fragments

works than

those mentioned in the rough list. 2 The forecast of delay was also fully justified by the event. are now in 1902. The rough list appeared in 1890.

We

But when,

in

May

1894, the preparation of this catalogue

i A MS. 'Whish No. 66' mentioned by Prof. Kern as having been used for his edition of the Aryabhatiya (Leiden 1874) has not been found among the MSS. which I have catalogued. 2 For a complete list of all the numbers of the Whish Collection

including
texts

also those which contain vernacular and have therefore not been described in

(chiefly

Malayalam)
see

this Catalogue,

below pp.

XII— XV.

-5*

X

*Z~

was entrusted

to

me by

the Council of the Society the

funds available were not sufficient to enable

me

whole time to the work.

I have

been

to give working at

my
it,

while I was living at Oxford, for several years, but the work had often to be interrupted on account of more

pressing professional work. In 1898 I left England, and some of the MSS. had to be sent over to Prague, so
to

that the progress of the work became still slower. Finally, avoid further delays, Mr. Thomas kindly undertook to describe the MSS. which I had not yet seen, and their
descriptions will be found in the Appendix as Nos. 191-215. Catalogue of Sanskrit MSS. is of not much use, unless

A

extracts from the works they contain are given. For in most cases the mere title of a Sanskrit work tells us

nothing about its character or contents. And even in the case of well-known texts, a few short extracts (at least
to give

the beginning and the end) seem to me necessary, in order some idea of the correctness and value of a MS.

end in view I have given extracts, however from nearly every MS., and I have made a point of copying these extracts as accurately as possible from the MSS. compiler of a catalogue is- not an editor,
this

With

short,

A

it the duty of the compiler to correct "Wherever corrections suggested themselves to me, I have given them in parenthesis or banished them to footnotes. The peculiar orthography of South Indian MSS. has also been retained throughout. Thus, as regards

and I did not think

his quotations.
1

the nasals, I have written with the MSS. annan tu, sarasvatin devim etc. (and not annam tu, sarasvatlm de°), and as regards the Sandhi before sibilants I have followed the

omitting the Visarga before a sibilant with consonant following (puna £rutih, °vimsa strijatakam etc.). I have also written with the MSS. talpara, ulpanna etc., and even atpa for alpa, also tatbuddhis, patma etc. for
in

MSS.

1

Words
(

renthesis

),

or Aksaras added by conjecture, have been put in pawhile square brackets [ have been used to mark
|

words and

syllables as to be omitted.

~X
,

XI

Kr-

tadbu padrua etc., irumi for Srnu, and cerebral 1 between two vowels, e. g. Kalidasa, mangal.a, etc. Only in the Index I have used the ordinary orthography. In preparing a catalogue of South Indian MSS. one has
to encounter far greater difficulties than in having to deal with Nagarl MSS. The reading of palm leaves is always

very trying to the eyes, and the Malayalani characters are particularly difficult to read, and often very indistinct. Moreover the leaves are frequently mutilated or rubbed
off,

what

especially at the beginning and at the end, and is the worst one MS. generally contains fragments

of several different works, without beginning and end. In overcoming these difficulties, I had, as every compiler of

a Sanskrit catalogue

now

has,

the help of Professor

Aufeecht's monumental work, the Catalogus Catalogorum. But I had also the good fortune of Prof. Aufeecht's more immediate help, for he was kind enough to take the trouble of reading the proofs, and I owe to him many most valuable suggestions and corrections, and in more than one case he has helped me to identify some short and very puzzling fragment. I am fulfilling a pleasaut duty in expressing to him my sincerest thanks for all the trouble he has taken in making this Catalogue more useful than it would have been without his generous help. My
thanks are due, also, to Professor Ludwig who kindly read a revise, and has suggested to me some valuable emendations in the extracts.

Rhys Davids
is

to

whom

Finally I have to thank Professor the initiation of this undertaking
interest

due,

for

the kindly

he has throughout taken

in the work.

Prague, August

1902.

M. Winternitz.

SYNOPTICAL LIST OF THE NUMBERS OF THE MSS. AND THE CATALOGUE NUMBERS.

~X

XIII

H$-

~X XIV

«~

-X XV K~ .

CC = Catalogus Catalogorum. A Contribution towards an Index to the Bibliography of the Hall Indian Philosophical Systems. Reports II. = A Second Report of Operations in Search Bombay Circle April 1883— March 1884. Nos. of the South of India. April 1886 the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society. A Fourth — March 1892 Extra Number of Report etc. . II. O. H. Codices Sanscriticos completens. Bd. Berlin 1853. = . Descriptive Catalogue of the Oriental Manuscripts . Stein. = in the Library of Eggeling. Colin Mackenzie. 1896. Calcutta 1892 sqq.Wilson. Burnell. Notices Mitra. . By H. Notices of Sanskrit Manuscripts. Extra Number of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society. Peterson. 1886. Tanjore at Tanjore..LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS. . by Th. in the Palace Part I Vedic Manuscripts. = Catalogue of the Sanskrit Manuscripts 2. Part IV. by Rajendralala Mitra. . Aufrecht.Mackenzie Mackenzie Collection. C. By Julius = dralala Mitra. Wilson. Stein-Jammu Catalogue of the Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Raghunatha Temple Library of His Highness the Maharaja of Jammu and Kashmir. Catalogue of a Collection of Sanskrit Manuscripts. = By A. = & Madras 1895. II. the India Office. fecit Th.Oxford Bodleianae Pars Septima. London 1869. Calcutta 1828. 2: Verzeichnis der Sanskrit-Handschriften von Albrecht Weber. By Fitzedward Hall. 1 J ad. = = 1892. by Ernst Windisch and Julius Eggeling. Burnett I. = Leipzig 1896. Eugen Hultzsch. Prepared for the Madras Government by A. in the = Calcutta 1880. Weber -Berlin Die Handschriften -Verzeichnisse der koniglichen Bibliothek zu Berlin. 1884. 1894. = Classified Index to the Sanskrit MSS. in Southern India. . ConOxonii 1864. Aufrecht. collected by the late Lieut. . Prepared by M. London 1880. Bombay 1894. Aufrecht 1891. Bd.-Col. Peter Peterson. V. by Dr. Burnell. A Catalogue of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Library Mitra-Bikaner of His Highness the Maharaja of Bikaner. By Prof.. Burnett. London 1887 sqq. Leipzig Part Catalogi Codicum Manuscriptorum Bibliothecae Aufrecht. Calcutta 1859. Compiled by RajenOff. A. 1. C. Hultzsch Reports on Sanskrit MSS. IV of Sanskrit MSS.

by Sayandcarya. 74 to the end in Malayalam. Very It incorrect. Gr used for Prof.Bukkabhupala[bhupala]samrajya dhurandhare(read °ra)sya Sayanamatyasya krtau vedartthaprakase prathamaranyakam samaptam II om II iti Madhaviye vedartthaprakase aitarekanyaka(read aitareyaranyaka)kande prathamaranyake pahcamoddhyayas samaptam (read °ah) srikrsnaya nama(h) harih om n ii n 1 See Preface. Whish No. 1 — first 5). first three Adhyayas Samhita This edition is I. See nd -Veda -Samhita. . e. (a) Rgveda-Bhasya. Date o/ MS. by F. vol. Max Miiller's second Rgveda with Sayana's Commentary. about 9 lines on a page. (b) Sayandcarya''s Commentary on the Aitareya-Aranyaka (= Ait. liv.: 18th r 19th Character: Leaves 1 to 73 in Grantha. 122 to I. lvi. Aranyaka of the Ff. 192 leaves. cent. 2 ed. Sayana's Commentary on Rgveda165. the the MS.. i. Rig of pp. 16fx2 in. Size: 1.srivlra .?* Material: Palm leaves. the of the second Astaka.1. Ff. Max Miiller. 152 b to 192. I. Ar.. I. lvii seqq. ed. ends: — iti srlmad-rajadhirajaraja-paraniesvara-vaidi- kamarggapravarttaka . 1 to 152 b.

rd Varga Bgveda-Bhdsya. by Sayanacarya. lOfxH Palm in. Adhyaya l r8t Astaka. 75 to is I.~$~ 2 H$- 2. i. Whish No.: 18* r 19* Material: Character: Grantha. cent. e. I. pp. 19th cent. X If in. cent. 170 leaves. 170 leaves.? Material: leaves. liv. vol. from the 23 rst th the end of the to l of the of the 5 Astaka.. Date of MS. 121. 8 lines on a page. Size: 2. Date of MS. T used Max Miiller's second see of the Rgveda with Sayana's Commentary. Size: lOf 3. Size: 4. Say ana's Commentary on Rgveda-Sam- hita I.? Palm leaves. hmagitasupanisatsu dvadasoddhyayah ii sri^ivaya namah ll subham astu n 4. Whish No. The Brahmagita from the Yajnavaibhavakhanda in the Sutasamhita of the Slcanda-Purdna.. It begins: — atra prathamam jusasva saprathastamam.. Whish No. It begins: rsaya ucuh bhavata sarvam akhyatam sam- — I ksepad vistarad api 1 idanim srotuni icchamo brahmagltam anuttamam It iti omityadimahapurane sri-skande mahapurane sutasamhitayam yajhavaibhavakhande uparibhage bra- ends: — i etc. for Prof. 9 or 10 lines on a page. This edition the MS. lvi.: 18* or 19* Character: Grantha. etc. Date of MS.: 18* or Material: Character : Malayalam. 8 lines on a page. 16^x2 in. 3. 75 leaves. .? Palm leaves. lvii seqq.

Size: 5. — prayascittanisubodhani (sic) samapta u | n srigurucaranaravindabhyan namo namah yadrsam pustakan drstva tadrsam likhitam niaya abaddham va subaddham va mama doso na vidyate asmat-gurucaranaravindabhyan namah II om II n .sama- vaktum iti stopanisadartthasya sakalyena pratipadikani brahmagit. hagola. — I II evam upanisadekasamadhigamyasya brahmatmaikatvavijhanasya nisreyasasadhanatvani uktan tac ca sarvasakhasanimatam iti dar£ayituni aitare(ya)kataittiriyakadi . It begins: vaude sindhuravaktran tam bandhun dinasya santatam pratyuhavyiihasarnanam upasyam sarvadevataih A Commentary ou the Brahmagltd (see No. a work on expiatory (Srauta ritual). II tatradav harih anuddharanapr&yascittam ucya[n]te.un muninam prasnam avatarayati bhavakaratithini atha tam vaktum puravrttam udaharati sarvavid iti vajfias samanyatas sarvaii pureti sarjanatlti sarva- jnah. — arhagolagramanivasi Srlnivasamakhi sudhlhi tanute balan It uddisya ends: prayascittasubodhinim etc.3).: 18th r Material: Character: Grantha. (a) The Prdyascittasubodhihi. ends:— iti srunat-tryambakapadabja-sevaparayanenaiva Madhavacaryyena viracitayam (read °tayam) sutasamhitayam yajhavaibhavakhandasyoparibhage brahmagitayam dvadasoddhyayah sivaya namah subharn astu harih om II » Whish No. 8 lines on a page. 117. 9yXl| i Q -> 117 -J. 19 th cent. It etc. by Madhavacarya.? Palm leaves. Date of MS.41 leaves. It begins: rites by Srmivasamdkhin of the village of Ar- Ff.

~S* 4 (b) h£~ The Kauladarsatantra nandandtha. It ends on f. It begins: Ff. 36b 37a: ekapahcaity evam srlmulavidyaya satbhedah srlmadaraddhyacaranaprasadapraptah pradaratha yady apy asam vidyanam na camitradusanam sitah iti vacanat siddhasaddhyadivicaro na karttavyah n atha praI — — i siddhasrividya - pahcadasaksarimantraprasamgat upasaka- bhedena dvadasavidhasrividyamantras ca sastrantaroktaprakarena likhyante Then follow 12 Mantras. 34b. viz. by Visva- 19. 28: iti (1) The — I — Quotations occur from Tantraraja. This treatise begins: | — atha srlvidyakhyamulavidyabheda ii nirupyante tatra srijiianarnave etc. It begins (f. 28 to 41. Fol. Kulamuldvatdra. Ff. 20): cakroddharah tatra vedikayam gomayopaliptayam pascimatah svasthanam parityajya etc. Ratnasdgara. 36 b. The Srirudraydmala is quoted on fol. srigurupadukan ca vatukam vanlii ca kamesan tripuram param bhagavatln devlm vighnesvaram kaulikadhurttadambhikasathadmam sukasyanialam vaksye I — natva kulajhaninam acarasya ca laksanani vilasatsatkalikanam kramat kaulagamatantrartthan samgrhya srlkularnavartthams ca kauladarsam kurute Visvanando hitaya kaulavidam n n i It ends: — iti srl-Visvanandanatha-viracita-kauladarsan tantram sampurnam srlgurubbyo namah II (c) The leaves 20 to 41 contain two other Tantric trea- tises. or Tripiirabhedali. sricakrapratisthavidhih n (2) The Srividydlchyamulavidyabhedah. 1 — (a work on Tantra). Sankaracarya and Anandagiri are mentioned fol. sriSrlcakraprcdisthdvidhih. | .

26 -f- 89 leaves. ends: ksari | — iti durvasaradhita vidya 11 i pancad.? Character: Grantha. niramkusaisvaryyaii ca sucitam — 12 bhutabalim page purve dadyat ksetrapalan tu daksine rajarajesvaram maddhye ganapati Isannye agneyagavarahim I§avayavye napatim agneyam kurukulyam nnye (sic) i citir ity i : I I I | I (b) Atharvanaprokta deiirahasya svarupdkramopdsandyaJj. "Whisk describes 2. Material: leaves. its Bhdsya. Date: 18 th r 19th cent. Xlj Palm in. apy avimarsapadan See below 1 Mr.. (a) t The Saktisutra together with together with their Commentary. * jaganmatrbhaMyaikavedyah prayogdh by Jagannathasuri (215 slokas). WmsH Size: 10 J No. 20 Sutras citisvatantra I The Sutra begins: visvasiddhihetuh etc. 13—26. sloka .i iti n tripurabhedfih kathitah sriniahatripurasundaryyai namah 6. from 7 to 9 lines on a page. I — om atha saktisutrani I It ends on p. as the Bhavanopanisad.->• 5 -<s~ The MS. gurubhyo namah svecchaya svabhittau visvam unmilayati 2: om saktisutram sampurnam srlmat- — I i Then om I begins: saktisutrabhasyam citisvatantra visvasiddhihetuh visvasiddhau hetuh vi| the Commentary ca iti — I svasiddhihetuka sarvakaranatvam sarvasaktitvam mahaphalatvam sukhopayaprapyatvah ca svatmadevataya vivaksitam treti ekavacanena bhedavastavatvam svatanIt ends on etc. 6. It - - begins : — vimarsapadavacyam this Ff.

. 3 4 5 Bhand. . on the search for Sanskrit 8. Bhand. 37a: Punyanandamukhendor uditam anandadayinim a blank space for two aksaras(w-). 6 °pithanurudham. a pupil of Nathananda. The latter Bhandarkar in the in his Report has been printed by Prof. tat. by Natanananda. Bhand. Bhandarkar's MS. p. or Kdmakaldvildsa.~X narnah I 6 Kr1 japakusumasonam apy ajapakrtim arabikam .* tu ta Jagannathasurinivahavaktisukrdivan krtanhikas sucau dese sukhasinas samahitah 2 11 n I pranan ayammya ruulena rsyadin nyasani acaret 3 It ends: pranan ayamya tato nyasam krtva gurun n ll — namac chaniblium I iti srimad-atharvanaprokta-devirahasya- STarupakraniopasanayah jaganmatribhaktyaikavedyah prayogo Jagannathasuri-pranitas samaptah barib om n srlll devyai namab ll subhani astu ll (c) Tbe This is CidvalU. srlmate cancalapahga Bhand. . It begins: vande tan mithunadvandvam adimanandacit- the — year 1883 84 MS — ghanam anuttara^paran jyotir iti yat* bhavyate budbaihl srlmate Natananandayogine paramatmane raktasuklapra1 i 2 pranamata Nathanandam paraya bhaktya cidaikyabodhanandam upanisadartthanigiidham sakalajananandabhadrapithrirudhams namas sivaya bhamisratejase gurave namah I I i 6 nathaya cidrupanandarupine srimata patalapamga patitatamkasamkave Puny anandaniunln drat kamakala nama I I visruta jata n I aryya kacid amusya Natananandah karoti savyakhyam Fol. there can be hardly any doubt about the readings. mithunam divyam adyam ananda °ram. . 376 seq. is beautifully written. first stanzas. Bombay Presidency during (Bombay 1887). a Commentary on Punydnanda's Kamakald. 1 Here is I cannot make any and sense of the two 2 The MS. II ll bhavanopanisadartthagarbhitah krikaniramniitabhaskarah padyabandhava .

in 71 chapters. Notices. Size: 7. 2264. I i Bharadvajomgira Atrih Kutsas Saktis Suko Veda^asah Kaholas ca Valmikih Kumbhasambhavah Sanatkumaras Sanakas Sanatanasanandanau Pulastyah Pulando Gargo Yisvamitras ca Naradam (sic) snatva ity adya munayas sarve jhanino brahmavittamah Parasarah I I mahan I i I i sarvesu tirtthesu jiianavapyadikesu ca sarvSn etc. See Mitra. nityam kadambavanavasinlm vaksye puratanam i . . i jfultva vinayakan . The Hdlasyamahatmya from the Agastyasamliitd of the Skanda-Purana. 27 seqq.etam I kiimakalam ahani anisam murddhna vaca I vahfirni cittena iti kamakalavyakhya Natananandena degikaprityai racita rasikajana[na]nam pumsam alokanaya cidvalli Xathai I nandagurunam sisyas tatvartthacintakas santi tesam anyatamoyani tikam enara cakrira tatprityai asyah kamakalayat I vyakhya purvair udahrtaneka etc. vii. 158 leaves. Date of MS. punyam srlmaddhalasyasahjhitam sarvapapaghnam vedantesu praka^itam desakalavidhanajha VasiVasistho Vamadevas ca Gautamo sthadya munisvarah Varuno Bhrgnh Bodhayanah Kasyapas ca Yajhavalkyah I sravanat n . It ends: kamakalasvarupam iDaripurnara prapaficitam iti ^ivam iti 6rI-Natanananda-katkita cidvalli saraapta — n i I i I harih om II svninin[h]e srigurubkyo namah srisuryyanarayanayasmatnamah devyai namak I II 7. It begins: avighnam astu suklambaradharam visnum — I sasivarnah caturblrajam i prasannavadanan dhyayet sarvai vighnopasantaye I I namas sundaranathiiya tasmai halasyai vasine catussastividha Ilia yena pratyaksitah ksitau srlmatsundaranathasya devlm sapharalocanam kalaye hrdaye etc. . AVhish No.. . No. 14x2 in. p. Material: Palm leaves. vol. . from 11 to 13 lines on a page.: 18th r Character: Grantha.. 19tn cent.

by Svayamprakasa Tati. It begins: | See Hall. 9 lines on a page. Mitra. Whish No. a pupil of Kaivalyananda Yogindra. . Date of MS. p. Palm leaves. by Svayampralcasa Tati. Kaivalyananda Yogindra. II il sarvas sarvasya bhavita sukham n iti 8. a Commentary on Sahkara's Haristuti (or Harim-ide-stotra). No. etc. a pupil of 25. abstract of the Contents of the work given on 11 seqq.: 18* or 19* Material: cent.. 689. See Hall. 1489. (a) The HaritattvamuMavall. Size: 8. 13xli in.. It ends: — sarvas tarati durgani sarvo bhadrani pasyati | satgatim apnoti srimatskande mahapurane agastyasamhitayam sri-halasyamahatmye kadambavanapraveso nama ekasaptatimoddhyayah sivaya namah harih om. Ff. 1297. 60. Notices. etc.~5* 8 Kr~ is An ff. 102. Notices. ff". Mitra. — Samkaram Samkaracaryyam Kesavam Bada- sutrabhasyakrtau vande bhagavantau punahrayanam punah satyajnananandatmakam advitiyam brahmaiva suddhasatvapradhanamayopadhikam sadisvarabhavam malinasatvapradhanavidyopadhikam sajjivabhavah ca jagan mayaI bhasena jivesau It ends : — karoti.? Character: Grantha. 135 seq. a Commentary on Laksniidhara's Advaitamakaranda. 60 + 25 leaves. iti - srimat-paramahamsa-parivrajakacaryyasri- Kaivalyananda yogindra -padakamalabbrmgayamana.Svay amprakasakhy a yativiracita srl Samkara bhagavat padakrta-haristutivyakhya haritatvamuktavalisamakhya samaptaii ^ridaksinamurttaye namah il subham astu (b) n The Rasabhivyanjika. Nos. p.

Palm leaves. satyajnanadilaksatat nam | niskalan I santam brahma samupa| smahe namab krsnaya gurave | buddbitadvrttisaksine I sacci- danandarupaya parasmai brabmane mubuh yena bbanuneva jagattrayi prakasitarttha(n) | | virajate trayi tarn dyriranya-mnnlsvaram rakrtab idanim pnnar atraiva kriyate slokasamgrabab skandba ekadase sloka erbvante saravattarah vidusan | vande Viekadase prakaranasamgrahas tu puI .-3H 9 K~ nirantaranandacitghnam brahma nirbhayam Srutya tarkanubhutibhyam abam asmy advayam sada etc.: 18 th r Size: 9. etc. Incomplete.paraniabamsa . .jxlf in. fob 24b: dhara iti grantbakarttur nama sa casau kavis. 12. I — I I advaitamakarandasya rasabbivyaiijaka krta Svayametc. sphutam vedantapratipadyam saccidanandalaksanarn sarvajnam sarvopadanan nityam sarvagam advayam dehendriyapninamanobuddhyahamkarasftk*ipratyagabhinnataya tarkais sambhavayitum kiiicit prakaranam advaitamakarandakhyam arabhamanah cikirsitasya grantbasyavighnaparisamaptaye svestadevatapranamarupam mamgalam svayam anustbaya sisyasiksayai grantliato nibaddbnati kataksakiranacantanaiiianmobabdbaye namab etc.. Wbisb as 'The Blidgavata Saram'.parivrajakacaryyaon: : — I Kaivalyananda-Yoglndra-pada-karaala-bbvnigayaniana-Svayarpprakasakbya-viracita (ra)sabbivyaiijikakbya advaitama- karandavyakbya samapta srlmabatripurasundaryyai namab ii n 9. 88 -f- 12 + + 24 26 leaves.? Character: Grantba. Furtber It begins: I — nityan i . It begins. Date of MS. . (a) Described by Mr. Material: 19 «» cent. prakasa-yatina (read°na) purusottamasasanat iti It ends srimat . 8 lines on a page. — yad advayam paranandam niskriyam F£ 88. th LaksmiBeginning of the last (29 ) cbapter. Whish No.

the pre- ceding work.cittavisrantyai tadartthopi ca varnyate uparatyupapadane bhih i I atratyasloka ekaika alan tathapi grhyante katicitsarabhajil etc. 24. It ends: — srl-skande purane sutasamhitayam yajha- vaibhavakhande uparibhage siitagitasupanisatsu n astamosa- ddhyayah mapta. It begins: — atha ity tah karttavye upapadayitum vidyartthina namaskaras tu prathamasiitagltam srotukamair . of the It begins: The Sutagita — aisvaram iti rupam anandam anantam pasyantan satyacit- ghanam vat ii i atmatvenaiva nistaramgasamudra- etc. iti sri-bhagavate mahapurane II savyakhyane dvadase skandhe saptamoddhyayah srikrsnaya parama- gurave namo namah n (c) second part (? uparibhage) of the Tajhavaibhavakhanda of the Sutasamhita of the SfamdaPurana. ya VI. Mr. 12. 36 to the end of Adhyaya 7. of the 12 Ff. It begins: — Saunakah i I caryyair It mmahatmabhih i Pailadibhir Vyasa&isyair vedaveda vai kathita vyasta etat saumyabhidhehi nah ends: — etc. a Commentary on Ff. 'The whole contains an account of the extent of the Vedas'. by Madhavdcdrya. from Adhyath Skandha. 26. Whish. II srisivaya parabrahmane namah sutagita (d) The Sutaf/ita-Tatparyadijrikd. Ff. It ends: — vidusah punah-punah krtasravanamananabhyam nirargalaya eva vidya tat samutpannanityanirantaraddhyanayogabhyam sa mana brahmatmatvavagahini akhandakaravrttir svayam avidyatam upasamyatlti sa drstantam upapadayati (b) n karyyan ca nirddhuya pascad The Bhagavata-Purana with Commentary.

9 lines on a page. — iti Srl-tryaipbakapadabja-seva-parayanena Ma- dhavacaryyena viracitayam sutasamhita(ta)tpa(r)yadlpikayam yajnavaibhavakhandasyoparibhage sutagitasupanisatsu astamoddhyayah srlsivaya parasmai brahmane namah n n harih om subham 11 astu n 10. Date of MS. 217 leaves.in. 176 leaves. Size: 13^ 10.: 18th Character: Grantha. 59: — srl-Ramanivjlya-viracite balakandavyakhyane n saptasaptatimas sargah The Ayodhyakanda begins on f. Date of MS.. ii 1 ya sriramakathavarsair Fol.: On the leaf there is Digest called Ekadasa-skandha-saram and its an entry ("The metrical commentary by Brah- . It — ends : — iti yoddhyakande ramacandrSya harih sri-Ramanujacaryya.^ It ends: 11 «upanisad(read °nibad)- nnaimisryaih krte namaskarastntl dhnati aisvaram iti etc. X If in. 60 a: gacchateti matulakulam matulagrham kulam grhesv ity Amarah. x 1|. It begins: ramam indivarasyamam rajivayatalocanami jyaghosanirjitaratin janakiramanam bhaje Valmlkinama- — n dheyaya nmhur varimuce namah jagattapam asisamat etc. 8 lines on a page. r 19th Material: Palm leaves. etc.viracita vyakhyaneekonavimsatyadhikasatatamas sargah srlnamah ayoddhyakandavyakhya samapta ll ll ll om I 11. kriyate vidusam vidusa ramabliaktyaikasindhuna tapa I Fol. first Material: Palm leaves. Size: 12s- 11. cen t.. etc. ! lb: — tatradyakandavyakliyanam iti mude Ramanujena ityadi. Whish^No. Whish No.? Rdmdnujd's Commentary on the Balakanda and Ayodhyakanda of VcdmlkPs Ramayana.

Bharati . by Brahmananda Bharati. The ETmdasaskandhasdrasldkasamgraha. a metrical compilation of the doctrines contained in the eleventh Skandha of the Bhagavata-Purana. Size: 2 Vols. is not much older. the first Prasna. (1) The Suryasiddhanta. 16 1 246 leaves If in. 12 (1) and 12 [ff. "Whish in that year. (2).. Character: Grantha. Fol. sativisuddhabuddhir ddhunoti ma- yam gunasamprasutam gunams etat svayan ca samyaty ca sandahya yad atmyam asamid yathagnih atma sthulasuksniadidehebhyo bhinnah yato jiiata prakasakah etc. The second work is written by a different hand from the first.->• 12 Kr mananda its may have been appearance Bharati") signed by Mr. The MS. 3: yavat syat gunavaisamyam tavan nanatvam atmanah nanatvam atmano yavat paratantryan tathaiva hi n It — ends: — | II iti srlmat-paramahamsa-parivrajakacaryya-srl- Krsnananda . from 8 to 10 lines on a page. At any rate. written for Mr. Adhyayas The text differs considerably from Mr. together with a Commentary. Date: 18 th or 19 th cent:? Character: Grantha.. 22 volume]. Fitz Edward edition in the Bibliotheca Indica.mnnivaryya-sisya-Brahmananda-Bharati - krta - ekadasaskandhasaraslokasamgrahas II savyakhyas sampurnah srikrsnaya subham astu II parabrahmane namo namah h 12. Hall's — acintyavyaktarupaya i nirgunaya gunanmane ra- (read gunatmane) samastajagadadharamurttaye brahmane namah H 1 n alpava&ste tu krte mayo nama mahasurah | . Whish Nos. Whish and dated 1826. It begins: 1 — 14. x + 147—246 in the second Material: Palm leaves. It begins: — vaisaradl | a pupil of Krsnananda Bharati.

. E. or Tammayarya. (f.. Hall's edition. a Commentary on the Suryasiddhanta.-»* 13 f«- hasyam paramam punyam jijhasur jnanam uttamam n 2 vedamgam agryam akhilam jyotisam gatikaranam aradhaII | yan vivasvantara tapas tepetidustaram tositas tapasa tena piitas tasmai varartthine grahanah caritani pradat niayaya savita svayani viditas te maya bhavas tapasaradhitas | l | tv aliani i I dadyani kalasrayam jnanani jyotisan 21b): I caritani mahat etc. ye HonnaI ii yaryyadikulaprasiddhah suryyadisiddhantavido mahantah ye Mallayajvadisamastatantravyakhyadhurlna mama devatas I te 7 sri-Honnaryyasarvatantrasvatantrah tasma(j) jatas tadrso Mallayajva tajjah khyatas sarvasiddhantavetta sakinyakhye pattane Mallayajva 8 tatputroham vedavedaii ii I II li ntavedi Tammayajva snryyan natva suryyatantrasphatikam Honnambayai kamadogdhrlm kajyotirvidyaparagas I 1 This is the last verse in F. by Tammayajvan. a son of Malladhcarindra Paragipura (who was a son of MaUayajvan. pradadau prito gralianaii mahat atyatbhutataniara loke rahasyam brahmasammitam vedasya nirmmalan caksur jnatva saksad caritani 1 | It ends — sarvebhyah vivasvatah gacchati | i viditvaitad asesena parani iti srlsuryyasiddhante n prathamaprasne bralima(dhi)caturII dasoddhyayah cha yyasiddhantam n n srlgurucaranaravindabhyanmali sur- (2) The Kamadogdhrl. and a grandson of Honnarya).. of sivamayam srimatsamaradhitam kamaksim karunakataksakalitam kalyanasaIt begins: — srividyahrdayasthitam ndayinlm kodandamkusapasabanavilasatdhastam prasannananam sindurarunadehakantim anisam srlhonnamambam (sic) bhaje H 1 subhran\gam pitavastram suratarusadr§am suryyakotiprakasam nanabhusasametam nalinabhavanutam | n n5gayajhopavitam sulam vatriii ca khatgam damarukam atulam panipadmair ddadhauam mailarakhyam mahesam manimayamukutam malavlnatham ide n 2 .

Vol.-X romi ii 14 Kr- 9 11 iha tavat praripsitasya granthasya nirvighnapari- sainaptikamah svestadevatapranainarupam kato nibaddhnati acintyeti etc.Honnaryyasya yasya samyagrahagurukrpaya . f. Vol. 104b: — sri-Hormar}yasya harih ddhyayasya samyagrahagurukrpaya proktavan ambikayai om chayaddhyayah purnah n il il Adhyaya IV ends Vol. °yai n iti ll srisuryyasiddhante chedadhikaro nama sasthoddhyayah subham astu cha ii samhitatrayanipunaya adinarayanasya nijagurave ll om subrahmanyaya sastamgapranamah srlsivaya namah f. 123. II begins 186. I (f. 65 b: sri-Honnaryyasya pautrac chlvagurusadrsan Mallayajvakhyaputrarkkajato Malladdhvarlndrat parigipuII ii — ravarasthayinas Tammayaryyah i siddhantarkkasya namuah (read siddliantasyarkkanamnah) kalitapadavatlm kamadog- spastaddhyayasya samyagrahagurukrpaya proktavan ambikayai harih om srlsuryyadinavagrahebhyo I dhrim sutlkam namah ii pautrac chivagurusadrsan Mal(l)ayajvakhyaputraj jato Malladdhvarlndrat paragipuravarasthayinas Tammayajva siddh5ntasyarkka(read °rkkajnamnah kalitapadavatlm kamadogdhrlm sutlkam chayaI F. the f. ll I caturddasoddhyayah harih om . ndudurllipi n iti ll ambikayai bimanadhikaro nama suryyasiddhante proktavan etc. i mamgalam slo- F. 235. with the 7 th f. IX f. . 212 b. Adhyaya VIII ends Patadhyaya f. 137 b. 172b. . .Honnaryyasya ii Adhyaya V f. 37 : — iti srl - Mailaresvara - Honnanibikavaralabdha- vagvibhavena snparagipuri Mallayajvanas tanujena jyautisikahrtkumudacandrena Tanmiayaryyena srlsuryyasiddhantasya inaddhyadhikarasya tika krta harih om F. dhyaya f. A. . Adhyaya which ends on 168b. . 146) ends: — srl. II the Goladhyaya pautrac sivagurusadrsan Mallayajvakhyaputraj jato Malladdhvarlndrat paragipuravarasthayinas Tammayaryyah siddhantasyarkkanamnah kalitapadavatlm kamadogdhrlm sutlkam manaddhyai ends: — srl. the Yantra- 158b.

14. 83 leaves. Date of MS. the the first Astaka. Character: Grantha. The beginning Interesting is of the Egveda.. D. vol. in Palm leaves. Whish No. was written probably meant for the Prajapati year corresponding to A. I. Material: Palm leaves. Max nd Miiller. first e.. leaf. 1 — 19. 2 Ed.: 18 «» or 19th cen t. Adhyaya of his Com- This edition is the of the MS. 15. 10 or 11 lines on a page.Samhita in the Pada text marked (by The leaf contains the the accentuation. liv. Size: one 15 lines. 1811/12. Whish No. 16irx2v in. Rgveda-Bha$ya. Size: 14. I. by F.j 135 leaves. See Rig-Veda-Sanihita.? Character: Grantha. 15-^xl^ in. ed. 3. pp. damaged. Material: Character: Grantha.. Date of MS. Max Midler's second Rgveda with Sayana's Commentary. 13jXli in. son of Sesadri. possibly A. by Sayanacdrya.52. the sign ~ text of Rv. 13 a. Date of MS. lvi.-$H 15 H$- 13. the Udattas only being over the accentuated syllable). Palm leaf. Size: 13. Scribe: Vehkata Subrahmanya. Sayana*s Introduction. below) is .: The 'Prajotpatti' year Material: (see which the MS. and I. 6 lines on a page. lvii seqq. mentary on Rgveda i. D. 1 to I. 4.: uncertain. 1. Whish No. Gr used for Prof. 1751.

harih om dhanurmniase saummyavare tritiyayam prajotpatau tain n .? Palm leaves.» The MS. . 1 2 a). Whish No. 16 ^ The Taittiriya-Upanisad-Bhdsya by Sankardcdrya. . — adah purnam idam purnat purnam udacyate purnasya purnam adaya purnam evavasisyate on namo brahmadibhyo brahmavidyasampradayakarttrbhyo It begins: I l — purnain . Date of MS. 8 lines on a page. I ttiriyyas ca likhitas Sarppe n Sesadrisununa n harih om subham astu harih om asite dine i prajotpattyabhidhe varse capamasy gabhe etc.bhagavatpadapuj- — iti om harih om yaviracite taittiiiyyakabhasyam samaptam subham astu om visargabindvaksara etc. 9|xll in. cent. 4 -j— 39 leaves. om yasmaj jatan jagat sarvam yabegins: sminn eva prallyate yenedan dhyaryyate (sic) caiva tasmai jhanatmane namah yair ime gurubhih purvam padavakyaI I — vyakhyatas sarvavedantas tan nityam pranatosmy aham taittirryakasarasya mayacaryyaprasadatah vispastarttharucmam hi vyakhyeyam sampranlyate nitya- pranianatah I n | I nvayini karmmani upattaduritaksayartthani kamyanityani ca phalartthinam purvasmin granthe idauin tu karmmo- padanahetupariharaya brahmavidya prastuyate It ends: i srlniat-paramahamsa-parivrajakacaryya-Govinda-bhagavatpujyapada .: 18 «i or 19 tt Material: Character: Grantha. 16. Size: 15. or Vdjasaneyi-Samhitd-Upcmisad (ff.. (a) (1) The Isa-Upanisad.sisya-Samkara . i pakse budhasya sutithau tr[tri]tiyayam bhujamSesadrisununa Vemk(a)tasubrahmanyena sadhana I taittiriyopanisado bhasyam sulikhitam maya n subham astu harih om etc. or Isavasya-Upanisad.

harih ekanuvakestadasa on tat sat n om saha nav avatv iti santih 11 I The Kena - Upanisad or Talavdkdra - Upanisad 2 a— 4 b). It begins: — kenesitam patati presitam manah kena pranah yuktah I prathamah It ends: — kenopanisat praiti etc. (b) (1) Ankara's Commentary on the Isa-Upanisat (ff. It ends: It begins: — kenesitam ity — syad ata aha jyeye jyayasi sarvamahattare svatmani mukhye pratitisthati pratitisthatiti na punas sam- saram apadyata ity abhiprayah iti sri-Govinda-bhagavatpadasisyasya paramahamsaparivrajakacaryyasya srlmacChamkarabhagavatah krtau tavala (read talava)karopanisadvivarane navamoddhyayah kenopanisatbhasyam samaii II ptam II harih om ii srigurubhyo namah n . 1— 13 a). isavasyam ityadayo mantrah karmmasv tesam karmmasesasyatmano yathartthyapratiaviniyuktas padakatvat yathartthyah catmanah suddhatvapapaviddhaIt begins: I — om tvaikatvasarlratvasarvagatatvadi It ends : — vaksyamanan tac ca etc. iti sri-Govinda-bhagavatpiijyapadasisya-parama- hamsaparivrajakacaryya srlmac Chamkara bhagavatpadaharih krtau vajasaneyasamhitopanisat-bhasyam samaptam ii om ii (2) (ff. I II I It ends: — isavasyani II ity II Isavasyopanisat samaptii siintis santih (2) (ff. Stinkards Commentary on the Kena-Upanisat 13 a— 39 b).->4 17 H5~ vamsarsibhyo namo gurubhyah om siintis sSntis santih l£avasyani idam sarvam yat kin ca jagatyan jagat etc. ityadyopanisat parabrahmavisaya vaktavyeti navamaddhyayasyarambhah prag etasmat karmmany a&esatah parisamapitani etc. II samapta harih om etc.

brahma devanam prathamas sambabhuva.. 1 Sic. Whish No. viz.-> 18 K- 17. from 11 to 13 lines on a page. — om i usan ha vai vajas>avasas sarvavedasan valli I dadau valll (2) I etc.? Six Upanisads.: (1) The Kathavalll or Katha-Upanisad It begins: (ff. H It begins — saha 8—12). 9|x2^ in. And so very often in these MSS. omkaro vidito yena sa munir nnetaro jana It ends: caturtthah khandah manclukyopanisat samapta iti iti — — ii li li om ii (5) (ff. It ends: — yo : samapta harih vidaddhyatmam eva sasthi om subham astu I katha- ii i The Prasna-Upanisad (ff. etc. . 19th cent. The Purvatapini or Purvatapaniya-Upanisad 20— 24b). 13 17a). Size: 16.: 18th Character: Grantha. begins: namah ends: paramarsibhyo namah paramarsibhyah — — — I | bhadrani karnebhih i santis santis santih H n iti I tritiya ii 1- mundakam (4) mundakopanisat samapta harih om The MdndFdxyopanisad (ff. Date of MS. Bhargavo Vaidarbhih Kabandhi Katyayanas H It ends: — namah paramarsibhyo namah paramarsibhyah n sasthaprasnah (3) prasnopanisat samapta I It It The Mundaka-Upanisad (ff. 26 leaves. It begins: — om ity etad aksaram idam. 1 — 7). 17a 19). nav avatu n om i santih I srih I bhadrani karnebhis srnuyama santih Sukesa ca Bharadvaja^ Saibyas ca Satyakanias Sauryyayani ca Gargah Kausalyas casvalayano te haite. etc. etc. r Material: Palm leaves.

9a— 13b. ff. 4b — 5b. ff.. 8a — 9a. It ends: — pravisya sarvani jagad merussrmge catiprakasarupenatha vyapya sthitavaty asld iti Yajiiavalkyah i trtlyyakhandah (6) (ff. 6b— 7b. 15a — 15b. 1 3b — 15a. (or Tripurdtapana Upanisad?).Upanisad. Material: Palm leaves.~5* It begins: 19 Kr- — sivaya etc. - ff. 16 a— 27 a. (a) A (1) (2) Collection of twelve Atliarvana Upanisads: Rahasya-Upanisad. - Mahd - Upanisad ff. (10) Devi -Upanisad. &(irlra. §\x2\ in.Upanisad. ff. Size: 17.? Character: Grantha. etc.Upanisad.. Date: 18th or 19 th cent. ff. Amrtabindu-Upanisad. i purvatapini samaptah or (sic) n The Uttaratapinl 24 b— 26). 12 or 13 lines on a page. Kaivalya Upanisad. (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) ff. Atharvasira -Upanisad. Whish No. ff. 1— 4b. 34 + 37 leaves. Tripurasundarl. ff. or Sdriraka-Up. UUaratdpaniya-Upanipad It begins: me atha bliagavan kathan nu paramarahasyam bruhi ka brahmavidya manunam. 5b— 6b. 27 a— 28 b. . — tathavidhaniti buddhva purusartthavan bhaved evam ya vedety upanisat iti trtlyyakhandah uttaratapinl samaptah (sic) srlgurucaranaravindabhyam namah It ends: n n — n harih om II 18. Kalaynirudra -Upanisad. Skanda. gurave namah I atha srlvidya manor amnaya svarupam upadisyate brahmacarine santaya gurubhaktaya yatha vidya manuh kasminn utbhavas tat svarupam bruhiti hovaca. ff.

etc. Tanjore.. acyutosmi . i. See the beginning of the Tripuratapanoi I panisad in Ind. vol. Similar collections of Upanisads in the MSS. etc. pp. 30 a— 34 a (?). described in Burnell. 126 seq. katha O. See Burnell i i santih tisrah visvacarsani I. and Ind. 13b: — moksam annani atho mano moksam II beginning of a Tripuropahisad. in I annam atho manah 16a II ity a(tha)rvasiropanisat samapta ll Fol. Fol. sa eva sivayogiti kathyata ity upanisat Fol. turyam padam prapnoti ya evam vedeti iti mahopanisat Fol.Upanisad. 27a: — sa I Off.Upanisad?). i begins: — athato rahasyopanisadam vyakhyai syamah devarsayo brahmanani sampujya pranipatya papracchuh bhagavan rahasyopanisadam bruhiti sobravlt pura I vyaso etc. rahasyopanisadam adhite gurvanugrahat sarvapapavinirmmuktas saksat kaivalyam asnute rahasyopanisat samapta H harih om " etc. 5b: bhadran nopi vataya manah om santis santis I I Fol. i. 6b: — tripurisundaryyupanisat samapta Fol. . p. yatra p. I Beginning: — tripura tapanl vidya vedyacicchaktivigraham tat I I vastucinmatrarupan paratatvam bhajamy aham om bhadram karnebhir iti santih athaitasmin antare bhagavan prajapatyam vaisnavam rupam asrtya tripurabhidha bhagavatity vilayakaranam evam adi. 34 a: bhadram karnebhir iti Santih srlmad-visvadhisthanapara- — I I mahamsa-satgurusriramacandrarpanam astu I . vol. 9 a margine: atharvasiropanisat Fol. 30 a: — parivrajyadharmmapugalamkara aham i bhadram karnebhir santih i etc. I r p. yat padam yayuh bhaje I I tarn om kathavidyarttha ramacandrapadam saha nav avatv iti santih deva ha vai bhagaadhihi. Our MS. Off. .. p. 28b— 29 b. 4b: — yo — i puras tripatha aksaras sannivistah etc. 127. vantam abruvan See the beginning of a Katlwpanisad in Ind. 28—36. 62. r<- Tripura. Off. Fol. 127.-^ (11) 20 ff. (12) Upanisad (Katha. ff. in margine: mahopanisat. where this is given as the Fol. vol.

— balarkamandalabhasfim begins: I I caturbahan triloI canam pasainkusadhanurbanam dharayantlm sivam bhaje srividyaratnasutranam I vakyartthap(r)atipadane vatyah prasadena kriyate dlpika maya sa bhagavati jagat srstvedan tasmin devatadin utpadya. ff. a pupil of Sanlmrdcdrya. It 3a — 23 b. leaves are foliated in the ordinary The way as ff. kha. ka. gha. na. It ends iti bhavanopanisadotharvanasirasotra racitavan : — bhasyam nani II i Bhaskara-Eayo vidusan tustyai jivanmumuksusrigurubhyo om namah n .-3M 21 f^- mahadeva tava karunyalesatah vijnanagha evasi sivosmi kim atah param na nijan nijavat bhaty antahkaraiiajrmbhanat antahkarananaSena. | It begins :-srmatharaghriparagaiko paragad aparagadhih atharvasiraso bhasyam bhasate Bhaskaras sudhlh n ilia khalu srlmahatripurasundaryyah etc. ff. viz. begins: i kakrtim devan nirmmalasphatiadhararn sarvabhutanarp hayagrivam upasmahe I — jhananandamayan I atha saktamantranah jijhasa atmaivakhandakaracaitanya- etc. etc. ga. cha. i i I (b) (1) The tirlvidydratnastltra. and a new foliation begins. Here the MS. jha. by Vidydranya Muni. The Atharvasirdbhasya. dha. tha. of Sitka It Yogindra. breaks off. svarupasaru svavidya It ends: anuttarasaraketapradhanavidyas saptadasavarnavisista(h) athaitasam parivaranam anuparivara asam- — I | khyakah Yoglndra I iti srimat-paraniahamsaparivrajakacaryya-Suka- sisya sri II - G-audapadacaryya viracitani sutrava- kyani (2) I samaptani The &rlvidyaratna{sntra)dlpika. by Bhdskara Bdya. by letters. ca. and also as 1 to 14 ta.parivrajakacaryya ii - srimat- vidyaratnadipika samapta (3) bhagavat-Samkaracrirvya-sisya-sri-Vidyaranya-niunikrta-srlharih oni etc. ja. ha. It bhaga- ends : — iti paramahamsa . 24—37. a pupil a. da. 1 —3 by Gaudapdddcdrya.

Parvan ii: The Sabha-Parvan . 8 (the he-goat and the knife) occurs on f. pp.. 4 These aksaras are . early 17* century? The leaves are numbered by letters Character: Malayalam. 8 or 9 lines on a page. appears Scribe: Rama. the leaf being damaged.-^>- 22 H5- 19. Size: 18. 790 seq. 2 Leaf damaged. The 114 Adhyayas. Injuries: The MS. 28x2 in. 103 leaves. to Palm leaves. hi visvakarma vai aham kincit i I i a 1 damaged The The leaf. Material: be fairly old. — harih om ganapataye namah avighnam srestho moksayitva astu Janamejayah arjjuno jayatam tada i mayan kin cakara mahatejas tan me bruhi J dvijottama Vaisam srnu rajann avahitas caritam rmmukasresthan turni caksayasayakau divyany astrani rajendra durllabhani nrpair bhuvi rathaddhvajapatakas ca svetasvais saha viryavan etani pavakat prapya muda paramaya yutah 2 tasthau 1 mahavlryas partthah vasudevasya tada saha mayena sah tatobravin 3 mayah krtam sannidhau pa stat pratyanusmaran pranjali slaksnaya vaca pujayitva punahpunah Mayah asmac ca krsnat samkruddhat pavakac ca didhaksatah tvaya tratosmi kaunteya bruhi kim karavani te asuranam parantapa tasmat te vismayam kuryam adya suduskaram evam ukto mahavrryyah parttho mayavinam mayam dhy&tva mulmrttam kaunteyah prahasan vakyam abravlt Arjjunah krtam eva etc. tvaya sarvam svasti gaccha mahasura It is unfortunate that the difficult and much discussed verse ii. It begins: Maliabliarata. according to the system discussed by Professor Bendall in the J E. Date: The MS. 3 rest of the line. is much damaged. AS. 84. lost. The verse reads: is — [ajo hi sastra4]m rest of the line lost. about six Aksaras. 85 is broken off and lost. See Preface. 66. lost. Whish No. Read upatasthau. October 1896. part of f. in Differs much from the text of our editions.

283b): drstya vidhuya vijaye jayam udvighusya procyoddhavaya parani samagat svadhama cha mahaity astridasasahasrikayam sambitayam sribhagavate — ii I purane navamaskandbe caturvimsoddhyayah Then follow two odd leaves. the other h numbered as 170. lOfxlg Palm in. Material: leaves.->• 23 K- ukhanat kilaikah sastre vipannobhiparasya bhihnim. etc. Skandhas i-ix. 9 or 10 lines on a page. Whish are dated 'Calicut 1826'. Material: leaves. It begins: The Bhdgavata-Purdna. 16jx1t in. Size: 20. nikrn- tanam svasya kanthasya ghoran tadvad vairamm ma khanih pFinduputraih evara gavatgane ksatta dharmmartthasahitam It ends: n iti vacah uktavan na grhltaii ca maya putraliitepsun& I — 11 srlmahabharate satasahasrikayam sambitayam sabhaparvani anudyute dbrtarastrapascattapo nSma caturdasasatatamo- ddbyayab II 11 namab n Ramena barih srlkrsnaya sabbaparvam samaptam likbitam idam pustakam ll 11 20. 96 leaves. It ends (f. Character: Grantha.. 8 lines on a page. 17th century? Character: Malayalam. one unnumbered. Whish No. Whish No. — barih srlganapataye namah avighnam astu janmadyasya yatonvayaditaratas carttbesv abhijhas svarat tene brabma hrda ya adikavaye muhyanti yat surayah tejo- varimrdam yatha vinimayo yatra trisarggomrsa dhamna svena sada nirastakuhakam satyam paran dhimahi. looks fairly old.. Date: Entries by Mr. is . probably not much older. Palm Date: The MS. 285 leaves. 21. Size: 19. The MS.

iti vajasaneyantargata-KanvIye suklayajurvede li brhadaranyake saptadasakande prathamoddhyayah . It begins: ff. satarudriyeneti It ends: uktam vayavye rudrajapah cared rogavan paredam paretya yajhasuktah kalpah satarudra devata harih ora subham astu. asyeti satarudryam ucyate I — I iti I I li i (c) The BrhadaranyalM-Upanitad Upanisad (Kanva Sakha). or Satapathabrdhmana- — om sriganapataye namah on namo brahmai dibhyo brahmavidyasampradayakarttrbhyo i vamsarsibhyo i namo gurubhyah srimad -Yajhavalkyagurubhyo namah harih om o num usa va asvasya meddhyasya siras suryya^ i caksur vatah. 1 — 4. It begins: ff. caranavyuham vyakhyasyamah tatra yad uktan caturvedyan catvaro veda jnata bhavanti rgvedo I — athatas yajurvedas It saniavedotharvaveda(s) etc. 23: — etc. — on namo rudraya rudranam vyakhyani It begins: — vaksyami yajjape moksaghaksayasalokyavyadhinasain prayojanam atha jabalopanisat atha hainam brahmacarina ucuh kinjapyenamrtatvam bruhiti sa hovaca Yajhavalkyah I I I I etc. sapta bheda bhavanti | ceti I tatra rgvedasya caranavyuham sa viprah panktiakhilan tarayaty purvan purusan sapta sapta pavanah ca yo namani pura deva amrtatvan ca gacchati lokatltani I ends: — yodhite l I mahasantim amrtatvan ca gacchati anirtatvah ca gacchaty on nama ity aha bhagavan Vyasah Parasaryyo Vyasah vedovamsavadamvasudevasvarupaya vivasvatbimbatejase I n I saya Vedavyasaya te naniah n srigurucaranaravindabhyan li namah n srlbrhaspataye naniah (b) The beginning of a Commentary on the Satarudriya or Rudradhyaya (Taittiriya-Samhita iv. ff. 8 — 96.-> 24 (a) k~ The Caranavyuha. Fol. 5 7. 5).

Paim leaves. (f. It ends: — o num f. th 74. 1 70. 78 leaves. vajasaneyantargata-Kanviye suklavan jurvede satapathabrahmane upatisthatsaptadasakande harih om subhani astu §rlsarnaptah sasthoddhyayas namah ca ekapac raniacandraya haviryyajha uddharity addhvaragrahau vajapeyo rajasuya ukhasambharanan tatha hasti ghatas citis caiva santlty agnirahasyakau astadhyayi maddhyamas ca asvamedhah pravargyakah om om brhadaranyakan ceti kandas saptadasa kramat I i n I | I i n om paragunaparadanaprastutasesaki'tya nijagunakalikabhir llokam amodayantah aviditaparadosa jhanaplyusapurnah karakrtam aparadham ksantum arhanti santah u srigurubhyo i I namah n t>2. ff. is probably not much older. 82. 9|xl5- in. (a) A It Commentary on the Satarudriya the Taittirlya-Sawh'tta (iv. Whish No. Date of MS. 23). 6 or 7 lines on a page.: An entry by Mr. Material: Character: Grantha.-x Between the first 25 H5~ and second Adhyayas a description of is the Pahcagavyavidhi inserted f. the 4 th Adhyaya f. 54. "Whish on leaf 70 ("Here ends the Rudra Bhashyam") is dated "Calicut 1826.. The 3 rd Adhyaya begins 37. Size: 21. the 6 iti A. the 5 th A. f. begins: — or Rudr adhyaya of name — on i namas athatas te rudryahomah esotragniracito rudra manyava iti atha satasatarudryah juhotlty upakramya I bubhuksamano rudrarupenavatisthati tasya tarppanadevair dvitiyan darsanam yad vai tac chatarudryah juhotlty upakramya prajapatim visrastadityabhipraI | yamantrrirtthanugunyena srutir bhavet sa esah satasirsah rudrah sambhavad iti namas te rudra manyava iti raudraI . 5). Title and of the author do not occur in the book." The MS.

9 lines on a page. Whisk as the 'Mandala Brahmanah of the Atharva-Vedah. on the Chandogya-ZPpanisad. Satapatha-Brahmana x. 12^-Xlf in. 193 leaves. mrtyur hy asyatma bhavati II II 18 II iti mandalabrahmanam sampurnam om num n 23.' This is — identical with also Mitra. Saukara's Chandogyopanisadvivarana.? Material: Character: Grantha. Palm leaves. Date of MS.~$* 26 x~ I ddhyayah | I atra Paramesthina arsam I devanam va prajai pater va Aghorasyarsam iti kecit ekarudradevatyah etc. 5. It or Commentary begins: — om ity 1 etad aksaram ityadyastaddhyayi chandogyopanisat tasyas rjuvivaranam alpagranthah tatra samksepatortthajijhasubhyah sambandhah samastaiii cedam bhasyam arabhyate karmmadhigatam pranadi1 . It ends: somrto bhavati — etc. 19th cen t. 682. 71 78). It begins: — yad etan mandalan ta rcas sa ream lokotha yad etad mahavratan tani samani sa samnam lokotha ya esa etasmin mandale purusas sognis tani yajumsi sa yajusam lokas saisa trayyeva vidya tapati. 2. Whish No. See No. Notices.: 18th or Size: 22. It ends: antarikse loke ye rudrah sthitah tebhyo namah — yesam rudranam vatah vayuh isavah samanam anyat I prthivyani bhuloke ye rudra sthitah (read °ah) tebhyo namah yesam rudranam annam atmanah sam icchet sarlram pusnati I samanam anyat adhikam nyunam vyadhadijagatvena nirupyate evan namostu rudrebhya iti harih om I I I n (b) The Mandalabrahmana (ff. where it is called Mandalatapati tan mahad ukthan arccir dipyate tan brahmanopanisad.. described by Mr.

. ends : — Sn-Govinda-bhagavat-padapujya-sisyasya srlinac (sic) I sriparamahamsaparivrajakacaryyasya bhagavatah krtau cchandokyopanisad - Chamkara- vivarane astamah srisarasvatyai n prapathakas samaptah n harih I om I . la 28. and MundaJcopanisad (ff. Date of MS. from 9 to 11 lines on a page. work are numbered by the va 29.. 31 leaves of the last lea 1. 56 a— 81) — — by Satikara. 81 -f 37 + 31 leaves. It ends on fol.? The sa (viz. cent. (a) Commentaries on the Kathopanisad (ff. 31b 55). 124-X2 in. namah I srimahalaksnryai namah parvatyai namali 24. sa 30. Prasnopanisad (ff. Jcka 2. — on etc. sa 31). letters ka to ga 3 etc. Material: Palm leaves. . 1 31a). In the margin of the harih I first page: kathopanisadbhasyam om i namo bhagavate vaivasvataya mrtyave brahmavidyacaryyaya Naciketase catha Kathakopanisadvallinam sukhartthapratibodhanarttham alpagrantha vrttir arabhyate upanipurvasya sader ddhator visaranaThe work begins: gatyavasada'nartthasya kvipratyayantasya rupam upanisad iti. Whish No.: 18th r 19th Character : Grantha.. 31a: — iti sri-GrOvinda-bhagavat-pujya- pada-sisya-srlparamahamsa-parivrajakacaryya-srimac-Chamkara-bhagavat-krtau Kathakopanisad-vivarane sasthl valli samapta harih H om subham astu sakhe ha kim kurmmah kim iti kathayamah katham amun taramah samsaram kva ii I ll 1 Sic for avasada°. Size: 23.-3H 27 ^ brahmapratipattikara- devatilsahitam arcciradimargena iti nani It i etc..

56 a: munclakopanisat-bhasyam da-sisyasya ll It — brahma begins: evam hi. etc. etc. It ends on fol. 731. ff. a pupil of Vidyadhaman. 31b: prasnopanisat-bhasyam It begins :-om Srutismrtipurananani alayam karunalayam i i I namami bhagavat-pada-Samkaram lokasamkaram visvavandyam vighnarajam sarvasuklam sarasvatlm purvacar| yyan sarvapujyan natipadam gurun tthasya vistaranuvadidam brahmanam arabhyate i kurve mantroktari rsipra- snaprativacanakhyayika tu vidya. See Ind. p. Off. by Bodhanidhi (?).-^ 28 kI nu ca vibhavamo vayam ami itidrk cintabdhau hrdaya na nimajjalam anisam gurum sokaddhvante taranim avalambasva taranim asmatgurucaranaravindabhyan namah ll n In the margin of fol. Part IV. ii devanam ity adyatharvanopanisat vyacikhyasita asyas ca vidyasampradayakarttrparamparyyalaksanam sambandham adav evaha svayam eva stutyartthani It ends on 81b: — iti srl-Govinda-bhagavatpiijya-pada- sisyasya paramahamsa-parivrajakacaryyasya srlmac-Cham- karabhagavatah krtau atharvanopanisat-vivaranam sama- ptam ll harih om n (b) The Upadesagranthavivarana. In the margin: Upadesasahasrika harih om It begins: visnum pahcatmakam vande bhaktyastadasa- — | i I bhedaya asritam I i om i guhasayam 1 samavayya (read °vapya?) kriyas sarva daragnyadhanapurvikrih brahmavidyam athedanim vaktum vedah pracakrame 2 etc. 37 b: — iti saptasatasloka yatlndrasrl- mukhotgatah vivrta gurusaktena maya brahmatmabo- . 55: iti sri-Govinda-bhagavatpujya-pa- — srimat-paramahamsaparivrajakacaryyasya sriSamkara-bhagavatah krtau atharvanopanisadvivarane prasnavivaranam samai^tam n harih om etc. In the margin of fol. | bhaktair nnavabhir samgavargonavimsatya caitannyam sarvagam sarvam sarvabhutayat sarvavisayatitan tasmai sarvavide namah ll i i I It ends on i fol. a Commentary on Sankara's UpadesasahasriM. 37. fol.

Proper name'? .. 31.? 13|-Xlg in. Date of MS. leaves (the latter 58 (leaf 36 is missing) being foliated by the numbers 100 to 137).-> i 29 k~ i dhakah upasya sraddhaya siiniad-VidvadliamamuiK's drain sriniatpadanibujan tasya prasadan (read°dan) na svabuddhi- me nikhiladvaitad akrsya mana atinani sthapitam munim niukhyena yavajjivan nam ami tarn yatbhasyasatah yena I i i garajayuktamanin prakirnan prapyadlmna katipayan kavayo bhavanti tasmai namo janamanobjadivakaraya krtsnagamartthanidlianaya yatisvaraya iti srlmad-VidyadhaBodlianidhina sraddhabhaktimatrapreritena masisyena i I r krtam upadesagranthavivaranara samaptaui yatpadakamalasamgat nirvanam praptavan aham sarvantaratmapujyams tan pranamami garlyasah harih orn subbam astu H I 11 I n (c) The Vivekacudamani by Sankara. 31: — I etc. Material: Palm leaves. In the margin: vivekacudamani om. ff. Size: 24. iti ^rlmat-paramahamsa-parivraja- kacaryyavaryya-srl-Govinda-bhagavatpujyapada-sisya-srlmatparamahamsa . is much corrected. WrnsH No.parivrajakacaryyavaryya srimat Samkara- bhagavatpada-krtauvivekaciidamanis sampurnah srikrsnaya II parasmai brahmane namah n 25. +38 Character: Grantha. The MS.: Early 18th cent. 7 lines on a page. It begins: sarvavedantasiddhantagocaran tarn agocaram Govindam paramananda(m) matgurum pranatosmy aham 1 jantunam narajanma durllabham atah pumstvan tato viprata tasmad vaidikamargadharmmaparata vidvatvam — I i I asmat param I tmana samsthitir atmanatmavivecanani svanubhavo brahmammuktir nno satakotijanmasukrtaih puI nyair vina labhyate 2 It ends on fol.

) They (1) The Samanavyakhyana. p. Tanjore. 0. i. Tanjore p. 1 — 12. Ff. O.. p. . See Burnell I. 10 seqq. s. e. v. 5 seqq. It begins: — atheti I Fols. . 5 b. I (sic) vilimghya (°khya pr. The 12—21. m. i I It ends (fol. 0. but title Whish on it page. seven phonetic treatises referring to the Black Yajur Veda. om atha naparavyakhyanam natveti sakaIt begins: — — i i This title does not occur in the MS. a Commentary on the Sani- Jiitdsamdnalalcsana.~2* 30 hs~ (a) Commentaries on the Saptalaksana*. I adhikarartthothasabdah yatha atha- sabdonusasanam iti adhikarah prastavah prarambha ity artthantaram yesu padesu samhitayam visarjanlyo lupyate tesam padanam samgrahalaksanasastram prastutam ity etam arttham athasabdo dyota iti (read dyotayati) etc. See Aufrecht CO. Burnell I. are: — p. It begins (fol. (See Burnell I. 21): vilimghyavyakhyanam sampurnam n harih (3) om ll The Naparavyalihyana or Napara^addliaUvyakhyana. Ff. 22 26 b. a Commentary on the Vilimyhyalaksana of Narayana. I I It ends (fol. It often occurs in Oppert's List of Sanskrit MSS. 12. 10. in Southern 2 the and according to it is given by Mr. pp. 11.)jagannatham Pundarikaksipranipatya vyakhyanam surina vilimghyalaksanavyakhya kriyatedya maya svayam pranamya bharatim ity ena praripsitasya vilimghyalaksanasya avicchedaparisamaptaye sarasvatln devim pranamya 12a): — atha om I I I padani pravaksyamlti ekaraikaravarnau yau samhitayam vikarinau pratijnayate drstau avikarinau yau tadantani vilamghyapadakale ni (sic) 2 vedavittamair ucya[n]te Narayananamaham . i vilimghyani i I . India.. ll 12 a):— iti samanavyakhyanam sampurnam ll harih (2) om Vilimghyavyakhyana by Pimdarikaksisuri. and Burnell. a Commentary on Saurisunus Naparalaksana. seems to be the name assigned to these tracts in the South of India.

avarnivyakhyanam I — atha begins: vacyantam I avarninyanuktam adi purvasyavarnilaksanasya anuktyadhiH koktipuruktibhih iti akaradlni padany uktani It ends: etc. 26b 28b.hx lanivrttihetum I 31 . a Commentary on the Taparalaksana. . . a Commenthe Avarnilaksana. It ity b— 35 b. on tary antariksam ivagnlatha akarapaddhatih It begins: (6) — I ddhram i etc. 28 a Commentary on i the Avarni- laksana. Ff. samaptam 11 harih! om (4) The Taparapaddhati or Taparapaddhativydkhydna. It begins: 39 b — a Commentary on I the Anim- 58. Ff. It ends: — ity ii akaradipadany uktani II II avarnivyakhyanam samaptam om (7) The Animgyavydkhydna. gyalaksana. — atha animgyavyakhyanam munimanasetyadi- slokatrayenadau prarlpsitasya laksanasya avighnena parisamaptaye mamgalam adadhanah abhistadevatan namaskrtya visayan darsayati animgyam iti anusisyata iti ca I I I animgyam avibhagapadam ucyate tvat i ! na tv asamasapadam I saty api samase saclpatih brhaspatir ityadlnam animgyaetc. 35b— 39 b. It ends: I — II iti taparapaddhativyakhyanam samaptam n harih (5) om The Avarnivydkhydna. — harih i om II The Akdrapaddhati or Avarnivydkhydna. animgyapadanam prapahcatvat granthagauravabhayat samksipya dinmatram uktam anonuktah ca yat kincit vidvatbhir uhanlyam prayogatonugantav} am harih om etc ity animga(s/c)vyakhyanam purnam I I It ends: — iha r ii H n I ll . navam nutanam i I laksanam i I Saurisu- nur aham II I It ends: — naparapaddhativyakhyanam pravaksyanii ity artthah etc.<- . Ff. Ff. atha taparapaddhatih It begins: annadyan nirbha- — — I jati i etc.

(1) The MS. Character: Grantha. (1) + 37 -f (1) + 21 + leaves. 6 lines on a page. (2) X ll Palm in. Material: leaves. Anecdota Oxonienthe or sia). Whish dated 1822. Whish No. Part I (Oxford 1897. See Introduction p. Size: ll| 25. 50 years older. . may be about The Mantraprasnadvaya.->* 32 k~ (b) A It Commentary on the Eharadvajasiksa. sivaya sambaya saganaya sasunave sagangaya savrsaya namo namali ddhyatvasadya jagannatham sambam sarvartthasadhakam vyakhyayatedhuna siksa Bharadvajainunlrita parlspbi(read prarlpsi°)tasya grantbasyavighnena parisamaptyarttbam adau istadevatan namaskarariipani mamgalya (read mamgalam) svayam krtva ^isyanusiksayai grantbato nibaddbnan cikirsitam pratijanite ganesam pratinipatyabam sandebanan nisiksam anupravaksyami vedanam varttaye (read nivrttaye) I — namas begins: sanandine I i I i I I mulakaranam ganadhipatim anamya vedanam granthatrayanam adikaranam siksam vedastbasandeham nlvaraI i naya pravaksyamiti Bbaradvajamuninoktam It ends: Bbaradvajamuniprokta Bbaradvajena dblmata vyakbyata Laksmanakbyena Jatavallabbasastrina sastislokaparyyantam maya vyakbyanam krtan tatah karakrtam aparadbam ksantum arbanti santab barib — II | n n n ii 26. — 137..' used for the edition of the 'ManThe trapatha Prayer Book of the Apastambins' by M. This is or the Mantrapdtha of the MS. by Ldksmana Ff. Apastambins in 2 Prasnas. Winternitz. 100 Jatavallabhasastrin. xii. Date: Entry by Mr. 'Wh.

see Introduction. leaves. — etc. but probably the year A. Winternitz. or Mantrabhasya. Character: Grantha. D. or Mantraprasnabhasya.. The EMgniMndavyakhya. p. p. D. The Ahgirasa year preceding 1824 (see below) is A. stambiya See Preface the 'C. 'Hw. Date: Entry by Mr. 15. Whish dated 'Calicut 1824'. used for the edition of the ApaGrhyasutra by M. This is the MS. 1752/53 is meant. by Haradatta. n — II The date savarsam trattile I i amgiragiven in the following colophon cittiramasam 24 tithi astami tiruvonanaksais : i I — aparanhakalattile mudihcutu II harih om subham I amgirasabde vasubhe mesamasebjavasare sununa sammyan mantrabhasyam samaptam astu H Sesadri- i The Telugu edition reads: tatracaryya.' used for the edition of 'the Mantrapatha or the Prayer Book of the Apastambins' by M. Whish No. V. This is in 23 Khandas. Scribe: The son of Sesadri. 57: ity ekagnikande prathamah prasnas samaptah It ends: ity ekagnikandavyakhya Haradattacaryyaviracita sampurna visargabindvaksara etc. Size: 26. Part It begins: — I. 13sXls Palm io-i (3) + 135 + (2) generally 5 lines on a page. Material: leaves. 1812/13. See above No. . Winternitz (Vienna 1887. MS.-> 33 «- (2) The Apastambiya Grhyasutra. xii. I aviglmam astu I om I pranipatya mahadevam Haradattena dhimata ekagnikandaniantranam vyakhya tatra tadadaryya 1 adito vaisvade- sammyag vidhryate n 1 I I vamantran adhiyate p. 27.

Whish No. 1753. D. a Commentary ff. is included. granthasyabhidheyam aha vedopi sasvatam . Thursday the fifth day of the dark half of the month of Karttika of the Jupiter year Srlmukha in which the copy of the first work was finished (see the colophon below) corresponds A. Material: Character: Grantha. harih om n . tannirnitasvaralaksanajnane phalantaram apy asti svaresu padarupajhanam yatha ayam iha prathamodhayiti nadagamasamka bhavati tasmad arabdhavyam evaitat I . It ends: arunopanisatsvaras tu uktali kecit boddhyah kvacid addhyayanat anye anyathapi boddhyah sambharyya udeti ityadi ekagrhnati palvalya grhnati yosau tapann ca bhavati canukta srutis jatavedas ca upanisatsu agnis ca siksam vyakhyasyamah bhavati ekasrutir ca vyatyayas — n | I I I 1 I I | sahasrasirsam devam sa va esa purusonnarasamayah ityadi anyepiti vacanam anyatrapi kvacit padaddhyayanarahite sa tvan nalavyatyayam sucayati pra nu vocam cikituse I i i I plavo bhutva sa vacaspate hrd I iti II vyaharat u om iti svara- pahcasacchloki vyakhya purna The colophon is written in Tamil and contains the date: srlmukhavarusam karttigai masani 5 va vyarakke(read viyarakki?)rammaile Egadesil (?) erudihsadu.. It Vyakhya. Date of MS. Palm leaves. (according to Dr.^ 34 <- 28. the second work). 8 lines on a page. The begins: I — atmdriyarthavijnanam I pranamya brahma ii sasvatam taittinyapadadinam vaksyami svaralaksanam I anena slokena paraparabrahma pranamapurvakam aripsitabrahma etc. (a) The Svarapancdsacchlokl the Svaralaksana (see text. 7jXl? : in. . 1 — on 57. 62 leaves. Size: 27. also. i i ii i tatra paribhasam aha I udattas canudatta^ ca varnanam prakrtau svarau etc. Schram's Tables) to November 1st.

. the pupil of Visvesvara. The of in Suridevathe Yajur-veda. Date of MS. An odd half leaf found in the Leaf 69 is damaged. followed by two leaves numbered 72 and 79. It begins: (sic). foliated from 1 to 69 (leaf 11 being counted twice). 28. from 7 to 9 lines on a page. Palm leaves. contains only the It first part of the work. son a treatise on the accents buddhendra) . Injuries: One balf of leaf 72 to this is lost. 0. Visvesvara was a pupil Amarendra Yadi a pupil of — srlmahaganapataye namah l | I Amarendra-yadis sisyo sri- Sisyo Glrvanendrasya Yoginah sisyo | tasya Visvesvaras santas Girvanendroham asya tu etan mantrapaddhatim 1 mahaganesasya vaksye l distya khilas santustas be drstva- This word is not quite clear.. 9 seq. 58 — Black is 62. Whish Size: No. 72 leaves.(b) Svaralaksana (by Kesavarya. Yadi Olrvdnendra Yogin. ff. Olr- Fragments of Amarendra of the Mahagaiiesa-Mantrapaddhati by vdnendra. begins: I — atindriyartthavijiianam pranamya bralmia svaralaksanam I sasvatam taittirlyapadadmam vaksyami n udattas canudattas ca varnanam prakrtau svarau svaritas tu dvidhocyante dhrtah kampas" ca samhitah tulyasvaras II sarupartthe pade It ends: | bhedepi tat supam ii I dvir ukta ca grhepy ceti tadrn evam dvidhemgyamse — nyamsvaryyujyah cidanavyasasaumyas etc. from which it appears also. volume does not belong MS. that our MS. 9jXl? in. vibhaktije 1 n sah anyepy addhyayanat boddhya arunopanisatsvarah harih 50 ii om 29. p..: 18th cent. perhaps drstya? Should it khilan? 3* .? Material: Character: Grantha. The name of the author not mentioned in our MS. but is given in Burnell I.

visadam ii 3 2 n vi° Ind. p.So- i bibhartti. the pupil Venkatddriyajvan. Size: 12{ in. Material: Palm leaves. the apupam MS. 276 leaves. The Mayukliamalika. a Commentary on (Pdrthasdrathimisra's) Sastradipika (a Commentary on the MimamsaSutras). family of Nittala. by Somanatha.. MS. 696 seq. Off. Ind. . Part IV. gurerah visadavibudhah3 pranamya murddhna bahudha vah prarI 2 tthaye krtavasyam arpayata drsam siiksmam nindata paratobhinandata va etc. i It ends — : iti ^ri-Nittala-kula-tilaka-Suri-bhatta-mahopa- ddhyayatanubhavasya Vemkatadriyajvagurucarananuja . of the See Ind. breaks off. sa kopi 176. The last three lines: i — nmlagnaye Here yannan tu payasam yavagra(m) syat annabalaya tilatailam syat sarasvataya maksikam khandakam phalam i I I tandulan dharanaya syat medhayai tv iksudadhi pustyai sthirayambhah prltaye kadahva^yaka. Date of MS. Ofi'. 9 or 10 lines on a page. and Hall. Whish No. 29.. and younger brother of and the son of Siiri JBhatta. MS.: 18*h or 19th cen t. vibudhair abhivandinlyam vacam vallabhasarvabhaumah vamsopi yatpariJ grhitataya vibhakti vacalatam tribhuvanaikavimohayantim udhigamya kalam akhilam agrabhavad VeinkatadriyajvaIt begins: — aviskarotu mama i \ vacanair anatipracurair vyakurve ^astradlpikam..•i santu santatam I 36 k~ prathamam srlmahaganapate(r) nyasaviI dhana(m) likhyate atha punar acamya guruh pragvandano vistare(read °ro)pavistas san ityadi granthartthotra | I likhyate i etc. 2 Read ° guroh. p.? Xli Character: Grantha. 30. Off.

^>. 30 + 66 + (3) leaves. 94 seqq. No. V. p.? Character: Grantha. A. The vol. No. e. from 6 to 8 lines on a page.: 18 * or 19th cent. see Hall p. 1488 described as belonging to the Matsya -Parana). Character: Malay alam. Material: Palm leaves. 37 Hg~ inanatha-sarvatomukhayajinah krtau &astradlpikavy£khya- yam mayukhamalikaaamakhyayam dvitlyasyaddhyayasya caturtthah padah harih om srigurubhyo naraah II I | 31. . D.. 17. «nd Date: Kollam year 997 ("Kollam 997 amatadhanumasam". IV. 84. 1822. 1—8). 1777. Whish No. Size: 30. but ibid. Date of MS. X Is in. vol. Mitra. 5|xll in. p. 94 leaves. (1) The Pancaratnaprakarana in Malayalam language (ff. 123. at the Material: Palm leaves. Notices. 8 or 9 lines on a page. Size: 7 31. AVhish No. ity uktva prayayus sarve sayamsandhyam gomatitatam « upasitum iti stuvantas Sutaputran te santusta sri-sivagitasupanisatsu siva-raghava-samvade harih om n parabrahmavidyayam yogasastre sodasoddhyayah Srisivfiya namah II n 32. of the Kaivalyanavanita) i. Sivccglta in 16 Adhyayas (from the Padma-Piirawi.. Aufrecht-Oxford.. p. It begins: I — uniapatyam (sic) umajanim uniah coniasahoI daram unmnanandaram patmam vidhim vayam upasmahe I I pahcaksaratanum pahcavadanara pranavani £ivam aparakarunarupam gurumurttim aham bhaje Suta uvaca athatas I sampravaksyami suddham kaivalyamuktidani mahesasya bhavaduhkhasya bhesajam It ii i anugrahan ends: I — 1 II etc.

— tad api na muncaty a^apasam bhaja Govindam bhaja Govindam Govindam bhaja mudhamate 1 I Ff. F.Sankara(ca)ryaviracite purvottaradva(da)samanjarikastottram sarppnrnnam " SrI-Sankaracaryaviracire svamine namah srlvidyarunyasvamine namah (4) ii Fragment It begins: of a short tract (in Sanskrit) (ff. yavat F. pitrbhyam i kridalaulyani °talpara for °tatpara. Stotra by £ahl-ara 23—27). 27 — 28b).sakhelite (??) sonite yam pravistah pumsor etakana varttama- nah vitppankothaikramibhi[h]r abhitas taditah plditatma etc. 22b ends:— sada sivo ii i (3) The Purvottaradiadasamaujarika (ff. 2 Grantha MSS. 9): — sriganapataye * I namah I kailasasikhare ranrye bhaktanugrahatalpara[h] pranamya parvati bhaktya I Samkaram pariprcchati om namo sridevy uvaca 2 mahadeva sadasiva (read devadevesaparatppara jagatguroh me 2 °deva) gurudiksam pradehi 1 I i I bhavety eva satyam satyam na na guror adhi(ka)m na guror adhikam na (gu)ror samsayah adhikam na guror adhikam harih F.Purdna See Aufrecht-Oxford 72 b. 28b ends: I — sasnehabhyam paravasataya puspyamanah prathitabahucapalyam ullaghya lp for tp. It begins (f. 26b — 27: — dvadasamafijarikabhir I I i I ihaisa sisyanam kathito hy upadesah ekagre na karoti viveka te pasyante 24 n iti srlmatnarakam anekam bhaja Govindam para(ma)hamsaparibhrarplakarya (read °parivrajakacarya)srimat . (ff. — bandhah karmany atha bahuvidhe strlguha. frequently have Read devadevesa paratpara jagadguroV .-5* 38 Kr- (2) The Gurugitd from the Skanda . 23 harih dinam api rajanlsayampratah begins: sisiravasante punar ayatah kala(h) kridati gacchaty ayus. 9—22).

: 18th r 19th cent.sisya . pape visirnne F. Date of MS. A (by It Commentary on 8ankaracarya's Atmdbodhaprakarana. caryya harih - viracitatmabodhaprakaranasya i tlka samapta t I om . 23 leaves. — santikalyanahetum II niayaranye dahanam amalam ^antinirvanadivam I tejorasim nigamasadana-Vyasaputtrastakam yah pratahkale pati mahatam vyayatinirvanadivam Vyasaputram (6) The Kaivalycmavanita 2 Patalas (ff.srimat . 33.. 30b bhedabhedau savatrigalitau punyamayainohe ksayani adhigatau nastasanneetc. Size: 32. (in Malayalam language) in 66). 9| X It in.Sankaraends: iti n — tasmad tapobhir iti i etc. begins: bhagavan Sahkaracaryya uttamadhikarinam vedantaprasthanatrayan nirmmaya tadanvalocanasama(r)tthanam mandabuddhinam anugraharttham sarvavedantasiddhantasamgraham atmabodhakhyam prakaranan didarsayisuh pratijanlte It I — atra atmatlrttharatasya na kihcid avasibhavah iti syata srlmat-paramahamsa-parivrajakacaryyasri .~> 39 <«- balyam dvaitryikam puram atha vayah prapnuvat drptacitto laksmi tava vada yugam vismaren masma janeta bhupara ii (5) Fragment F. havrttau sabdatitam trigunarahitam. according to Prof. Whish No. Material: Palm leaves.bhagavatpildacaryya . 29 — harih begins: ends: of another short tract (in Sanskrit) (ff. Aufrecht).? Character: Grantha. Madhusudana Sarasvati. 8 lines on a page. 29 — 30).Govinda .

' The Kalayukti (or Kalayukta) year immediately preceding 1831 is A. 117): pumsam jatabharanamaulavatam vrthaiva moghasinam akhilasaucanirakrtanam i i — I toyapradanapitrpindabahiskrtanam sambhasanad api nara narakam prayanti ddhyayah i n iti srlvisnupurane trtlyemse astadaso- harih om. 33. Whish No. I najiiam vedavedamgaparagani i i i dharmmasastrartthatatva- jnam Vasisthatanayatmajam I Parasarani sukhaslnam krta- purvahnikakriyara Maitreyah paripapraccha pranipatyabhivadya ca etc. may have been written 60 or 120 years earlier (A. The IV th Amga ends rena karyj am r 171b): — etad viditva I na na- atniany api panditena tavat tanayatmaja(d)yah ksetradayo ye tu sariratonye mamatvam tisthantu I itya- . for marked them is after f. Scribe: Sesasuri. 76): iti bharatanarendrasaraII — vrttam kathayati yas ca srnoti bhaktiyuktah sa vimalaniatir eti natmanioham bhavati ca sanisaranesu muktiyogyah n iti srlvisnupurane dvitryerp&e sodasoddhyayah harih om I I I dvitlyom^as samaptah om The III rd Amsa ends (f. 1798 99. The Visnu-Purdna. as 48* — 67* — and 67.H3* 40 HE- Size: 14 xl| in. Whish dated 'Deer. 1738/39 or even 1678/79). after 171 7 to 180 follows. (f. 46—67 f. 1831. Date: Entry by Mr.. Material: Palm leaves. It begins: i narayanan namaskrtya naraii caiva naVyasani sarasvatln devim tato jay am udirayet visnum visvesabrakmadln pranipatya ca gurum pranamya prananrya vaksyami puranam vedasammitani itihasapurarottaniam n I — om in 6 Amsas. but the MS. Character: Grantha. though nothing missing] + (3) leaves. are repeated again f. 55): devarsipitrgandharvayaksadinan tu sambhavam bhavanti srnvatah puniso devadya — I varada mune i iti srlvisnupurane prathamenise dvavimsoII ddhyayah prathamomsas saniaptah The II nd Anisa ends (f. The I rst Amsa ends (f. from 10 lines on a page. D. + 276 [really 288. ff. —I (2) u. D.

2287. . 252): srl-Parasarah ity uktoII — i bhyetya partthabhyam yamabhyan ca tatharjjunah drstan caivanubhutah ca sarvam akhyatavams tada Yyasavakyan ca te sarve srutvarjjunamukheritani rajye Parlksitam krtva I I l yayuh Pandu(su)ta vanam ityetat [s]tavaMaitreya vistarena mayoditam jatasya yad Yador vamse Vasudevasya cestitam iti srivisnupurane pancamemse astatri(m)soddbyayah ^nkrsnaya namab The VI th Amsa ends (f. Notices. a son of Venkatddri. n om . Whish No. idam puranam Sesasurina ii om. 9|x2 in. tvayy eva visramyati etc. om I srib visnupuranam samaptam n bindudurllipi ktyakbye jyestbamasy sajjanab n abdesmin krdayuastame dine likbitam vaisnavam . vol. 1 It begins: — srimahaganapataye namah srimatab karuna- kataksasaranlm samprapya te patmabbu(r) 1 brahmandani karoti raksati harir bantlsvaro lilaya trayyante -purusah paratpara iti khyatopi samvitkale sa kastbeti ca sa para gatir iti Then ff. p. No. VII. The Jayamaiigala. by Bhatta Narayana. lb 2a: advaitavidyacaryya-srl-Vemkatadri- — 1 — . Date of MS.. Size: 34. 57. Material: Palm leaves.? Character: Grantha. 170 leaves.soddhyayah caturtthamsas samaptah barih om n The V th ArpSa ends (f.->• 41 «11 dimahasrivisnupurrine caturttheipse caturvim. 35.: 18th o r 19th cent. from 8 to 14 lines on a page. 276b): iti vividhain ajasya I i li I 11 — yasya rnpam prakvtiparatmamayam sanatanasya pradisatu bliagavan asesapurasara harir apajanmajaradikam . a Commentary on tbe Lalitdsahasranamastotra (from the Br'ahmdnda-Purcma). . .samrddbim iti srivisnupurane sasthemse astamoddhyayah om I ll ii barih om ll samilj)tas sastbomsab sri-Parasaraya barib n namab ll srl-Vedavyasaya namab . See Mitra.

4. etc. Whish No. + 176 [really 140. from 11—13 lines on a page. viracita lalitasahasra- nama-stotravyakhya jayamarngalakhya sampurna srimaha- mama tripurasundaricaranaravindayor nnityabhaktir astu n harih astu om namah subham sriramaya paramagurave I 11 gurucaranaravindabhyan namah om 11 36. F. Size: 11 35. Portions of the Mlmamsakaustubha.? Character: Grantha. beginning of the 4 It begins: — srimahaganapate n(a)mah subham astusrimaI haganapate n(a)mah subham astu evani upotghataprasaktamantralaksanadau samapte yatprasamgena nuprasakte iti nyayad agatam tatsamaptau tatbuddhis sahjayata upabhavartthadhikaranoktadhatvartthakaranatvasya yena sthite. by Khandacleva. etc. extending from the beginning of the second Adhyaya to the is end of the first Pada of the third Adhyaya. ff. the son of Budradeva. In margine: sabdantaradhikaranam. hasrasya rahasyanam dhih i lalitadeSikadesad I I . there th Pada in the second Adhyaya. (1) Date: 18th cent. a lacuna from the end of the 2 nd to the Besides. visesadarSanac ca purvesam sarvesu hy apraF. 2. 18 b: Mimamsadarsana II. a Commentary on Jaimini's M'lmdmsa-Darsana.•^ taniibhavah I 42 Ksusa.. . . vyakurmmahe It ends: — srl-Bhatta-Narayanena I srisrimateti I £rir aisvaryyam. 76b ends: phalasambandhah na vatadaksam gunat — bhavanabheda iti prayojanam pu. XH in. (2) and 38—39 being double] Material: Palm leaves. See vrtti syat 75 E\ sarvasyevoktakamatvat tasmin kamasruti syat : — — ii nidhanarttha punasrutih n II. 2. ff. 77—115 being missing. NarayanambikagarbhaSuktimuktamanis vyakhyam Narayana sphutam namnam viracayamy aham etc. + leaves. 29.

and 115 dhalaksanaya prayogadarsanena.. F. 1. Whish from 6 Nos. F. was written A. Whish dated 'Calicut 1824. No. 44 & 50). Date: Entry by Mr. 173b: — vyavastha — vartthasya srutisamyogal linigasyall rtthena It sambandhal laksanarttha punasrutih III. 36 A and 36 B. 127 b): — sri-Rudradevasunoh n n II. krtir esa Khandadevasya mlmamsakaustubhakhyo bhedaddhyaddhyeya (sic) caturtthaipghreh iti £rI-Khandadevakrtau mlmamsakaustubhe dvitlyoddhyayah srlguru etc. 4. p. (ff. / Character: Grantha. begins: — lepi niru- 11 The 2 nd Adhyaya ends i (f. U. — 114 are missing. See Part I. 36 A contains the first the Apastambiya Dharthe Prasna. G. ends (f.->>• 43 k~ f. 176): mlma(m)sambunidhim pramatthya I 27. D. D. Scribe or owner of the books: Narayana. 36 B second Prasna. Material: Palm leaves. 15lxlir in. No. 205 leavea 124—205 in vol.. 2. ii. 77 etc. This is the MS. II). vi- vidhair nnyayoccayair nirjjaraih krtva Jaiminisutramandaram aniuni vedara tatha vasukini yad dhalahalasamjnam eva kalitam granthantarani sajjanaih srikrsnasya tu bhusanaya sa parara yah kaustubhakhyo manih n sri-Rudra- devasunoh krtir esa Khandadevasya mlmanisakaustubhukhyosesaddhyaye pada adyayam srimatpurvottaramimanisaparavarinadhuiina-sri-Rudradevasunoh Khandadevasya I n krtau mlmamsakaustubhe tritiyasyaddhyayasya prathamah padah ^rimahaganapate namah subham astu harih om n ll ll 37. to 8 lines on a page. 1784.' used by Dr. but it seems more likely that the MS. 115b: — kartur va srutisamyogat Ff. a 1 Commentary on masutra. . 1724 25.' The Krodhin year preceding 1824 is Saka 1707 or A. 'G.85. The Ujjvala. Biihler for his second edition of the Apastambiya Dharmasutra (Bombay Sanskrit Series Nos. Size: 2 Vols.

. I na plutapurvam iti n | It ends: — samsadam gaccked acaryyasamsadam ll atka n catasro dvadasa iti karik om subkam dvitiyaprasnak pratisakkye samaptak astu I (2) Tke Tribliasyaratna. Date: The Parthiva year Material: Character: Grantha. etc. Scribe: Venkusudhivara Saunda. I i ujvalayam 11 ujvala samaptak samapta samaptak . . I ends: — n n ll n adki grkamedkino vratain Vol. 1825/26. (1) Tke Taittirlya -Pratisakhya. perhaps to A. 37. D. was written (see below) probably corresponds to A. Haradattaviracitayan dkarmmavyakkyayam ekadasak patalak karik om dvitlyaprasnas krodkisamvatsaram kannimasam yettanteti iti ll ll 11 sriramarppanam 11 Narayanasya grantkas n 38. II begins: panigrakanad adki grkamedkino vra- — I tam i dkarmma uktak It ends: purvasmin prasne adyayok prayena brakmacarino uttaresv astasu sarvasramanam etc.~>< 44 •<- Haradattaviracitayan dkarmmavyakkyaekadasam patalam samaptak prasnak yam ujvalayam karik om sivaya namak atliato niyamesu sravanyan tapa svaddkyaya upasane niaddkvam anne mamaddkyatmikan ksatriyam yatka katka ca vidyayaikadasa om panigrakanad iti II Vol. Palm leaves. 1766. It begins: —atka varnasamamnayak I I atka navaditas samai naksarani dve dve savarne krasvadlrgke sodasadita svarSk seso vyanjanani. in which the MS. Size: 9^- x l| in. D.. a Commentary on tke Taittirlya- Pratisakhya. — . 8 or 9 lines on a page. + 117 leaves. 13 Whish No.

1815/16.56. Size: 38. possibly to A. was written below) probably corresponds to A. The Bhagavata-Purana. Skandhas 11 and 12. 175 leaves. It begins: — om I krsnapadarajasrajah ll avighnam astu vijayante paranandaya dhrta murddhni jayante mahenI I pravarttitah (read pravrttitah) paradradimahasrajah nandakrsnakridanuvarnita tannivytya paranandapararohonuvarnyate evan tavad dasamaskandhe bhubharavataI n yaduvamsavatanijabhutivibhusitayaduvamsasya ritasakalasuramsasya bhagavata srikrsnasya taducitapravrttividambanena tacchravanasmaranadiparanam paresam ranaya anandakaranam krldanuvarnita F. i ll . 10 or 11 lines on a page.: The Yuvan year (see in which the MS. 1755. Date of MS. lb: — ekadasaskandhasya I etc. iti tribhasyaratne pratisYikhyavivarane dvitlIt ends: yaprasne dvadasoddhyayah n sarnapto dvitlyaprasnah harih i — ll ora ll srimatpartthivavatsare madhuytau mase madhau sya| male pakse prosthapadarksake kavidine dvadasyupetehani granthas cottararatnasabdamiiitasrlmattribhasyabhidha srlmad-Vemkusudhivarena likhitas Saundena sastrottame n harih om srtgurubhyo namah ll 39. vyakhyanam pravrttih tasya yathamatitatra arabhyate mausalaprasamgarttham purll vaskandharttham anuvadati slokadvayena krtva daityavadham krsnas saramo yadubhi(r) vrtah bhuvovatarayat bharan javisthan janayan kalim etc. See above Xos. Scribe: The son of Sesadri. D. Character: Grantha. together with Sndhards Commentary.-5* It 45 K- pranamyaham ganesacaranadvayam gurun api giran devlm idam vaksyarni laksanam vyakhyanam pratisakhyasya viksya vararucadikam krtan begins: | — bhaktiyuktah i tribhasyaratnam yat bhasate bhusurapriyani etc. Whish No. 17^x2 in. D. Material: Palm leaves. 15 & 27..

iti srlmatbhagavate ekadasaskandhe paramarp(read mahapurane savyakhyana srih ekatrimsoddhyayah parania)hanisyayani samhitayam n evam naniah ekadasaskandhabhavartthapadadikrsnaya idapika svajhanaddhvantabhitena Srldharena prakaSita mandanin natigudharttham srlniat-bhagavatam kva nu buddhir ahain krsne prema kim kin na karayet ajnana(f.

The 11 th Skandha ends

134):

i

l

I

II

Sridharaddhvantabhitanam bhaktanam bbagavan harih akarot yodvayatmasvayam caryyarupena vyakhyanam bhidhanena lokam raksann ajljanat tasya padayugacchatram murddhni vidharyyatam ekadasaskandhavyakhya paripurna srikrsnaya satyabhamasahitaya namah vatsare ca yuva uttarayane kumbhamasam adhige divakare kalapaksa
|

n

I

H

n

li

I

likhitaikaudabhupriyarksake sukrasisyaguruvasare diva slokaih dasaskandhatlka prasammita Sesaputrena vidusa
I i

samuhyasabdikair asau

li

bindusrngaksarair hinani

etc.

The Commentary
.

to the 12 th

Skandha begins
I

(f.

135):

jayati srl-Parananda(h) krsnapangalasaddrsah
. .

etc.

nama iti dvabhyam It ends (f. 175): bhagavate vasudevaya saksine ya idam krpaya kasmai vyacacakse mumuksave vyacacakse vyakhyatavan yogindraya namas tasmai sukaya brahmarupine samsarasarh

namas tasmai
II

I

n

i

padastam yo visnuratam amumucat iti Srimat-bhagavate mahapurane savyakhyane dvadasaskandhe trayodasoddhyayah srikrsnaya namah dvadasaskandhah piirnah bhavartthadlpikam etam bhagavatbhaktavallabham srl-Paranasrlgurum Paramandapadabjabhrmgasri-Sridharokarot
n n
li

li

I

n

.

.

.

nandam vanda
harih

anandavigraham
ii

dharas sukrtas sukhi

om

yatkrpalavalesena Srldvadasas skandhas samaptah
I

li

om

ii

yuvabhidhanebda udagdisamge hy anantaratne (?) sisiramase ghate paksa ihavadataglautarakayam satlkan dvadasaskandhamulam Sesalikhitam mayedam
rttubhanau
drisununa
harih
I

n

I

Visvamitranvayamahapamkotbhavadinam krte
ii

li

om sngurubhyo namah
ii

bindusrmgaksarair

etc.

.

.

.

sriparadevatayai om subham astu harih

namah

ii

srisarasvatyai mmaksyai namostu
li

om

•-S*

47
40.

k-

Wmsii No.

39.

Sue: 7s x2« in., 59 leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date o/ MS: 18 th or 19th cent.?
Character : Grantha.

The Bhagavadgita, with a
It

brief introduction.
l

— asya begins:

,sri-bhagavatgitasTistramahaniantrasya
rsih
I i

Vedavyaso bhagavan

anustup cchandah tasam gitanam
i

kvacin nanacchandarasi

evaniprakarlni cchandamsi

I

vis-

varupo visnuh paramatma bhagavan sViinan-narayano devata asocyfin anvasocas tvam prajhavadaras ca bhasasa
i

iti

bijani

I

vrajeti

saktih

sarvadharmman parityajya mam ekam saranam urddhvamulam adhassakham asvattham
I

prahur avyayam jape viniyogah
i

iti

kilakam sribhagavatsamaradhanartthe
I

etc.
(f.

The

text begins

2):

— Dhrtarastra
i

uvaca

I

dharmman

etc. ksetre kuruksetre samaveta yuyutsavah sasaran F. 5b: sokasamvignamanasah capam visrjya

sokasamvignamanasa satasahasrikayam samhitayam vaiyasikyam bhlsmaparvani srlbhagavadgitasupanisatsu parabrahmavidyayam yogasastre srikrsnarjjunasamvade arjjunavisadayogo nama prathamoiti
II

iti

on tat sad

iti

mahabharate

ddhyayah
It

II

ends:

iti

on

tat

sat

sribhagavatgitasupanisatsu

parabrahmavidyayam
n

yogasastre

sakalavedasastrapuranasamgrahamoksayogo
I

srikrsnarjjunasamvade namastadason

srikrsnaya parabrahmane namo namah ddhyayah vasudevarpanam astu
41.

srl-

Whish No.
Size:

40.

10|-XlI

in.,

190 leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page.

Material: 1'alm leaves.
is

Date of MS: An entry by Mr. "Whish, found on the last page, dated 'Calicut 1826'. The MS. may be about 50 or even 100 years
Character: Grantha.

older.

-s*

48

k~
the BhcujavadgJta, by

The Subodhinl, a Commentary on
Srldharasvamin, in 18
It

— vande begins:
I

Adhyayas.
krsnarjunau
virau

naranarayanav
I

ubbau

dharttarastrakulonmattagajarohanavallabhau
i

sara-

ttbyam arjunasyajau kurvan gltamrtan dadau lokatrayopasrimadhavani pranakaraya tasmai krsnatmane namab devam visvesam adarat myatba tatbhaktiyantritah kurve subodbinim etc. gltavyakhyam Adhyaya I ends on f. 9, A. II on f. 27 b, A. Ill on f. 40 b, A. IV on f. 54, A. V on f. 63 b, A. VI on f. 74, A. VII on f. 82, A. VIII on f. 90, A. IX on f. 97b, on f. 106, A. XI on f. 120 b, A. XII on f. 126, A. A. XIII on f. 137, A. XIV on f. 144, A. on f. 151, A. XVI on f. 157 b, A. XVII on f. 165 b, A. XVIII on f. 190.
I

.

.

.

I

I

X

XV

It ends:

— &n-Paramanandapadabjaraja£ndharinadlmna
n

|

Srldbarasvamina prokta gitatika subodhinl iti sribhagavatgitatlkayam subodhinyam Srldharasvami-krtayam para-

nama astadasoddhyayah paramatmane namah svapragalbhyabalad
martthanirnayo
vatgitan
n
I

n

srikrsnaya

vilokya bhaga-

tadantargatan tatvam prepsur upaiti kim guru-

asya svahjalina rahasyajaladher krpaviyusadrstim vina, aditsur antarmmaninavarttesu na kin nimajjati janas satkarnadharam vina harih om etc.
n

42.

Whish No.
Size:

41.

9|xli

in., (3)

+ 87 +

(3)

leaves. 7 or 8 lines

on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: Entries by Mr. Whish are dated 1825. about 50 years older. Character-: Grantha.

The MS. may be

the Suryasavarnika-Manvantara Markandeya-Purana, in 23 Adhyayas, preceded by The edition by and KiLakastotra. the Argalastotra L. Poley (Berlin 1831), and the Bombay editions of 1862 (Sake 1784) & 1864 (Sake 1786) contain only 13 Adhyayas.
of the
,

The Demmahatmya from


It

49

K~

begins:
i

— nyasani

avahanan caiva namany argalakllai

caiva ddbyanam kavacam eva ca mahatmyafi japen nityani astamyaii ca viSesatah sarvasaubhagyam apnoti[m] dehante ca labhet gatini
hrdayafi

kam
ca
i

ca dalan

i

om

i

padayor
I

varabhyo

namah

i

nitarabe

narasimhyai

namah
F.
7:

sridevimahfitmye argalastotram samaptam n sridevinialiatmye kllakastotram samaptani n athatas sampravaksyfmii vistarena yathatatbani candikrdiriti
iti
I

F. 5b:

— —

etc.

dayara
ai

gubyam srunusvaikagraniauasab
srim

1
1

hram brim
gayatri

bibi

(?)

brim

klim

jaya

jaya

camundike

tridasamakusarasvatl

samgliattacaranaravinde savitrl mabrdiikrtabarine bhairavarupadluirini

takoti

prakatitadamstroetc.

gravadane gbore ghoranayane jvalajvalasabasraparivrte, Tbe first Adbyaya ends on f. 30.
F.72:
[rjrsabbab
n
i

— eva[m]n devya varam labdhva Suratbab ksatriyaiti

suryyaj janma samasadya savarnir bhavita srimarkandeyapurane suryyasavarnike manvantare devlmabatmye suratbavaisyavarapradanan nania trayoda^oddbyayab Tbe 16 th Adbyaya ends on f. 78b. Ff. 79—87 are also

manub

ii

foliated separately

End:

— i£anakoneksamksetrapalayanamab
i

by

letters, viz.

ka, kba, etc.
I

astadalababye
I

namab parnparanamab magurubbyo pamparamagurupadukabbyo namah namab damvatukabbairavaya dumdurgayai namab pantipudevyas tad daksinantam gamganapataye
i
I

I

jayet

srimarkandeyapurane suryyasavarnike manvantare devlmabatmye paimtipujarabasyan nama trayovim^o (pancavimso, pr. m.) ddbyayab n srimabadevyai namah srlgurubhyo
H

iti

i

namah

i

sivaya

namah

i

harih

om

n

43.

Whish No.
Size:

42.

11jX2

in.; (3) -f.

97

-j- (4)

leaves,

about 10 lines on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

i

These MSS. generally read srunu- for

spin.-.

-5*

50
is

h$dated 1825.

Date: A.n entry by Mr. Whish about 50 years older.
Scribe:

The MS. may be

Ananta Narayana.
:

Character

Grantha.
(1)

The Kularnava(tantra) , in 17 Ullasas (ff. 1—95). See Aufrecht-Oxford p. 90 seqq. (No. 147); Ind. Off. IV, p. 879; Mitra, Notices, I pp. 138 (No. 258), 160 (No. 290).
It begins
:

— gurubhyo namah
I

srutir iyani sada srun(ut)am

(i) upasrutinani anyesain upasarvaviranam caranam smaranam

mmania

I

(read acyu?)tam
I

gurum ganapatim durgam ksetresam sivam arcabrahmanam girijam laksmlm vanim vande
I
I

vibhutaye anadyayakhiladyayamayine gatamaline
I

arupaya

svarupayasivaya guruve namah devyan(sic)vaca on namo devadevesa pancakrtyavidhayaka sarvajna bhaktisulabha ^aI
I

— yollasah F. 27: —
|

ranagatavatsala (read°la) mulesa paramesana karunamrtavaridhe asare ghorasanisare sarve [da]du(li)khamaliniasali|eic.
i

F. 17:

iti

srlkularnave

urddhvamnayamaliatmye

triti-

H

iti ^nkularnavamahatmye rahasye sarvamgamottame kuladivyadikathanam pancamollasali The 7 th Ullasa ends on f. 37, the 8 th U. on f. 44b,
n

the 9 th U. on
f.

f.

51,

the 10 th U. on

f.

56,

the 11 th U. on

61b,

the 12
f.

th

U. on

14 th U. on f. 89 b.
It

78,

f. U. on f. 72b, the 67b, the 13 the 15 a U. on f. 84b, the 16 th U. on

th

ends

(f.

95):

iti

£rlmatkularnave niaharahasye sarva-

gamottanie moksapade kulavivahaprasanisan
dasollasah
ii

nama

sapta-

(2)

It begins: — kallolo(lla)sitamrtabdhilaharimaddhyevirajan-

The Mantraksaramala,

in 16 stanzas

(ff.

95 b

— 98

b).

manidvlpe kalpakavatikaparivrte kadambavatojvale ratnastambhasahasranirmmitasabhamaddhye vimanottame cintaratnavinirmmite janani te simhasanam bhavaye
It ends:
ii

girisutSm yah pujayec cetasa sandhyasu prativasaram suniyatam tasyani malas-

— srimantraksaranialaya

1

il

^
srlmahatripurasundaryyai ksantuin arhanti santah

51

*<~

yacirat cittambhoruhamandape girisuta nrttani vidhatte sada vanlvaktrasaroruhe jaladhijagehe jaganmamgalam n 16
II

karakrtam aparadkani samkarasya caritakatharasah candra&ekharagunanikirttanam nilakantha tava padasecanam sambkavantu mama janma(ni) janmani idam pustakam
I I I

namah

guruvanujha Anauta Narayana namali harih om subham astu
n
i

-

likhitam

I

srigurubhyo

Whish No.
Size:

43.
11

lOixll
Palm

in.,

(1)

+

38

+ (2) +
is

+ (1)

leaves,

8 lines

on

a page. Material:

leaves.

is

entry by Mr. Whish probably not much older. Character: Grantha.

Date:

An

dated 'Calicut 1825'.

The MS.

(1)

The Visnupadddikesdntastuti by
mentary,
called SukhdbodJiinl.
in the

Saitliara,

with a

Com-

Printed,

with a different

commentary,

It begins: — harih
I

Kavyamala, Part
I

II, pp. 1

20.

nabhinalikalolambabhamgivanitapahi

phalam kudumbikalasambhodheh kanyaya(h) kalaye mahah alikalocanatopad alikam rataye dadat vipralambkam purastrinam pusnat tejo bhajamahe giripathodhipathojasadananandadhoranih padam kurve namasyanam umalaksmisarasvatih bhagavatpadapadadikesastutya madhusruta ilia vyakhya vitanyate ranrya namnasau sukhabodhinl
i

I

i

I

i

ii

khalu sakalajagadanugrahaya svecchakrtavigrahaparigrahfih srisarvajhasikhamanayah paramakarunikagraganyah

Samkarabkagavatpujyapadah srimadvaipayanapranitabrahmumuksu masiitravyakhyanarupasrimat bhasyakaranena janmadikaranam sakalopanisatgamyam jijnasyaii jagaj saccidanandadvayam pratyagabkinnam visnvilkhyam brahma nmkhyadhikaribhyah karatalabadaravat sphutam pradar6ya mandadhikarinam anujighrksaya nirvisesani param
4*

~5H

52

H^-

brahina saksat karttum anisvarah ye mandas tenukampyante

nyayena tasyaiva paratatvasya sakalasrutismrtipuranavacanais suddhasatvopahitatvena satvikasevyatvena cavagatasya samkhacakrasarnganandakakausavisesanirupanair
iti

modaklrupapancayudhalamkrtasya garudavabanasya sesasayinab srlmahalaksmiblmmidevisametasya kaustnbhasrivatsamuktabharanaklrltakatakamgadadisarvabbaranabhiisitasy a sakalalokatisay alusaund aryyasimnab niratisay aday asu-

dbasamudrasya sakalajagadraksanadiksitasya sribhagavato nrirayanasya padadikesastutin tadupasanarupam sakrt pa-

mikam karttum arabhante
I

thamatrena sakalapurusarttbasandohinim dvipaiicasat^lokattatradau varnyate samkbo blmII

jagrevastbito bareh nilasailasikbarudbacandrabimbasriyam vaban n laksmibbarttur blmjagre krtavasati sitam yasya

riipam visalani, etc. It ends: pararnanandam atmasvarupam pravisati tatraiva

liyate

brahmanandasvarui^enavatistbata

iti

siddham

11

iti

srimatparamabamsaparivrajakacaryya-sri-Govinda-bbagavatpujyapadasisya-sri-Samkara-bhagavatpadakrta-srivisnupadadikesaparyyantastute(r) vyakhya sanigrbita samapta barib
11
i

om

i

(2)

Tbe
in three

Uttaragltd, a kind of appendix to tbe Bbagavadgita,
II,

Adbyayas. See A. Holtzmann, Das Mababbarata 165 seq.
It begins:

vasudevaya jiianamudraya yogine namo vedantavedine Arjuna uvaca rukminisaya natbaya yad ekam niskalam brabma vyomatltan niranjanam apraI I |

— krsnaya

I

tarkyam anirdesyam vinasotpattivarjitam
F. 4:

— om

i

etc.

tat

sad

iti

srlma[t]duttaragitasupanisatsu
a-

parabrabmavidyayam yogasastre srikrsnarjunasainvade dvaitavasan nama pratbamoddbyayab
II

F.
It

8:

iti

STimaduttaragitasupanisatsu

.

.

.

dvitlyo-

ddhyayah
bbavet
i

II

ends:

— sarvacintavinirmmuktan
iti

niscintam

acalam
para-

on tat sad

&ribhagavatgltasupanisatsu

brabmavidyayam yogasastre srikrsnarjunasamvade advaita-

Ill. Character: Grantha. It begins: — yenakari prasabham acirad arddhanarisvara- tvam dagdhenapi tripnrajayino jyotisa caksusena i indor mmitram sa jayati mudan dhania vamapracaro I devas sriman bhavarasajnsan daivatam cittajanma parijanapade bhrmga- srenlpikah patuvandino himakarasitacchatrain mattadvipo malayanilah krsatanudhaniirvalli lilakataksasaravali manai sijamahavlrasyoccair jayanti jagajjitah 2 Kokkokanamna kavina krtoyam srl-Vaidyadattasya kutuhalena vilokyatam II I I kamakalasu dhlraih pradipakalpo vacasani nigumbhah etc. . Tanjore. Size: 45. The Suryasatakd. 58 seq. Off. is dated 'Calicut 1825.. Material: Palm leaves. "Whish at the end of the MS. Character: Grantha. may be about 50 years older. The JRatirdhasya. the MS. ricchedas. 10x2^ An in. Eggeling Vainyadatta. & Ind. for Vaidyadatta. Size: 46. Whish at the end of the MS... Whish No. It ends: iti kaksapntasarasamgrahah iti ratirahasye nama dasamah yogadhikaro paricchedah ^ubham astu — i n n ii 4G.' The MS. 36 + (1) is leaves. 12 or 13 lines on a page. 51 leaves. See Burnell. 362. with a Commentary by Anvayamukha. is dated 'Calicut 1825'. p. by Mayura. Burnell has Vainyadatta. Whish No. in 10 Pa- by Kokkolia who composed it for Vaidyadatta. p. Date: An entry by Mr. Date: entry by Mr. Material: leaves. 11 or 12 lines on a page. probably not much older. 9iX2t? Palm in.-jh 53 n k<- vasan naina tritlyoddhyayah srilq-snarpanam astu Sriguru- bhyo namah I sVidaksinamurttaye namah n 45. a treatise on Kaniasastra.

etc. (1) The Karttikamahatmya. from 10 to 12 lines on Material: Palm leaves. dipan haripujanah ca manavah karttikamasi bhaktya snanah ca danam vratam brahmanabhojanadi i . (1) 48. The Commentary begins: —jambharater indrasya ibhasya gajasyairavatasya pragdigasrita(na)m adhipatyasanniddhyasambhavad eva muktih kumbhayor udbbava udbhutir bhuma yasya tarn. leaves.: 18th Character: Grantha..? Date of MS. from 30 Adhyayas (ff. Size: a page. in — Sutah I I sriyah patim athamantrya gate de- varsisattame abravlt I harsotphullanana Satya I madhavam punar Satyovaca It ends: — ye etc. 1—49).~3H It begins: 54 r<~ iva dadhatas sandrasindurarenum raktas sikta ivaughair udayagiritatl- — janibharatlbhakumbhotbhavam I dhatudharadravasya etc. After verse 100 follow the text and commentary of the verse. It ends: slokavyakhyanagrantham sampurnam harih om n srigurubhyo — I 11 namah bhavan II om sadatisrastusandhyasu tarn (?) vidhivisnupuraribhih I i upasyo ya svarupena adityam aham bhaje tatra- Mayuro nama mahakavir antahkaranadisarva- vayanirvrtisiddhaye sarvajanopakaraya ca hiranyagarbha- pramukhasarvakarmmanyopasya(sya)yajurupanisadupapaditanijopasanasaddhyasadhanasya pratyaksabrahmanas suryyamandalantarvarttino bhagavata adityasya stutim slokasatena tasya stuter vivaranam balasukhabodhanayapranitavan i nvayamukhena kriyate ll om snryyaya namah II 47. Whish (1) + 137 + T !N o. slokalokasya bhutyai satam iti racita sri-Mayurena om sivaya namah suryyasatakabhaktya. 9fxl| in. etc. r 19th cent. It begins: the Paclma-Purana .

1—32). Size: 49. p. — — astu skande purane It rsayah asmakam kathitam bkavata vaisakhasya ca vaibhavam purvam ^rutan casmabhir eva ca tat bhiiyas srotukamaI I I I — avighnam begins: nam vistarad vaktum arhasi I Sutali I pura brahmamga- bhutena. from the Skanda-Purdna. r on a page. Whish gives the title Rudra-nydsam\ but probably it should be 'PahcahgarudranyascC. in 30 Adhyayas (ff.->• 55 h$~ svargakutumbina syuh n iti ^rlpatme purane namah trimsoddhyayah siikrsnaya karttikainfihatmye yadrsam pustake drstva tadrsam likhitam maya abaddham va subaddham va mama doso na vidyate II I I kurvanti te 11 (2) The Vaisakhamahatmya. beginning of 19 th cent. Material: Palm leaves.? (1) Rules and prayers for the worship of Rudra (ff. 7 or 8 lines 9f x If in. Cf. Mr.Jammu. (1) + 32 + 26 + (1) leaves. etc. It ends: rsin amantrya tan sarvan Sutah pauranikottamah taih pujitah paran tustah kailasam pratyagat punah iti srimatskande purane vaisakhamahatmye trimso- — i n ddhyayah n £rigurubhyo namah II harih om n 48.. Stein. It begins: om athatah pahcamgarudranam nyasapurvakam japahomrircanabhisekavidhim vyakhyasyamah ya I — te rudra i iti sikhayam i ya te rudra siva tanur aghorapa| pakasini rikse taya nas tanuva santamayil girisantabhi cakasihi asmin mahaty arnava iti ^irasi asmin mahaty arnaventaI bhava adhi i tesam sahasrayojaneva dhanvani tanmasi | . Date: End of 18th Character: Grantha. 51 137. Whish No. also separately foliated from 1 88). 16: pahca- ngarudranam nyasapurvako japahomarcanavidhih. The Mantras belong i to the Black Yajurveda.

TV.. See Taitt. 11. temporal and spiritual. to be reaped by him who reads this legend (ff. 32b):— kuksis saptasaraudrani bbujagirisikharam saptapatrdapadam vedam vaktram sadanigam daiadisi vadanani divyalimgaiii namarai om gananan i tTa i It seems to be incomplete. Sarnh. 1. with an enumeration of the great benefits. 1. 26: evamrupinain eva ddhyatva dvijas samyak tato devayajanam arabhet athato rudrasnanarcanabhisekavi- — i n dhini vyakhyasyarnah i adidevatirttke snatva i udetya sucib brahniacan suklavasa tasya daksinapratyakdese tanmukliam sthitva atmani devata sthapayet h P. 1.-> sahasraniti lalate I 56 klalate I sahasrani i sahasrani sahasraso ye rudra adhi bhuniyam tesam sahasrayojaneva dhanvani tanmasi etc. satarudriye viniyogah It ends or breaks off Cf. F. 5. An Itihdsa or a legend of King Vrsadarvi. 31b: acaryyaya daksinara ga dadyat dasa gas sainvatsarah svarnabbaraiiabhusitali rsabban cadblkarah a-vamedbapbalam apnoti ity aha bkagavan Bodhayanali. 2b: atho khalv ahuli vedasammitoyam itihasah dharmmafi carati nadharmmam satyam vadati nanrtam I i — i I . havi§(?) Sibikulam babhuva tad yo ha smaibabhuva tasyayam kulavidya mam Cread smemam?. adhite sa ha sma raja bhavati sa It | — Vrsadarvikulani begins: itihasah — i I I kincit prapyantarhitah i i sobravit iti i i yo mam itihasam grai hayet parasmai dadyam 1 :: tato brahmanah samyogam i tarn adityat puruso bhaskaravarno niskramsayyayujet (?) sa enam ya grahayan cakara tarn aprcchat kositi va vi-sii i tasmad ya imam itihasam adhite adityalokosya kamacaro bhavati tasmad ya imam itihasam upanito manavako grhnlyat grhitvatha brahmanan cchravayet medhavi bhavet varsa^atan ca jivet n 2 n darvir iti i I I I i i F.il prayato — i I | | I subham astu srigurubbyo namah asya srirudraddbyayaprasnamaharaantrasya Agliora rsib anustup cchandah samkarsanamurttisvarupo yosav adityas sa ekarudrah I i i I paramapuruso devata I i agnikratub caramayani istakayara etc. 1 10.

10 . a kind of Parisi^ta. a sheep I which for is con-tantly a shorn mmejasram is viluhyate viliiyate ?). then his daughter who wants him take the earrings. garutman divam gaccha suvah pata harih om 30 itihasam samapta srigurave namah snsarasvatyai namah sriramacandrasvamine namah subham astu nosi I (3) The Somotpatti same work in the (ffi 11. 9 the story is certain Brahmana one avir told of king Vrsadarvi who grant> of the following boons: a cow that constantly yields (? milk. Walker 144. n. the live gifts. millstone which constantly seas. — while he himself fancies the cow. and treats of the duties especially of Sraddhas. a carriage which drives over all the the colour of the sun.~x 57 Hg- ha yo veda sa veda devan saniani yo veda sa veda 8 la brahma The greater part u n dlrgham pasyati mS hrasvam pararu pasyati infiparani rco yajiiitisi yo veda sa veda yajnarn sarvam yo inanasain veda I | i of what now follows reads almost of like a Smrti. te dve i trivrt te siro gayatrah caksu stoma atma sama te tanur va- madevyam brhadrathantare paksau yajhayajhiyam puccham chandamsy amgani dhisniyas sapha yajuiiisi nama supar. The Bodleian MS. to to gemand she -: -Take the sheep". Brahmanas. to take the mill-stone.. Kinc. Vrsadarvi dves lhm tinues: all Then . finally his female slave who tells him a pair of earrings with The Brahmana asks his wife. more On a f. 12. then he asks his son who tells him take the carriage. 203—2 . it con- — tad idain itihasah brahmadityapui'ogaya : puro- bharadvajo bahubhh anagamaya tatah pracyavananam dhanapater dvijah brahmanakule jatismaro bhavati saptajanmakrtat papan nmcyate dyas (?) tu parvabhih dine dine gayatule bha- gah ka>yapaya - kasyapo bharadvajaya I | | ranyam gayapaficake dhanam aryyanam mantramantras ca va vratani ca namo namah caiva vratani ca on namah Vrsadarvi namo namah suparnosi garutman It ends i. grinding.

IV. p. p. I. a Stotra of Siva (ff. It devoted to the worship begins (f. p. in Weber-Berlin 1. No. . 11—13 (see also Weber. Notices. 78. 466. Mitra. 1589. . Indische MSS. 59. & Peterson IV. p. 13): — om vande I mahesvaram sambhum vighnesam sanmukham gurum ganesan nandimukhyams ca sivabhaktan mahamunin umapatyam (sic) umajanim umah comasahodaram umananandaram patniam vidhim vayam | I upasmahe pupdarikapuradhlSam pundarikajinambaram pundarlkapundarikarucim vande pundarikaksasevitam prapya jaimunir (sic) mmunisattamah kin cakara I . . though beginning (f. other vol. 12 b): — yas ca raja dvijatinam tasmai somaadityatinavagrahai tmane namah somotpatti sampurnam devatabhyo namah srigurubhyo namah I (4) The Vedapadastava. 120). 25):-traivarnikesv in[n]atamo ya[y] enam nityam x kadacit pathatisabhaktitah n 124 n padam vapy arddhapadam va slokam slokarddham eva va yas tu va ciyate vedas sivas sivo vedo vedasa sivalokam gacchati nityam i I tasmat sarvaprayatnena vedaddhyaddhyayi sadSsivah yinam arcayet krpasamudram sumukhan trinetram jatadharam parvativamabhagam sadasivam rudram anantaruI i I 1 It ought to be 114. 160. The Sania-veda Parisista of the same title in the Bodleian MS. I I puram i mahayogl Suta no vaktum arhasi Suta uvaca etc. differently. 13—26). ff. It begins 11): somotpatti rsaya ucuh kautuhalasamutpanna devata rsibhis saha samsayam pariprcchanti vyasam dharmmartthakovidam katham va ksiyate somah ksino va vrddhate (read vardhate) katham imam mahabhaga bruhi sarvam asesatah srl-Vedavyasa I — om | I I i prasnam i I uvaca etc. as verse 111 is wrongly numbered 121. It ends (f. 8. Wilson Studien. No. vol.~$* 58 h$~ (where it forms part of an Asvalayana-Mantrasamhita). jaiminir dhiman pundarikapure pura I i I bhagavan It ends (f. seems to be the same.

49. in i One MS. Date of MS.^> pam sivacidambaresam iti 59 k~ i hydi bhavayami I sivaci[ni]dambaram muktighantamanipadain bruyat sakrjjananavarjitara nioksani eva samasnute ayan danakalasiihrndanapatrain bbavan natba data tvad anyan na yace bhavat(f. 36 + 45 leaves. reads muktvasubham subham yati (Prof. 36.. . (Ff. Size: 50. in 10 or Srlrauga-Malwtmya n of the Bralnnanda-Purana.? Character : Grantha. Whish No. or tbe Mahabharata by Jaimini. Adbyayas. It ends: patban ^rnvan likban bibbran ranigamabamuktas subhasubbe yata 1 tad visnob uttamarn tmyam padam iti sri-brabmandapurane mabesvara| — i paramam I! naradasamvade srlramgamabatmye srinavatlrttbaprabbavavarnanan nama dasamoddbyayab sriramgarajaya parabrabmane namah n 11 (b) Tbe KiisalavoixiWiyana from tbe Asvamedhifaqxirran of the Jaimini-Bharata.: 18 * h or 19th cen t.) devadeva virupaksa sri-Narada uvaca It begins: srutam sarvani mayadbuna trailoky&ntargatam vrttan tvanmukhambbojanissrtam tatba punyani tlrtthani punyany — I I I ca Samkara ayatanani ca gaiigadyas saritas sarva itibasas tire tn pura prastutam tvaya prasamgena tasyas kaveryyas mabat uktam visnor ] tasyabani [ ayatanani ramgam ity srotum iccbami vistarena mahesvara mabatmyam agbanaI i I I saya punyasya ca vivarddbaye (read °vrddbaye) etc. from 8 to 10 lines on a page. 26:) i I bbaktim eva sthiran debi mabyam krpasila sambho krtaharih om vedapadastavani sanipurnam rttbosya tasmat I subham astu srlmabadevyai naniah. IOjXIt in. (a) The Banga-Mahdimya. Material: Palm leaves. Aufrecht).

ff.) These are Adhyayas 25—36 the lithographed edition of the Jaimini-Bharata. 4b. b. Nos. was probably written A. Sake 1785).. D. (Ff. See also Weber-Berlin 1. D. The Asvamedhika Parvan. See above in. —145 — 149 — 155 b. p. Parvans xiv-xviii. 15. Painted boards. (4) -f- X if Material: Palm leaves. but the MS. Asvamedhika (Bombay 1863. The Asvamedhika Parvan I i begins: — krtodakan tu rajanam | dhrtarastram yudhisthirah puraskrtya mahabahur uttatarakulendriyah uttlryya ca mahabaho baspavyakulalocanah papata It tire ends (f. 155 + (8) leaves. 1816/17. ff. The Mahabliarata. Whish dated 'Calicut 1826'. It begins: — Janamejaya I I i i I I I Fol. subham astu n harih om n AVhish No. 2: — iti srlmahabharate asvamedhikaparvani kusalaII voprikhyFine It ends: — ll prathamoddhyayah iti srljaiminibharate asvamedhikaparvani ku&all lavopakhyane dvadasoddhyayah rave srlramacandraya paragun namah srlgurubhyo namah 50. 27 & 39.~>* 60 hSin 12 Adhyayas. — 136. 115. Aufrecht. Date: Entries by Mr. Character: Grantha. 1756/57.Oxford. Scribe: Vehkata Subrahmaiiya. Size: 14f 51. gamgaya vyadhaviddha evam etat tadavrttan tasya yajhe 97): I — iva dvipah etc. 53b— 70. 1 98 the Mausala the Mahaprasthanika the Svargarohanika „ „ „ „ „ „ 136 146 149 b — 97. the son of ISesadri. mahatmanah i pasyatah capi nas tatra nakulontarhitas . 10 lines on a page. The Dhatu or Dhatr year (see the colophons) preceding 1826 is A. 45. citram uktam mahauvaca bhaga yad rainakusayor bhrsam tad vaktum arhasi tvain Jaiminih srunu rajan hi srotmn kautuhalam hi me mahabaho ramasya caritam mahat vistarena yatha sarvam ramas tarn ravanam hatva kumvadatas tan nisamaya bhakarnam mahabalam etc. the Asramavasika „ „ viz. b. p.

i ya iisvamedhike parvany astasaptatitanioddhyayah namah om subham astu visargabindvaksarasrmgapadaln- tada ii II ll nam may a tat ksantum arhanti yal likhitani pramadat santas sada hastakrtaparadham n harih om dayfilavalas vatse dhatav avagvartmany atlia varsarttubhasvati sravaiie I n i masy acchapakse pancamyam tvastrabhe titliau vasare vaniputrasya likhitani pustakan tv idam asvamedhikaparvan harih om subham astu om sritu mud a Se§adrisununa i I 11 11 gurucaranaravindabhyan namah The Asramavasika Parvan begins 11 (f. I manas tada vah ll 134b):— yudhisthiras tu nrpatir nnatiprltadharayam asa tad rajyam nihatajhatibandha- 135:) iti srlmahabharate satasahasrikayam samhiasramavasike parvani satcatvarimsoddhyayah n sritayam dhatunamani hi hayanepy avagvarnamah om krsnaya masi karkatakanamni paksake tmasannihitalokacaksusi likhitan ca parvam atrasvinibhe syamale jalajaputravasare (f. 98): — JanamejaI i yahirajyani prapya naravyaghrah pitrpaitamaham mahat katham asan maharaje dhrtarastre mahatmani sa hi raja hatamatyo hataputro nirasrayah katham aslt gataisvaryyo i gandharl ca ya^asvinl It i etc. 136): om sattrimsesv atha samprapte varse kauravanandana dadarsa viparltani i — nimittani yudhisthirah It I etc. The Mausala Parvan begins (f. ends (f. ll ll i I Sesatmajenasramavasikan diva jana alokya ll ll I hastadrutenaiva viramitah repetition) n (alaksya in the santas sahitum om asramavasikam samarhatha hiranyavapuse namah whole The colophon from iti sripurnam subham astu. I 145 b): — pravisya ca purim viras samasadya yudhisthiram iti srlmahabharate satasahasrikayam samhitayam prati mausale parvani navamoddhyayah mausalaparvam samall ll acasta tad yathavrttam vrsnyandhakajanam dhatau samayam khalu daksinayane varsarttune ptam sravanike ca masi pakse dasamyam asucau tithav udau candre krtantapriyavasare hi mausalam parvam etad dhi ll i | . mahabharate to samarhatha is repeated on f.iti sriman-mahabliarate satasahasrikayam samhitayam snkr-n. 136. ends (f.

It ends (f. satatam iti srlmanmahabharate .~$* 62 *<- inuda Vemkatapadayuk-Subrahlikhitam Vyasasamkrtani harih om etc. Size: 12f X2h in. 12 or 13 lines on a page. . Material: Palm leaves. 149 b): Janamen n — jayah svargam trivistapam prapya i mama purvapitamahah I i pandava dharttarastras ca kani sthanani bhejire etc. 52. 146): harih om Janamejayah evam vrsnyandhakakule srutva niaulasam (sic) ahavam pandavah kim akurvanta tatha krsne divami — | i gate i etc. inanyavipascita I 11 The Mahaprasthanika Parvan begins (f. (1) + 70 + (2) leaves. (f. 155b): sravayed yas tu varnams trin krtva — i brahmanam agratah sarvapapavisuddhatma manasah i I sucis tatgata- mahat prapya bhogavan sukham asnute Vyasaprasadena puna svargalokam sa gacchati etad iha klrttim I I viditva sarvan tu vedavedartthavit bhavet pujaniyas ca mananiyo bhavedvijah satasahasrikayam samhitayam svargarohanike parvani pansvargarohanikain samaptam n srikrsnaya camoddhyayah om dhatau vatsenuttare tu srtau varsasv rtau namah sravane masi paksecche dvadasyam bhediteh kila tatah n n n . Whish No.. . I | dayadasyavaner vare likhitam pustakan tv adah svargarohanikam parvam Vyasena racitam ^ubham idam VemkadaI i padayuk-Subrahmanyavipascita ii harih ii om ii srikrsnaya namah ii £r!gurubhyo namah n om 51. I It ends 149 b): — yatra sa brhatl syama buddhisatva- samanvita draupadi yositani srestha yatra caiva suta mama srimahabharate satasahasrikayam samhitayam mahaii prasthanike parvani trtlyoddhyayah srikrsnaya namah samvatsare harih om mahaprasthanikam samaptam rtau pravrsi mase tu dhatunamni prayate daksinayane n II ii I i sravane sarvatarake I i ekadasyan tithau varepy atrilocana- sambhuvah mahaprasthanikam parvam samaptam Sesasununa harih om The Svargarohanika Parvan begins (f.

Whish No. See No. The Tulakavenmahatmya. 186. Size: 53. F. may have been Date: Entries by Mr.s cirajivinah katham syat jDapanirharah srise bhaktih katham I i i vallabhah bhavet etc. Date: Entries by Mr. see Nos. . The It ftfahcibharata.figneyapurane I — tulakaverlmahatmye prathamoddhyayah F. Whish are dated: 'Tellicherry The MS. in For other It copies — dharnimavarniina begins: i of this work. 2b: iti sriniad . ca rajarsir nniculapura- bhuyah papraccha tan natva dalbhyam bhagavatottainani bhagavan praninas sarve kenopayena sampadah (read sarvada?) bhavanti putran samprapya sukhina. the Agneya-Purana. begins: — srlkrsnaya mama viratanagare katham Janamejayah purvapitamahah ajhatavasam u[k]sita namah I I I duryyodhanabhayarditali pativrata mahabhaga satatam satyavadini draupadl va katham brahmann ajnata duhkhiI I tavasat i etc. Whish are dated 'Calicut written about 50 years before that. The MS. Parvan IV: the Virataparvan . 9 lines on a page. Material: 12|xlgPalm in. years older. 31b: II iti srimad-agneyapurane suryyasavarnike manvantare devltulakaverimahatmye caturddasoddhyayah n It ends: iti prasannanananlraja muda te Saunakadya — — munayo mumuksavah rane i hares caritrasravanotsavotsuka gann dhaksatadyaili punar apy apujayan iti srmiad-agneyaputrimson tulakaverlmahatmye n dharmmasaravivecane II ddhyayah kaveryyai namah harih om 52. may be about 50 Character: Grantha. Character: Grantha. (1) + 168 leaves. in 76 Adhyayas. from 30 Adhyayas.~$* G3 hs~ 1826'. 131 and 186.. 1826'. leaves.

17|x2 rV Palm in.-5*4 64 H$- It ends: i — tan I niabots[y]avasanikasam brstapustajanavri tam i nagaram niatsyarajasya susubbe bbaratarsabbaih vrtte vivabe hrstatnia Janamejayali yad uvaca yudliiathirah tat sarvani katbayasveha krtavanto yad uttaram n om iti sfimahabharate satasabasrikayani samhitayani vaiyasikyam srivirataparvani abhimanyuvivabo nania satsapta- titamoddbyayab 11 oni n etat parvasu vistlrnam sarvasampat- asmin parvani yo marttya sraddbabbaktisamanvitab srinoti (sic) slokam ekam va sa yati paramairi gatim tasya mitrani varddbante grbaksetradisarapadab ayub kirttir balan tejas sambbavanti dine dine asmin parvani tani piljayet suvaktaram rajendra patbite brabmavadina vastrabbusadibbir ddbanaib tasmin prasanne bbagavan i i I i i padan sakam nrnani i srnvatam sarvapapagbnam anavrstivina- i i mukundab arttarttibanta purusottamas ca sarve ca deva tusta narendrakale bbaratarsisiddbasamgbais bhavisyanti I I ddbyayanat punyad api padam adbiyatab Sraddadbanasya barib om puyante sarvapapany asesatah srikrsnaya I n n namab 11 subbam astu srigurubbyo namab u 53. api I sarvavigbnasmide (°bbide?) ganadbipataye . — 47 47 — 148 1 Sundarakanda. ff. 1826'. Kiskindbakanda. ff. ff. Date: Entries by Mr. by ValmJld. Kandas ff. Ayodbyakanda. tasmai It begins: — abbipsitarttbasiddbyarttbani pujite yas surair Yuddbakanda. 149—207 208—277 278—341 342—498. Character: Grantha. leaves. Size: a page.. Whish are dated 'Tellicherry may be about a hundred years older. The MS. Aranyakanda. 54. ff. ff. i-vi. Whish No. Balakanda. Tbe Rdmayana. (1) + 498 + (1) from 11 to 14 lines on Material: leaves.

It ends (f. 47): taya i I — sa rajarsisuto hi kamaya sameyivan uttamarajakannyaya atlva rarnas susubhetikamaya hari sriya visnur ivamaresva| rah ii iti srlmatbrdakande saptasaptati(tama)s sargah ll ii iti srl- madramayane adikavye balakanrlam samaptani The Ayodhyakanda has 120 Sargas.-* i 65 :<~ namah kujantam ramarameti madhuram madhuraksaram aruhya I kavitasakham vande Yalmikikokilam I mmunisimhasya nadam ko na kavitavanacarinah i snivan . 207): — dadarsa pampam kramena gatva sa vilokayan vanam subhadarsakananam anekananavidhapuspasamkulam ity arse Srimadramayane adikavye sri-Yalmikiye caturvimsatisahasrikayarn samhitayam srlmad-aranyakande pahcasaptatitamas sargah aranyakandam samaptam harih om The Kiskindhakanda has 68 Sargas. 148 b): — krtah svastya- yanah paran tapah vanam sabharyyah pravivesa raghavas salaksmimanis (read °laksmanas) suryya ivabhramandalah n ity arse srimadramayane adikavye srl(nia)d-Yrilmiklye catnrvimsatisahasrikaya(m) samhitayam srimadayoddhy(rik)ande ekavimsacchatatanias sargah srlramaya namah astu namah subham gurubhyo ayoddhyakandam samall n ii ii ptam sriramacandrasvamine namah ll n daksinamiirttisvamine It ends I namah sivaya namah The Aranyakanda has ll ll 75 Sargas. It ends itiva taih pranja[na]libhis tapasvibhir dvijaih i harih om n (f. It ends (f. Valmlker ramakathai yah karnanjaliyati param gatira samputair ahar alias sainmyak pibaty adarad Valmlker vadanaravindagalitam ramayanakhyam raadhu janmavya. 277b):— sa n ii ll n vegavan vegasamahitatma haripravlrah paravirahanta 5 I . (f. I dhijaravipattimaranair atyantasopadravam samsaram sa namostu vihaya gacchati puman visnoh padam sasvatam ca ramaya salaksmanaya devyai tasyai janakatmajayai namostu rudrendrayamanilebhya(h) namas ca candrarkamarutganebhyah tadupagatasamasasandhiyogam samamai I I raghuvaracaritam munidhuropanatartthavakyabaddham on pranltam dasasirasas ca vadhan nisamayaddhvam i i tapasvaddhyayaniratam tapasvi vagvidam varam naradam paripapraccha Valmikir mmunipuingavani etc. . The Balakanda has 77 Sargas.

II II I harih om n 11 The Sundarakanda has 65 Sargas. (2) according to the Bodleian MS. . It ends (f.~$* 66 f<~ punas saniadhaya mahanubhavo jagama lamkam manasa sVlmatkiskindhakande astasastitamas sarmanasvl iti kiskindhakandas samaptah srlramaya namah gah II . . 341b): tato maya vilkbhir adinabhaksini sivabhir istabhir abhiprasadita jagama santin tava maithilatmaja tavapi sokena I — n srimat-sundarakande pahcasastas sargah srlramaya para(bra)hmane namah harih om etc. (1) according to our MS.). . The following table shows the number of Sargas in each Kanda. 28 (which is also a Grantha MS. It ends (f.. tatkapi pidita Ff. ca pranamami punahpunah balakande dvisahasram sasiti(r) dvisatl tatha slokanfim atha sargaI nam saptasaptatir irita slokas catussahasrani paksadhikacaturddasi ayoddhyakandagas sargas satam ekonavimsatir dvisahasram saptasatisloka dvatrimsata saha aranyakande I I i satcchatani sargas pancasaptatir sloka vimsatir eva ca kiskindhakand(ag)as sarga(s) saptasastir itirita trsahasran ca sat caiva slokas sundarakandagah Irita I I i tu dvisahasram I sarganam samkhyata paramarsiiia yuddhakande tu padyanam dasona satsahasrika ekatrimsacchataI i astasastis tu mitas trsahasram sate dve ca sarga api ca klrttitah catustrimsat tathaiva ca sloka uttarakandasthas sarga(h) I I i pafm)ktyuttaram ^atam bindudurllipi etc. 498b): i — ayusyam arogyakaram yasasyam saubhratrkam buddhikaram subhan ca srotavyam etan niyamena satbhir akhyanam ayuskaram rddhikamaih evam etat puravrttam akhyanam bhadram astu vah pravyrdiarata visrabdham balam visnoh I I devas ca sarve tusyanti grahas tacchrapravarddhatam vanat tatha ramayanasya sravane tusyanti pitaras tatha bhaktyaramasya ye cemam samhitam munina krtam ye likhanti ca nara(s) tesam ca vasas trivistape arse srimad| I II ramayane adikavye Valmiklye srlmadyuddhakande msaduttarasatatamas sargah n ekatri- namah ii ramam ramanujam i srlramaya saparivaraya sitam gatani bharatanujam n sugrlvam vayusunufi. II iti II 316—322 are placed in the wrong order. 1). Sansk. The Yuddhakanda has 131 Sargas.

): and (3) Kanda .-$n 67 Kr- according to the recension called C in Prof. Inhalt nebst Concordanz der gedrnckten Recensionen. Bonn 1893. 220 seqq. Geschichte und Jacobi's concordance (Das Ramayana. pp.

iti bbavab i ata evaba sa- caracaram (2) The Adliyatma-Ramayana.-» 68 K~ sarvo devatanam nikayas sa bhavatu brdaye me devadevo mahesah praelnavyahrtinam ayanam anusaran devadevasya sambhor ajnamatravalambi nijavibudhajanair Irito rainasantosan netum icchur visayam apanayams bhadram I I tatra tatra sphurantam i kurve sarvarttbasaram vivaranam idani I adau anusandheyani visnoh karnrmani pasyateti srutya srotavyam puranam iti smrtya tatracavagatasya sravanavidher addhyayanavidber iva tyasabdagrabanatadartthavagatipurvakena tatpratipaditanityanaimittikasadliaranadharmmanusthaneiiaistabhavanam ucitan caruramayanasya n i arttba iti I atonustheyarttbaprakasakatvat puranasya pratii sargam anustbeyorttbab prakasamyab tatra prathamasargena acaryyavan puruso vedeti srutyanu^arena svavagatopy arttbab janayati guruna I gunavatopadista pustenapi guruna eva prayuktab adrstan yavadarttbam apunali praI snavisayam vaktavyam ity arttbadvayam prakasyate tapa iti tapasi anasanadirupe babirantabkaranaikagratape ca svaddbyaye svavede ca niratam etc. in 6 Kandas. The printed editions generally add one Sarga (adbyatmaramayananiabatmya-sarga) at tbe Tbese are beginning. It ends (I. 83): karnrmana ravanavadbantena mahai i — I teti [ti] sarvalokepsitatamatvad iti. and an Uttarakanda at tbe end. a portion of the BrahmandaPurana. prtbvlbbaracaranaya i — yah begins: cinruayah i divijais sanrpra- rttbitas manusyovyayab sanjatab prtbivitale ragbukule mayaniscakram bataraksasab punar agat brabklrttini n papaharam vidbaya jagatam ekam anandasandram mayasrayam vigatamayam acintya^aktim amalan nijabodbarupam sltripatim viditatatvam abam tan janakisain bbaje visvotbbavastbitilayadisu betuni I niatvam adyam param patbanti ye nityarn ananyacetasas srnvanti caddbyatmikasamjnita(m) subbam ramayanam sarvapuranasammatan nirddbutapapa barim eva yanti te addbyatmarai i I nnamami . not found in our It MS.

555 slokas) on f. 45 f. 92. the Sundarakanda (in 5 Sargas. 17 b. by the Purohita Ndrdyana. 4: iti srimad-addhyatmaramayane unianiahesvarasam- — vade balakande sriramahrdayan nama prathanias sargali The Balakanda (in 7 Sargas) ends on f. The text of the Vrttaratnakara is given in full. as follows:— alo(lyakhiladeva(read °veda)rasim asakrd yat tarakam bralima tat ramo visnur aham samurttim iti yo vijnaya bhutesvarah uddhrtyakhilasarasaip graham idam samksepatah I siiramasya nigudhatatvam amalam praha prasphutam iti srlmad-addhyatmaramayane umamahebhavah priyayai ^varasaravade yuddhakande sodasas sargali kande yuddhei I n ddhyatmake sarga navasapta nllakarnoktah dasasataslokannsanikhyaya ynktah n i i i sarddhaika- jayati raghuvainsatila- kah kansalyanandavarddhano ramah dasavadananidha(na)harih oni subham astu karl dasarathih pundarikaksah i sriguriibhyo namah The scribe adds: n — Udayamurttikumaran (3) srisainbasivaya namah n . 160b. b. namo namo ganesaya namas te sivasunave kuru devesa namami tvam ganadhipa svetaninirvighnam It begins: I I — bhodhisthitan devani suddhaspliatikavigrahani vagvibhutipradam saksad vande gandharvakandharam NrsimhayajI I vanah putro Narayanapurohitah i vrttaratnakaravyakhyam . as stated II Aranyakanda (in 10 Sargas. (folloAV two or three words in Tamil. . 106. cont. which I cannot make out. the cont. containing 700 slokas. .H3H 69 K~ mayanam ksam i nityam pathed yad ichet bhavabandhamogavam sahasrayutakotidanaphalam labhed ya Srnuyat eva I sa nityam kailasagre kail acid. a son of Nrsimhayajvan. 300 slokas) on f. breaking off in the middle of the third Adhyaya. 500 slokas) on 67 b. the Kiskindhakanda (in 9 Sargas. the Ayodhyakanda (in 9 Sargas. f. F. etc. It is incomplete. the commentary consists in brief remarks only.) (The Manimanjari) a Commentary on Kedara's Vrttaratnahira. See No. the Yuddhakanda ends on at the end) on f. cont. 170.

Whish are dated 'Tellicherry 1826. 7): — saliny maddbyabbage pinan tu i durgban netre nirmmalam gandabimbe t gam sronivaksojabbare krsne lllasalinln naumi laksmim Whish No. Date: Entries by Mr. in 110 Sargas. from 13 to 15 lines on a page. Tben again a sbort commentary. lb): I — vya I tararaksi mo gata sayo modaterab praklrttitab sabate sastu sa yati to vrnoti rkarakab bba sidati canas cokto vabatiti gana sinrtab bbumyambvagniinarudvyomasuryyacandradyud eva tah u i I jiieyas sarvadiinaddliyanta follows text of I. II prathamoddbyayah cbandasi gu srlb i F. Char a cter : Grantha. I i ukta mtau tagau gobdbilokaib 2 caturbbis saptabhis ca varnair yyatib nilam kese nirgunam It ends (f. etc. i The III. 2 34 in Borooah's edition. or UttaraTiand.' The MS. n I I guravotra catuskalah etc. by Anundoram Borooah. t'ben Tben text of I.in. the Sanskrit Language. 65 leaves. by Valmiki. editions have Pavyeka or Pabbeka as the name of Kedara's father. X: Prosody.2|. Size: 17^->. After tbe text of &lokas I.a of tbe Bamd- yana. 56..vyakaroti yatbamati I sukbasantanasiddbyarttbam i naumi brabniaccyutarccitam samkaram i gaurlvinayakopetam sanikaram lokavedarttha^aivasastrajno Bbattako bbudvijotta1 i mah dam i kriyate tasya putrosti Kedaras sivapadarccane ratab tenecbanclo laksyalaksanasamyutam vrttaratna. Material: Palm leaves.) . 8 — 18. (A Comprehensive Grammar of vol. 4: — vrttaratnakare Tben 2b): — dvitiyoddbyayah om uktayam (f. Tbe Utiara-Ramayana. 1 —7 tbere follows (f. 19—22. karan nama balanam sukbasiddbaye i i i Pimgaladibbir Sca- ryyair yyad uktara laukikam dvidba matravarnnavibbagena cbandas tad iba kathyate etc. may be about 80 or 100 years older.

It — visnum begins: | i Hall. It ends: dattatreyotha atreyaputro dharmmai — idam akhyanam ayusyam Jpathan ramayanan I i saputrapautro lokesmin pretya svarge mahlyate ayoddhyapi purl ramya sunya varsaganan babun rsabham prapya rajanara ni[va]vasam upayasyanti etad akhyanam krtavan pracetasab ayusyam sabbavisyara sabottaram i narah i | ity arse (sabodarab pr. 731. . sltalaksmanabharatasatrughnahanumatsametasri11 ramacandrasvamine namab niine . rulnaksisundaresvarasva- namab II . 10 lines on a page.. . may be about 50 Character: Grantha. Whish No. See above No. a Commentary on (the metrical part of) &ahkara'slJpadesasahasri. pancatmakam vande bhaktyastadaII samgavargonavimsatya bhaktair nnavabbir asritam on namab on nama srigurubbyab on namas sivaya caitanyam sarvagam sarvam sarvabbutagubasayam cetanam yat sarvavisayatltan tasmai sarvavide namab sabbedaya H I i eva caitanyam jnaptisvarupam sarvaga(m) sva vidya kalpitadikkalakasadi sarvam vyapnotiti sarvagam sarvagam ity .-^ It begins: 71 Kramasya raksasanam vadhe I i — praptarajyasya krte ajagmur mmunayas tatra raghavaiu pratinanditum kanvo kausikotha yavakrlto narebbyas ca vana eva ca i medhatitheh putrah purvasyan I disi cfisritah i bhagavan naraucih prarnucis tatha tma rsis sarasvatah prabhuh etc. p. . Tanjore.) putrah sa tat brahmapy anvamanyata n srlmadramayane adikavye Yalniikive srimaduttararamayane dasadbikasatatamas sargab n harih om subbani I astu i . by (Bodhanidhi ?) a pupil of Yidyddhaman. sakalalokanatbakayai namab i harih om II 56.' Material: Palm leaves. Size: 57. Ind. . 12^x2 in. p. 99. Whish are dated 'Tellicherry The MS. m. IV. 90. See Burnell. 1826. 24(b). years older. The Upadesagranthavivamna. . . Off. (1) + 192 + (2) leaves. p. Date: Entries by Mr.

of (2) + 200 + (2) + (i. The SariraMmimmnsabJiasyd. nam n i brahmatmabodhakah dhamamunes ciram i na svabuddhitah atmani sthapitan munimukkyena yavajjivan namami tarn yatbbasyasagarajaynktimanin prakirnan prapyadkuna katipayan kavayo bhavanti tasmai naruo janamanobjadivakaraya krtsnagamartthanidhanaya yatlsvaraya iti srlmadsraddkabhaktimatraVidyadbamasisyena Bodhanidhina preritena krtam upadesagrantliivivaranam samaptam yatpadakamalasamgan nirvanam praptavan akam sarvantara| sraddhaya srlinad-Vidyasrlmatpadambujan tasya prasadan yena me nikhilad vedad akrsya mana i upasya | n i 11 T n i tmapujyams tan pranamami garlyasah n .. It or the Commentary on in Badarayana's Veddnta. 12|x2 two vols. Whish Nos. is probably about 50 years older. f. It ends: — I sarvam . 9 or 10 lines on a page. e. Including the text of the Sutras. and (2) 196 201 to 396) (1) leaves. by Sankara. . + The Char a cter : Grantha .' MS. .Sutras. begins: 4 Adhyayas. .-3* 72 k~ gamyam astiti ukte paramartthatas sarvan tat asamka ma bhud ity aha janmanasaprakaranasya padartthavivarakrtan devatagurubhaktipreritena maya iti saptadasasloka yatlndrasrimukkotgatah vipratagurubhaktena maya . Size: 58 (1) & 58 (2). iti. The first Adhyaya ends II 127b: — iti sai'lrakamimamsa- bhasye Sainkarabhagavatpildakrtau prathamasyaddhyayasya caturtthah padah samaptas* caddhyayah n Proper name of the author? . in. Subham astu I om II 94. visayavisayinos tamahprakasavadviruddhasvabhavayor itaretarabha- — yusmadasmatpratyayagocarayor etc. etc. Date: Entries by Mr. Whish are dated 'Tellicherry 1827. vanupapattau. Material: Palm leaves.

10 or 11 lines on a page. 1 a Commentary on the Upadesagranthavivarana.. rd 242. 3. Aufrecht CC.-3* 73 k~ II. edition p. Tattvaviveka (Padadipika). 5. which is only the of the commentary on the Citradipa. Trptidipa. title 1 p. by Ramakrsna. f. Whish are dated 'Tellicherry The MS. leaves. 4. I ends (f. 2. 612). Natakadipa. the 4 th A. (2) + 215 + (I) years older.' Material: Palm leaves. Vol. 14x2 in. Dhyanadipa. The 2 nd Adhyaya f. 3. sutrabhva- sas sastraparisamapti(n) iti srlmatparamahaiii7 saparivrajakacaryya-GovindabhagavatpuJ3 apadasisyasya srl- snmaccharlrakamlniamsabhasye caturtthasyaddhyayasya caturtthah padah " samabrahmanandani srlgnrnbhyo namah pta^ caddhyayah paramasukhadani kevalam jhanamnrttim visvatitam gaganaekan nityam vimalani sadr^ani tatvam asyadilaksyam acalam sarvadhlsaksibhutam bhavatitan trigunarahitam mac-Chamkarabhagavatah i: ll i satgurun tan harih om I namami ll vedantasutrabhasyam samaptam n 58. Kutasthadlpa. may be about 50 Character: Grantha. on It ends: — anavrttis sabdad anavrttis sabdad dyotayati k ptau II 396 b. Whish No. the 3 Adhyaya on iti 355 b. 1827. . and Vidyaranya. Date: Entries by Mr. a pupil The of BhwaMlrtha. These 1. Pancadasi (ascribed to Sayana). 200b) at the end of ends on f. 314 gives the title T<itparyahodhini. Size: 59. (>. fifteen chapters on Vedanta Philosophy are given in the folio wing order: Citradipa (Tatparyabodhinl). 5 (BibL hid.

Pahcakosaviveka. 1785. — om . . — 15. ..~$H 7. mahavakyavivekavyakhya samapta I n harih natva sri-Bharatitlrttha-yidyaranyamunisvaraii I branmanandabhidham grantham vyakurve bodhasiddhaye etc. 11 — II — — n . 10. Mahavakyaviveka. 8. . . Sake 1800) begin with the Tattvaviveka. 30b: srimatparamahamsaparivrajakacaryyasri- — Bhriratitirttha-Yidyaranyamuni^ricaranasisyena Bamakrs- nakhyavidusa viracita tatparyyabodhinmamika citradipavyakhya samapta on tat sat n II J\ 69 b: — iti - srimatparamahamsaparivrajakacaryyasrlII RamaVidyaranyamunivaryyakimkarena krsnakhyavidusa viracita trptidipayyakhya samapta p. r See also Ind. . 9. 745. §rtoatakadlpavyakhya samapta F.Bharatitlrttha -Vidyaranyammnbegins svarau kriyate citradipasya vyakhya tatparyyabodhim n : I — cikirsitasya granthasya nispratyuhaparipuranaya parama- tmaniti padena istadevatanusandhanalaksanamamgalam acarann asya granthasya vedantaprakaranatvat tadiyair eva visayadibhis tadvattasiddhim manasi nidhayaddhyaropapavadabhyan nisprapancam prapahcyata iti nyayam anusrtya paramatmany aropitasya jagata sthitiprakaram sa- drstantam pratijanite etc.. & Bombay It natva sri . 74 K~ Pahcabhutaviveka (Tatparyadipika). ddhyanadrpasya vyakhya samapta P. Dvaitaviveka (Padayojana). 133b: — ll iti . ll F. 1878. . Sake 11 . 119: iti tatvavivekasya padadlpika samapta Bharatitirttha — . 79 D: iti Ramakrsnakhyavidusa viracita kutasthadlpavyakhya samapta F. 151b: — 153: — om ll iti iti . . paiicabhutavivekasya tatparyyadlpika n samEpta harih F. 98 b: iti . Off. The two lithographed editions (Bombay 1863. . iti F. .. . 102 b: iti . 143 b: F. 176b:— brahmanande yoganando nama prathamoddhyayah o . . pahcakosavivekavyakhya samapta dvaitavivekasya padayojana samapta ll u iti . F. . Brahmananda in five Adhyayas. IV p.. F.

(2) + 40 + (1) + 43 + 2 + leaves.) gunaya uktarupaya nirsamastajagadadharamurttaye brahacintyapy I astu mane namah alpavasiste tu krte mayo nama mahasurah rahasyam paramam punyam jijnasujnanam uttamam 2 It ends: I pradadau pritah grahanan caritam mahat atyadbhutatamam loke rahasya(m) brahmasammitam vedasya nimmilam (read nirmalam) caksuh jfiatva sa[ — sarvebhyah I i i ksad vivasvatah cchati i viditvaitad asesena param brahmadhigaii suryyasiddhante manadhikaro nama caturdasosubham astu gurubhyo namah ddhya(yah i) harih om iti i (2) The Astddhydyif by Paniiii or eight chapters of grammatical Sutras. is slightly damaged by (1) insects in a few places. iti caturttho- ddhyayah It ends u 215): — n iti brahmanande visayanando nama srlparamahamsaparivrajakacaryya- pancamoddhyayah iti sn-Bharatltirttha-Vidy&ranyamunivaryyakimkarei.) . It in — subhani begins: gnnatmane I i 14 Adhyayas. 193 b: ii iti brahmanande atmanando nama dvitiyo- iti brahmanande advaitanando nama brahmanande vidyanando nama trtiyo- ddhyayah n F. 208b: — F. 8 or 9 linea Material: leaves.' Date: Entry by Mr. Injuries: The MS. The Suryasiddhdnta.-5* 75 h$- — ddhyayah F. Whish No. 212 b: — (f. i (Ff.. 60. (Ff. Whish dated 'Tellicherry may be about 50 years older. (2) x l| Palm in. Character: Grantha.ia sri-Ramakrsnakhyavidusa viracitam upadesagranthavivaranam samaptam II harih om etc. 43. on Size: 10^a page. The MS. 59. 1828. 40.

and Taylor is ascribed to Sankara. in p. 356 (see also 103) it begins: — cidamsam santam vibhun nirmmalan nirvikalpan i 1 i nirahan nirakaram omkaragamyam gunatitam avyaktam ekan turiyam parabrahma yam veda tasmai namas te 1 adyantasunyam jagajjlvanam jyotiranandarupam adigdesakalam vipatcchedanlyam triylvakta (read traylvaktram?) yam veda tasmai namas i visuddham sivam te i 2 i It ends: — mukhe mandahasan nakhe candrahasam kare i crtrucakram suresabhivandyam bhujamge sayanam bhaje ramganathani harer anyadaivan na manye na manye 17 1 i bhujamgaprayatam pathed yas tu bhaktya samadhaya citte Miavantam murare sa moham vihayasu ynsmatprasadat i sama^ritya yogam vrajaty acyutatvani | vi.^h It i 76 k~ ** begins : — yenaksarasaniainnaya rat krtsnam dhigaraya mahesvatasmai vyakaranam proktan Paninaye namah i vena dhauta girah purnsam vimalais £abdavarim**masvas cajnanajam bhinnan tasmai Paninaye namah vakyakaram I Yararucim bhasyakaram Patafijalim Paninim sutrakarafi ca pranatosmi munitrayam vanlm Paninim acaryyam tatha Katyayanamunin krtanjalir nnamasyami bhagavantam Patanjilim (sic) yogena cittasya padena vacam malam I i I sarlrasya vaidyakena I yopakarot tarn pravaram muninam I Patanjalim pranjalir anatosmi ajnanatimirandhasya jnananjanasalakaya caksur unmilitam yena tasmai srigurave I namah ii a i un I etc. 18 stanzas. p. . It I. a Stotra Tanjore. 201b. In Burnell. p. It ends: i —nodattasvaritodayam agargyaka^yapagalavanam i i I I I i | a a hrasvasyaivatra grahanam isyate astamasyaddhyayasya caturtthah padah addhyayas ca samaptah astaddhyayl sampurna sundaresvarasyastaddhyayi harih om sivam astu gurave namah i sivayai namah I govinda i (3) The Visnubkujanga.

Whish No. The of the It Sivatattvasudlianidhi from the Sanafkumdrasamhita — yam begins: i i i Shandq-Purana. 10 or 11 lines on a page. Wbisb dated 'Tellicherry Tbe MSS. I Sanatkumarasamhitayam Sivataity adipurane tvasudhanidhau prathamoddhyayah iti skande F. 61. or 9 lines on a page. 73b: srisivatatvasudhanidhau sivabhiksatanakathanan nama sodasoddhyayah u iti srlskande mahapurane SanatkumarasamhiIt ends: ll — — tayam sivatatvasudhanidhau sakaladdkyayasaramahimanuvarnnanan nama vimsoddhyayah srlgurave namo namah II ll srimahatripurasundaryyai na(ma)h ii harih om subhani astu. to 306). Material: Palm leaves.. h beginning of 19* century. 154 14x2 in. may be about 50 years older. Whish Xo.. Size: 61. 41b: n — sanan nama ekadasoddhyayah iti F. 6: purane Sanatkumarasamhitayam siva4: ll F. 1827'. khasalinah pranamya surendradya bhavanti susarvavighnopasantyarttham tarn vande SamI karatmajam sri-Siitah sivam hari(m) vidhataram tatpatnis tatsutan gurun natva samastapraytuha^antaye mamgalaya caivaksye srnuddhvam sarvajnah Sivatatvasudhanidhim etc. (1) + 96 + (1) r leaves. Date: Probably end of 18th Character: Grantba. in 20 Adhyayas. Character: Grantba . Size: 1 62. Date: Entries by Mr. 8 lOjXls in. — — tatvasudhanidhau dvitiyoddhyayah iti srlskande sivatatvasudhanidhau samsaraduF. + Material: leaves. + (1) Palm two volumes (witb one continuous foliation from + (1) 152 + (1) leaves.-s* 77 K- 60.

45) is missing. 292 in the editions). End of the Markandeyasamasyaparvan. Kl. pp. 1901. 79 l i.) ity arse srimanmahabhaIt ends: — na svahare I n rate satasahasrikayam samhitayam Vaiyyasikyam srimadaranyaparvani dharmmavarapradanan nama trimsacchatata- moddhyayah n iti aranyaparvas samaptah I 1 See H. is full of clerical misIII: in The Mahabharata. Parvan 300 — takes. 32. The beginning (III. Phil. Adhyayas. at (f. 5 seqq.) srlkrsnaya namah H brhadasvah nania vlrasenasuto ball upapanna(read °nno) gunair istai i rupavan asvakovidah puraskrtah | i i vidvan danapatir daksah sada slla- manujendranam murddhni devaj^atir sarvesam yyatha uparyyupari aditya iva tejasa brahmanyo atisthan I Tedavic i mahipatih upari anyapustake asti etat Janamejayah bhagavan kamyakaprapte game kini akurvanta partthas te tarn rte prapitamahah (sic) i churo n nisadhesu i I savyasacinam etc. capy adharmmena suhrdviyojane parai^aradaramarsane akayabhave ca rame manas sada nrnam sadakhyanaparah ca srnvatam (This is the end of III. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen. I begins at the end of III. Heft 1'. first 183 (= f. in the 'Xachrichten der K. is given. Parvan. The MS. III.~$h 78 f«- The Vanaparvan. or III. 45: — mayor i i api | anyesam karmmani phalam asmakam api va punah viprakarsena buddhyeta katham karmma yathaphalam F.. Luders. where an extract from this MS. 231 in the editions). Zur Sage von Rsyasriiga. 277: The Savitryupakhyana begins. volume ends 216: the beginning of Vol. 52 in the Bombay and Calcutta i asid raja nalo editions. F. e. 25 b: — n ity ddhyayah (End aranyaparvani nalopakhyane ekonapahcasoof III. 313 in the editions. = The III. 154b) 182 in the III.. in our the beginning of the TlrthayatraMS. 281 (=111. -hist. 222 (== III. 1 Vol. 1 — 32. 53 78) is omitted (see below). . or Aranyaparvan. III. III. and the Nalopakhyana (III. 80 in the editions. editions). II.

— atha begins: I pitrvakyaparipalanaya dandakan pra- vistasya vrttam vistarena atmavan yavat I dhrtiman vaktum upakramate pravisyeti nissamka iti maharanyapravese I I etc. Size: 03. Whish dated 'Tellicherry may be about 50 years older. 81 The MS. 79. Date: Entries by Mr. 39. lapa It ends (f. . Injuries: Ff. Character: Grantha. A Commentary on including 1 Vdlmiki's Acdrya. The Aranyakanda ends viracite 40): — iti Ranianu(ja)caryyall aranyakandavyakhyane pahcasaptatitamas sargah harih om aranyakandam.. 38. the Kdnda. from 7 to 10 lines on a page. Whish No. 80): iti Eamanujacaryyaviracite kiskindha- — kandavyakhyane saptasastitamas sargah Then the Sundara-Kanda begins: atha sundarakamle ll — nam vvakhyeyani vyakhyayante piirvasmin sarge manasa gamakrtani ity uktam idanim kayenapi gamanam karttum I aicchad ity aha i I tata ity adina atra etc. breaks — off at the n iti tritlyyas sargah beginning of the fourth advareneti gramani va i visesat samaye nagaram vapi pattanam avarasya hi sa umyana carena visan nrpa ity uktaprakarena advfirena pravisyeti pravisva pravestum upakrammya pravistavan sa^yam padam cakre agrata iti sokaprayfinakale ca grhaI I pravese vivaha.62. damaged by insects. (f. Material: Palm leaves. and Sargas It —3 i Rdmdyana. vyakhyasamaptam The Kiskindha-Kanda begins (f. (1) -f 91 -f (1) leaves. two different hands. 41): sa tarn iti khaII — radisamhrirena sa prasiddhapaurusah tarn iti ramaniyataya prasiddham i saumitrisahito gatva patmadidarssanena slta- netrasmaranajasokatisayena ksubdhasarvendriyas san vilaetc. 1827". by Rdmdnuja Aranya-Kdnda. 17xly in. gantum iti padam addhyaharyyam Sarga: The MS. the Kiskindhdof the Sundara-K<li«J<(.

p.~>. a Commentary on the Drgdrsya- viveka or Vdkyasudha (of Sankara Acdrya). Material: lOsXlgPalm in. th by Mr. 80 63. etc.. f. Date: Probably beginning of Character: Grantha. 226 seq. 7 or 8 lines on a page. Margin It — drkdr&yavivekam — karanam khadijagatam begins: of f. III. (2) + 55 -f- 50 leaves. by Brahma(ff. Size: 64. AVhish as "the 30 Atharvana rahasyam of the Vishnu- harih om I — bhagavan praninas sarve visarogadyupadra- dustagraliopaghatais sarvakalam upadravaih i . Mitra. 55). atah evam moksasastrasyapi saphalyam syad It ends: — ayam evasya prakaranasya samastavedantasastrasya ca tasmat sarvam anavadyam iti srimatparamahamsaparivraj akacaryy a srimad Ananda Bharatlmunivaryy asisya Brahity n mananda harih H - Bharatlmuniviracitavakyasudhatika ii samapta II om (2) fragment. nanda Bharati. (1) - The Vdkyasudhatika. Off. p. 1: I harih om I aranarttham anaga| samupasmahe atmastham yah karoti mam turn sarvasaksinam vande Ramanandamunisvaram yatkataksaI sam varanananam atmanam advayam abhisicya krpavarsair i i sudhasindhau majjata punyapapakatah(read °papatah?) may a jhanamanir llabdhas tarn Anandagurum bhaje natva I i sri-Bharatitirttha-Vidyaranyamunisvarau maya vakyasudhatlka yathamati viracyate na khyatilabhapujeccha tlkai I na vidvattabalam vatra muktir eva hi karanakaranam karanam praripsitasya granthasyavighnena parisamaptai I pravicayagamanabhyam visistacaraparipalanaya. Cf. IV. 19*11 cent. 739. chapter of the A described Dharmmam" Margin vaih of It begins: i (ff. a pupil of Ananda Bharati Ind. leaves. Notices. K~ Whish No. 1 1: — atharvanam ca — 14).

105. Part X. in 27—28). p. . IV. 6 — 18. pp." Printed in Kavyamala.iny anta 1 ii smaramy aliam . by Nilakantha Diksita^ in Printed in the Kavyamala.~>4 8] H$- ca ahicaraka(read abhicarika)krtyais ca sparsarogais il. 15: (f.ipaingataramgi- ends (f. II. 76—94. Kavi. Margin It of f. 14): marddaya mardaya maraya maraya i — I sosaya dahaya dahaya mahogragrahan samhara samhara yaksagrahan pretagrahan piSacagrahan samhara samhara bhanjaya bhanjaya avesaya avesaya ak§aya aksaya hram hrlm hrum krom sarvamamgalini svaha sosaya n (3) The 107 Anandasagarastava (ff. 15): begins — vijnapanarhaviralavasaranavaptya I mandodyame mayi tani It ii davlyasi visvaniatuh avyajabhntakaruna- pavanapaviddh. 751. pp. by Laksmidha/ra Off. 28b): i suktib saradam- bhojasambhrtah advaitamakarandoyani vidvatbhrragair nniplyatam advaitamakarandam samaptam il n (5) The Lalitdstavaratna. It ends (f. stanzas 15— 26b). Notices. Mr. Whish says: "209 couplets in of Devi. p. of the praise This is a much admired Hymn in the Aryya 1 metre. 27): — aham asmi sada bhami kadacin naham apriyah brahmaivaham atas siddhas sa(c)cidanandaI laksanah It 1 1 ii ends (f. 26 b): — iti anandasagarastavas sainaptah srl-Nilakantha-Dlksitaviracitoyam subliam astu gurubhyo ii ii namab II (4) The Advaitamakaranda 27 verses (ft'. — sagarastavam. f. 209 Arya verses in praise goddess Parvatl. Mitra. Margin of 27: — advaitani. Part XI (1895). — Laksmidharakaves It begins (f. . 1894.ininaih sada sampidyamanas tu tisthanti raunisattama etc. See Ind.

The MahabMrata: the Pauloma-Parvan (in i. (6) (ff. 115 (12) reads adaruna° . 48): — madhurasmitam i I mmatamgalmmbhavaksojam lalitapadabhih madarunanayanam candravatainsinin tvam savi209 I dhe pasyanti snkrtinah kecit lalitaya stavaratnam i pranitam n aryyabhih anudinam II avanau pathatam phalani vaktuni pragalbbate saiva rajesvaryyai srimaharaja- nam ah etc. it is ascribed to Satikara. ends (f. (2) + 74 + (2) leaves.. from 10 to 12 lines on a page. See Aufrecht. in 14 verses s. Hastamalakastotra. tvam siso kasya sutah kva jatah nama te tvam kuta Sgatosi etad vada tvam tava cari — kas 49): — — hastamalakaprakaranam. Nirnayasagara Press. the Stotraratnakara (Bombay. In v. bhakatvam matprltaye prltivivarddhanosi 1 It ends (f. — Aryyadvisati. — 1 Adhyayas No. — vande I It begins (f. CC. e. 29): dhavallabhaslistam gajendravadanam varnSmkarukuvalayinrja1 kumkumaparagasonam rakorakapidam It n etc. and the Astika-Parvan (in 40 Adhyayas). 765. 207. 12^X2 Palm in. may be about 50 years Character : older. pp. 205 The Hastamalakaprakarana. Whish No. 1 59 of the Adi-Parvan. Size: 65. — Margin kin of f. 49: It begins (f. 8 Adhyayas). Whish dated 'Tellicherry 1827 November The MS. 49—50). Date: Entry by Mr. 50): upadhau yatha bhedata sanmanlnan n 1 tatha bhedata buddhibhedesu tepi yatha candrikanan jale cahcalatvam tatha caiicalatvan tavapiha visno n 14 n hastai malakaprakaranam samaptaip ii harih i om i subham astu ii 64. 7'. 1883). p.~5* of 29: 82 K~ Margin f. Material: leaves. Grantha.

im atmajnanasisiramadhurajalakamksinain vidurasHrira- kamimamsajalasayagamanasamartthanam vakyavrttisamjnakopadesaprakaranaprapaparikalpanenantassitalatani vigataklesatafi capSdayan tatradau prakarana&ravane pravrttanam adhikarinam avighnena brahmatadatmyapratipattisiddhaye prakaranapratipadyadvitiyabodhasmaranapurvakam naniaskarasyavaSyakarttavyatan dyotayan svayan namaskurntr sa rgasthitipralayahetum. It pupil of Madhava Mitra. has been fully described. Notices VIII. XXVI I. 122—133. p. 287 (No. 'Iiaracter : Grrantha. 92—104. (No. a Commentary on Sanhara's by Visvesvara Pandita. 69—81. 65 Whisb No. Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated The MS. etc. Vakyavrtti. namami bhagavatpadasamkaram lokasamkaram alayam karunfilayam paramakrpanidhis^imac-Chamkaracaryyabhagavatpadas tapatrayasantaptanam aparinutajananadisamsaraddhva&amaparipidibegins: | — srutismrtipuranfinam I ta ii.. (1) + 66 leaves. 8 or 9 lines on a page. lKiT'. Off. 2847). Indian Antiquary. Is'. Size: 8| 66. 2302).~3^ 83 k~ This MS. The Vakyavrttiprakdsikd . p. pp.ts. may be about 50 years older. See Ind. X 1] in. 7th Material: Palm leaves. vol. and extracts have been given from it in my articles 'On the >South-rndi:in Recension of the Mahabharata'. It ends: brahmavitbhyah — ii paran nasti na bhutan na bhavisyatiti i(ti) srlmanmahayogi-Madhava-Prajnagurupran ii sadasaditaparimitanandajnanasvarupa-Vi^ve^varapanditaviracita vakyavrttipraka&ka samapta harih om brahmaham etan mayi bhati vi&vam §rl-Madhava-Prajnaguroh prasadal sa(so?)nvarttha-Visvesyarapanditakhyas tasyamghripatmara pranatosmi oityani n svasvade&akulacaradyagraho lokavasana pathertthabodhenusthane vyasanain gastravasana I I . IV. 738 Prajna. < 'Tellicherry Xov.

. 73 b):— srutva ramacaritram atbhutataram ko H vismayan nesyate jnatva caiva virincina tribhuvanatranaya yonirmmatab asrotrapranipastano ccd ahisvamina nirddhute T ! Five syllables (^ ww — ) wanting. Whish No. of Vijayanagara. paiica- makandas samaptah It ends (f. trtlyakandas samaptah F.~x 84 hs~ ayurarogyalavanyadyakamksa dehavasana dhinyas sarva viksepakrtvatah II i jivanmuktiviro- harih om n 66. Whish dated 'Tellicherry. x. caturtthakanclas samaptah H F. Date: Entry by Mr.. Character : Grantha. . Size: 67. F. may be about 50 years older. vamse raghunam inunivaravacanat i ta- takan tadayitva krtva punyam ahalyam trutitaharadhanur inmaithilivallabliobhut atavim agad vltasitostavali prapyayoddhyam baddhabdhir n niyogat pitur il. 1827. II. srimad-Ammadi(sic)devamaharajan viracite . . . 83. ." Material: Palm leaves. 44: srlmad srimmadidevamaharaya — . i. probably. . . Hultzsch It begins: —jato pp. p. 73 leaves. 9 or 10 lines on a page. . srlmad. 36b: srlmad — . 17 b: srlmad — . The MahdndtaJcasuktisudhdnidhi by Immadl Devardya. . . snmad-Immadidevarayaviracite n . 43. . . . 41. . e. 15: — srlmadrajadhirajaparamesvarasrlmad n bhumer ayoddhya purl ii 2 n - Ammabala- di(sic)maharajaviracite mahanatakasuktisudhanidhau kandas samaptah F. 31b: — srlmad dvitiyakandas samaptah .. . See I. .Immadidevamaharaja . .ilitadasamukbas sitaya rajyam apa 1 n ddhvastalamko asty arabhodbara- cumbisaudhasikharasYeninisannamgana gltakarnanatatpara- suryyasyanvayajanminam mbaracaraprastuyamanapraja ksitibhujam sadharanam raandiram laksmya dhama par am l lalataracana F. . November 7th The MS. 8fxlf in. King Devardya II.

(3) + 73 + 53 + (4) leaves. Whish No. (2) Whish No. the atha srimadyuddhakandavyakhyanam prabegins: kramate tatra prathame sarge uttaram priyasravanottaram I — kfilarham sltavrttantasravanakrtad dharsatisayat uttamadu- talaksanavaisistyakathanena sugrivadmam purato mantam stanti krtam iti bhuvi durllabham.iiiyasian ma liana fakaslokan varnapada- kramojvalataran rman (read sriman?) akarsit prabhuh 200 §rimadrajadhirajaparame^vara-sn(ma)d-Immadi(lev.MJavisay. Bate: 18th Character r 19th cent. + 111 pages. (Rd nid nuj it's) Commentary on Yuddha-Kdrda in 131 Sargas. Size: 13f xlf Palm in. etc. 8 lines on a page.isi kva bhuh kva girayah kvaiteti santaya kalj sriman Immadidevarayanrpati svarllokaka(l)lolinlkallolapratimallasuktivibhavo vidvajjanaSlaghitah Sriman sasiluii I i varei.: 18 Character : Grantha. Material: Palm leaves. Size: 12? X : 1-f in. 69 A. tu Date of MS.~£h 85 f$- L99 -ii.. It ends: hanu- ca vighnakarino grahavisesah rajasvalah rtupradurbhavavatyah saubhratrkam saubhratrakaram ojaskaram balakaram samhitavedam vedatulyatvat samhitety apadisyate .ii maharajaviracite mahanatakasnktisndlianidliau yuddhakandas samaptah sngurubhyo nauio namah harih om 11 11 I 07.? Grantha. . or 19th cent..iyakai. It Valmiki's Mamayana. — vainayakas II iti srimadyuddhakandavyakhyane II ekatrimsacchatatamas sargah sriramacandraya namah II yuddhakandavyakhya samapta ii 68. 68.? 8 or 9 lines on a page. Material: leaves.

and even to to "The Vakya-Karana. IV (f. Mr. of the Arya school. The Indian the Calendar (London 1896). the son of Rangandtha. 32b: iti Somadevadrte vakyakaranasya prakasane iti ii — 16: — — | sphutaddhyayo dvitlyopi samksepena samapitah rarajaviracitayam yani sphutadhikaro I iti Sunda- Somadevadrtayam f. A. laghudipikd) a short Commentary (laghuprakdin five on the Vdkyakarana. annexed. 72b): — iti srimatkeralasatgramanivasi- Nilakanthacaryyena triskandhavidyaparadrsvana saidarssaniparam gatenasvalayanasutrena garbha (read Garga?) gotrena Rivakalyandajatena Grolacudamanina asmadanugrahartthe SundararajaprasnottaiTdvhye granthe pratipaditam tena gati- yogenaiva vibhajya sthitidabim jiieyain sasthaddhyavah (f. 73) . a work the present day either that or some similar work of the Arya school is so used. B.. dedicated to Somadeva. 8. sikd. Dlkshit. Adhyayas. f. vakyakaranalaghuprakasikayam Somadevadrtayam Sundararajaviracitayam prathamoddhyayah F. nomical work used in the Carnatick— with the astronomical Tables of the Sun and planets &c. ends 50 b. p. Sewell and S. -^ 86 (1) k- The Vdkyakaranadlpikd.Somadevanujighrksayaiva vicitravakyair vivrtam punas ca prakasayeham karanam laghlyah svabhlpsitagranthasya nispratyfdiaparisamaptaye pracayagamanavisistacaraparipalanabhyah ca svestadevatanamaskarapuraskarena cikirssitam arttham pratijrtnite i | pranamya karisailastham F. vakyakaranadlpikaII Adhyaya Adhyaya V ends III nama dvitlyoddhyayah 63 b. Whish has The astrofollowing entry:— "The Vdkya-Kdranam. 15 b iti I etc." R.'' It begins: — srlganesaya h bhyari namah namah srigurucaranaravindajyotiscakrapravrttaya jyotlrupaya bhasvate I I jyotirddarssaya bhaktebhyo jyotissastrakrte namah i srlI Nilakanthamghrinivistaceta sri . seems have been accepted as the guide for the preparation of solar panchdngs in the Tamil and Malayahim countries of Southern India from very ancient times. the son of Ananta Ndrdyana. by Sundarardja.

38b: — bhrguvakyam ll F. 39: — atha F. 1 margin: — Beginning: — kujasya tables. called Kujadipancagrahavakyam. 28: II — atha i F. guror vakyam atha sukravakyam ll 33 b: — guruvakyam samaptam Ii F.-9* 87 K~ prathame dvitiyeddhyaye prayenokta iti na punar idanlip vvakhyayate praksiptatvac casyaddhyayasya pancaddhj ayyam api bahava slokah praksiptah samjnite sarve nirastah srimanti purajakale padavakyapramanajuo jyot i&§as1 raviSa- rado yatisvarah pratma (read Padma?) garbha prasiddhoparo bphaspatir ivasit tasmad evasmatpita praksepavyatiriktam suddhani vakyakaranani anyany api kiiicit adhitavau sri - iti Nrsimhasisyabhntajyotissastravic - chrl - Vahchyajanrna- IMiaradvaja-Yaradaraja-tadi'gvidhakanisthaputra-Somadeva- sarapradayasuddhavakyakaraiian casmakam sampradaya siddhavakyakaranena samara tena etad vyakhyanaprakarasiddham yan raiilan tad eva suddhamulam iti jiieyam SundareI saki'te vakyakaranasya praka&ane lagliur iritah i pancamo Somadevadrteddhyayah Ananta-Narayanasununa punah I i kaverakanyatatavasimi maya prakasita vakyakrtir Uaghiyasi dvije^adevanujighrksaya laghu i iti srl-Vanchyajanma-sri- Ramganathaputra-Somadevadrtena Sundararajena viracitaom yam vakyakaranalaghudipikayam pancamoddhyayah subham astu Srlguracaranaravindabhyam namah suryyai I dinavagrahadevatabhyo namah (2) i Astronomical F. 27b: budliavakyam samaptam ii II isamganasampannah bhumir girisamlagna 180 budhasya vaii F. pancagrahavakyam parisamaptam i 19 dhiras saneh . I mahavakyam mamgalasrir bhusfmuh atmajayisantanuh drsto bhupatir vo 40 80 nab 120 150 F. 34: — samaptam It ends: — nirado saner vakyam ll rasecchuh 348 ravigonirddasah 378 van kyam munivakyam samaptam kujadiom subham astu etc. 14: — kujasya vakyam samaptam atlia — kyam F.

+ 89 leaves. . The and prayers connected with the wortitle seems to be Rudravidlii. Material: Palm leaves. from va sreyase nityam vastu vamamgam yatas trtiyo vidusan turryan tat param mahali nama devarsir vedavedamgaparagah sarvasiddhaAgastyo cacaratbhutahetuni ntasarajho brahmanandadayatmakah It begins: i — astu aisvaram | I i tirtthany ayatanani I ca i sailaranyapagamukhyan sarvah l I janapadan api F. iti sribrahmandottare ii trtlyoddhyayah vaivahikotsavo nama . 35: — Haya° . lines on a page. sisnodaraparan cintayam asa tan prati — iti brahmandapurane Hayagrivagastyasamvade II lalitakhyane prathamoddhyayah F. H$~ Whish No. on a page. . . (1) Whish No. 8 70. The metre requires only two short Read te vata? . 9b: iti srlbrahniandottare — F. It syllahles. in 34 Adhyayas. 2b: tesu tesv akhilah jantun ajfianatimiravrtan drstva etc. ii caturdasoddhyayah It ends: etad avadatagunah pathantas sampatpradayakam apakrtasarvaduhkham vijhanadiptikalikam lalitam mahesim asadya te catasa vahanti sadabhitrptiin i — akhyatam J n siimatbrahmandapuranottare Hayagrivagastyasamvade mantrasadhanaprakarakathanan nama catun strimsoddhyayah srlmahadevyai namah samaptas caharih om subham astu yatanakhandah ii iti lalitakhyane n ii ll u ii 70. Date: 18th r 19th cen t.. Size: 13 J 69 B.? Character: Grantha. Xlf Palm in. Size: &|-Xlf in.~»4 88 69. (1) -f 144 + (2) leaves. . Date: 18th r 19th cent. the UttarakhanUa (AyatanaMianda?) of the Brahmdnda-Purdria.. 8 lines Material: leaves.? Character: Grantha. A ship 1 manual of of rites Rudra. The Lalitopakhyana.

2 Taitt. 30b 33b). I F. 3 1. (Namakanot as it docs the contain incomplete. and gives (IV. IV. IV. .88b: iti daksine yatna atra nyunatiriktoktapratyavayajihirsayai staumi stamberamadhisacarimnaniraimitavasasam — i II 1 See Taitt. IV. Read namas te rudra . . •"> ( Prayoga for the CamalcdnuvdJcds Taitt. Samh. 5. of Taittiriya-samhita IV. (See the entry by Mr. 88: gah i iti namakesu namo rudrebhya* ity asya prayonamakaprayoga ekadasonuvakah (sic) atha purvoiti n I — I ktesu daksine yatna nirupyate F. 4 Taitt. . 11. 45: i II — atha Bodhayanoktapancamgarudraniti pancamgarudranyasah atha rudran — atha taittirtyasakhanusarena namakanuvakah . 5. IV. 2. Samh. namas sahamanayetyiidayah." srlrudravidhih i i tatra tavad upayukte | tu viniyogadikan cintyate viniyogo namabhisambandhah sarvamgamgl bhavarupah ekasyaiva anekesu karmmasv amgatvam yasmin karmmani yadamga- mantrasya vidhibalad viniyogo jneyah bhavam bhajate tada tasmin karmmani evah ca yady api caramayam istakayam I juhotity adibhi(r) brahmanavakyair agnicayane caramestakayam ekadasabhi rudranuvakair homo vihita iti homakhye karmmani amgatvam rudranuvakanam etc. 7. IV. 15: — atha i — I — panirmmanadividhih F. 30b: iti sthandilakundamandarudrahutisamkhya i F. being an extracl — atha begins: Bhashyam of the Yajurvedah. 20: athatimaharudra-ahutisamkhya F. 7. Whish says: "This the volume contains the Atirudraprayogam. Samh.~W 89 H$~ includes the Pancdngarudranydsa of Bodhayana (IV. which we should expect quotation of the It after below. 1 seqq. 7). 2. pradarsyante namasterunya namo hiranyabahave namas 2 x sahamanetyadayah camakanuvaka agnavisnu jyaisthyam ity adaya ekada&a atha namake cantaravakyanam aprayo- gab Bliaskaradivinirdistakainyadi'styabhidliasyate F. 33b: yasavidhih bhisekavidhih F. Samh.-samh. 45 88) the Prayoga for each Mantra — — of the Rudranuvakas It is nuvdkds).) An Namdkdnuvakds. Taitt.

Scribe: Pvaghunutha. looks older. Whish it as 'the Saiigraha-Bharatam Maheswaran. There are really only 17 Parvas. possibly A. The Praniathin year (see below) immediately preceding 1828 is A. 1699/1700. "Whish signed 'Tellicherry December 1828'. and Anusasana Parvans are not repre- XII Aisika-Parvan. — suklarabaradhararn begins: I visnura sasivarnah caturI bhujam prasannavadanan dhyayet sarvavighnopasantaye srlman pauranikas sutah kadacid rauniaharsinah ugrasrava nama punyam naimisaranyam agamat varttamane saunai I kasya satre dvadasavfti-sikc i i tatraslnan munln sarv. Date: Entry by Mr. (2) + 201 +(5) leaves. R. Material: leaves. to Svargarohanika Parvans. Ill. Santi. 1759/60. Character: Grantha.. Holtzmann. It 23. then follow: Gada-Parvan.. sometimes difficult to read. Bibl. XIII— XVII Asvamedhika The sented. 1 seq. to 15 lines 18lx2l Palm in. Das Mahabharata. D. Whish No. v. 1819/20. 46 seq. from 12 on a page. X XI Sauptika-Parvan.an pranamat samprahrstadhih kathas citra srotukama munayas . son of Ramakrsria. by Mahesvara.~5* It 90 h$- ends : — anavaratadhiraddhvana i gambhiragharghara (read galabhavaphutkarabhinnagahvara rajlva?) rajamana dharadharesa gunarajivi guna- kanyakakantisamkranta i akhila(read kanyakantisamkranta?) nijakalebaraikadesa ranta namas te nanias mahesa (read santa?) jagadadhlsa te i srigurucaranaravindabhyan namali II om i subham astu. See A. der Kgl. Univ. The Mahabhdratasamgraha. which are made up in the following way: Parvans I— IX correspond to the usual Parvans of the Mahabharata. describes of Mr. 71. Strl. Tubingen. Roth. compleat in eighteen Parvvas'. and may have been written A. very small. II. D. Verzeichnis Indischer Handschriften p. but the MS. D. Size: 71.

81b (end of the III rd Parvan): n — iti . 54: iti aranyaparvani Nalacaritasamaptir nnama II 11 — n n n . 104 (end of the V th Parvan):— iti udyogaparvani n .i janamejayah kathas i | ta Vyasakathitas fa a[u]srausam liliaratasritali ca i pararddliyani parikramya tirtthany ayatanani s[y]amantapancakan nama tan de£am gatavan alrarp ca sarvesan ca i kurunam pandavanan vividhau (?) mahlbhrtam I tasmad ukta didrksur aham agatah abruvan i bbavatam srotnm kirn i icchathety munayas sutam i pariksitena Vyasokta ya vaigampayanac chrutah icchamo mahabharatasamjnitah etc. astamoddhyayah F.iv. 32 (end of the I rst Parvan): — iti srimahabharata- samgrahe sambhavaparvani mandapalacaritan nama pancavim&oddhyayah F. Pandavadyiitaparajayo nama astamoddhyayah srikrsnaya namab sabhaparva samaptam harih om harih mn F. rathasamkhyambopakhyanan nama dasamoddhyayah 1 n Doubtful reading. dvattrimsoddhyayah F. . 211): II — iti s^imahabharatasamgrahe bakavadho nama n pancadasoddhyayah F. i tab katha Srotum E\ 2: — iti Srimababharatasamgrahe Mahe^varakrte sam11 bhavaparvani vaidodamkacaritan nama prathamoddbyayah F. . Read tarn papracchus teV . 10b — iti 6rlmahabharatasamgrahe dusyantacaritan : nama astamoddhyayah F. . aranyaparvani . 44 (end of the II nd Parvan): iti sabhaparvani II — . 26: iti grlbharatasamgrahe nama astadasoddhyayah — pancendropakhyanan II F. . araniharanan nama. 95 (end of the IV th Parvan): iti — n . virataparvani II uttarabbimanyuvivabo nama dasamoddhyayah srikrsnaya namab virataparvam samaptam n F. . .sutanandanam paripapraccha tan sa fan papracchus ca kansalam abhinandya samSsinas tarn ahus samSritasanam kuta ayasi ko degas tvaya carita ity api vipran 1 I i i i praha suprltan tatragacchan yadrcchaya sarpasatram yatra raja cakara janamejanah (sic) ya vai&ampayanat fcatra i sa I busr. . . .

. 178 (end of the XII th Parvan): samaptam n harih om subham astu F. . . . 146 (end of the VII th Parvan): — iti dronaparvani dronavadho nama astadasoddhyayah snkrsnaya naniah .i namah ll srl - umapataye I namah harih om I subham astu srigurubhyo namah karakrtam aparadham ksantum arhanti santah n pramathinamasamjhayam saradi prapnuvaty api eapam hamse daksinakhyayane pakse site tatha i i astavimsakhyake svatitarahy anhi somavasarasamyute Sravanat sarvapapasamayukte dasamyani minalagnake lekhanat Srlpradam ghnah pathanan muktidam subham i I i i sammyak mahabharatasamgraham Ixamakrsnasya putrena ramabhaktena vidusa likhitam Raghunathena dhimata | bhadram astu vah ii kvsnriya vasudevaya devakinandanaya . mausalaparvani dvitryo. aisikaparvam . . . ddhyayah F. 176 th Parvan): — iti . 201): iti srimahabharatasamgrahe svargaro. 169b (end n of the ii IX th . ii ii dronaparvam samaptam n F. Parvan): — iti . . 197 ll (XV th n Parvan): — ii iti . 198b (XVI th Parvan): — iti mahaprasthanike parvani prathamoddhyayah It ends (f. caturtthoddhyayah F. 110b (end of the VI th Parvan): — iti . . . II i (XI moddhyayah F.-»4 92 K~ F. . . . X — . . . 173b (end of the iti Parvan): gadaparvani gadaparvam samaptam tritryoddhyayah . 194b (XIV th Parvan): —iti ii . — hanike parvani dvitlyoddhyayah ll snkrsnaya namah n | sita- laksmanabharatasatrughnahanumatsametasriramacandrav. asvamedhikam samaasramavasike parvani . . asvame- dhikaparvani dasamoddhyayah ptam F. . . . . . karnaparva salyaparvani II samaptam F. 190b (end of the — ii iti . saptamoddhyayah salyaparvam samaptam th F. sauptikaparvani pratha- ii F. . . . karnaparvani . XIII th Parvan):— iti ii . bhismaparvani II bhlsmasaratalpasayanan nama saptadasoddhyayah F. . . 160 (end of the VIII th Parvan) karnavadho nama ekadasoddhyayah : — iti ii .

ha. The Brhatsamhita hita. . Date: Entry by Mr. of Varahamihira. Bhattolpalaviracitayani — samhitavivritau snkracaro navamoddhyayah n dantair nnaga gohayadyas ca lomna hemna It ends: *** *** ** (blank) bliupas sikthakena dvijadyam tadvasa hastinah dantair naga atmarupasthita[na]ni sesadravyany — hanti dentaih romna gohayanyam go (sic) ii 73. kya (=36). from the second leaf. Whish No. 7 or 8 lines on a page. Size: 12s 72. Date: Entry by Mr. Character. A fragment It — athadityacaro begins:- only. with a Commentary (Samhitavivrti) by Bhattotpala. kha. ksra (= 105). (1) + 155 + 39 + 30 + (1) leaves.Grantha. khra . . 1 to i XXVI. Size: 73. I25-XH in. 8: — iti ** dityaBhattolpalaviracitayam samhitavivr I caras trtlyoddhyayah 51: iti F. This foliation begins kra (=71). extending from III. WrrisH No. . (1)-M0 6 leaves. F. khya ksya (=70). . Whish dated December 1828. . ksa (=35). 8 or 9 lines on a page. or the Vardhasam8. Material: Palm leaves. ga Ira (=104). vyakhyayate a&Lesarddha(d) daksinam uttaram ayanani raver ddhanisthadyam nnnam kadacid asld yenoktam ptirvasastresu raver adityasya aslesarddha(d) daksinam ayanani tatha dhanisthadyam uttaram ayanam. Material : Palm leaves. The MS. etc.ca i rukminlsatyabhamabhyaip n BevitSya namo aamab i sn- gurubhyo namah 72. . Whish dated The MS. X 1| in-. 'Tellicherry December 18us\ . .. Character: Grantha. may be about 50 years older. may be about 50 years older. . The leaves are numbered by letters: ka(=l). la.

c. . p. Eggeling states. 32. while the Commentary only reaches to the end of the tenth Pat a la. i It ends 155): — etc. (in the Egveda-Samhita. 33b): a yah paprau visvasafi ca ta ete — rcotra nidarsanam II II manye dvadasa patalah n iti I gayatri purausnik catuspadam chandovicitau prathama aditostadasaI 52 harih om The Commentary begins jnaiii (f. iti " pa(rsa)davrttau kramapatalan ^rlguru etc. complete collation of the text A MS. Max Muller's edition. 52 in Prof. The catvari text begins: — astau i samanaksarany aditas tatas I svara iparo dirghavat plutosandhyaksarani nusvaro vyafijanani va svaro va etc. — to the MSS. das alteste Lehrbuch der vedischen Phonetik. is unfortunately given by this incomplete. of Uvata's Commentary used by Professor and translation of the Max Miiller in his edition Egveda- Pratisakhya have been fully discussed by Prof. differs known to mentioned in this Commentary. 34): — astau adit ah varnasamamiiayasyaditostaksarani samanaksarany samanaksarasam- veditavyani (f. Sanskrittext mit Ubersetzung und Anmerkungen Einleitung. viz. von Max Miiller (Leipzig 1869). 1—33). 22 — name which of Uvata us. herausg. considerably from Uvata's Commentary as and probably contains an older and more is not authentic interpretation of the Pratisakhya. 23 seq. followed by the text together with a Commentary. and its relation Parsadavrtti (ft.-X 94 (1) K- The Rgveda-PrdtisaMiya. called This MS. the text (ft'. As Prof.. the pp. The text breaks off after XVI..idasam samaptam (2) Short treatises. a kind of Appendices to the Pratisakhya. 34 155). than that of Uvata (I. The text ends (f. by Saunaka. nama dv.). though the MS. Eggeling. See Rig -Veda -Pratisakhya. and an edition of this Commentary would be very desirable.

9—15) is not given. (2) the Egvilatighyalaksana by tract (ff. 23 35). 15 (f. 35-39). I datarain i i It lakaloktivat tu i yatha tatha vapi prltya bamayoktany rgvilamghyani varnakfamata eva vilamghyavilamghyalaksanasloka astasastir udiritah ends (f. . or Ndntalaksana. (f. 17 b— 18). 22). Tdntalalimnn. trayah iti antasthas ca hakaras ca ghosavantah prakirttitah visarjaniya i i I I I paribhasa It ends ii etc. 5): —Yajhanarayanakhyasya yajvanah ii priyastiII nuna samanam sadhu savyakhyam Nagadevena nirniniitam iti rksarvasaraanam samaptam Then the Yilanghyalaksana begins: — harih I om I suddha- sarvasphatikasamkasam pundarlkanivasinaiu Yajhanarayanat si"irer vidyanam hayagrlvam upasmahe Nagadevo vadisyami vilimghyani utpannas somayajinah padany aham etc. by Sesanarayana 19— 21b). (3) The title of this (4) rayana 1 — 5). (10) Naparavydkhdna. Paddntadipini (ff. on No. a Commentary No. (8) Ndntasamgraha. 8 (ff. or Tapara. the same author (ft'. I 8b): — proktam n I laksanam samaptam Compare the similar treatises on the Black Yajur ^'eda. (ff. 17).-&i 95 Kson of Yajnana- (1) the Rksarvasamanam by Ndgadeva. (f. 5— 8b). 18). No. (5) (6) (7) TrisandMlaksana Eksarnkhyd Avarnadlpa (ff. 1 on a Commentary (11) Tapmvhha. (ff. 9 (ff. — 17). (9) — The kriyate first treatise begins: I —pranamya pranatabhlstapradaI taram patim sriyah laghu i bahvrcrtnam subodhaya sain[m]anam | akarapurvako ghosavatparah vyahjanasprkcchasaparo lupyate samhitaksane yesuvarnakramat tani pravaksyami padany aham nanapadatvam amgyanam (read imgyanam?) piirvabhagah tv ava[t]grahah nimittam grhyate yat tat padam evatra laksane prathamas ca dvitlyas ca hitva vargyas traya[h]s. 25 (a). or Tdntasamgrdha (f.

21b: etc. . 23—39). and Commentaries on these two treagraha. 17): — kaih pademgyosmantamanan nirnayo bhavati ddhrnvam sabdah pada bhadha bhuyad iti sarvam snmaingalani Then begins the Trisandhalaksana: harih om trisandhaI II — | laksanam vargarn vadet kascana tan ca sarve padam sarve punah purvavad eva vardvitlyasya sa capi sarve etc. 19 | — I ll. inaya F. begins: | F. 1 F. 35: — naparavyakhyanam samapta ll samaptam 39:— iti tapari(read tapara)tika . . (f. 19 — pranamya bhrasannibham i garudarudham harin nilaSesanarayanakhvena laksanam kriyate iti nantasamgrahas samaptah F. 18: rksamkhya samapta It ends ii (f.-s* 96 h$- The next treatise begins I (f. alocya Saunakaproktam pratisakhyam prayaI tnatah vivrnomy atiniiidhopi mudhanugrahakamksaya 5 tesu kosthesu ganite padajate varataends It (f. ending on f. and the Tantasam22 b). 9): —rtvig i yajiiesu. kam vis- vam devya sabdo bhavet vrttapurohitau marutan rkaravat I I devam yastho hotrsabdo tvararacchevas sato rtvik- varmmana i asyendrettha 15): visnuh samudrasyeva purvesu mahima ati etc. It (?) ends — atra tadvahethe ye devaso II vayo uti devanain itva vellam varjani Then begins the Padantadipini: prasadartthi I I —harih i om i bhutesopi ta- yasyabhtitipurantakah karunyanidhaye inanisitesu sarvesu bhasmai ganadhipataye namah 1 satan nas sarasvati visvaprakasini sasvat kumudesv iva tadvartmana kaumudi 2 Sakalyadrste rgvedapathe I i I krtim niin i I padantadlpinln i namna karomy artthanubandhiI 3 i . 22b: usyam (?) evan natantakhyam laksanam samudlii — — n ritain i iti taparam samaptam F. which begins: gurum gunabdhin samsarasamudratarakam pranamya nikhilaptavanmayam padadyavarnavagamaya vacm(y) ream avarnadipakhyam aham sulaksanam Then follow the Nantasamgraha. — I — and the Avarnadipa. the Rksamharih om khya. garn kraniam dvitlyasya vadet sa te ca I I 17b): trisandhalaksanam saniaptam This is followed by the two small treatises. ll — tises (ff. (ff.

Xls Palm in. srlmahadevyai namo namah ll 74. 7 . (ff. Size: 12^ 74. 8 or 9 lines on a page. laksanepi pratipadikagrahanam sarvarttham sarvatra It ends: tu akaradipadanan spastaya pratipaditam — yathamati hrdi prltyadha(ra)m viclvajjanais sada harih om n avarnivyakhyanam samaptam srlmahatripurasundaryyai n II namo namah I! . Date: 18 *H or 19th cent. 3 (ff. 24— 30b). 96. 3b: — avarnilaksanam samaptam — 24: avarnivyakhyanam samaptam II II II Then the Commentary on the Avarnilaksana akarasamgrahavyfikhyam begins: i — | svayam eva karoti ca asmin I etc. same kind. Avarnivyakhydna. Pariccheda I: the Varndsramadharmaniru- See Burnell. Avarnivyakhydna. The Smrtimuktdphala. by Vaidyandtha Dlksita pana. Tanjore p. 2 and 3b-24).->) 97 K- (3) Some more (1) (2) treatises of the (?) (f. viz. . (2) + 256 + (1) leaves. 23). — 3). a Commentary on No. Paribhasd 1). Material: leaves. F. (like the 'Avarnadlpa' above p. . 134. 25(a). 1. of the Vddhiila family. Compare the Saptalaksana above No. But it ends (on the same page): iti paribhasa samapta I E\ 3: — avarnilaksanam — samaptam H srldaksinumfirttaye namah F. (5) F. a Commentary on No. 1 begins: — gurum gunabdhin nikhilaptavanmayam prai namya samsarasamudrata rakam padadyavarnavagamaya vacmy ream avarnadlpakhyam abani sulaksanam etc. Whish No. (f.. (3) (4) Avarnilaksana 3). 1 Avarnilaksana (ff.? Character: Grantha.

1 i anindbanam sriiyate jyotir iva prasantain ya (read sa) brabmabbavam (read dvijatir iti iti Vaidyanatha . 6. . 192. 201: i — iti grhastbadbarmman aha Daksah F. 245: sncis li i — I — — atba It ends: —Vyasab bbiksacaryya i I moksasramam yas carate yatboktam I sam (read srayate) san) samkalpitabuddhiyuktah. 39: — i I F. 170: — F. i i sarasamgraham uruvistaradharmmasastravarddher upalabdher ramaliata parisramena sravanesu nidhiyatam kim kva nu vianyaih smrtimuktaphalam ekani eva satbbili II i I sakalitan tu pravrttib i dbarmmasastram kva ca punar akalane sa(ka)lamatijusas tathapi santas satatam i mama idam mama sahasam sahantam nirupyante F. i F. 221b: atba giirvadinirupanam stridharmmah F. lib: nam li atba yajanan nirupyate I | F.Dlksita- i See Mahabharata XII. I dharmmadesab smrtikarttrnirupaiuim F.-3h It begins: i 98 Kr sasivarnaii caturII — suklarnbaradbaram visnum • I bbnjam prasannavadanan dbyayet sarvavigbnopasantaye tam kevalam kalaamke viharinam anuksanam adriiayas •• — o o bbain atbhutam asrayamab nityam ya esa babubbir • • * nnijasevakanam pratyuhapunjakabalaib paritosam ravatividhimukhavalisaudhapankter eti i pa- mmayavihlnajanamai yogesvarair api vimrsya nijasvarupa saravati(read vani?)svarl disatu me vacasam samrddhim bham upaimi sadlm sevyam sadayam kancana devatavii nasarajahamsam sesam dasakantharupam vande dasasyandana nandanami (read "syandanan nanianii?) Yaidyanathaddhvarmamadaso Yadhulavanisajah smrtimuktaphalan nama kurute i . Ill: — I — F. . 78 b:86: F. 149b: — iti ksatriyadharmmab atba jativivekab brahmanasraisthyam atba dandadbaranam yajnopavitanirmmanadi li — atba atba patrauirupa- iti i li I iti snatakadbarmmab I atba vivabah atba mmab biTibmanadivivababbedab F. 10b: — atba I I Manub i tatradau dharmmapramanani vedokbilo dbarmmamulam etc. 209 b:' atba yatidharmmah F. 196 b: atba vidbavadbarmmab — i — garbbinidbari I F. 36: ity — — atba iti yajaI atbaddbyapanam F. 21b: atba srstib — i F. 195: F. 63: — addhyayanam iti danam I nam F. .

It II breaks III rd Patala: i — sthalipakasya om n off at the end of the 4 th Khanda of the purnapatram n yathotsahaniII vrtyarttham carutantraprakrtir ay am homah tritiyasya navaniin dasanum vanvapatalasya caturtthah khandah stakyam ll harih subhain astu 4b. of See also 01 lenberg. 7 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. B. 1 Read with lnd. Date: Entry by Mr. pp. | athanantaram i kas- niad anantaran deva savitar ityadimantravacchakhaddhya- yananantaram yattetta nadkltavedasya mantraparijnanat l vaksyamanesu vakyesu karmmrtnusthanayogyataya pratipattum asakyam atas tadanantaram iti gamyate etc. p. may be about 50 or 80 years older.' be about 50 years older. Whish dated 'December 1828. + (1) from 9 to 11 lines on a page. 4. III. xxix. 7* . Date: Entry by Mr. by It is JRudraskandha.. 36 b):— pahcamah khandah I i. Size: 18?><2 in. Size: 75. Character: Grantha. a Commentary on the Khddira-Grhyasuor Drahyayana-Grhyasutra of the Samavedn. 56. Character: Grantha.viracite smrtimuktaphale varnasramadharmmanirupa^an II nama prathamah paricchedah namah 75.' The MS. Off. may tra The Orhyavrtti. iti Rudraskandhakrtayam grhyavrttau prathamah patalah The II nd Patala (5 Khandas) ends f. leaves. 371 seqq. (1) + 79 leaves. The first Patala ends (f. E. The MS.: yatonadhltavedasya mantraparijnanat. see Burnell I. ll-iXli Material: Palm in. Fur other MSS. 76. harih om i 6rlguriibhyo Whish No. i etc.. incomplete. 65. AVhish dated '5*^ January 1830 Tellichcrry. Whish No. It begins: — athato grhyakarmmani ending at the end of work. MS. 0. 132 + (1) leaves. this S.

the Jnanayogakhanda the Muktikhanda in 9 Adhyayas (ff. 24: I etc..~3H 100 H$~ Four Khandas rana. — iti skande purane sutasamhitayam sivamahatmyan khande trayodasoddhyayah F. of the Sutasamhita of the Shanda - Pu- iSivamahatmyakhanda in 13 Adhyayas in 20 Adhyayas (ff. 132: — i iti Sutah satah i athatas etc. yajhavaibhavakhande tricatvarimsoddhyayah h sampravaksyami dravyasuddhim sania- th 132b) in the middle of the 44 Adhyaya with the following words: asuddhya[su a]suddhavat bhati sai'lrades tu cetanah vyavahare yatha candro ni&calopi It breaks off (f. and 43 Adhyayas and part of the 44 th Adhyaya of the Yajhathe vaibhavakhanda It begins: (ff. (ff. — gurave sarvalokanam bhisaje bhavaroginam I | nidhaye sarvavidyanam ram paramatatvam adimaddhyantavarjjitam adharam sarvabhutanam (a)nadharam avikriyam anantanandabodhambunidhim atbhutavibhramam ambikapatim isanam anl^am satravasane munayo visuddhahrdaya pranamamy aharn I i i sildaksinamurttaye namah aisva- I ii naimisiya mahatmanam agatam Romaharsanam drstva yatharham sampujya prasannendriyamanasah paevam pracchus samhitam enam Sutani pauranikottamam bhrsam i | I I prsto munisresthaih Sutas sarvartthadayinam mahadevam niahatmanan dhyatva Vyasah ca bhaktitah samahitamana I i bhutva vilokya munisattaman vaktum arabhate Stita(h) samhitam vedasammitam sri-Sutah brahmam puranam prathamam dvitlyam patmam ucyate trtiyam vaisnavam proktam i | i I caturttham saivam bhavisyakhyan tato bhagavatam proktam ucyate tatah param saptaman naradlyah ca i I I markkandeyan tatah param brahmakaivarttam eva ca I agneyain navamam tatah pascat I tato laimgah ca varahan tata skandam anuttamam I vamanakhyan i I kaurmmam matsyan tatparam ucyate garudakhyan tatah proktam brahmandan tatparam viduh granthatas tu caturllaksam puranam munipumgavah F. 1—24). 48b— 68b). 68b — 132b). — I calaty api I . 24— 48 b). viz.

. Size: 12* Material: : 77. Burnell. Cf. leaves. 1 See Mallinatka's Introd. 161. by Kumdrasvdmin. Wbdesh No.. Mallindiha. on Yidydndfhd's Pratdparudrty in 9 Prasou of The Ratndpana. and younger brother of Koldcala Pedddcdrya (?). to his Coram.. Whisk dated 'Tellicherry be about 50 years older. The MS. It begins: — kalyanani gadantavalo calayan i karotu kascana punian arddhamgandabhogavilolupan aliganan karnahcalais pitrve yatpadamburuhavalamba^aranah I pumamsas | traya(s) trailokyasthitisargasamhrtividhau nirvighnasiddho- vastukalyanadan divyani astu narinaratruajam ** nim (read svopajnam vaiimayam yasya viharagrhavedika vanim) 1 kanabhujim ajiganad avasasic ca vaiyyasikim antas ta(n)tram aramsta pannagagavikumbhesu cajagarat vacain acakalad rahasyam akhilam yascaksapadasphurani lokebhud dyamah i I yadupajnam eva vidusam saujanyajanyam yasah [s]triskandhasastrajaladhim cukikikurute sma yah tasya sri-MallinaI i kolacalapeddayaryyab (read Kolacala-Peddacaryah?) pramanapadavakyaparadr&va yah vyakhyatanikhila&astrah prasangakartta ca sakalavidyasu i i i thasya tanayojani tadrsali tadanugrahaptavidyanavadyo vinatapanatasyanujanma svaml vipascid vitanoti Okam prataparudriyaranimrah I hasyabhettrlm punya&okagunoktiSanakasanad uttejanalambhitam sanjagraha rasadiratnanicayam vidyavinathah purS sohan tad vyavaharahetum adhuna kincit karomy apanan i tatranugrahamulyatobhilasitam grnhantu dhanya janah yady asti gudhani akhilam saktya tat tat prakasyate namulam likhyate kincit nanapeksitam novate atha tatraI I bhavan Vidyanathanama mahakavir alamkara&astram arabhamanah.. 9 or 10 lines on a page. Character: Grantha. a karanas.-^h 101 K- :. Tanjore p. xU Palm in. Date Entry by Mr. 1829'. 56 sq. on the Raghuvamsa.(1) leaves. may Commentary. (1) + 190 -f. and Wilson- Mackenzie (1882) p. etc.

Whish states (f. with Notes (ff. II datam iti II n 78. In the margin of f. 1 It is incomplete. Date: Entry by Mr. See below Xo. Character: Grantha. Whish Xo.~3H 102 Hg- — prataparudravyakhyane ratnapanakhyane kavyasvarupan nirupanan nama dvitiyam prakaranam F. 94 + 57 -J- 86 leaves. containing only 69). may The BhdsyaratnaprabJia. I. by Govinddnanda. and Mr. iha karunikam saranam gato hy arisahodara apa mahat padam tarn aham asu harim varam i — yam asraye janakajamkam ana(n)tasukhakrtim Vibhlsanorisahodaropity anvayah (|) srigauryya sakalartthadan nijapadamI muktipradani praudham vighnavanam harantam anaghasrldunditundasina vande carmmakapalikopakaranai(r) vairagyasaukhyat paran nastiti pradisantam antavidhuram siikasikesam sivam pradisantam upadisantani yatkrpala- bhojena I i vamatrena muko bhavati panditah vedasastrasarirantam v. published in the Bibliotheca — Indica (Calcutta 1863).Sutras. or gloss on SafiJcara's Com- mentary to Bddarayana's Vedanta. 139: — prataparudravyakhyane ratnapanakhyane gunan nirupanan nama sasthaprakaranam It ends: — vistarabhirubhir uparamyata sarvam avaF.. 1 the title 'Tdtparyyabodhin? is given. 8 lines on a pags. etc.Sutras. (1) The MS. Material: leaves. 46: iti n i iti prataparudriyavyakhyane ratnapanakhyane misralamkaran nirupanan nama navamam prakaranam prataparudriyavyakhyanarn samaptam sriguru . 69): "Here ends the Talparyyabodhini. 1 edition of the Ye danta. 12|xl8 Palm in. It begins: 93. — the 90 in the portion corresponding to Vol. Whish dated 'Tellicherry 1829'.i Mini vinakaram bhaje kamaksidugdhapracurasurasuI i . This appears to be annotations on the Sutra Bhashyam of Sankara Acharyyah". pp. be about 50 years older. Size: 78.

32: — caturtthavarnakam pratbamasutram samaptam It ends: — atmaniscayat an maryyadayam pramatrtvasya n II vagjalabandbaccbidam abbyupayam atra bhasye. asmat lokad utkrammyanmsmin loke (f. i. 20: — pratbamavarnakam F. etc. 70 94b). sa- maptaiu 1 For dugdliapracura the metre requires o -<->- The Edition reads dattadugdhapracurasuranuta". 70): — om parisamaptam karmma sabapara- brahmavisayavijnanenaisa hrtaitat?) satyam It ends karmmano jhanasahitasya para gatir uktbavijnana[sa |dvareno[no]pasambrty etat (read °sam- brahma pranakhyam etc. . the Commentary on the Aitareya-Upanisad. Calcutta 1850. VII. or Altar eijopanie. 94b): sarvan kaman aptvamrtas samabbavas samabbavat ity upa — sri-Govindabbagavatpujyapadasisyasya snmatparamabamsaparivrajakacaryyasya srlmac Chamkarakrtau hliagavatah babvrcabrabmanopanisadvivaranam sam- stam (?) iti ii iti piirnam ii gurubhyo ii namab n aitareyopanisatbbasyam -w. (2) praman(y)am iti bbakrtsnamnayasamansadbitas suddbabuddba- Tbe Bahvrcdbrahmanopanisadvivarana. sadbhasya. It begins (f. — Printed in the Bibliotbeca Indica.Sivaramaryya-labdh[v]atmabo(lhaih srimat-Gopala^irbliih pra- 1 katitaparamadvaitabhasas[t]mitasya-^rimat-GovindaYa?tica- ranakamalago nirvrtohaip yathalih moksapuryyaip sndattam devair api stutarp payasam Srlkamaksya kancyam va yat bhojyam prakrstajyayuktam sampiirnam prajyam anna(m) tenatipujyas Sivaramayoginab kinca &ivas casau ramas ceti svanamna srlgaurinayakayor abhedam prakatayanti tcbhyo gurubhyo labdha atmabodho siimat-Gopfilasarasvatii bbih tair ity avtthal. by SaftlMra (ff. etc.i Samkaram bhasyakrtam pranamya Vya(i) saip liarim sutrakrtah ca kurve srlbhasyatirttho parahamsatusfyai F. n kalpitatvepi pratyaksadivisayavadhat vah ye ii oiii ramanamni pare dhamni vayab ii srigurubbyo karyyatatparyyabadhena namo namab. vol.H>< 103 k^ tanu prajyabhojyatipiijyasrigaurinayakabhitprakatana.

p. 6 seq. — The last chapter contains Mantras with accents (the udatta only being marked by the sign ^.Grhyasutra. 8. — Kaufrtalta or Sdmbavya- 57). Asv.placed on the top letters). Sacred Books of the East. . i i = — ddhyayasamanvitani smarttavicaksanaih i vyakhyatam utthayosasy i vrttikaradyai srauta- i athaplutya karmma samapya bhyadyan na F. Sankhayana. beginning: ayusyani varccasyam rayasposam autbhidam idarn hiranyam varccasvaj jaitraya visatad main 1 (See Mantrapatha.~sh 104 (3) <- The Kausitaka. Oldenberg in edition of —23). F. 13: F. K. discussed by Prof. etc. 1 This is the MS. i of the — ll i Ill. 21. 24 f. II. (see Sankhayana- kausltakagrhye dvitiyoddhyayah srlguru pindapitryajhe aparanhe amavasyayam.) It ends (f. 4 seq. . XV. ll visvesu bhutesu kuru devesu priyam ma mayi dhehi ruca- (4) A metrical Commentary on the 24 Orhyasutra It begins (ff. his the Studien. 8. . p. vol. See the preceding number.. pratar acamyahar aha svaddhyayain iti See Indische XXIX. F. 21: iti kausltakagrhye pindapitryajnavidhih n ll — kausltakagrhye prathanioddhyayah ll iti . 19: dve. vol. 23): I — priyam mil brahmane kuru priyam rucam harih om etc. 12 b. ca kurvlta nityani i sandhyam svaddhyayam ara- (= i — grhye 20b): i ity a(r)thah kausltaklyesmin etad uttari- yasammata (sic) ii vyakhyata karikartipa purvaddhyayasasancita harih om etc. It — utthaya begins: — iti adhryitadya no deva savitar Grhyasutra I. etc. or Sdmbavya Grhyasutra (ff. natva Kausitakacaryyam Sam1): bavyam sutrakrttamam guhyan tadlyyam samksipya vyakhyasyai balmvismrtam yathakramam yathabodham pahca(f. Grhy. 43b (sic) f. 4).

(5) The Asvalayana-Grhyasutra It begins: —uktani (ff. 30 — divided into eight 54). occurring in the JRgveda-sainhitd. It begins: — agnin Incomplete. by Katyayana. vaitani(kani) grhyani vaksyamah. va ll 5 ll ubhau bhutam ll purasundaryyai namah dhipataye namah srigurubhyo namah srlmahatriharih om subham astu §rlgana- (7) Lists of words. — patram vijhayate 8. the 3 Adhyaya (9 Khandas) 22 b. It begins sarasvatlh (f. 34) with the description of funeral Ekoddista Sraddha begins f. and offering certain difficulties with regard to Sandhi: apparently a kind of Parisista to the Pratigakhya (ff. In the margin of £ 55 it is wrongly described as 'Sarvanu- — kramanl'. It breaks off after Rv. The fourth Adhyaya breaks oft" in the middle of the 12 th Khanda (corresponding to IV. 8 in Stenzler's edition) with the I words: (IV. the rd Khandas) £17. (21 The ends f. nava Madhusehanda Taisvamitro. pahlsena 18 Stenzler). 55 b):— daksinartthafi ca gurave dadyat svistakrtady atha na (read °krdadyarthena?) Sistakarmma samapyagnim upatisthec ca sanna•ites met ll harih om etc. X. 1 — 29). Astakas (ff.~$* It ] 105 h$~ ends (the (f. 57 = f. vapam juhuyad iti (6) The Sarvanuhramanl. 105: ll ii — tristub antyadya gayatri ll etc. 55 86). etc. I 55): — ganadhipan i namaskrtya gurun devih sandigdhacchedanany ukta (read uktva) vilikhyante padany atha ejante ca visargante pade ci parato vigrhya tulyarupa syat samhita tatra sam^ayah yatah ya rjra mahyam mamahe ko no mahya aditaye yo vo mabya abhisanteh sakhyaya bra ba bhra udhany urddhva I . first Adhyaya 2 nd Adhyaya (10 Khandas) ends £ 12 b.

Whish dated 1829. bodhapradan nirddagdhakhilapapa(ca)ndanavipinam ksiptam etan narah ye srunvanti pathanti cadarayutas n sahcintayanty anvaham te labdhva bhuvi sampadah ca sakalam ante labhantemrtam iti Samkaracaryyacarite nnama desikacaryyasayujyapraptir navamoddhyayah harih II ora 1 II acaryyavilasas samaptah is n om i The author Govindanatha. Size: a page. Tanjore p. The MS. except are in Malayalam. a Life of Sankara.~>* 106 K- iisuna litaye ubha urunanta dina bhud ubha u amsave nakarante makarante parayos ca tavargayoh. tulyarupa samhitatrapi samsayah tvasta It ends (f. 79. according to Prof. "Whish No. Aufrecht.. ntanade &at etc. Character: Grantha. in 9 Adbya96 seq. (1) + 31 + 131 + (1) 8 or 9 lines on Material: leaves. 1 . 86 b): kaniyan avagra pancadasa satyam ucuh rupakam ahali avenat ranan akrnvan — I i i | I I I I i | sindhun nta srir I atisthan i I sukarmmah I I dharttah i caturdasa i iti I trini rbhur vibhvah I agriyah naye n I avagra daivena sindhubhih gnas patnibhih vajah I I I dasa nah avagra rblmb agmata iti dve anavatah i i I | I I ye | ra- jabhih 79. lljxll Palm in. | yas. This seems to be another recension of the work title described under the same It : — ganesaya namas tasmai yatprasadavivasvata begins I by Burnell. leaves. may be about 1— 67b (1) (Tarasara-Smrti I — IV) which The 1 Saltlxaractiryacarita. pratyuhaddhvantaviddhvamsah kriyate bhaktakarmmanam esa sarasvatl madly arasanaramge natanesu samutsukah bhuyat satam anandadayini samasritapadambhojajanataI i surapadapah It ends: — srimac-Chainkaradesikasya caritam stotram prasami i etc. Date: Entry by Mr. ff. 50 years older.

f. Character The MS. A. 12 seq. in 12 Adhyayas. Whisii dated 'Tellicherry be about 50 years older. A. f. IV 84b.) vedaksaravicarena sudras candalatam vrajel F. f. in 20 Adhyaya-. The Haribhaktisudhodaya from the Ndradlya-Purdna. 67b. (1) + 196 + (1) leaves. A. with a Commentary.H>. f. It begins: — Manuh i i grutiip pasyanti munayah smaranti i ca tatha smrtim bhuvi i tasmat pramanam ubhayam pramitam yovamanyeta te tubhe heyasastrasrayo narah sa I ParaSarasadhubhir bahiskaryyo nastiko vedanindaka ili smrtav asya (read asyam?) granthaklptir vivicyate dve kande dvada&addhyaye sloka astonasatsatam etc. . VII IX 99 b. A. 119 b. A. xU Palm : in.' may Date: Entry by Mr. A. 131): yathaddhyayanakarmmani dharmmasastram idan tatha adhyetavyam prayatnena niyaiti tam svargagamina srlmaharajadhirajaparamesvaraI — XI 58b. 10 lines on a page. V f.. (See edition of the Parasarasmrti in the Bibliotheca Indica. 70. A. -19. 93b. agamya bhaginyadayah I spastam anyat iti niaharajadhirajaparameSvaravaidikama- rgapravarl akasrlvlra BukkanabhupalasammrajyadhuranI dharasya Madhavamatyasya krte Para^arasmptivyakhyaya Madliaviyavyakhyayas samgrahe prathamoddhyayah >ivaya namah A. Adhyaya XII ends (f. I. p. X n 108. Size: 12} 80. . 1829. Whisii No. .. VI 78b. A. VIII f. II Adhyaya II ends £ f. vaidikamargapravarttakasrivira-Bukkana-Madhavamatyasya krtau Para£arasmrtivyakhyayam Madhavlyakhyayam dvakarakrtam aparadham ksantum arhantu dasoddhyayah santah snmahatripurasmidaryyai namo namah harih ora I II II II 80. Material: leaves. 46: I I — t ! iti i madyam bahuvidham I . 107 K- (2) The Barasarasmrti with the Commentary of Mddhavd- cdrya. Ill f. Grantha. f.

(1) -f- 110 + 86 + (1) ou a page.' Material: leaves.. AVhish No. Date: Entry by Mr. 8 lines x lj Palm in. Charade)-: Grantka. leaves. by Sadd- 1—17). Size: 12 7 81. (1) Tbe Vedantasara. Whisk dated '5*h January 1830 Tke MS.-^ It begins: 108 Krsasivarnaii caturII — suklambaradbaram visnum I prasannavadanan dbyayet sarvavigbnopasantaye gurave sarvalokanam bbisaje bbavaroginam nidhaye sarnamab vavidyanam sridaksinamurttaye yasya bbavanaya dustaran tad abam vande daityas tatara bbavasagaram I bbujam I i narasimbam nialiat param I sakalasaficitan duritasamtati- samanadvarakapraripsitaparisamaptipbalakaparadevatanu ddbyanalaksanam mamgalam yatiti I! anutistbati ekam yaj janayatiti i ekam I yaj janayaj janayaty anekatanuI ekam bbrtsasyanny ajasram mitbo bliinnakaragunani kaiscid api noptan na siktan jalaili kalenapi na jiryyate lmtanatbbis no tat sakalasya bijam bbuja dahyate klidyate va. nanda (ft. or Veddntasaraprakarana. 81. may be about 50 years older. . Tellickerry. 10b: iti sribaribbaktisudbodaye sa^akbyane pratba11 — moddbyayab F. anisam brabmabbiyan dhlmabi F. 105b:— iti sribaribbaktisudbodaye mabapurane n n savyan kbyane ekadasoddbyayab It ends: Saunakadin naimisiyan brahmasunus tirodadbe brabmasunur Nnaradab etan Naradlyapuranasravanakatbanayob jDbalam aba ya idam iti ya idam srunuyan — II i nityam baribbaktisudbodayam mmukto moksan n ca gaccbati ii katbayed va sa papaugbair saktyaddbyatmake tat asakrti sravanadinoktasadbanadvara moksas siddbyatlti sarva(m) samanjasam khyane vimsoddbyayab iti sribaribbaktisudbodaye mabapurane savyaii srikrsnaya namab ii etc.

the Natakadipa Tattvaviveka viveka f. 56 — n srilaksmlnrsimhaya namah n iti srimatparamahamsaparivrajakacaryya viracitam II - srl- Vidyaranyatlrtthamunivaryyena kutasthadlpaf.nrsimhaya I 1 akhandarp saccidananaSraye- dam avannianasagocaram bhlstasiddhaye i atmanam akhiladharam arttliatopy advayanandan ati[m]tadvaita- bhanatah gurun araddhya vedantasara(m) vaksye yathavedanto namopanisat pramanan tadupakarlni sinmati I etc. the Bralnnananda ends:— tatvamos samgatau satvaram dvaitaparoksyavarjitara viruddham dasatyagat purvabodho parisyate(?) It ii I i harih om I srlgurubhyo naniah (3) n The Pratyalhijnanasdkuntala. (f. Kdlidasa. . 79 b. or Ihncadasaprakarana (Citradijpa by Vidydranya Tirtha (ft 18—110). taryyamisutratma virat catma tathocyate F. 66 b. the f. 58. 85b. in 7 Acts. rakasutradini ca viniuktas It ends (f. 110. 85. the Pahcabhutaviveka or Mahabhutaf. i etc. the Jivadvaita (in the Maliavakyaviveka five Adhyayas) f. khyam prakaranam sampurnam The Dhyanadipa ends f. 70. f. 34: iti ^nparamahamsaparivrajakacaryyasn -Yidyaprakaranam citradipakhyam ranyamunivaryyaviracitani I — : sarapurnam F. 65. 76 b.^ It begins: 109 <<~ — on i name. the Pancakosaviveka f. It begins: or Abhijndnasdkuntala.). 17 b): i — 11 ca vimucyate ity evam adi r n sruteli iti paramahamsa-parivrajakacaryya-Sadanandakrtau vedantasaraprakaranam samaptam srigurucaranaravincl« i11 bbyan namo naraah (2) The Pancadasl. See No. It begins 18): — yatha citrapate drstam avasthanan I paramatmani vijneyan tathavasthacatustayam yatha dhauto ghattitas ca lanchito rahjitah patah (i) cidanoatustayain etc. by — ya systis srastur adya vahati I etc.

1829. 47. The MS. the 3 rd Act f. ha hatosmi etasya mrgayasilasya raj ho vayasyaaam miao aam varaho etc. X Whish No. the 5 i i I i f. as 31 is double] + (1) leaves. . (1) 11 or 12 lines on a page. Character: Grantha. a Commentary on KalidascCs son of Timmaija Alhijnanasakuntala. son of Ramakrsna. VaildianasanYayapayodhimrga(h)kamu- srikausiko vijayate khalu Timmayakhyah tasya I i putrosti vidyanam svayamvarapatir mmahan anvartthanama vikhyata-Snnivasagunakarah (yam) JSrlnivasam akhilagamasrirasindhukumbhotbhavam budliajauah pai-ikirttayanti soham I I vicaryya bharatadimunipranitam sastram kavlndraracitani . 82. 1769/70. Scribe: Raghunatha. Material: Palm leaves. The following are the two first speeches of the Natl: ama iani hmi aryya iyam asmi and:— suvihidampaoadae amamsa na kini vi — i i parihavaimsidi parihapayisyati F. D. 33 b. ' Date: Entry by Mr. 75.~>i 110 Hfc- The Prakrit passages differ somewhat from our editions. the 6 th Act f. Arya. Whish in the Virodhin (see below) year corresponding to A. The Stihitijasarvasva . The 2 nd Act ends 23 b. . It ends: — iti pratyabhijhanasaku(nta)le . + 89 [really 90. harih om saptamomkah I | n sriguru" n Sakuntalam samaptam 82. It begins:— laksmim vas sutaran tanotu madhukrllaksmimukhambhoruho bhaktabhistavarapradananipunas Se- sadricudamanih rtti i .30. D. 13 b:— iti i suvihitaprayogataya i aryyasya na kimapi 11 pratyabhijinTnasakuntale prathamomkah The Vidusaka's speech at the beginning of the 2 nd Act begins:— ha hadohmi eamsa miaasilanisa ramno vayamsai bhavena bhavena f. 57.. Size: 111 l| in. of the Vaikhanasa family. . Wliish dated '5th January 1830 Tellichen y. and are followed by a Sanskrit version. was either written for Mr. . or perhaps in A. by Sruiivasacarya. the 4th Act th Act f.

in. by Vemkatanatha. seems Injuries: to be fairly old. — The Satadusanl. 34-37 (seriously). anandavallisametasrigurubhyo namab . The MS. 150—154 (seriously). (5) a page. Whish describes it as the 'Xata-1 hi/. 17 32 24 seriously). Material: Palm leaves. 43-45. 103 (f. in GO Mr. 2 83. Character: Grantha. refutation For ca kapinjalafi ca read Kapilasya tantram? .-X ca natakani (read tikara I 111 K^ ca kapinjalafi nyayam Phartindraphanitin atha ca 1 Kanadatantram Jaiminina krtafi ca i likanta karomi?) vidusaiu paritosanaya sakunta] Phanisailapateh prasadatl vyakhyane kalpite kincit nutanan natra kutracit purvasuribhir uktesu saran uddhrtyacamate i etam sajjanaranjanaksamaguriopi °badhyate?) tlkam magham yatnavata maya viracitam. and 168—169. leaves. 112—115. 102-106 (f.ini: or 1 chapters.. sakuntalavvakhyanam sricandraniaulesvarasvaniisahava saptamomkah samaptam 11 masi virodhisamjnam samprapte hayane margasirsake tithau pafiby aslesasaipjhayan tarakayam krter(?)dine camasamjnayani Ramakrsnasya sununa Kaghunathena vidusa likhitam bliadram astu vah harih om etc. (read i F. has been damaged by insects on ft.30:^tisriramaxia-Vemkate§acaranambujasainaradhaka- Timmayaryyaputrena sakalakalapaku§alenaVaikhana(sa)kulavatamsenaSrinivasacaryyenaviracitepraudhavedyesaliitya- sarvasvasamakhyane Sakuntalavyakhyane prathamomkah iti It ends sriramana-Vemkates^caranambujasamaran : — dhaka-Timmayaryyaputrena sakalakalakalapakuialena Vaikhanasakulavatamsena Srinivasacaryyena viracite praudhavedye sahityasarvasvasamakhyane 11 II Sakuntalavyakhyane . Wmsn Size: 19-ffXlf. Wbisli dated 'August 1830 Tellicherry'. I I n S3. 79-80.. No. etc.. The MS.. + 174 + + (4) is 8 or 9 lines on Date: An entry Ly Mr.. seriously >. 17 tn or 18 tk century.

iti kavitarkikasimhasya sarvatantrasvatantrasya srimad-Yemkatanathasya vedantacaiyyasya krtisu satadusanyam brahmasabdavrttyanupapattivadah prathamah II F. It kesari Venikatanatharyyah kavitfirkkikame sannidhattam sada hrdi samaharas samnam pratipadam rcan dhama yajusa(ni) layah begins: I — sriman vedantacaryyavaryyo i laharivitatir bodhajaladheh kathadarppaksubhyatkalikathakakolahalabhavam hara tvan tad dhvantam hayavadanahelfihalahalah idam prathamasambhavatkuma- pratyuhanam i i tijalakiilamkasa mrsamatavisanalajvalitajivajivatavah ksaranty amrtam aksayam yatipurandarasyoktayas cirantanaI sarasvatlcikurabandhasairandhrikah pracim upetya padavim yatirajadrstam yat kincid anyad api va matam asrayantah i I prajna yathoditam idam sukavat pathantah pracchannabauddhavijaye parito yataddhvam padahavesu nirbhettum vedamargavidusakan prayujyatam sarasreni nisita ^atadu| I sani I tatra tavac chastiTirambhe I F. p. 95: F. See also Hultzsch II. treatise. Vedantic beginning: i —jhananandagunopetam jnananandamayam mahah etc. . vikalpapramanyabhamgostacatvarim- ends: — na casti samvada iti darsitam iti II iti kavi- tarkkikasimhasya sarvatantrasvatantrasya srimad-Vemkatanathasya vedantacfiryyasya krtisu satadusanyam advaitimate sutrasvarasya bhamgas satsastitamah ii harih om srimate vedantagurave nam ah n namah ^rikavitarkkikasimhamahagurave containing some fragment of Then a follow three pages. According to Aufrecht CC. G30 Mitra-Bikaner (see p. 3: — etc. 38 b: — iti satadusanyam nirvisesavisayanirvikalpakan bhamgavada ekadasah F. 519. sah It ii — 128: — iti . atmadvaitabhavas sattrimsah . ekavimsah F. (No. H iti . . . 64b: — n iti satadusanyam samvidanutpattidusanavada .~3H of the 112 i^ Uttara Mimamsa'. p. 1532). 112) it is 'directed the against Samfchya doctrine'. Hall p. 145 sqq.

(2) + 134 leaves. Character: Grantha.iy. Date: Entry by Mr. Date: Entry by Mr. (v. 84 B.. I Vaisam srl-udyogaparvani caturnnavatitamoddhyayah vidurasya vaca srutva prasritam purnsottamah iti i iti 8 . 92 in Bombay edition). MS. The The Mahabhdrata. 1830'.is It Vasisthanaptaram Sakteh pautram akalmasam Parasaratmajam vancle Sukatatan taponidhim Janamejayah vrtte vivahe tirstatmS yad iivacaYudhisthirah tat sarvam kathayasveha krtavanto yad nttaram Vai***** ^ampayanah kr (blank) kurupraviras tathabhimanyor mmuditas sapaksah visramya catvaryy usasi pratltas sabham viratasya tatobhijagnmh etc. Whish dated 'Tellicherry August is of the same date as No. Size: 14xH i"-. Whish No. 1827'. Whisk dated 'Cadroor be about 50 years older. ity I F. Parvan v: The Udyoga -Parvan. 9 or 10 lines on a page. (2) + 208 + (2) leaves. Character: Grantha. etc. I i i — —Vyasani begins: . It breaks off with the words: sarvadha hi mahabaho daivair api durutsahah prabha (v. 28 Bombay). It begins: Dhrtarastrah anuktam yadi te kincit vaca — — I vidura F. | i i i udyogaparvani trinavatitamodhyayah u tarn Vaisam bhuktavantam. 92. 133b: — i — i 85. Adhyayas 41 198 (the end of the Parvan). Material: Palm leaves. 9 or 10 lines on a page. Mdhabharata 1 Parvan v: The Udyoga Parvan. Material: leaves. Size: 13Jxlv Palm in. 84. 84 A. The MS. WfflSH No. may The Ailliv.->- 113 Kr- 84. 94. 77: vidyate | dharmmam susriisate bruhi vicitrani vibliasase — i | etc.

Character: Grantha. Size: 85. This is MS. (1) + 81 + 16 + (2) 8 lines on a page. Halle It a. 93 Bombay). a Commentary on tbe Mantra-JBrahmanq or Mantra-Parvan of tbe Samaveda. 12 J x li Palm in. Bate: Entry by Mr. (v. Whish dated 'Tellicherry be about 50 years older. in 2 chapters. etc. etc. 1830'. Whish No.~$H 114 K~ i hovaca bhagavan vacanam madhusudanah srikrsnah yatha bruyan mahaprajno. 86. etc. begins :— pranipatya gurun adyan vedavedarttbakoI yatprasadena jananti pravaktum madrSa api sada ccba(read ccha)samatvavaisamyanirabadbatvabetubbib abam ndogyamantrabbasyam vai Gunavisnor vidbasyate vidan | | I 1 padyavisalartthapramavakyoptivlsvatab I I tathapy asraya- aditenumanyasvety saundaryyafj) janomusmin prapasyatu adi yajustrayam parisecane viniyuktam adityadidevatakam i aditir devata sapi sarvatra F. S. Material: leaves. may The Chandogamantrdbrahmandbhdsya. su- vidyatlrtthamahesvarab srimadrSjarajaparamesvaravaidikamargapravarttaka srivira-Bukka- sthiram anugrnbatu bbupalasa(mra)jyadburandbarena Sayanaryyaviracite Madhaviye vedarttb[y]aprakase samabrahmanabbasye mantraparvani pratbamoddbyayab 1 II yasya nisvasita veda. 1901. Stonner reads: yady api sastrarthapramavakyoktiviplavah. Heinrich Stonner for bis edition of tbe Mantrabrabmana (Inaugural-Dissertation zur Erlangung der Doctorwiirde). It ends: vadayanti snia samhrstas sabasrasataso narah I — II satasahasrikayam samhitayfun udyoge udyogaparvani pandavayuddhasannaho namastanavatisatamatrkadosato vatha likbitur ddosatotbatanioddhyayah va nyunatiriktako grantbas samsoddbyas satbbir anjasa n ity n I mababbarate barih oni. . leaves. 'C\ used by Dr. by Sayana.. (1) The MS. 41b: karmmany anujnanan —vedarttbasya prakasena tamo haddi vakarah dasyati (sic) I i etc.

II (2) The Mantraparvan. 68 is missing] leaves. 67: hiiras I i Sanjayah tarn apratimasatvaujobalavirhatan devavratam srutva pancalena i — iti dronaparvani dvatrimsoddhyayah n II dvitiyopa- samaptah breaks It off in words: — sisunaikena samare dvisatsainyani vai the middle of Adhyaya 34 with the maya 8* I adya . Material: Palm leaves. The Mahabharata. xi. It 115 Kr- ends: ! — vedartthasya prakasena tamo hardan nivaraiti yan pujyaraas caturo vedan vidya^Irtthamunlsvarani srlmatrajridhirajaparameivaravaidikamrirgapravarttaka. 86. as f. Fragment Adhyayas 1 34. Size: 13f xl'k in. 9 lines on a page. Stonner's Dissertation. yyaparakramam Sikhandina F. See Dr. or Mantra-Brahmana of the Samaveda. It begins: — om etc. or Mantrapatha. in 2 Patalas. etc. Date: Probably end of 18 ni century.->. (2) Whish No. Character: Grantha. deva savitah pra suva yajnam pra suva It begins: yajnapatim bhagaya divyo gandharvah ketapuh ketan nah — punatu vacaspatir vacan na svadatn.. + 69 [really 68. It ends: pra nu vocan cikituse janaya (sic) ma gam anagam adhitam (read aditim?) vadhista om utsrjata man- — II tra[m]parvani dvitiyah patha(h) samaptam n harih i man- trapatha samaptam n 87. — of the Drona-Parvan (VII). p. containing the Mantras prescribed by the Gobhila-Grhyasutra.snvl- ra-Bukkablnipalasammrajyadhurandharena Sayanacaryyena viracite Madhavlye vedartthaprakase cchandogamantrabrahmanabhasye mantraparvani dvitlyapathake saptamah khandah sngurucarana etc.

Size: 87. 53 74). on an average 14 lines on a page. 102). and the Yuddha-Kanda in — 35 Adhyayas (ff. . .' The MS. i I 26—29. See No.i i sn>ainbaya parabrahmane namah n om subham astu viramahendraka- (las samaptah ll . Whish No. 35. Vol. ll n 84b:— om sivarahasyakhande viramahendraka- nde saptamoddhyayah on tat brahmarpanara ). 103. II. See VII. 88. 74— 84b). 103 (Whish No. see No. dasoddhyayah F. 1792. pura kancyan catu(r)vaktrah tatapa paraman tapah srastukamah prajas sarvah krpaya paramesituh tasmin maheI I sacaranaparicaryyaparayane garhasthya uttame etc. from the Sankarasamhita of Skanda -Parana. Whish dated '1829' and 'June 3rd 1831 A. the The Sivarahasya-Khanda. . was probably written Character: Grantha. very small. . Material: Palm leaves. (1) + 129 +(2) leaves. 15x2t in. 1—53). I I niunayah katicit punye sthitva adimahapurane srlskande samkarasam hitayam sivarahasyakhande sambhavakande sutamunisaravado nama prathamoddhyayah F. the Asura-Kanda in 15 Adhyayas (ff. D. . Tellicherry. containing _the SamblianiKanda in 50 Adhyayas (ff. 53: om ity adimahapurane sriskande samkarasamhitayam sivarahasyakhande sambhavakande pancasoddhyayah sivaya namah harih om sarabhavakandas samaptah om ity F. begins:— omkaranilay an devam gajavaktraii caturbhujam picandilam aham vande sarvavighnopasantaye It I . lb:— om ity II — ii n ii — .. the Viramahendra-Kanda in 7 Adhyayas (ff. 74: sivarahasyakhande asurakande panca- F. For Vol.-$* 116 K^- draksyanti rajanah kalyamanani sampaSah Yudhisthirah evan te bhasamanasya balam saubhadra varddhatam yas tvam utsahase bhettum dronanlkam su. . I. Date: Entries by Mr. n asurakandas samaptah ity . 85— 129 b).

'.~>. Whisli dated 'Tellicherry 1830. Material: Palm leaves. AVhish No. 117 K- adimahapurane snskande gamkarasamhitayam sivarahasyakhande yuddhakande -urapatmasainharo nama pancatrmSoddhyayah . 84b) with the words: — upanirmopame- yasadhriranadharmmasadvsyapratipratipadakrmam prayoge purna See f. Character: Grantha. 74b in the lithographed edition of the Prataparudrlya (published at Poona 1849. pupil Brdhmdnandandtlia. 9 lines on a page. yuddhakaetc. I (2) of Saiva worship. It is incomplete.. Date: Entry by Mr. (1) The Pratdparudrayasobhusana (or Pratdparudra.' The MS. 129b): — om ity II . ending the beginning of the chapter on Arthalamkaras. in seven of order Amrtdnandandtha (complete?) by The Sivdrcanasiromani. ndas samaptah yadrsam pustakan drstva It ends (f. Size: 88. 84: iti Vidyanathakrtau virarudrayasobhiisane sabdalamkaraprakaranaip athartthalamkarah — ll i It breaks oft' (f. may be about 50 years older. Ullasas. or Prataat parudriya). Sake 1771). 11 i 89. alamkarasastre nayakaprakaranam samaptam n F. It begins : — vidyakairavakaumudlm srutisirassmiantacu- damanin daran patmabhuvas trilokajananlm vande giran devatam yatpadabjanamaskriyas sukrtinam sarasvatai prakriyabijanyasabhnvo 8: — bhavanti kavitanatyaikajivatavah I iti sn-Vidy&nathakrtau prataparudrayasobhusane Y. by a of composed Lokdnandandtha. a manual . by Vidydndtha. 108 lljXls in. (2) + 84 + (15) + + (6) leaves.

45. Printed under tbe title Vyasddhikaranamala at the end of vol. f. Size: 13f 89. tbe 6* U. tbe 5 th U. "Whish No. the 4 th U. Date: Entry by Mr. 97 leaves. The MS. 30b. by Bhdratitirtha. 98b. . f. II of P. from 8 to 10 lines on a page. f. I srl-Lokanandanathasya sisyavargapurogamah arabhe vitantrany alokya sarvani kularnavamukbani ca staram karttum sivarccanasiromanini santas santas samlsadbako rajanlturyyayame ksyaitat santu santustatnanasah vibuddbva.-2H It 118 K~ datah begins:— santi sreyamsy anekani jananam yatprasamatamgavadanam vande devlm tripurasundarim i I yasya svfitmavabodhodayavigatamahamohagadhandhakaras samnargan darsayantah khalu caranajusam santi cante vasantah veti satyam brahmeti dehady akhilam idam asad santavadanta srl-Lokanandanatham guruvaram anisam I Amrtanandanathasya niyogat bhavaye sambamurttim sri-Brahraanandanathoham dhlmatah bitayalpatasya II . 1863). 82. It ends (or breaks off with?): eby ehivaruni devi mania siddhim kuru priye apavitram parityajya sadhake siddhim — I arpaya I sarvapatraniaye devi sudharnpe namostu te I 90. 15: iti sri-Lokanandanatbasisyena — Brabmanandau natbena viracite sivarccanasiromanau pratbamollasab Tbe 2 nd Ullasa ends f. Rama Narayana Vidyaratna's edition of the Vedanta-Sutras (Bibliotheca Indica. It begins: — pranamya I paramatmanam vidyatirtthasvarfi- pinam | Yayyasikl (read Vaiyasiki) nyayamala slokais sampraripsitasya grhyate sphutam grantbasyavighne(na) pa- . 1830. Character: Grantha. cavasyakam krtva bastau padau ca praksalya- dhiyam api I I I 1 i camya I svasane samupavisya I pujamurtter nnirmmrilyara etc. The AdhiJcaranaratnamald.' leaves. 60. incomplete. . Whish dated 'Tellicherry may be about 50 years older. Material: xItt Palm in-. visarjjya praksalya F. the 3 rd Ullasa f.

24b). 28b. 66b). 90. 6. Date: Entry by Mr. 70). 51b). (1) The MS. is incomplete. 65).. is and the name of the author not Amongst the Ranayana Muni (f.) 91. Salihotra Muni (f. 12: — prathamasyaddhyayasya prathaniah padah ll i n etc. mentioned. F. + ti I jnasya parethava agnim vag ity adisastrat svasvalietusu tallaya(li) nadyabdhilayasamyokter vidvaddrstya layali pare anyadrstiparam sastram gnim vag ity udahrtani tatvajnani no vagadayah prana villyamanah pratisvikesu karanesu viliyante na tu mahatmani yatrasya purusasya mrtasyasti vag apy eti vatam pranas caksur i i vagadaya svasvahetau linah adityam ity adi sruter iti paramatmany eva paya. authorities quoted are Satyayani (ff. Rauruki (f. Size: a page. leaves. ath: F. may The Grhyaparisista It . Whish dated 'Tellicherry be about 50 years older. . prapte bruniah (See edition p. a compendium of domestic rites. (2) + 70 + 58 + (2) 9 or 10 lines on Material: leaves. 3b: tatra sastrasya prathamam sutram (read "urn — brahmajijhasa prathamadhikaranani aracaya(ti). and Saunaka 66b. Character: Grantha. namaskrtya) grantham pratijanlte pranamyeti Vyasena prokta Vaiyyasikl etc.-i.-X i 119 H^- risamaptaye pracayagamanaya sistacaraparipftlanfiya ca[ra] visistestadevatatatvain gurumurttyupadhiyuktanianaskvty. i va- sudevaya namali n sarvatra siddhopadesat Ff. (ff. 29: iti §rimatparamahamsaparivrajakaca(r)yyaBharatitirtthapraiiltaya m adhikaranaratnamala yam prathaii — maddhyayasya caturtthapadah ii It breaks off after the 7 th Adliikarana in Pada 2 witb the following words: i — saptama Adhyaya IV. 1830'. Whish No. I tatvavido drstya 72. llixl' Palm in.

68). (f. krcchravi 58 b). garbhinivi (f. 45b). 42). (f. parjanyasuktavi (f. 1). The F. 44). agnivivaha (f. apamrtyunjaya (f. F. ayurhomasya laksana (f. 40). arkavivahavi (f. 8 b). 32). punyahavi (f. sandhyopa- 3b). 66 b: — iti vidhuragnisandhanam F. 17b). (f. (f. 65b: — mandapam karayec chubham etc. iti II grhyaparisiste karikayam Satyayaniproktagrhyaparisiste karikayam Raurukina viracitaII sarvaristasanti F. saucavidhi sanavi (f. grharcanavi (f. 18). 17 b. vrsotsarjanavi (f. 6 b). santivi 9).-5* 120 :<~ The this following are some of the ceremonies described in work: (f. pindapitryajnavi (f. SatySyaniproktani grhyagniprayascittani vyakhyasyamo. 15b). 61 (II. nandimukhasraddha (f. brahmayajnavi (f. 14). i — . 4b). (f. It 56b). 40 begins): I — athatas sampravaksyami vivaham I I pipalasya tu va i margasirse maghamase vaisakhe krttikepi vivaha(m) karayed evam pipilasya mahaphalam vrksatu dvayam praticyan F. 6: — athatas durataram saucavidhim vyakhyasyamo gramad yajhopavltam sirasi daksinakarne va etc. 13). candrayana begins:- — athatas gatva krtva mrttika grnhati kastham antarddhaya npavi^ed. grhyapari(siste) vimsah khandah I I F. mrttikasnanavidhi (f. 27 b). ekoddistavi (f. sarpasanti (f. rudrasamhitayah kalpa 13). agharnarsanasukta (f. 25b). 70: — iti Saunakoktasarppasantis samapta I n sarpasanti- homamantrah etc. grhasantivi ankurasya vidhi (f. l rst dvitiyaprapathake ekonaathatas sampravaksyami karmma prstaSalihotrena mimina prokta(m) (read vrsti?)pradayakam ca lokahitaya iti 51b: — Prapathaka n (in 25 Khandas) ends f. 41). udaka(f. ankurarpanavi (f. 36b). pratisarabandhavi 7 b). 2). 15). mahabhise- kavi (f. 70b) with the words: kayantararjjitan do§am kalarupl vyapohatu svaha suryyayedam n om H It breaks off (f. etc. satabhisekavi (f. 22b).

'Svabhanu' seems to be meant for 'Subhanu'. VII. Scribe: written in A. F. D. containing The Subhanu year immediately preceding 1831 is A. D. p.. (2) + 172 + 50 + + 2 + (l) leaves. Whish No. Burnell. civil a treatise on law. entry by Mr. IV. the date. described by Hall p. Whish is dated 1831. a lady of Sekharipattana (?) Character: Grantha. a pupil of Visvesvara. 121 !«- (2) The Sdrarahasyacdturvarndkramavibhdga. Material: I'alm leaves. 701 seq. Aufrecht. 83b. 12 lines on a page. Notices.q. Size: 91. extracted from Vaidyanatha Diksita's work (Smrtimiddaphala?). Off. 1823/24. XII. was probably Vemkusa. .Oxford p. Ind. 10 b: parivrto- vyavaharamatraprakaranam netavyah mocaniya ity artthah iti evah caturvarnakrama vicaryjTih VaidyanathadlksitlI — i i iti It ends: — atinasamlpam II | n yocldhi-tasararahasvacaturvarnakraniMvibbagas srlgurubhyo namah subhani astu li samaptah II 92. (3) 15f-xli in. 1763/64. 179. Our MS. In the colophon. by Khandadevamisra .->. 353.. pp. 2521) begin with the second Pada Adhyayas the first XI— of the first Adhyaya. vol. but Date: An the MS. 271 (No. Tanjore and Mitra. begins with I—VI. (1) The BMttadijpika. while the MSS. and Sutra of Jaimini. a Commentary on Jaimini's Mimamsadarsana. p. It begins: namah abhisekadigunayuktasya dharmmah tac ca dustanigrahain nrpasya prajapalanan i i — gurubhyo dustaparijhanah ca na vyavaharena vineti vyavaharadarsanam aharahah karttavya(m) ity antarena na sambhavati i uktam (i) vyavaharan nrpah [i] pasyet sabhyaih nvaham iti sa ca vyavaharah ladrsah etc.

f. 1. f. I iti srladdhyayair ddharmmadharmmau Khandadevamisraviracitayam bhattadlpikayam dvadasasyaddhyayasya caturtthah padah addhyayas ca samaptah dvadasabhir II II n harih om n The scribe's colophon: — ambhomuksamaye i svabhanu- saradi vrkse kurnaryyahvaye (dutthe masi kanya. XII. the 6 172.) iti sampurnab ii The 2 nd Adbyaya ends f. the 3 rd Adhyaya f. 11 th foliation). written underneath the last three words) citrabhe prathama tithav pakse dine dyomaneh bbattaprakpadadipikam samalikhac chrl-Vemkusa strl sudhi srimacchekharipattaanasite nottamasiroratnriyamano cirat II om ll . 38. f. 18b: srl-Khandadevaviracitayam bhattadlpikayam pratliamasyaddhyayasya caturtthah padah n addhyayas ca — athato dbarmmajijnasa I (I.~$h It begins: 122 f^- — om i satam mude 11 tanute dlpikam ilia Visvesvaram gurun natva Khandadevas tatprasadena samksiptam bhattakhalu nikhilapumartthan artthasadhanau samgopamgavedaddhyayanaikasamadhigamyau tac ca vicaram antarena na bhavyayalam iti tatpradarssanaya paramakaruniko bhagavah Jaiminir acaryyas sakalavidyopakaridharmmamlma(m)sam athato dharmmajijhasety arabhya vidyate vanyakalatvad yatha yajya sampraisa ityantais sutrair baiica(read °h panca?)dhikaranagarbhitam sodasalaksanim abhyarhitam vidyara prakatlcakara adhikaranan tu vedavat sadamgam yad ahuh viI i dharmmadharmniau sayo visayas caiva purvapaksas tathottarara I saragatis ceti pancamgam **** prayojanan ceti bahuvidha ftatredam (blank) samgatiprasamgadibliedat iti prancodhikaranam viduh adyam adhikaranam F. 41 sqq.: — prabhutvat 50) with the explanation of the Sutras ii . the 5 th A. th A. 138b. 120. It ends (f. prasamgat brahmanasyaivartvijyam. 1. Then begins the Adhyaya (with a new The 12 th Adhyaya begins f. tbe 4 th A. 98. uta trayanam api varnanam iti cintayam tad evan nirupitau brahmanasyaivartvijyani iti siddham 4. . 27 b. .

. va jnanam kim ivajnanam bhedo yasya na yato jantoh eva I I I I prajnanasrutivisayatvam syat iti vai manye manye manye brahmasarasaravivekl dehl dehajhanam bhitvan(u)haya jhane yatate yady api duhkhan nastan nastan nastam iti t i n brahmanubhavastakam samaptara (3) II om II Two of leaves at the end of the volume contain Conjugation. Size: 92.syaty suddham I atmanatmavicare saddhye sadhanahino mudho jantuh iha sarasare paravare muhyati muhyati muhyaty eva kirn.->: 123 (2) K~ F. . i beginning: — sapi I I Paradigms bhu sattayam edha i vrddhau pecitha curata i dupacas papaktha n pake I I pacati pacata etc. Material: leaves. (rlloko divyati divyati) inserted. Whish No. from 12 to 14 lines on a page. and ending: adi i — luhi ity adi I liti i acucurat acu- i luti corayitety pala raksane arcca pujayani ptirvavat luhi arccicat arccicata 93. calh-d at- matanubhavakamksaiunyah tusyaty atmaniketanakairiksa^unyais I evani param eva paran naparam upasamsaram sainprabalanubhavadyotitabuddhih i I eva prakrtipuinaikyc prati hitva hrsyati hrsyati hrsyaty eva ilrsyam sarvara sphurati caracararupam visvam iti medlu i | tatvam asi jivanmuktim gacchati gacchati gacchaty eva vastu sohain soham itlva vagvrtter jnatva grutilaksyam satyara yyo laksyani kurvan dlvyati dlvyati divyaty eva i i I anantam brahrnaivaham tad ahan tv jnanam eva iti samski'tabuddhi x s sarvam pasyati pasyati pa. but crossed out. 13^x2t Palm in. (2) -{- 248 + (2) leaves.. 50b contains the Brahmdnubhavastdkct: tusyati tusyati — atmavadhujanakamksa&unyo hy i following eight stanzas.

who dedicated his work to his Guru Govindananda. might be described as containing 'Bamananda's adnotated edition of Govindananda's Bhasyaratnaprabha'. etc. 4. Bibl. (See Ind. sivaya parabrahmane namah i i avighnam i srlgurucaranaravindabhyan namah yam iha karunikam saranam gatopy arisahodara apa mahat padam tarn ahain asu harim varam asraye janakajamkam anantasukhaastu I krtim Vibhlsanorisahodaropity anvayah srlgauryya nikhilartthadan(read °dan) nijapadambhojena muktijjradam praudham viglmavanam harantam anagham srldumdhitundasina I I l vande. The name of Govindananda is given in the colophons at the end of IV.Sutras.). 386- and above No. 2. 124 x~ The MS. 1. .) Our MS. first end of the Adhyaya Rdmananda. is mentioned as the author of the work. srlmat-Gopalagirbhih prakatitaparamadvaitanirvrto- bhasasmitasya-srlmat-Govindavanicaranakamalago srlkahcyam srlkamaksldattam payasam devair api stutam prajyam sampurnam prakrstajyayuktam va yat bhojvam annam tenatipiljya ^rl-Sivaramayoginah kinca siva> casau ramas ceti svanamna yathalih i ham moksapuryyam I srigaurinayakayoh abhedam prakatayanti tebhyo gurubhyo labdhatmabodho yaih srimat-Gopalasarasvatibhih tair ity artthah srl-Saiiikarani bhasyakrtam j^i'^vamya Vyasam i . we have to distinguish between the original Bhasyaratnaprabha by Govindananda (as printed in the edition of the Vedanta. See also Aufrecht CC.Sutras. Ind. 4. The Bhasyaratnaprabha a Commentary on Sankara's Bhasya on Badarayana's Veddnta. marked by 'Bamanandi' p. 78 It begins: — om (1). But it seems. p. by Ramananda. Off. 3. In the Berlin MS. II. 202) the real author of the work is Ranrananda Sarasvati. may be about Date: Entry by Mr. while in the colophon at the I. . a pupil of Gopdla Sarasvati.~>. by Govindananda. the pupil of Govindananda. Character: Grantha. 50 years older. 724. . Whish dated 1831. According to Hall 89 (see also p. 177) Padas 3 & 4 are in the margin. p.' IV. (described by "Weber-Berlin I. p. and a Tippana or brief notes on it. .

2 f. 1 f. F. like our MS. .i aham brahma nirbhayam ora ilia khalu n svaddhyayoddhyeta(vya) ntasiitras. IT. 85b. Notices IV. esa by - eveti sa- sanat iti &rlparamahamsaparivrajakacaryyasri Govinda- nandabhagavatkrtau bhasyaratnaprabhayam caturtthasyaaddhyayas ca samaptah ddhyayasya caturtthah padah om sivaya parabrahmane naniah i 94. 9 or 10 lines on a page. IH. abhyupayam atr. 4159). 2 ends H (f. katham u khalupavasatha iti vijanlyat sanIt begins: *** *** *** svid (blank) lusandher evopapadyatho dhya — 1 Ed. 173 b. 166b. 2 ends f. iti. Notices X. 179. Mitra.. IV. p. 146b. 64 b. etc. 4 f. Ind. Size: Ul Xls Palm in. 3 f. Bibl. 100: — iti §nparamahamsaparivrajakacaryya3ri - - G - vindanandabhagavacchisya Ramanandakptau Sarirakamlbhasyaratnaprabhabbidhayam prathamasyaddhyayasya caturtthapadah addhyayas ca samaptah II. (1) The Dvaidhasutra. 118b. No. I Srlbhasyatlrtthe tustyai vakjala(read ^jala)bandhacchidam . 93. + 62 + 54 + 67 + (2) leaves. 1 ends f. p.: ato'tra doso'sankhyah syad. MS. Tanjore p. Material: leaves. IV. 237. 4 and 5. See edition of the Veda- 1 sq. 245b. 2 f. II. F. I. 266 (No. 3 f. III.H5H 125 «~ parahac n harim sutrakptan ca kurve bhasye. 189 b. Cf. in 4 Prasnas.iyaiii :: ii £ 231. 146 contains Prasnas 3. 3 f. 4 mrimsrivvakhy. p. a portion of Bodhayands Srautasutra. III. 1 It f. Date: 18* or 19* cent. But Eurnell. 241. IV..? Character: Grantha. (2) Whish No. II.54:--Srimatparamahamsaparivrajakacaryya^ri-Govindanandabhagavatkrtau SarlrakamimamsakaYyakhyayam bhasyaratnaprabhayarp prathamaddhyayasya pratharnah padab I. etc. 3 I f. 220. . . 20a only gives 4 Prasnas. Ill. 248 b): — atoktadoso£akyasya i f. 1571 in Mitra.

Sansk. but see Burnell I. F. Dvaidhasutra. 74 (No 695). d. 19 b:— iti mahagnisarvasve prathamoddhyayah ll F. vyakhyasyama sva hasnia + neh. . ca dadyad Salikih n iti II Bodhayana 18 I etany eveti Salikir caturtthah prasnah dhayanac3. (by Vasudeva Dlksita). 13 contains a complete copy of the work in 19 Adhyayas. The Oxford MS. It ends 62b): — nityani ety n etc. kalpam vyakhyasyamah. 27 sq. F. p.. u Two fragments of the Mahagnisarvasva. Hultzsch II. .~>* 126 kh upapadanan nanu khalu sandhyasupapadaya iva sarvesan tv eva sandhyasu ha smaha Bodhayano yatraitad u pavatostain ita aditye purastat candram alohlti.. etc. . — 40: atha garhapatyaciter istakah ii 28:— iti mahagnisarvasve dvitlyoddhyayah ll om ll etc. etc.(rya)ya anye ceti dvaidhe ii samapto dvaidhah sn-Kanvaya Bo- namah subham astu 2—3.O. p. etc. jyotistomamgataddhyavadhlyate diksadi- bhir jyotistomamgam prasiddhan tatsambandhognau bhaF. . 35b: — athestakanam karanani vaksyamah. . 37 b:— pratijulmyad iti Bo + no na pratijubuyad iti 27 iti dvaidhe dvitlyah prasnah Salikih atbatogni- vai kathana ii n n ii n ii ii ii . F. 22: dhenura vanadvaham va dadyad itiBo + nonyad — snah iti Salikih 33 iti dvaidhe prathamah prasrlmad-Yajnesvaraya namah harih om caturmmasyani vyakhyasyamas. It begins: I yathamati pranamyagneh kalpasutram dvaidhakarmmantasutrabhyam saha vyakhya- — Bodhayanam agner anarabhyadhltatvad adhitanah ca prasyatetaram krtagamitvadlksadisu sambandhfln darsapurnamasayos ca i diksadyabhavat vati. F. a Commentary on the Agnikalpasutra. 49 b: iti Bo + no na kuryyad iti Salikih n 21 n dvaidhe trtiyah prasnas samaptah athata istikalpam ii — kuryyad (f. F. . I could not find the author's name in the MS. etc. and Karmantasutra of Bodhayana 's Srautasutra.

. (2) + 187-f (2) leaves. AVhish No..«- It breaks off (f. pp. Kielhorn. (1) The MS. 58b: iti mahagnisarvasve sodasoddhyayah It breaks off (f. 1058). The No. 12: ii mahagnisarvasve navamoddhyayah F. Character: Grantha. 529—537 gastrin. . ll II ptamoddhyayah F. tisrah ?at dvadaSa va dlksa iti diksakalpaekacara didiksakalpas tatra na bhavanti Then (f. tayamgi+sldateti srayaddhvan taya anuvyiiagniksetrasya bahih parita ucchritas sarkarah hati mahagnisarvasve savyakhyatam garhapatyacitau 1): i — cita the second fragment (with a (leva new foliation) begin s . by F. Part II. 42: iti mahagnisarvasve caturdas[y]oddhyayah F. sendusekhara ed. 95. Date: Entries by Mr. by Vaidyanafha See (ff. a Commentary on the ParibMsas to Panini's Grammatical Sutras.~>. 54) with the following words: adyentye ca diksadivasesu visnula'amavatsaprasamiiccayah maddhyadivasesu vyatyasena iti Salikimatam sagnicitye kratau i — samvatsaran vyavasthitah tasmat. 122 (No. U\xli in. Hultzsch II. 127 . from 10 to 13 lines on a page. Wbish dated 1831. Material: Palm leaves. 1254. may be 100 The Par iblmmrthasamgr alia. 1—55). the son of Batnagiri Dlksita . see also similar to arrangement of the Paribhasas is somewhat See The Paribhathat in Siradeva's Paribhas5vrtti. p. Size: 94. 67b) with the words:— sruvahutyo karana — — — iti ll ll iti Bodhayano na kuryyad iti Salikih atha caturgi'hitam grhitvajyasya purnam sruvah juhoti te agna iti ajyasya purnam iti punarvacanam catusapta rtthe sruve yatha sruk purna bhavati tatha prabhutam kuryyad iti sruci anayatlty eva. or even 150 years older.

i 269 (No.~>. ll AV Last Sutra (f. 675). iti srlmad-Ratnagiridlksitaputrasya Vaidyanathasastrinah krtisu paribhasartthasamgrahe prathamasya- Ff. 26 (No. 47b. 180 sq. p. f. f. 674. the metre requires only two See Paribhasendusekhara. 7: — ddhyayasya prathamah padah n ekayoganirddi^tSnam saha va pravrttis saha va nivrttih 3 Adhyaya I (in 4 Padas) ends f. For svadharma. begins (f. See Paribhasendusekhara. VI f. 25 b. 14. It begins: vijeyyanas sada sambhur jjamgacchat girijam muda sancancuranah pasuna tantantad vaggatim mama murttir yyasya hi Paninih padamahabhasyapraban(d)dha — i i 1 vakyanam krd api svadharma vitanute vag yasya sada sisya yasya virodhivadimakutlkuttakavagdasyam tatha i dhatikas tasmai matula-Eamabhadraniakhine bhuyo II me bhavet yam kriyate Vaidyanathena paribhasartthasamgrahah i namo devam bhavanlpatim avyapranamya paraman II ll 2 vyakhyanato viscsapratipattir nna hi sandehad alaksanam vyakhyanatah vyakhyanad dhetupahcamyantad adyaditvat tasih. 6b. A. 22. P. A. 55 b): iti ubhayatha bhasye vyavaharo dysyate iti n 125 iti srimad-Ratnagiridiksitaputra-Vaidyanathasa- — ll strinah krtisu paribhasartthasamgrahe nyayamulaparibhasa samapta n harih om ll srlmatgurubhyo namah (2) ii The Candrilca. p. Mitra-Bikaner. A. Kielhorn. 1. etc. 55): ii —purvan dhatus sadhanena yujyate pascad upasargena* It ends (f. syllables (w-). by Svayamprakasananda. IV (4) f. VIII f. See Paribhasendusekhara. A. natva gurupadadvandvam samsara56): — jaladhiplavam vyakaromi yathabuddhi paribhasartthasamsista graham i i granthadau mamgalam acaranti. a Commentary on the Paribhasarthasam- graha. 26b. II (in 4 Padas) Ill (in 4 Padas) f. A. 17. A. 49b. 311) Slradeva is given as the author of a Paribhasarthasamgraha. 34b. p. Off. etc. P. 128 K~ In Hultzsch I. II. a pupil of Advaitananda See Ind. ed. 537. 17b. VII (4) f. . Sarasvati. It p. 2 3 4 II. (Nos. 573).

186): purvan dhatus sadhane yujyate ii — pascad upasargena It ends (f. (1) The MS. 91b: — iti —kalut tu mum khalartthesu vasarfipaF.sanandasya krtau paribhasartthasaingrahavyakhya(ya)n rttliasyadilhvayasya caturtthali padah II candrikayam catusamaptas caddhya- yah grahanavata pratipadikena tadantavidhis tasti n Adhyaya VI ends f.->< 129 w~ F. (2) -f- 83 + 15 -j. A. 95. 95. 99: — paribhasarttliasamgrahavyukliyane tritlyasyaddhyayasya prathamah padah laksanapratipadoktayoh F. Size: 12f on a page. : iti litrasvatantrasnmad-Advaitananda-Sarasvatl-caranaravinda- bbrmgayamanasya srlmat-Svayampraka. 50 years older. VIII ends f. Stitra: vidhir nnasti 11 II ii masyaddhyayasya tritiyah padah vat badhitam tat badhitam eva paribhasartthasamgrahe vyakhyane prathasakrt gatau viprati§edhe n n etc. 96b. Whish No. 113 — srlparamabamsaparivrajakacaryyasarvataF. Xl| Palm in.. Whish dated 1831. Date: Entries by Mr. 136. leaves. Last Sutra (f. 172.(2) from 8 to 10 lines Material: leaves. Character: Grantha. may be about The talas. 187): ubhayatheti tatha ca bhasyakaravacaiti bhavah n iti srlparamahamsarvestasiddkir napramanyat — n saparivrajakacaryyasarvatantrasvatantrasrimad-Advaitananda-Sarasvati-caranaravindabhrmgayamanasya Svayamprakasanandasya krtih paribhasartthasamgrahavyakhya candrika sampurna n harih om u A later hand has written on ii f. Sutra: — sampratikabhave blmtapiirvagatih F. 187b: — iti mlmamsa- sastre purvamlmamsa sampurna 96. Candrajnandgamasmngraha (Tantra) in 15 Pa- .

kauladarsana. (cakraradhanapbalam) P. 52 b. ii n H (2) Tbe Kaiiladarsatantra. P. 83 b): —vidyamantrarabasyajnasambhogan mui ktim apnuyat n iti candrajiianagamasaragrahe rahasye mantrartthapratipadanan nama pancadasah patalah n barib om srlparambayai namah srlpurnanandanatbante n barib om yadrsam pustakan drstya. etc. vv. X XIV ksavidbih) It ends f. P. P.45 f. P. 57. XII f. 79.~5* It begins: 130 h£- — &ri£ivah I I ndasya laksanam atkatas sampravaksyami tripurauktam purvam astiti saktam andam yad I kiranmayam mayam sthitam I asti balarkakotyabhan tripurandam hiranrathakaram mahad divyam samanante tu sam- I etc. P. See Aufrecbt CC. P. and kauladarsa. 55b. kaulacara. P. 67. 10b. IX (pujadesakalanirupanam) f. V f. 11: —prathamapatalam sadamnayalaksanam — candrajnanagamasamgrahe purandalaI I iti ksane sadauinayalaksanan nama prathamab patalab Patala II (tripurandalaksane pitbalaksanam) ends f. It begins: natva srlgurupadukan ca vatukam vanin ca — vigbnesvararn kamesan tripuram pararn bbagavatim devlrn sukasyamalam vaksye kaulikadhurttadambhikasathadinam kulajnani namacarasya ca laksanani vilasat satkaulikanam kramat kaulagamatantrartthan sanigrbya srikularnavarttbarps ca kauladarsarn kurute Visvanando bitaya kaulai ii I vidarn It ii ends: — srlmad-Visvanandanatbapranitani i kaulacara- sesadbarmaprakasam kaulacaryyas samyag Tilokayantam thaviracitakauladar^atantram kauladarsarn ii kaulasastranusarani iti sri-Visvanandanaii sundaryyai namah n sampurnam subbam astu i srimabatripura- . 41b. XIII (sYiktasamayadiksavidhanam) f. 49 b. 75. (f. 50 b. P. by Visvanandandtha. P. XI f. VII (srividya[n]nyasa) f. P. Ill (sripurandalaksane sricakralaksanam) f. Ff. VIII (srividyajapa- . 63. 1 marg. P. 69. 20 b. VI (srlvidyasandhyanusthanam) f. s. (di- kalpab) f. IV n (tripurandalaksane sricakrantaraladevatapratipadanam) f. : ¥.

HS- Size: 10[x1t Palm r in-> Whish No. a 3 m. The author of the abstract Gvrvdnendra Sarasvafi. an abstract of Sankara's Incomplete.. 96.? Character: Grantha. pupil of Visvesvara Sarasvatt. from 7 to 9 lines on a page. It breaks nyaset I etc. who was Tanjore. Amarendra Sarasvatt. off with the following words: jyotir — evan dhyatva om brim am narayanan svriha aham parajyotisi juhomi hamssoham namah hrim 98. Prapaiicasdra. 97. Material: leaves.HX 131 97. (1) + 133 + (1) leaves. Stein. 232. p.Jammu. Whish No. Size: 10^- xlj in.? Character: Grantha. oni agajananapatmarkain gajananam aharIt begins: nnisam anekadantam bhaktanam ekadantam upasmahe on natva srl-Samkaiacaryyam Amai'endrayatisvarani kurve prapahcasarasya sarasaragraham uttamam tatra prapancasare yad yac Chamkaracaryyair uktam mantrayantraprayogadi tat sarvam api sarataram eva tathapldanlm mandaprajhavata vistaraso jnatum anusthanaii (read °atuh) casakyatvad atyantopakarakatvena yat sarabhutan tad alpai — I I I nam granthenaiva yatha [i] sarvamantrayantratantrasaragrahasyat tatha [i] sarvatas saram grhitva maya satsainprada- yasarvasvabhidhavyakhyanoktamargena vaksyate (i) tatra punah prasamgat tatra tatra mantrakalpantare mantrasarakramadipikaSanatkumarl[r]yyasaradatilakamantradevataprakasikaclau yad yan mantrayantrady uktam tad api kificit tatra prapahcasare [i] prathaman tavat kincid vaksyate i I ksirabdhau. Date: 18th r 19th cent. Material: Palm leaves. of see Burnell. Date: 18th 19th cent. 9* . (2) + 71 + (2) leaves. 207b. 7 or 8 lines on a page. a pupil p. is The Prapancasdrasdrasamyrahu.

I described as a 'Kanlasastra' by Mr. F. Whish. described as a 'Kaulasastra' by Mr. 1 — 111). 112 — 133). 129: iti srlvidyaganapatikalpe rahasyagame samgraI — mavijayo nama astamoddhyayah kim atra bahunoktena sarvan kaman It ends (f.~* 132 (1) k~ The Daksinamurtismrihita. 2: iti srldaksinamiirttisanibitayani I — ekaksaralaksml- pujavidhih patalah prathamah It ends (f. etc. — dvitryena caturtthena sastheniirkena sundari i indrena candrakalayavidyam sambhedya ca svaraih sadamtatha kavacan gani nnyajen mantrl hrc chiras ca sikha(m) netram astrafi ca namah svaha kramena ca vasat vausad I I astran ca pliad ebhis saha vinyaset etc. Whish. It begins: in 43 Patalas (ff. 112): gurumurttir srlgurubhyo namah ambikam srikrsnani srlsambadaksinamurttim vande vinayakam kam vanlm sundaramurttim dharanim SrisamastaI — yudhasampurnara satbhujah cadayanvitam adhastad vanitakaram adyani vande gajananam ranjitadrivare ramye munivrndanisevite kalpadrumaih parivrte sikhare hemai I I bhusite ratnastambhasahasrais tu sobhite ratnamandape drastuni ratnasimhasanaruclhan devya saha mahesvaram I I i samagato brahma pranipatya krpanidhini baddh[v]ahjalinamas brahma puto bhutva tustava paramesvaram i i I sivaya devaya. It begins (f. 113b: iti srlkumarasamhitayam sadasivabrahmasam- — vade vidyaganesamantroddharan nama prathamoddhyayah F. 133): ii — avapnuyat ll iti srlkumarasamhitayam ll rahasyatirahasyan ll nama dasamoddhyayah srigurubhyo namah etc. 111b): tasya samvatsarl puja srividyadhisthita iti sridaksinamurttisamhitayam madana(read dabhavet n — ll mana?)ropananainiittikavidhanan nama tricatvarimsatpatasubbam astu lah H iti daksinamurttisambita sampurna ll ll (2) The Kumar asamhita . F. in 10 Adhyayas (ff. .

samananti prasitram eke prasitrapatra upastiryya.H3H 133 K~ 9<). Whish No. It ends (f. F. ity havih i deva ajyapa . 17b: prathamah prasnas — I namah bahur ll dev[y]asya tva + madade i samaptah srlkrsnaya spliyam adaya indrasya ll I asi daksinas. amavasyayam va pratar havili agnihotrani 100): — sarasvati ii I idam I sarasvan idam i agnabhagi (read agnir?) idam havih adi sarvam samanam harih om etc. 76b: harih om pasubandhaprayoga ucyate — ll pra- vrtpaurnamasyam hutva. — atha naksatrani — harih om subham 71: I I etc. Size: 12| Material: 98.? Character: Grantba. 49b: trtlyah prasnas samaptah daksine vedyante daksinena pada caturo visnukraman etc. 35b: — dvitlyaprasnas samaptah n idam eke purvam . 56 b: F. according to the school of Apastamba It begins: — athato I — 100). F. pracah kramaty uttaram uttaran jyayamsam — II . atha yajamano F. F. Date: 18 th or 19th cent. .. yajiiesupasparsanam bhavati F. etc. xIt Palm in. Laying of 1 (adhana). leaves. 100 + 68 + 65 leaves. etc. Sacrifices viz. (ff. 8 or 9 lines on a page. pratar agnihotram darsapiirnamasau vyakhyasyamah hutva darbhesv asino darbhan dhaI I rayamanah patnya saha pranan ayanrya samkalpam karoti darssena yaksye I i aminirvapyaindravaimrdhena saha puI rnamasena yaksye tena paramesvaram prlnayani darbhan nirasyapa upasprsya asi dvih + paimi vidyud apa upasprsya yaksyamanopa upasprsati tad idam sarvai i i etc. (1) A the Commentary on a Manual of Srauta Rites. and Animal Sacrifice (pasubandha). n astu ll (71b:) adhanam I I trivi- dham somapurvam homapurvam istipurvah ceti etc. New and Full Moon Fire (darsapurnamasau). etc.

etc. F. A Commentary on It begins: — om the preceding work. asvinam pasuh cagnistomlyasyopalabhyau kurvan somena yaksye jyotistomenagnistomena rathantarasamnaikavimsatidaksinena tena paramesvaram prinayani vidyud asi + mi l i dvih i etc. the Agnistoma. It ends (f. 17b: I ucyate F. 1 28). — pratar agnihotram hutva pranan ayamya i samkalpam karoti tripursasomaplthavicchedaprayascitta- rttham aindragnam pasun daurbrahmanyanirharanarttham. 28b begins: Apastamba. viz. on which the preceding work is the commentary (ff. iti ram prapya mathitvayatane nidhaya upavarohya danadi samanam harih om subhani astu I I dhrstva- n II II (3) . F.~>< 134 (2) Xr- Text of the Manual of Srauta rites. I i I I F. II I — caturtthah I etc. darsSapurnamasau vyakhyasyaniah darbhesv a + patnya saha prapratar agnihotram hutva nan ayamya darsena yaksye anunirvap(y)aindravaimri I i I It begins: — athato — dhena saha paurnamasena yaksye vapanam vidyud asi + paimi dvih apa upasprsya asyam istyam addhvaryyun tvam vrnlmahe etc. according to the school of F. 48 b: om ll harih patnisamyajantognlsomlyas santisthate deva iti havirddhane ye manojata vratayati agniddhre II I — va yajamanan jagarayanti. 68): tarn vacaspataye brahmana idam agnim parityajya sayam agnihotram (ju)homi dhrstya danadi marjjani (?) nantam kale pratarhomas santisthate- — i i i gnistomah n harih om ll etc. 28: — ayan te yonir punar agnim samriropyagnyagaI prasnas samaptah adhanaprayoga uktanaksatresu brahmanadayognln adadhiran etc. I kratusamkalpakale hota I ko yajhah I . 23 b: —pasubandhaprayoga ucyate pravrtpaurnamasyam amavasyayam va (pra)tar agnihotram hutva. A Manual of Srauta rites.

begins: balopi vanchaty alasasrutena It Tbe (t'f. Sraut. Cf. by Kesavamisra Ind. . Scribe: Sesadri Stiri. balavyutpattisiddbeb n I Kesavamisrena viracita tarkkaparibhasa samapta yadrsam grantbam alokya. Size: 18^-xl|last part in. Smut. 29 leaves. IV. 1739/40. It ends atbosasyab etc. ends 30): — etavataiva . agneyakratu(b) samaptah santistbate 65 b): ilanta vacaspatinetyadi — 11 I I | ayas cetyadi samstbajapas santistbategnistomognistomab barib om srlgurubbyo namab ii i 2 II 100. X. Ap. 25. 1. Off. XIII.~3H 135 K~ | niaban ka daksineti prativacanam bruyat rtvijab voco bbargo me voco yaso me voca stomam me vocab klptim me voco bhaktim me vocas sarvam me voca iti japitva sa i 1 I vrto japet F. siddhartthyakhye tn varsesmin bhaskare simhasamsthite likhitam paribhasakhyam gran. was written below) may correspond to A. on a page. etc. Character: Grantha. See yo nyayanaye pravesam alpena samksipya yuktyanvitatarkkabbasa prakasyate tasya krte mayaisa pramanaprameyasamsayaprayojanadrstantasiddbantavayavatarkkanirnayavadajalpavitandahetvabluisacclialajatinigrabastliananan tatvajnanan nisreyasadbigama iti nyayasyadimam sutram asyartthah i — I i I pramanadisndasapadarttluinan bbavatlti It I tatvajnanan moksapraptir iti etc. 605 sq. D. 4. p. 28 b: I — ity (f. I tham Sesadrisurina i n Cf. 10. etc. 34. See No. 1679 — 80 or A. 1 — 30).. (see Date: The Siddharthin year in which the MS. D. from 6 to 9 (in the 37 + 12 + 13 + from 10 to Material: Palm 13) lines leaves. AVhish No. . II agnis te bota. (1) Tarlcaparibhasa. (f. 99. a Ap.

12): — tatra saptamiti tat sutrarttha ity adosah iti H samaptah sri-Jayaramabhattacaryyaviracita-karakavadas namas te sarade devi kasmlrapuravasini tvam i aham piTirtthayisyami vidyadanan tu dehi me il harih om II (4) The Vddaratndvali (ff. It begins: — kavitarkkikasimhaya vedah I p.B0'b 37). (3) The (ff. . See Aufrecht-Oxford. (by Rama Gastrin). etc. . See Aufrecht CC. i samasatah karoti It ends il (f. 1—12). 606. nidhaya ciklrsitam pratijanite balopiti It breaks off (f.saline srli mate Vemkate^aya vedantagurave namah avighnam astu bhasyam yadabharanabhasitam eva jatam yatsutanisvasitam eva bhavanti jalam tarn srlgirisam anisam namaskrtya yadvajivahavaca eva pnranan vagdevatan vadibalavinodinlm vadaratnavalim kurmmas saranam bhajami i tarkkabhrisanusarinim isyam acaraniyyam i i nann granthadan mamgalam ava- etc. 562. a fragment only 1—13). Burnell. of the TarkabhdsdpraJcdsikd.bjOinnamhhatta.-5H 136 (2) K- Fragment Commentary on Kesavamisra sTarkaparibhdsd. kalyanaguna. a — It begins (f. nr. Tanjore p. 37) with the words: laksye tv apy avarttanam asambhavah yatha gor ekasaphatvam kratvI — i I antarvarttadhl (?). Kdrdkavdda.(&. 112b. 30 b): I — om sakrn natvapi yam loko labhate santisampadah nrkesari i sa nah payad apayebhyah yogananda- cikirsitasya granthasya nispratyuhaparipuranaya sistacaraparipraptam visistestadevata[na]pranamam manasi etc. begins: i by Jayarama Bludta Acdryq It — natva visnoh padambhojah Jayaramas karakavyfikhyam iha samkhyavatam muda atra karanakani karttrkarmmakaranasampradanapadanadhikaranani sat tatvan ca na tat kriyanimittatvam caitrasya tandulam pacatltyadau.

(5) A It fragment of a work on Xyaya. Fragment of a work (probably some Commentary) on Nyaya philosophy. Character: Grantha (one leaf between 81 and 82 in Malayalan). 1 29). 101. It breaks off (f. upajivyopajiva- kabh&vasamgatya anumanam nirupayitum pratijanite atheti athasabda anantaryyavacanah pratyaksanirupanasyartthad avadbitvam avagamyata iti ata eva siddhatvam api niriipyata iti varttamanarttkakalasaprayogena canumananirupanasya saddbyatvalabbah evan ca siddbasaddbyasamabbivyabare siddbam saddhyayopayivjyata iti nyftyena malinan te vapu snaya ity atrevatrSpi pratyaksanumananirCipanayob upajivyopajlvakabbfivalabbab. 13) with the iti words:— atas n tatkfilavrtti- bhfivatvam pragabhavatvam purvoktado^abhSvad iti sarvani sustham iti karanatavadah nanu yumi miSrana- mis>anayo. r + 70 (numbered as leaves 45—114) 1 (odd (1) leaves. Size: leaf 100. in. Whish No.-3M It breaks off 137 f^- (f. 16tX1| ff.. (1) + between 81 and 82) leaves. possibly belonging to the Vadaratndvali — — begins: pratyaksanirupananantaram (ff. etc. kimcit saddbyanisthadheyatvani va rupakadhikaranatvam adye kevalanvaylti kevalanvayisa**** ddhyaka ity artthah avyape (broken) yatisaddhyanistheti It begins (f. 45): — yat dvitiyenane(ne)ti vabnimfm dhumad ity adau adye dosantaram aha kvacid iti visistasattavan jater ity adau satta- .? ff. 29) with the words: vrttatvat istatvat —niscitasaddbyavad- asadbaranyapattib asadbaranasatpratipaksayor anityatadosatvavadinam pracam matenaital laksanad iti. from 6 to 8 lines on a page. + Material: Palm Date: 17th Lijuries: 18 tu cent. The first two leaves are slightly damaged.

F. 102: — tipu sattavan dravyatvad valmiman dhumad adau tadrsakutadliikarariajagadyrttitvasya. 72: pragalbhiyalaksanam etc. and in May be tipu. jatyadhikaranatvabhavasya satvad iti bhavah F. etc. 112: kecit tu vyapya vrttitvam kiiicid avacchinna- — vrttikabliinnatvara It ends (f. 14|xlg Palm in.. etc. 8 or 9 lines on a page. 1 i i ttlia etc. ity — F. J Adhyayas or 29 smaller Commentary. 111b: — tipu l tatra samavayena gunasamanyabhava- syotpattikalavaccliedena. etc. etc. aha saddhyeti gunanya- tvavisistasattavan jater ity atra. (2) + 19 -j- 147 leaves. 51: iti o paficalaksanarahasyam paribhasikam — — i evety evakarena yoganadaras sucitah. I\ 76: misralaksanam eva pariskrtya darsayati keci(t) tv — iti sajatyam sadrsyara. 85: sarvabhaumalaksane samudayapadadane taddoetc. pratiyogitavacchedakavisistajnanain nabhavapratyaksamatre hetuh idan tv adina abbavapratyakse vyabhicarat na tavad abhavapratyaksavisese — nanu 114): manabhavad ata aha visesanam iti visesanatavacchedakavisisteti visesve nyayena nabhavapratyaksam ii ananubhavat srigurubhyo vivecitan cedani alokamanjaryyam asniabhih namah n 102. 106: — tipu atra jaladirupadravyam na svasabdaretc. P. (1) The Qautamlya Dharmasastra in 3 subdivisions (called 'Adhyayas' in the Stenzler's edition). Date: 18th r 19th cent. .~x 138 k~ nisthadkeyatvanirupakatvasya samanyadau satvena tatra etc. Whish No. F. Size: 101. Material: leaves. 1 i sanam alagnakatety asayena.? Character: Grantha. F. F.

It is incomplete. . 9 in Stenzler's second 7: — acaram ends ed. p.). etc. 139 K~ — vedo dharmmanmla(ni) tadvidafi ca smrti- In I. etc. containing the end It 1 of the begins: Commentary. . atha catussastisu yatanasthanesu duhkhany laksanani bhavanti. See 'The Institutes of Gautama'. ll (2) Commentary on the Gautamlya Mitdksardf JDharmasdstra. by A. The a first The Adhyaya (of the smaller subdivisions) is wanting. iv.). The The first Adhyaya ends ed. . f. and at the end one leaf seems to be lost. f. 44 this MS. piagupahcanayanat — 1 kamacaravadapaksah Head prag upanayanat. — I iti dharmmo dharmmah ll ll 29 li prayascittam karakrtam aparadham ksantum arhanti trtlyoddhyayah santah (read sadhavah?) kotikannyapradanah ca kotigodanam eva ca apuryyama(read °yyamana?)sahasranan tatsamah pr&tarahutih kotigodavarlsnanam makararke sitasite tat phalam samavapnoti sayamhomavalokanat dantam li I i ksantam jitakrodham jitendriyam akalmasam I tarn agryaiti brahmanam anye i sesat (read manye sesah) sudra smrtah ll yac caitanyam anasyuta (read anusyutam?) jagratsvapnasutad eva tvam idam [njtatvam ito nasty adhikam suptisu namo namah parani h sriguru . F. ed. after the 9 th chapter ('Adhyaya' prathamoddhyayah the n Adhyaya after ('Adhyaya' 19 in Stenzler's tiyoddhyayali li 13: —vyavaharan chapter is 19 th dvi[ti]- Then follows the 20 th chapter which not found in Stenzler's edition.-*4 It begins: £ile. supports the reading srehu adopted by Stenzler from his Telugu MS. by Haradattamisra. tatremani anubhuya The chapter ends: visuddhail laksanair jjayante dharIt begins: — — mmasya dharanad Chapters It ends: 21 — 29 ll iti 20 dharmmasya dharanad iti to 20 28 correspond Adhyayas n n — in Stenzler's edition. Stenzler.

and the Upcidesatenda (ff. Whish No. and containing the DevaMnda (ff. 87 (No.~x 140 h^ I a sodasat brahmanaapatkalasyopanayanasya grahanam syetyadi brahmacartti limgat na hi nityakalat prak striga- manasya prasamgosti. It begins: matamahamahasailam mahas tad apitamaham karanan jagatam vande karrthad uparivaranam — i i srigurubhyo namah sri^arasvatyai namah sivaya on namah n atha viksya guho devah jayantapramukhan iha bandhit&n anayety aha virabahum tadasuraih sa tatheti i i i i vinirgatya guhajham sirasa vahan i etc. Character: Grantha. The second chapter ends dvitiyoddhyayah n (f. corresjionding 1792. Stenzler): — yatoyam off with the last but one Sutra (28. 103.. 15x2^ of No. 88). 182—289). about 13 lines on a page. or A. . Daksakanda — (ff. etc. 87) (2) leaves. Whish No. in the Paridhavin year. was written Material: to 967 of the Scribe : Kollam era. of the II nd yara iti Haradattaniisraviracitayani mitaksarakhyaGaiitamlyatikayam ekonavimsoddhyayah n atha catussastisu yatanasthanesu du(h)khany anubhuya tatremani 1021)): — and beginning of the III rd Adhyaya laksanani bhavantlti karmmavipakaddhyayasya vyakhyanan durllabham It breaks I etc. End (f. + Palm leaves. Date: The MS. (1) + 160 (numbered 130 to 289 in continuation No. 130 141). 142—181). continued from MS. The SivarahasyalJianda from the Sahkarasanihita of the Skanda-Piirana. 51 bhutanani aprabhavo himsanugraha- yogesu i prabhavaty asmad iti prabhavah karanam I (tathaha). Size: 102. 9): — Haradattamisraviraf. cita(yam)mitaksarakhyayamGautaniadharmmasastratikayan The I rst Adhyaya (acaram) ends 39. D. Subrahman ya . 88 = Whish in.

srisomaskandaparamesvaraya namah svahastalikhitam n II . . . . manyasvahastalikhitam ll sridaksinamurttaye (f. sara II n I i This Kanda ends (f. | I | It ends (f. Whish: "100 967 825 This copy written in 1792 AD April/May of Here ends Samhita. . . II The Devakanda — n n . . namah n The Upadesakanda begins — om 182): i visvesvaram visvavandyam vimalajhanabodhakam upadesakandam muktyarttham umaputran namamy aham subrahmanyam sukumaram aham suresanam dhuryyakotisamaprabham vande sada sarvamgasundaram etc. 142): — harividhimukhyavandyam sarvakaittaram isam padanatadmitaghnam . 141b: snskande adimahapurane Samkarasamhitayam sivarahasyakhande devakande saptamoddhyayah om 6ivaya namah devakandas samaptah yadrsam pustakan drstva.i>ititamoddhyayah upadesakandam harih om Subrahmanyan svahastena likhitam samkarasamhitasaptakandam parisamaptam I n .H n samkarasamhitayam sivarahasyakhande upadesakande panom sivaya namah samaptam idam c. . etc. 100 60 7 snmesamasam caitramasam parisamaptam 9 I parltapinamasamvatsaram .~$H 141 H$- oni ity (in 7 Adhyayas) ends f. . . . Subrakmaiiyasya The Daksakanda begins (f. .sasvatam vaktratundam abhayavaratlahastam samblmputram ganei hrdayakanialamaddhye santatafi cintayami rsayah daksaddhvaras tvaya proktah (read °ah) pura siita tapodhana jayantayendraputraya samasena brhaspatih etc. II om subham astu ll On the same leaf written by Mr. — oni 181b): u ity adimahapurane daksa- srlskande samkarasamhitayam | ^ivarahasyakhande II kande catvririnisoddhyayah srlminakslsimdaresvarabhyan harih om daksakandas samaptah namah SubrahII . 289b): — om n iti srimatskande mahapurai." the 7 th & last Kandam the Sankara . .

the namah avighnam astu i ghatarupena yo bhati patarupena ca prabhuh sarva- [bhajvasakam vande tarn ahan devakisutam srimatbhasyamrtambhodher arttharatnam samuddhare hnum (?) lamkurv ancane (?) naryah kantham kaustubhavaddharih srutismrtltihasapuranani hi brahmani pramanam tesah ca trividha pravrttih kesahcit parinamadrstyanusririnl anyesam vivar- ttadrstyanusarini paresam apavadadrstyanusarini. by Bralunananda 10).. by IsvaraJcrsna 1—3). Palm leaves. 3 b): saptatyam khalu — yertthas u tertthah jjitas krtsnasya sastitantrasya akbyayikavirahitah paravadavivartatha ca rajavarttikam capi pradhanastitvam ii ekatvam artthamatvam athanyata parartthyan catmano naikyam viyogo yogavivacasesavrttir akarttrtvam laukikarttlias tatha dasa viparyayah pahcavidhas tathokta nava tustayah karananam asamartthyad astavimsatidha vadhah I i iti sastih padartthanam astabhis saha siddhibhih II n 1 namah Kapilaya . . K~ Whish No. .~$H 142 104. 8 or 9 Material: lines on a Grantha page. the rest two works (10 leaves) in (1) The (ff. It begins: — harih srlganapataye namah avighnam i astu i duhkhatrayabhighataj jijiiasa tadapaghatake hetau drste saparttha cen naikiintatyantatobhavat drstavad asravikas sa hy avisuddhiksayatisayayuktah. etc. subhani astu (2) n h The Bhasyarthasamgraha. first The MS. leaves. 10 12fx2 in. and faulty". "Whish dated 1831. (1) + 10 -f- 80 + (2) or 11 lines on a Malayalam page. may be about Malayalam. or Sankhyakdrikd. Character: The in Grantha. . Date: Entry by Mr. 4 It begins (f. . It ends (f. . etc. pupil of Visvesvarananda (ff. Prof. Aufreeht. Sdiikhyasaptati. 1 "All this (tatha ca siddhibhih) from the Tattvakaunmudl of Vacaspatmisra. 50 years older. . 4): harih snganapataye — — Yati. Size: 103.

pupil of generally given (Prof.) .-5* 143 hs- It ends (f. na yadi sayo ^tac >. 45:— ity aryyamatir yyasya soyam aryyamatit. on the Saukhyasaptati. on Vacaspatimisra's of a BadMranya* It I (ff. a pupil work by 3). 10):— atrantahkaranopadher badhitatvan na gamanadisamka iyam evaitat siitrasaindarbhapratipadya bhasyakaradyabhimata ca sadasaditasarvajfiatvena iti srl-Vis>esvaranandagurupran Brahmanandayadina (sic) krtasrimatbhasyartthasamgraha(h) samaptah Srlmatbhasyahvayo visnuli prasldatu sada mama yadiyarasam asvadya na ma>-—nonyapumartthadrk n srigurubhyo namah snsfnvrn vagrahebhyo namah sriramava naj»~£ (3) ecc. (No. A Commentary (ff. 45—80). ll jijnasyeta khya ca sastram sa sri-Vacaspatimisraviracita samkhyasaptativyaharih om sampurna II (4) Supercommentary The SamhyavivaranataUvalcaumtidi. Bodhabharati. atmanam asariritan gurun bhaktya namami karunakaran atifr vyacikhyasur bhagavan Vacasp as Bharatlyati. Aufrecht. etc. nityani I begins:— yatprasadad ajan vijajnau nam grimatsamkhyasaptatim " « The author's name is Bodharanya. by Vdcaspatimisra 1—45). It begins: — ajam etam lohitasuklakrspam bahvih prajas aja etan I srjamanan namamah enam bhuktabhoga sisyaya asamastan jusamanam bhajante jahaty Kapilaya mah&munaye l casmaraye Pahcasikhaya tatheSvaraiha khalu pratipitsitam arttham ki'snayaite namasySmah pratipadayan pratipadayitavadheyavacano [bhavacano] bhavati preksavatam apratipitsitan tu pratipadayat nayam laucui auiuatwvdu kiko na p'arlksaKa in preKsa(vajiuuusa caisam pratipitsitortthah yo jatah purusartthaya kalpate paramapurusartthasadhaity adipsitasastravisayajfianasya tasya tasya | «f^ natvahetukan tadvisayajijhasam avatarayati d'uhkhatrayahetau evam hi sastravibhigbataj jrjnasa tadapaghatake nama duhkkan jaeati na syiit.

. Character: Grantha. 790 sq. r or o lines on a page. . Date: Probably early 18 th century. o-o -j. Palm leaves. sakalabhuta(m) ca yasya i srstir yyasya smitam sakalabhautikasrstir esa yanniayaya vilasitan jagad mdrajalam tasmai namo bhagavate parainesvaraya n adbigatabhida purvacaryyan upetya sahasradha samprapya . Part I of tbe Vizianagram Sanskrit Series (Benares 1890). in 4 PariccheOn das. by Appayya Bll-sita. Notices No." An edition of this work has been published in vol.sauripadotgata jayati bhagavatpadasrimanmukhambujanirgata jananabarinl suktir brahmadvayaikaparayana etc. . See also Ind. Wl5lfl pramanabhapanir iti. nvitoide cover tbe titles are "Siddhantbe following given: Tbe talesasamgraha. It begins: — yadviksanam IV. or Siddhdntabhedasamgraha.x Material: „. p. . « 4 •- — . yeti cet tatraha baimv r^ajas srjamanad It ends:— saktitustisiddkakhya ity arabhya viparyy(ay)adakatkita ihety artthah yah padarttha iti sastih padartthah niatih kva srl-Vacaspate(h) suktih kva ca mandasya me iti tat (P) cckoddhyam subuddhibhih etac ca I I 1 n kayitani yat sri-Badliaranyasripadasisyaparamabamsaparivrajakacaryyasri-Bodbabharatisripadakrta samkhyavivaranatatvakaumudl n subham astu samapta . etc.\^) leaves. 104 . 2820 reads: kva capi sanmatam tattvam iti. i sarid iva niahidesan i i Mitra.-S* 111 hS- parisamaptiprabalapraripsitasya granthasyapratibandhena sistucravapanpalanaya pratyartthino vyuda(read^ulia)rttham j ca pradhanasya pum(so) bhogapavargarttha(m) purusarns ksanasastratatparyyakatkanapurvakam pradhanam na ity aja adislokena jayata ca namasyaty ajam ekam ity nanu uttarenanvayah namama ity ta syan mulaprakrtih namaskaras-* visayatvan pravrttila- iLjc. I 105. son of JRangaraja D'iksita. . f~y . or Siddhantasarasamgraha. WfflSH No. I. Vedantasastrasiddliantalekisamyrulift. . Off.

the modern parts Material: t! i at the end of the 18 th or beginning of the 19 th century. p. The first leaf. to 12 lines from 9 on a page. (1) philosophical treatise. and ff. Whish No. Aufrecht CC. Date: The MS..->• 145 »«- iti It ends: vedantas^strasiddhantalesasaingrahe caturtthah paricchedah vidvatguror villi tavisvajidaddhvarasya 1 11 — srlsarvatomukharaahavratayajisunoh sri-Ramgarajamakhiii. consists of old and modern parts. 13) begins: — ekapadartthasam- aparapadartthanisthatyantabbavapratiyogitvapraka- 2 Doubtful aksara.i sritacandramaulir asray Appadiksita iti prathitas tanujah 2 tantrany adhltya sakalani sa tritapada vyakhyanakausalakalavisadikrtani atmaya viikyaniJ anuruddhya ca samprai I dayasiddhantabhedalavasamgraham ntaritisu ity akarslt I siddha- maya bhvamadiisitena syad yad yathapi likhitam I sadaya bhavantu om sabdantarabbyasagunasamkbya praka(ra?)nanamadheyani bbedakarotu mama kalyanam karunanidbir sadhakapramanani (?) yadi kincid asya samsodbane sasrayas 11 satsampradayaparisilananirvisanikab barih II 11 . . are written by a different hand and have a more modern appearance. A — The sarge 1 first leaf (marked f. Palm leaves. jha] 14tX2^ in. (l) + 23 [14—23 marked by letters from ka to +30 + 1 [single leaf inserted between 21 and 22] + 41 leaves. Size: 105. sadavadftta Ed. . or fragment of a larger work See (Gadadhart?) called Yogyatauadartha (ff. Isvarah I jananasthitisambfira(n) jagataiii vidadbati yah n n snmanmabadevaya ^ambaya (read sambaya) parasmai brahmane namah om brabmaiva satyan jagan mitbya on tat sat siva siva sri subbam astu. The older parts may have been written in the beginning of the 18 century. 482. 1 13). asthaya 3 mulam Ed. ii n n 106. 10 . 22—41 at the end of the MS. Character: Grantha.

See Aufrecht CC. 143. T Ind. 245. anumitim pratiparvatlyadhumavyapako vahnir It begins: 19b— 23b). p.sl rakaprama^isesyatvabhavo yogyatafm] ghatam anayety atra varttate. etc. Off. Aufrecht-Oxford. F. etc. — ity It breaks off with the words: akarakah parfimarsa eva hetuh. p. 19): — samapto n laukikavisayatavadartthah ii srivemkatesaya namah etc.~H 146 K~ idr. (4) of Yenkatanatha. It ends (f. It begins: visayatavada and visayatavada(ff. v. 2-12 contain the two first leaf last Paricchedas. Mitra. —yogyatavadas samaptah 13 b: —yogyatavadartthah samaptah (2) harih om. 1-12). by Dharmarajildlivanndra. Walker 201 i. treatise or fragment See Aufrecht-Oxford. 611: Navlnamatavlcara. 648. Hall. 1. called Laukikavisayatdvaddrtlia 14 — — ghatani 19). IV. ]S r. (3) The Paramarsavadariha. 8: n ca yogyata F. rtha). Sake 1769). Nr. 41 sq. Notices. 3. a pupil and the author of the Tarkacudamani. dhumlya — ity akarakaba- dhadipratibaddhyatvaprasamgah tadrsadhumaprakaratriya. A philosophical treatise (part of the Gadadhari? p. 6 in the edition of the text published at Calcutta. s&ksatkaromity anuvyavasayavisayai taya laukikavisayataya atiriktayas siddhir iti navlnah etc. 147. TkeYedantaparibliCixd. and of several Commentaries (ff. p. See Aufrecht CC. s. The contains the beginning of the first Pariccheda as far (as p. See the beginning of the Laukikavisayavicara in MS. Cf. p. F. another from the Gadadliari (ff. 269. while ff. 1 begins: tan naumi — yadavidyavilasena bhiitabhautikasrstayah i i paramatmanam saccidanandavigraham i yadan- tevasipahcasyair nnirasta bhedivaranah tan naumi narasim- hakhyam yatindram paramam guruin snmat-Vemkatana- .

1 41). yas sumanasas sarvarttha- nam upakrame yan natva krtakrtya[su] syus tan namami naidagbabhanukiranesv iva varipiiras sarvo gajananam vibhati yadabodhavasat prapancah malapbaniva ca nitat nillati naumi brahma sukbam advayatprabodhat i I yam atmarupam I a setor a Dbarmmarajaddbvarlndran sumeror api bbuvi viditan vandeban tarkacudamanimaI nijananaksiradbims tatapadan sastrajatani jagati krtini yat[sa]karunyan mayabhud veda- adbigatam adhikan durgrabam suksmadbikair apyantam makbakrta Ramakrsnahvayena solum tatavinirmmitam I i I Qtaparibhasakhyam vyakaromi sarvam srutyantarttbaprakasikam etc.~x thakhyan 147 k~ i vilamkiUinivasinah i sarvatantrapravarttakan vibharijani tika sasadharasyapi i jagatgurun ahaip vande yena cintamanau hka daSatlkatarkkacudamanir nnama kyta vidvanmanorama I i balavyutpattidayini padayojanaya paricapadika vyakrta tatha tena bodhaya mandanam vedantarttbavalambini Dharmmarajaddhvarindrena paribhasS i i vitanyate I ilia turvidhapurusarttliesu iti Dharmmarfijaddhvarindraviracitayara vedantaparibhasayam visayaparicchedah It ends (f. 13 30. Tbe two first — . — Pariccbedas only. a commentary. with foil. 12):— iti siddham prayojanam iti DharrnmaraII F.sad oblong). by Edmdkrsnddhvarin tbe son of tbe author Dharmardjddhvarindra (ff. was published at Benares (202 begins (f. It A lithographed edition of this work. 10* . but nothing seems to be missing. (5) Tbe Veddntasilchdmani. a new numbering of leaves begins. II jaddhvanndraviracitayam vedantaparibbasayam astamabarib om om brahmadibhyo brahmavidyaparicchedah sampradayakarttrbhyo naniah vedantaparibhaseyam sarasa II ii likhita may a i etena vandito devah kcsabbvam priyatam barib. a Commentary on tbe Vedantaparibhdsd. i 13): — vagi. 30. etc. 8b: — khalu dharmmartthakamanioksakhyesu camoksa eva paramapurusartthah. After f..

Ill (sadamgaprakaranan nama) f. V (upavedakaranan nama) f. Character: Grantha. Date: Entry by Mr. 23 b. 74b. Whish No. two others are lost. VII (jhanaprakarana) f. Material: years older. Whish as 'an admirable cyclopaedia of modern works of Science.' It begins: —lokadehadikaryyanam tu trividho karanasyadikaranam i i prapancahrdayadharam tan darsyate sa namami sada harim atheda- nlm asesapurusartthasesataya sakalaprapahcoyam iha pravedyavidyavettrprapahcabhedena tatra vedyaprapaiico dvividhah tanubhuvanabhedena tatra tanur dvividha[h] sthavarajamgamadehena tatra pancavidha sthavarah. VI (beginning: Patala I — kalasamsaraduhkhapravahanivarttako moksopi [vi]pradarsyate i) ends f. P. It ends: vaisvanara svayam vahnir brahmarandhravinir- — yathaiva mathito vahnir aranim sandahet tatha brahmaivasantapayati svan deham apadatalamastakam gatah i I i sau bhaved atma na punar janmabhag bhavet I nanavijha- najananam vidvajjanamanoharam i prapahcahrdayakhyam .-$h 148 h§~ mithyatvam bodhyam anumanarupena prayojanam upasamharati tasmad iti iti Dharmmaraof the MS. so also part of f. (vedaprakaranan nama) f. cannot be many Injuries: One of the three leaves ff. The MS. described by Mr. (2) + 95 + (1) leaves. P. 18.. II etc. P. and parts of the The Prapahcahrdaya. P. 82 to 84. 34b. athedanim asesapurusartthagryas saP. P. Size: 12-| 106. 89.: 11 End — va jaddhvarlndiatmaja-sri-Ramakrsnaddhvariviracite vedanta- sikhamanau anumanaparicchedah sri-Ramakrsnaya namah n n harih om n 107. 48 b. 66. (tanubhuvanaprakaranan nama) ends f. leaves. IV (caturttham upamgaprakaranam) f. 8 or 9 lines X li Palm in. 59 b. Whish dated 1831. on a page. in 8 Patalas.

tasmat sarvavltanam indrasoniasavanasarabandhitvan man- . a new by the letters ka. . 247. Material: Palm leaves. idanim ayaugikesu vrihyadival lokarudhesu jatigunavacanasabdesu cinta na hy anuinanikakaranatvanurodhena pratyaksaprasiddhibadhas sanibhava[n]titi puIt begins: I —harih rvadhikaranenasiddhih nanv ajyai stuvate prsthai stuvate bahispavamanena stuvata ity upapattivakyatvad etany uda- namadheyam va guno vapy avadharitam (sic) vyavaharamgatam yati saivodaharanaksama sa tu nodahrta sutrakarena yasmin gunopadesa iti gunavaharttavySni tatha hi utpattau kyasyasritatvat. ga. 205 b. and a smaller one letters. 3 and ending with the end of the second Pada of the third Adhyaya. the second Pada ends on 175. Size: 107.. etc. 4. the third Pada ends on f. 100 years older. Character: Malayalam. . The Mimamsd-Tantravarttika. ends with the 2 nd Pada of the 3 rd Adhyaya:— The first f. Whish No. srigurubhyo naniah 108. kha. (f. f. The MS. etc. 112b to the different hands. (1) + 266 + (1) leaves. by Kumarila Svamin. 1 to The leaves are numend). 196 b. The MS.-5* hi 149 Kr- prapancottamabhusanam samyakjiianapradanisas ca da (?) jnanam sarvavastusu aprakfisyam idan tantrarn iti samharavanadahakam prapahcahrdaye astamah paI I ll talah H prapahcahrdayam samfiptam om n i . 112b). may be about Two (ff. 114b. Whish dated 1831. The rttike 30b): iti mimamsatantravaprathamasyaddhyayasya caturtthah padah n samal rBt Adhyaya ends ll — ptas caddhyayah Pada of the 2 nd Adhyaya ends on f. beginning with I. 15tX2 in. 19. foliation begins. Date: Entry by Mr. a larger one (ff. bered by After according to the system mentioned above to No. from 8 to 10 lines on a page. The second Adhyaya ends on f.

The Kavalayanandiya. I I It ends: — gunena i tadlyasnanato gamgayah i pavanatva- guno varnitah gunopayadvarnyate sa ullasah ditlvarddhamadyasyodaharanam (sic) tatra pativratamahima gunena I tadiyasnanato gamgayah harih om I iti kuvalayanandlyam sampurnam II 110.. Whish No. 7 lines on a page. Date: Entry by Mr. is fragment or fragments of a work belonging to the Samgitasastra . and treating of the art of dancing and A . Date: 18th r 19th cent. 84 leaves..? Character: Grantha. namah I I parasparatapassampatI phalatita(read phalayita?)parasparau prapahcamatapitarau prancau jayapati stumah kosam dhanyais cirad i utghatya yogakalaya hrdayabjayah api yatharuei grhyamanah I prasphuraty aviratam paripurnarupas sreyas sa me disatu sasvatika(m) mukundah alamkaresu balanam avagahanasiddhaye lalitah kriyate tesam laksyalaksanasamgrahah i i yesan candraloke drsyante laksyalaksanaslokah prayas ta eva tesam itaresan tv abhinava viracyante etc. 113. Diksita. 1831. See Auf- It begins: — srlgurubhyo Other copy below No.->. + 41 +(3) leaves. (2) Palm leaves. 9 or 10 lines on a page.' The MS. 6-£xls in. by Appayya recht CC. X It in. Size: 7-f 108. p. Whish dated 'December probably not much older. Material: Character: Grantha. 150 n k~ ity travat bhaksanam iti siddham miviracite guruvakyalesasaragrahe acaryya-Kumarilasvamimamsatantravarttike n trtiyasyaddhyayasya dvitiyah padah 109. Whish No. Size: 109. 127. Material: Palm leaves.

A < The tatha I MS. i begins: — hastabhavaSirodr^tirekhapuspanjalis II i mukhacaliyacalrya dvadasamgani atah param pata- kalaksanam prasaranam amgullnam amgusthasya ca kuncanSt patakakhyakaraproktah karatlkavicaksanaih natyai i rambhe parivahe vare vastunisedhake kucasthale nisayaii ca nadyam amaramandale etc. Aufrecht informs me. 35 ends: — vame il i pitthakam i radhaya tu mrgasirsam syat daksine ca kadarsane caiva ratnavall niyujyate n srlgurubhyo namali F. 60. 35b begins: ramgalaksanam — ddasahastaparakramat I I devalaye the i purodese narapater sabhayah ca bhaveyuh i etc. 1 The title NatyalaTcsana work culled Abhlnngiven by Mr. 41) with the words:— stambaI pralayaromahcasvedo vaivarnyam eva ca ity astau satvikah parikirttitah I asruvaispiiiyyam As Prof. puratas tatha F. 31 begins: — hamsasyahastalaksanam virala i i maddhyama- dyas trayomgulyo prasrta yadi tarjanyamgusthasamslesat karo hamsasyako bhavet etc. p. F. 36b breaks off with caiva brahmahatyadipatakam ddhne strlpumsayos tatha il words:— anyatha nrtyate etau tau vipaiitau tu badakaro danuja- F.->• 151 x~ acting.esvara. breaks off (f. 30b ends: ity abhinayadarpanara harih om sri- — il i gurave namali F. attributed to Xa?uW. the work pana. 39 begins: I il — tantrlraja harih om n namas tubhyam tantrl layasajnI anvita gandharvakulasambhuta sesakara namostu te etc. 1 is the Alhinayadar- . Bharatacfiryyo narttakivakalavati astau sul tatpascat gayakas tisthet pascat ganika dasa va catasro va bhaveyu pa (read bhaveyuh) vibhramanvitah i I i F. F. The MS. 37 begins: — makaras tu mahadevo ntakah i etc. 38 ends: — purato iti natyalaksanam ucyate F. Whish is doubtful. but chiefly of the various motions of the hands used by female dancers (abhinaya). Tanjore. yadarpana see below) is mentioned by Burnell.

67 b. 24: iti Varahamihiracaryyaviracite horasastre dviti- yoddhyayah f. F. 233 Size: 14f in. It ends: svabhrantike minantyadrekkanarupam aha — I sarppanivestitamgo[r] vastrair vihinah purusa[h]s tv atavyam I vikrosatentyopagato jhasasya ay am sarppadrekkanah purusa[h]s tatharanyas ca n 36 H iti horasastre pahcavirpsoddhyayah n om coranalavyakulitantaratma I II II (2) Fragment It begins: It of an astronomical treatise — vargesa (ff. grahayonibhedaddhyayo vyakhyayate I tatra prathamena slokena purvoktasya horakhyasya kala- kalatma purusasyatniadisvarupani rajadiriipatvah caha dinakrn manas tuhinagus satvam. A. A. ucyante tv II bhaumacchavic candrarai vijna^ukravakredyamandakah kusutamaredyah ends: avisesarajapadaviparavatam gopuram brahmasthrinani uranivirapadavl rudrasana dvadasa rahos tu mitrani kavldyamandah ketos tathaivatra ii — mukhyamSas II vadanti ta(j)jnah . 4). It Off.-$* 152 h^- 111. A. etc. (1) generally 9 or 10 lines on a page. See Ind. 113. p. 230b. 4 xlf + + + 37 + 37 + 43 + (1) leaves.. 233. Material: 110 A. Adhyayas II— XXV. and Malayalam (the two last works). A. 5 f. f. — atha begins: — V. Palm leaves. (Ff. a Commentary {Suhodhim). with The Horasastra. Date: Probably end of 18 th century. 16 f. Character: Grantba (the first three works). A. 7 f. 177. 24 f.) i. A. 11 151b. 1093 sq. 48. 192. 25 233 b. II Adhyaya 4 ends f. 20 f. A. e. (1) VaraliamiliircCs Brhajjatdka. Whish No.

II tribluivanacandrajinen- dram bhaktyana(r)ttya trilokasarasya vrttim yam II kincijna (read vrttir yatkimcijjna)prabodhanaya prakasyate vidhina 1 ii jiyad akalamkadyah surir ggunablmriranialavrsadharl anavaratavinatajinamatavirodhivadiprajo jagati h 2 F. by Sahkara. sitam It begins: *** i — harih (Ff. Sixth Rep. see in Poona Cat. (1897) No.) Mr. p. (Prof. with numerous diagrams in the text. 599). It ends: samadisampatsamyuktair ddhyeyo yah purusottamah tasmai namostu krsnaya samsaraklesahfirine — ll iti srimat-Govindabhagavatpujyapada-i ?yasya srimatparivra- . Peterson. — n i p. ib. "D* (4) The Sdhasrandmasamgrahdbhdsya. (Ff.-5* 15:] K- (3) Fragment of the Trilokasdravrtti. a Commentary on the Visnusahasrandma.) srlganapataye namah avighnam astu (blank) nnamamy adya divyam vacam sarasva*** tim (blank) sahasranamavyakhyeyam brahmajnana na nirmmita adis tvam sarvabhutanam maddhyam antas tatha bhavan. etc. 35b):— etavat khandanam 9 000 vatabahalyasya dandikrtatvad ayam jaghanyavagahopi saha 4 phala 1 icche I lab2 pra rddhahastatrayarupah ? = dhadanda I anena Irairasikena dandlkrtah. 303. Leumann by It begins: — srivitaragaya namah letter).it as In the '-first part of the Triloka-saram. 20b: — samkhyapramanam II samaptam ii atha samkhyaII pramanavisesas caturddasa dharah saprapahcam pradar- syedanlm prakrtam upamapramanastakam nirupayati ° 8 vanitanuIt ends (f. 37. IV. 108 (VIII. 37. vol. Other MSS. a Jaina work. 411 (XVIII. 1431. Bhandarkar. 268). Then follow two leaves with diagrams. XI (1897). No. 1002. p." siddhan namah the margin of the first page we read: ahan namah See Professor Leutrilokasaravyakhyanam mann's list in the Vienna Oriental Journal. of the Trilokasara. Whish describe.

I tatra tavad atma va are drastavya It ends: — harim iti. 43. Size: 11tX2 in. Part II (1886). HOB. . Whish No. .. (Ff. 1—20.) The Tippana has been printed Kavyaastu nir- mala. It begins: harih srlganapataye namah avighnam namah srigurubhyo jatyakhyagunakarmmavarjjitataya nnitam apy — agamair jjatyayam pasupalam aptavacasah krsnam grnanty akhyaya srlsani jhaninam Isvaram suyasasam vlram viraktam gunais trata rajju (?) gatah ca karmmabhir alio devaya tasmai namah srimac-Chankarapujyapadaracitam padadikesavadhistotran datram aghasya netram amalam tratram hareh preksitum vyacikhyasati mayyani hasati satam esapi ya hasati vyaktam bhaktir athapi visnupadayoh pusnati me dhrxnutam. Date: 18 * or 19th cen t. (2) + 38 + ( 1) -f- 35 leaves. s Vismipadddikesantastuti. Material: Palm leaves. i vira yugavartta iti caturtthasya dra iti sasthasya srivatsavaksa I iti iti pancamasya saptamasya n I I kavlnsaktety astamasya iti ii I aksobhya iti navaraasya dasamasya svastida srlkrsnaya &rJgurubhyo namah namah (5) A Commentary text with a on i§ankara . 8 or 9 lines on a page.~>i srirnac - 154 <- jakacaryyasya Chamkarabhagavatah krtih sYisasahasranamahasranamasamgrahabhasyakhya samapta 11 prathamasatake Vfsakapir iti i ksetrajnoksara i dvitlyasatakasyadih I ekan nama ity sandhata iti trtiyasya i .? Character: Grantha. . in the incomplete. pp. etc tistha trnani gosthasauri manisyamarucini tatra svairahcaran(?) svayam bhukta iv&patrptin trpn yanty udarah paratarppanena 42 II II 112.

~>. 22—24). iti It ends: sritrisatl nama mahastotram sampurnam I — harili om n srigurubhvo namah (4) II The Ambdstava It begins: — yam (ff. 239) (ff. It ends: — ity umamahesvarasa invade rajarajesvaiitantre I i i moksaprade divyamaragaladdhyanan nama trimsatpatalah (2) u The Lalitadevistotra from the Lalitopdkhyana of the Brahmwnda-Purdna (Uttarakhanda) (ff. 1 55 KS~ (1) The Divyamangaladhydna. It begins: srlmahadevyai namah Agastya uvaca asvanana mahabuddhe sarvasastravisarada kathitam lali- — i — n I tadevyas caritam paramatbhutam etc. jesvaritantra (ff. devyas tatah pattabhisecanam It I purvam pradurbhavo ends: — i iti lalitopakhyane tadevistotram srl. Trisati Stotra It begins: — om parasaktyai namah i Sri. see Aufrecht CC. p. 7 15).Agastya i uvaca I tvattas hayagriva dayasindho bhagavan chisya vatsala srutam asesena srotavyam yad yad asti tat rahasyanama i sahasram api tvattas srutam maya etc. tarn arddhapalla- amana[ya]nti munayah prakrti(m) puraI nlm vidyeti yam srutirahasyagiro grnanti . 1 — | a chapter from the Bdjara- 6). 16-21).Markandeyaviracite brahmandottare stotrakhande hayagrivagastyasamvade lal_i- sampiirnam II srimahatiipiirasundaryyai namah The n (3) (from the Lalitopdkhyana in the Uttarakhanda of the Brakmdnda-Purdna. I devadeva mahadeva sacciIt begins: — sridevy uvaca dananda vigraha paficakrtyaparesana paramananda dasrirajarajarajesi ya sris tripurasundarl yaka tasya ddhyanam mamacaksva yadi te karuna mayi etc.

srlr astu i (6) The Anandasagarastava (by Ntiakantha Diksita) 33 b). . 452. v. It begins: — kallolollasitamrtabdhilaharlmaddhye virajani s. (2): Read with MS. 25. manidvipe kalpakavatikaparivrte kadambavat[t]yujvale ratnastambhasahasranirmmitasabhamaddhye vimanottame cintaratnavinirmmitam janani te simhasanam bhavaye 1 It ends: — phalasruti cetasam 1 I II ii I sriinantraksaramalaya girisutam suniyatarp pujarcaye sandhyasu prativasaram tasyamalasyacirat cittambhoruhamandape girisuta nrttam vidhatte sada vanlvaktrasaroruhe jaladhijagehe jaganmaingala II 16 ii harih om . 27 b — Incomplete. 43 yah pujayec cetasa. sampattikalpataravas tripure jayanti ete kavitvakumudaII prakaravabodhapurnendavas tvayi jagajjananipranrimah 1 It ends: iti Kalidasaviracitam carccastavam sampurnam ii — II harih 1 om subham astu. No. and in the See above No. 34—36). 63 (3). begins: — vijnapanarhaviralavasaranavaptya I See above No. table of contents at the beginning of the MS.-*4 156 Kr- vitasamkararupamudran 1 prapadye 11 devlm ananyasaranas harih saranam n It ends: — ambastavam n sampurnam (5) i I om I srl- gurubhyo namah The Mantraksaramala. mandon dyame mayi daviyasi visvamatuh avyajabhutakarunapavanapaviddhany anta smaramy aham apamgataramgitani n 1 It ends: kahcigunagrathitakahcanaveladrsyah canda- — takamsukavibhaiiarabhagasobhi paryyamkamandalapariskaranam purane ddhyayami te vipulam aqaba nitambabimbam 69 ii ii (7) The Carccastava. . p. 25 — 27). by Kaliddsa. in 25 stanzas It begins: — saundaryyavibhramabhuvo bhuvanadhipatyaI (ff. . and Aufrecht CC.. 43 (2). The latter title is given in the margin of f. It (ff. or Mdnasapujd (ff.

It ends: evam ^isyena prstam prativiviktam saccidanandam brahmasvarupan tasmad upadisya gamayati 85 ity n — i vedantasastram pancasitya akhilam Sesas tu jagadadharah il I aryya- idam vikare n iti baddhah (read babandha) paramartthasaram dantini daruparamartthasaram samaptam sopi daru tirobhavati tatraiva I jagad il iti iti tatha paramatma paramatmany eva jagat viracitaryyas samapta il tirodhatte Sesa- srlgurubhyo namah ll (10) The Kartawryarjunakavaca. eva visnum saranam prapadye il 1 il asyayain artthah. 841. by Sesanaga. Hall p. 37 — ivamrtapuritabhir llak>mlsvayanivaranamamgaladipikabhih sevabhir araba tava pai — kalyanavrstibhir namah 38). No. 353 (MS. the 12 th 23—35 = 1 — 13). vol. 698. by Kalidusa It begins: (ft". p. I I srlmatkrsnasarasvatya guros tatvartthadarsinah I praripsi- tasya granthasyavighnena parisamaptaye pracayagamanaya sistacaraparipalanaya paramatmasmaranalaksanam galam acarati n paramparasyah prakrter anadikam ekan nivistam bahudha guhasu sarvalayam sarvacaracarasthii mam- tam i tarn etc. See Aufrecht. with a Commentary. bhaktimatah jananam 1 dasarojamulenakari Kalidasaviracitam kalyanastavam samaptam It ends: — kirn rnanasi II il n 6rlmahadevyai n Silmahatripurasiindaryyai namo namah n om I (9) The Paramdrthasara. Ill. It ranam vasudhadharam vacasam adikaSesam asesasukhadam param prapadye caranadvandvam advandvam sukhaduhkhadam I — vandeham begins: vasudevapriyam p."5* 157 ks~ (8) The Kalyanastava. Part IV. Uddamaresvaratantra (ff. Off. Ind. Mitra. Notices. Wilson 535). 105.Oxford p. Adhyaya of the . II.

158 It Kr- begins: — yolah caracaragurur bhuvanam I bibhartti yasyarddham adritanaya visadasrnitasya yasyogratanikamukhakrttagalo vidhata rudrasya murttir akhilam si vain atanotu asya rudrasya bhagavan agnih kandarsih ccbando mahavirat sambhur devata tatra jabalopanisat atha hainam brahmacarina ucuh. 8 or 9 lines on a page. etc. See No. 126. Whish No. MalayaA. (in lam language). D. by Laksmldhara. Size: lolx It in. (1) + 126 + 17 + (1) + first 24 leaves. It begins: — harih griganapataye namah avighnam astu i dhavalajaladavarnnan candramahkhandacudam parasuharinahastam jnanamudrabhiramam bhujagaparavirajatkam- kanan jatiuhaliuii dalitanatajanarttin daksinamurttim ide Laksmldharena vidusa kriyate srutiranjini vidvatkaviI .) in 12 Sargas. 1810. 111. Character: Malavalam. 142 (Whish No. (1) The Bridiranjini. a Commentary on Jayadevcvs Gitago- vinda. 144) for another copy of the same work. Date: At the end of the work the date is given i. January of the Kollam year 985 e. (Ff. son of Yajnesvara. Material: Palm viz. Scribe: Krsnadvija. It ends: ity uddainaresvaratantre karttavlryyarjunakai I i I — [i] vacan nama dvadasoddbyayah i II karttaviryyarjjunamahaI I dattatreyabliagavrm rsih anustup cchandah namas saktih prom bijam karttaviryyarjjuno devata mantrasya i i karttaviryyarjjunayeti kllakam i I karttavlryyarjjunaprasada- am prem cchrim siddhyartthe jape viniyogah um am brim um sikha kllm blirum I sirah i I am im em krom I srlm aim kavacam viryyarjjunaya I om hum n namah ah n I am srikarttapbat netram mulam om prem astram i I i cchrim kllm bhruni ttaviryyarjjunaya am hrira krom srlm hum phat srlkar- namah 113. leaves..

MS. 17): — caturtthadivase maddhyahnarkkena samyukte ajalagne budhadrste hy asvatarinam adarsanam bruyat suskanadikulagata labhyante mrgyamanais tab 1 2 3 4 5 MS. 17). 144. ke. karkarasi. 144. budhair. — saddhvi sarkare sarkarasi^ asi mrtam iha maddhvika cinta na bhavati bhavatah draksyanti tes tvam amrta ksiraniratvam esi moce ma jiva jayadharadhadrakse n 11 rakuhare majja yusmajjayayai va kalpam kalpitamgya yad bhuvi gira sthlyate jayadevya he maddhvika iti kollam 900 ayidvadasasarggah grlkpsnaya namah 11 ll I rattaempattafi liavuni camata makaramasam ancEntlyaticoppac cayum rohaniyum likhitam pustakam suklapaksattil dvadasiyum simhah kara- kutiyadivasampataleye^anugrahena Kpsnadvijena grigurubhyo naniah etc. It begins: srlganapataye namah avighnam astu ena traikalajnanam uktam ajhanatimiravattibhvah tajnanan divyayutam vaksye tasmai namaskrtya jyotisaphalam ade&ah — harih phalarttham arambhanam bhavati loka tasmad yatnah karyyo hy adese jyodisajfiane navabhir nnavabhir athamSer nnispanna rasayo F. ll etc. . Whish Xo. 10: — etc. Whish No. and on the title page the title Krsniyam given. It ends (f. Whish No. In the of f. MS. panditair. Whish No. 144. iti jivayonih ll candras catuspadastho dre- kkano. dvitayan tad dayanighnaih. MS. MS. ll (2) Fragment margin is of 1.~$* 159 Kr- mude gltagovindasyartthadlpika tra yad istam likhyate nayac canistam vilikhyate dvitayam tad dayaip righnaih 2 ksamyatam varnnitair mmayi na buddhyate sudhairJ 1 i ggltagovindasyartthagauravam vyakhyanaSatakenapi vihaya srutirafijinlm It ends: I etc. 111. an astronomical treatise (ff. 144. Whish No.

2 etc. Whish No. Size: a page. (1) + 95 + (8) leaves from 9 to 12 lines on "It by Sankaracarya". T It begins: harih srlganapataye — namah avighnena pari- samaptir astu[h] taye suklambaradharam visnum sasivarnnam caturbbujam prasannavadanam dhyaye sarvavighnopa^anajhanatimirandhasya jiiananjanasalakaya caksur unmilitam yena tasmai srigurave namah athasadhanaatmanatmavivekam catustayasamvakyanantaram ucyate i i . 24): — iti vedantasare videhakaivalyalaksane II samsararahasye dvavimsoddhyayah upadesavedantasiddhyarahasyam samaptah srlgurubhyo namah n I ll 114. 1 112 A. author is in 22 Adbyayas. The name of the not given. 16r/Xli is in. . 2 Read utpannam ukasad vayur vayor agnir agner apah? . F. . Aufrecht. i atma sarlratrayam I vilaksana avasthattrayasaksi nityasu- ddhabuddhamukam (?) satyaparipurnnasaccitanandakatvam nama kalattrayanasanarahitatvam nama kalattrayavidya- mama manaprakasatvam svasaktasasamsayadbivirodhi svabhavatva (read °tvam nama?) tasmad anantarupatvam satva- rajastamogunasvarupam ajnanasaccidanandasvarupam brahmanah ubhayah (?) akasam ulpannam akasadvayum vayor ahni ahni ravah. 7 iti vedantasare sariralaksanam nama yah trtiyo- — II : — ddliyayah It II F. Prof. 4: iti vedantasare prapancarahasyaprathamoddhyaF. . lob: — iti vedantasare bhaktilaksanasamii pranaye trayodasoddhyayah ends (f.H>» 160 Kr- sukre ksitejalagne dhenudvayara atra garbhini caika tisrnam gavam adarsanam astamadivase bhavel labhah budhadrste tallagne hy asvatarmani adarsanam bruyat svahkale ravyudaye labhyante mrgayamanena adya caturtthe divasecchagostainesvare drste prativesiko vayasyo navame divase svayan deta sasisukrabbyam drste sitir ggavo bhutas sagopalah i (3) Tbe Veddntasdra..

Pate: Probably end of 18 tk Scribe: Yasudeva.nyahrdisthabhyam maya neyam krta krtih stotravyakhyayam bhaktapriyayam dvadasaskandhaparicchedah Vasudevena likhitam idam harih etc. The BhaJdapriya. n ii i ends: — srlbhagavatavyakhyadrstanartthat 11 . Character: Malayalam. 294. in a 12 Skandhas. brahma etc.-*h Material: Palm leaves. avighnam astu i gajananam giran devim Vyasam kamsahanam gurun bhutesam isain asasitartthadan pranamamy aham §rimatbh5gayatartthasamgrahamayanarayaniSrigurubhyo yahvayam stotrani hrdyam anargham ujvalataraddhvastandhakarodayam yat kanthesu satam anuttamagunam pratyagram utbhasate tasyeyam kriyate yathamati maya vyakhya hi bhaktapriyakirttanam bhagavatkirtter mmatkrtav anusamgikam ity evam prayatnenasmadvyakhyatrtvaprasiddhaye (i) ilia khalu samadhigatanikhilanigamartthasatatva- taya ^abdaparabrahmapara[vara]varinataya paraniabhagavatataya ca sakalasahydayamahitayasas sYi-Narayanakavih paramakarunikataya bhaktanugrahaya srlbhagavatartthanusarinarayaniyabhidham stotraratnan ciklrsuh prathamam prathamaslokena prarlpsitasya stotrasyavighnena parisa- maptipracayagamanabhyam srotrjananikhilajanasamihita- siddhayecastotrapratipadyajagatsarggadidasakalaksanalilaacarati nidanabhutaparatatvanusmaranarupaiiianigalam saksat bhatlti adina brahmaguruvacanapure sandrety I sambandhah saksat bhati. suddhacaitanyam F. 41b: sarvam asrayam sarvannsyiitam guruvacanapuram iti prasiddhe ksetre — iti narayanlyastotravyakhyayam ii bhaktapriya- yam navamaskandhaparicchedah It padanyepi stotrayyakhyanarupena racitani param mayayan namna sammatam stotran jananam antarantara tabhyam (sic) iti narayai. rayana Bhalta of Kerala. p. It begins: — harih namah siiganapataye namah. Commentary on the NarayaniyaThe author of the Stotra is $aSee Aufrecht CC. 161 ne- cent. stotra.

Whish No. the . and in a list on the first leaf. 7—8). e. title in the margin and in the Table of Contents). 8 to (1) + 49 + (1) leaves. Material: Palm leaves. I I It breaks off with the words: — somamandalaya apuryya. sodasa- kalatmanerghyamrtaya nama jalam (3) The Tripurastottara It begins: — kalyani (ff. Collection of titles A (1) The Matrkastava It begins: — apratyaksakatham i (ff.~3H 162 115. or Mdtanglkavaca (the latter i. akrtrimarasam arkapra- kasakramam asmaccittagrham atarkyavibhavam avyajaaksanam adhidevatam aviditam addhvantagam addhvagam aksinagamasamvidabhyupagamam anvemi daksatmajam 1 It breaks off (f. r<~ Size: 12 j X2 in. sundaryy uma bhas[v]avati omkari sarvamamgala It ends (or breaks off) with the words: sarlracesta mama te pranama stutis ca vag indriyavrttir astu sarva manovrttir anusmrtis te sarvan lavaradhanam eva bhuyat — I i i (4) The Syamalambavarmaratna. (2) The Mdtrlidnyasa It begins: — i murtti(r) rsih vatl devata etc. 4b) in the 37 th stanza with the words: bhasmakaravidagdhake hutavahe bhavakrte manniryyatkrpam I I — mathe. tripura bala maya tripurasundari i etc. atha balasamputitamatrkanyasah Daksinagayatri cchandah balarupini matrka saras(ff.? Character: Grantha. and sundry fragments. from 11 lines on a page. The of Stotras. Date: 18th or 19 th cen t.. the Stotras are given in the margins at the beginning of each of them. 112B. i 5—6). 1—4).

13 — 16). nlpapriya kadambesi madaghurnitalocana It ends: etair yyas sacivesanim sakrt stauti sarlravan — tasya trailokyam akhilam haste tisthaty asarasayah (6) n The Balasahasranaman It sribalasahasranamamahamantrasya Daksinamurtti(r) rsih pankti cchandah bala paramesvari aim bijam ksim saktih devata etc. vijaya Syama sacivesi I sukapriya I etc.. F. . 11—12). it i It ends: snsaubhagyalaksinlkalpe caturllaksagranthavistare skandesvarasamvade syaraalambavarmmaratnan — senfipatitvan — i nfinia dasamah patalah n srlsyamalarabayai nainah (5) n The Matahgyastottara Jt begins: — raatamgl (ff. Tanjore.~$h 163 Kr9 tenth Patala of the Saubhdgyalaksmikalpa Burnell. p. 1 ff. haro virihcas ca srstyadin kurute I yaya I namas tripurasundaryya namami padapamkajam (8) The Tripurastava (ff. Printed with the Trqniramaliimastotra 11* in the Kavyanialii. 19 Ave read: — asya rsih i etc. Part XI. 17 — 21 I (7) contain various Mantras for Tantric purposes. attributed title to Durcusas 22—27). p. 21 ends: — harir etc. in 54 stanzas. It begins: i (ff. — 10. 197 b. It ends (or breaks off) with: kamkalapatnl kalindi kaumari kamavallabha panodyukta panasamstha bhima| I I i — asya begins: (ff. See nah devanam pura prapya sadanasadasivam upagamya pitarani vakyam abravlt etc. 17 begins: — sirasi Antaryyami i bhagavan i rsih i mukhe anustup cchandah hrdaye sadyo devata On f. snsaktipahcaksarastotraniahapankti cchandah i inantrasya svaro devata Vamadeva I umamahe- F. — I rupa bhayaprada Ff.

~x It begins: 164 ks- — srlmatas tripure parat paratare devi trilo1 kimaaasaundaryyarnavamanthanotbliavasiidhapracuryyava I rnojvalarn udyatbhanusahasranitatnajapapuspaprabhan vapuh svante me sphuratu trilokanilayam jyotirrainayam te vanmayam It ends: — bhusyam i etc. i 81 seq. — asya iti to Saddsiva (f. too small to make anything of them. Read °nutanajapapu8paprabtaam with Ed. 28 29). It begins: pranamya sambam Isanam sirasa Yainiko nmnih vinayavanato bbiitva papraccha skandam adarat Narad a uvaca etc I I — — tbe 18 th Adhyaya of the It ends: — i iti daksinamurttipanjaran srlbrabmandapurane guhanaradasamvade srisivaya namastadasoddbyayab II namab ii (10) Ff. 160 (2) and 174. Other copies in Nos. ascribed It begins: etc. S. . or Brahmanda-Purdna (ff.i<lasivo bhagavan srimabaganapatistotramalamantrasya rsih anustup cchandah ganapatir I i devata It I ends: n — Sadasivaproktam (12) ganesastakam sam- purnam The Lalitastavaratna (ff. Beginning and end tbe same as No. (11) The Ganapatyastaka. 37 — 49). 36).) nigamanigamanam durgamam yogamargam ayusyam brahmaposyam hariharavisadam kirttim abhyeti bhumau debante brabmabhiiyam parataracaranakaram abbyeti vidvan (9) n 54 i Tbe Dahsindmurttipanjara. 63 (5). vaidusyam udyaddinakarakiranakaI ram akaratejassamnianam (bhurimargam Ed. See above p. 63 (5). 30- — 36 contain various (Tantric?) fragments.

Whish Xo.-S* 165 116. Material: Palm 1»> leaves. h$- Size: 11^x2 in.u)asata(read prasasta?)mlraamsakalpitri- nalpavikalpajalpa^ravanonimsitakalusakalmasikrtavrsamka vi^ayaseiuusitaniiiaiilsinonugrhitakamo mahesvaramsavatara- - yamano (read °nah) padavakyapramanajno Haradattacaryyas saivavaidi(ka)tantravisvasakarinlm avaidikamatanira- karinim ranlm rinim i i samastakalmasapaharinim abkedapurusartthapusamsarasagarottaranlm bhavaikabhaktivibhavavistai I pancasaduttaraslokatmikaip srutisuktimalam cikirsur llaksanapramanabhyam hi nyayena tatsiddhyarttham asyani srutisuktimalayam pr&dhanyena pratii pi)padayisit&ni namassesitvaniratisayai^varyyadigunakatvanarayaiiopaiiisadudiri topasyatvagayatrlpratipadyatvalaksanani kratu&esitvalaksa- nani pancalaksanani pancabrahmanlva paiicaksaraniva srutisiddhani panca *** *** (blank) pancayava(read pancavayava?)sthitasya paramesvarasya pancalaksanani samgrn- hanah tadvisistatvenananasadharanatvad asyaivasrayanivatvad anlsvar am ******** (blank) ntranam visnubrahmadl- nam asrayanlyyatvapattavi(read "tvapattav avi°? ulurat opastety asyaivasrayamyatve hetutvan darSayann aha yasmai nama iti yasmai namo bhavati yasya gnnas samagra ll i aarayanopanisada yadupasanokta yo na(h) pracodayati buddhini adhikrtau yas tan tvam ananyagatir Isvara sam1 namo namaskarah. The MS. or — begins: p. (1) + 102 + 31 + (1) leaves. in 149 verses. 113. Sec Stein-Jammu. 359 i seq. (1) Caturvedatatparyasamgrdha . 9 or 10 lines on a page. Mr. may be about 50 years older. srayami n ll . by Haradatta. It The Srutisuktimdld. Character: Grantha. Whish gives the title 'Caturvedabhdsya'. ilia khalu kalikalakalananantaram avaidika- bauddhadiraddhantanusandhanavisu'ddhabuddhin nirlsvaratv. AVliish dated 4th December 1831.. 102). (Ff. together with a Commentary.inirvaliakavaitlik. Date: Entr\ Mr. etc.

a Commentary on KeddrcCs Vrttara- tnakara. Sudarsanacarya (f. 54 (3). r early 18 «i cent. .? Date: End of 17th Character: Grantha.~3H 160 h£~ Amongst the books and authors quoted in the commentary are: Jaimini. 15b). Markandeya-Purana. Size: 14 114. na = 4. Parasara-Purana (f. 14: iti sodasamatraprakaranam It ends: iti vrttaratnakaravyakhyayam manimanjaryyam sasthoddhyayah srlgurucaranaravindabhyan namo nam ah i i i — ll ll — n ll om i 117. (3) Material: Palm leaves. namah = = 8. 31. Ff. Injuries: The first leaf. It begins:— svetambhodhisthitan devam suddhasphatikavigraham vagvibhutipradam saksad vande gandharvakandharam Nrsimhayajvanah putro Narayanapurohitah vrttaratnakaravyakhyam vyakaroti yathamati F. pa = 5. (numbered as 28 bei D g double) + 9 + 56 + (1) + 97 + 1 112—120) + 8 + (1) leaves. son of Nrsimhayajvan. ye = 7. See Nos. (f. ga = 3.. in. Padma-Purana (quoted as 'Patma'). 59). The eight leaves of the last work are numbered by the Aksaras of the invocation 'harih sriganapataye namah' as follows: harih 1. ta = 6. (2) The Manimanjari. 5). x If ff. Whish No. Aditya-Purana (f. and 170. in 6 Adhyayas. 28 of the second work are slightly damaged. Words and metre quite corrupt. It ends: ghatiti brabuddha svapnas samadhiriktadhiyam abhinnah 1 149 stomas same tad avadhaya grnhatam arttham asya nikhilena janatam grahyam annyad api om harih navasisyate jneyam anyad api va na kincana II II i hyam tad aham bhavanadidaparsvacaropanitani mamahesvarapayasi grapitam prasannam bhufijana eva i — bhaktani ll I om etc. Badarayana. srl 1 = 2. etc. and f. by the Piirohita Narayana. from 10 to 13 lines on a page.

-> 167 hs- An entry by Mr. 56b): — gikarat vyadhikaranaprakrirakecchamgikad ity artthah istabhedepi upasthitestabhedety artthah tatjhanarttham iti | anagatajhanarttham ity artthah I ata eva paramate ana- gatapakajnanaya prasiddhapakavisayanumanadara iti bhavah uktaprSyam iti abhedajhanasya pravarttakatve sthai p(y)ate icchajanakatvam api tasyaivoktaprayam ity artthah 'numaneneti idam sukham sukhapurvavartti sukhatvad anumanenety artthah 'siddheh. a work by Bahwricha Dharmmarajah. p. 115). 5G). The MS. in refutation of the Nyaya or philosophy of Gauta- mah. is incomplete (ff. Whish says: "This volume contains the Tarkka-Chudamanih. tadaiuIt breaks off with the following words (f. Tattvadntdmaniprakdsa) by the chapter Bahvrca Dharmardja. It — kavenvaripanapratihatatamasam begins: (?) mandite panditanam nyandai srl-Ramacandra smrtibalavi^ada- sesatantrartthasrirah dese vikhyatavaso vividhagurukapale. has Kantaramanikka).<ato labdhabodho nyayabdhin tarkkacudamanim iha kurute Bahvrco Dharmmarajah tretagnidhumakulavlthikam karne (read °kamkane?) grhe grhe yatra vasanti surayah adhltasarvasrutayah kathantare ha nirjjitapratyanumanavadinah i I tatra kantaramanikkagramaratnanivasina vrtir I maniprakasavi- Dharmmarajena tanyate I ll dasaniim api tikanam bhani- gam kurvan kvacit kvacit anumanaprakasasya vivrtini karavany aham arabdhaparisamaptaye mamgalam acaii ritam si[k]syasiksayai granthato nibadhnati pranayeti vighnaddhvamsam iti yady api granthasamaptir eva prartthanlya tatha sati vighnaddhvamse lokavagatakaranad eva. the founder of the Xayyayikah or Aristotelian Sect and also a second work on the same subject by the same author. and son of Trivedinarayanayajvan of the Kaundinyagotra" (Burnell." — (1) The Tarkacuddmani of Macidatta's (a Commentary on the Anumana . etc. I ity . Tanjore. "an inhabitant of Kandaramanikyagrama (our MS.

97). F. Off. It tvam begins: namas te sarade devi kasmlrapuravasini ahani prarttha(y)isyami vidyadanan tu delii me — II Gaurikantakrti svatotivisadanaghratadosapy asau balanam tapraudhasya ceto yatha bhavam vicaryyanaya prakatayan ddosaya bhavaty kurve Kesavabhavananugataya balapramodam param ciklrssitasya granthasya vigknasantyai krtam mamgalam sisyaatra omkaras cathasabdas ca siksayai nibadknati om iti dvav imau brahmanah pura ka[m]ntkam bkitva viniryyatau tasman mamgalikav iti slksaraeanenomkaraprayogasya pratyekam mamgalatvat on tat sad iti nirddeso brahnianas trividha smrta iti. 97 ends: — dravyeti dravyasamavetalaukikacaksusa- tvam karyyatavacchedakam filokasamyogatvam karanatavaccbedakam svasamavayisamavayah karanapratya(sa)ktih spar£adispi Lr6ane karyyatavacchedakasyatiprasamgavaranaya pratyaksatvam apakaya caksuseti tamas caksuse caksusatvasya nilan tama iti nllatvasamanyapratyrisaktija- laukikarupacaksuse dravyasamavetavisayakacaksusatvasya gbatadimatravisayakalaukikacaksuse dravyavisayakalaukikacaksusatvasya rupatvadimatravisayakanirvikalpake samayetavisayakalaukikacaksilsatvasyatiprasaktataya dravyasa- .168 -^ (2) A rycds Tarkahhasabhavdrthadipika misrd's TarJcabhasa). hrdayam na ranjayati atali yat I i l I F. 2: — nanv evam bahuniamgalacaranena vighnarnpa- drstapratibandliakakutanivrttav api siromanirnpamahagran- tliavyakhyacaturyyajanitaliamkaramidakalajjariipadrstapratibandhakad alpagrantha-Kesavakrtivyakhyane svabhara- tyah pravrtyanupapattir iti. ity ata aha matar iti kim lajjasa etc. Commentary on Gaurlkanta Sdrvabhauma Bhattaca(Commentary on Kesavct(ff. karoti atra ceti granthakaravisaya ity artthah. 11: — sistacarollamghinah sistair katham F. Kesavamisrasya krtir iyam adaraniyetyabhiprayavatam samkam apaetc. etc. IV. Incomplete p. 607. See Ind.

112 etc. perhaps part of the preceding work. F. XVI.<- mavetavisayakalaukikacaksusatvam ity karyyatavacchedakam uktam rupadika.~x 169 . F. (in the JRAS. 1884. utsodapanavikaravinadaautsah audapatarunatalunadhenupllukunasuvarnebhyah nah vaikarah vainadah tarunah talunah dhainavah sauvarnah bharatakurusatvadindravasanapailukunah begins: i I — athapatyaganah I i i i i I i I janapadapancaloslnarebhyah It i etc. p. 449) as 'the most popular and well-admired author of prakriyasarvasvam." begins: — brakinanirnata I gasadharanasyety ukteh brahmanihata prthiv'itarety atra na I i pullim- I nadyas §esasyanyatarasyam hyantavarjjitasya nadisamjiiasya nyantesv eka ca scaghadau hrasvo va syat etc. 112 120). 8). ends: I — caupayatacaikayatacaitayatabailvayatasaikacaupayatya caikayatya caitayatya bailvayatya II yatanah ca saikayatya iti . (3) fragment of the Pralcriydsarvasva (9 leaves. ndrdyaniyam. dhdtukdvyam. numbered as ff. 120 nnana hathamus ca krtvortthas taitah param samasantah santi kecana taddhitevyayam tesan tattatsamasesu varnanaiva laghlyasi ddhitah iti prakriyasarvasve taddhitakhandah samksepatisayepi I I ends: — vatir n II vacyabahuta hetor abhud vistarah spa^tatvepi krte svaevam vyaktim iyan bhavagananabhagamanaga sphutah padarttha iyata granthena yatoyam ity evam yo vimrset sa eva kalayed asmannibandhe gunan harih gurubhyo I I namah n (4) Fragment It of a Ganapatha (ff. apparently the work of Ndrayana A — Who is described by the Maharaja of Travancore vol.

from 9 as ff.. The leaves are numbered by Aksaras in the same way as No. (1) + 156 + leaves. (1) lbgXli Palm in. Size: (1) 115. 11 leaves (numbered 79—89). called cording to Aufrecht CC. ac- Brhajjdtdka. jayati harili sriganapataye namab avighnam astu bhagavan gajasyena (corrected to gajasyo) yatkarnnavyajanamaruta bhajatam yanto vyasanani haranty It begins: — ayantas cSrppayanty abhlstani satyajnaiiaparam brabma jyotiranandarupinim nanmi sarvottarodattaprasnamalam sarasvatim satyajnanapradayestadesakalaprabodhine nama srlgurave saksat paramesvaramtirttaye yesam atmani garbhasamskrtimukliair mmaunjini baddhantimaih vrate i karmmabbir atra bhati vidhivat brahmapratisthapitah srautan tasmarttasamastakarmmasatatanustbananisthatmanas etan pranamami bhumivibudhan istartthakalpadruman srisuryadln su(kba)samvedya nigrahanugrahrm jagatsrstisthitiI srlmad-Varahamihirahoratalparyasagare sadarttharatnasamsiddhyai tika nauka vicalayajnanahetun etc. 248. of the second work seems to be older. 11 or leaves. (2) 14xl| 12 lines on a page. ..ia I vyanjayati?) rasiprabhedo grabayonibhedo viyonijanmatba nisekakalab janmatba sadyomaranan tatbayur ddasrivipakostakavarggasamjnab karmmajivo rajayoga h kbayogas candra yoga dvigrahadyas ca yogab pravrajyato 1 sukhavedya corrected to susamvedya. a Commentary on VardDasddhydyi. Date: The MS. Injuries: Slightly damaged by insects in the middle of the book. of the first work was probably written about the middle of the 18 th cent. (1) The Nauka hamihira's or Horavivarana. ryate It ends: I upasmahe I — addbyayanukramam vrttanuvyanca (read vrttena slokatrayei. The MS. Whish No. 19. to 13 lines on a page. Character: Malayalam. Also p.~>4 170 5«~ 118. Material: in.

by Kumdra. Oriental MSS. Library.saphalani navamostavarggah dasamah karmrnajlvah ekadaso rajayogah dvadasah kliayogah trayodasas candrayogah caturda&o dvigrahadiyogah pancadasah pravrajyayogah sodaso rasisllani saptadaso grahadrstih astadaso bhavaphalam ekonavimsam asrayavnvimsah prakirnnah ekavimsonistayogah dvavimsas gah i trijatakam trayovimso niryanam caturvimso nastajatakam paiicavimso n drekanaphalapaksa sadvirpsopradarsanaparoddhyayah horavivaranam samaptam srlparamagurave saranam etc. n n (2) The Prasnamrta. to A work pupil of Ndrdyana Jyotisa. It etc. of the same title is ascribed Jamhundtha in the "Index of MSS." 55. astu na- maskaromi dvipanayakananam vacah prasadam kurutam asid dvijanma dvipakananakhye grame sarasvati etc. sudhih pratr (?) janinacetah sastrartthavetta srutiparadrsva I Narayano jyotisas tarppayayi tasyasti sisyo vinayapradhanas tadiyakarunyanivasabhiimih yas sri-Kinnaro vidito dvi- janma grahendrasaricaravicaracuricuh pranamya soyaip gurupadapatmam ninksya lioram sakalartthapustam adaya saran tu tato vyadhatta prasnFinrrtam balahitaya hrdyam paropakriraikato mahantas santcsamantah krpaya vidhaya sammanayantam idam asmadiyam prasnanirtan nirmmalakirttibhajah.-3w rasisilaii 171 K- ca drsti(r) bhavas tasniad asrayotha prakirnnah nestayoga jatakam bhfiminanan niryanam syan nastajanma drganah addhyaySnam vimsatih pancayuktacaryuktany(read "caryoktany?) atra vrtta[s]satani i iti pratharao raSiprabhe- dah dvitiyo grahayonibhedah i trtlyo viyonijanma caturttho nisekakalah ])aficamo janma sasthas sadyomaranam i sa- ptama ayurddayah astamo da. in the Government p. srigurubhyo srlganapataye namah avighnam namah samastavighnaprabhavopasantaye . Madras. a fragment only. . It begins: — liarih . breaks off I with the words: — caturtthajvarasantayc l krsnaya namah .

82. 28 b. the son of Oambhira and Konamd (?). (Ff. Pada 1 to Adhyaya IX. The MS. ends with the third Adhyaya VIII f. Pada of the IX th Adhyaya: — iti sri-Khandadevakrtau yasya trtiyah padah n bhattadlpikayam navamasyaddhya- (2) The BhdttacandriM. (Ff. Date: 18th or 19th cent. i Adhyaya VII ends It f. Pada 3. and pupil of Nrsimha and Sivadattn. Size: 13 £ x if Palm in. (1) The Bhdttadipikd. 411.? Character: Grantha. 133 + 6 + (2) leaves. a Commentary on Khandadeva' s Bhattadipikd. The author lived at Benares in 1629. by Khandadeva. 10 lines on a page. by Bhdskarardya Bhdrati.) pitur abhud yah Konamambodare vidyastadasakasva marmmabhid abhud ya guroh yas ca srl-Sivadattasuklacaranaih sa purnabhisiktobhavat tretatripuratrayiti manute tam eva nathatrayim bhagirathlbhlmarathi tatakutah kakuppatah panduramgah param brahma mama daivam vrsakapih sri-Nrsiinliat i i i sarasvatlh mimaiasasastrajivatum Jaiminyadimunitrayam ca natvaham vyakurve bhattadlpikam sri-Khandadevodii i tiibhattacaiidrikam prasarayan sodasalaksaniin bhuvi I sa bhattacandras samudeti yam vyadhan mahagnicit Bha- . (2) + 82 + (1) + 116.. Whish No. Material: leaves. contains the whole of the first Adhyaya. a Commentary on Jaimini's Mimdmsddarsana.~>i 172 Hg- 119. and the two first Pad as (Pada 2 incomplete) of the second It —sri-Gambhiravipascitah begins: I Adhyaya. from Adhyaya VII.) It begins: — srutipramanatvac n chesanam mukhyabhede yathadhikarabhava syat evani sadhikare upadesevagatedhuna tadadhlnasiddhir atideso nirupyate etc. according to Aufrecht CC. 15 b. p. 133.

. F. iti ha smahur Atreyadayo maharsayah i . 17b. 66. Date: 18th r 19th cen t. 18).skararaya-Bharati vidhayini sati i paripurnavidhudayanvayavj atirekanubudhakrtkumudaprabodhakrdvigadarttha . 4 f. 1 to See the excellent edition of the work by Dr. I. 117. 17b: yam padah I. 115b. Anna Moreshvar Kunte (Bombay [t sriganapataye namah avighnam astu satatanusaktan asesakayaprasrtan asesan auvagadirogan — harih begins: i 1880). 95b (end of the first Adhyaya). 34b. 1 ends f. It breaks oft' (f. 8 lines on a page. I. WfflSH Xo.attadipikiyapaurnaniasyadhikaranaprasan> om n etc. 2 f. [I. The Astahgdhrdaya. Material: leaves. I. 3 f. iti bhattacandrikaySm candrodayanamni tlkaBbaskararayasya krtau prathamaddhyaye adimah u — 1 ends f.? Character: Malayalam. (I. bhuvi bhattacamlrika i dyarttham iti i sricakrasornayagau praripsitasya granthasyavighn slesena stauti n dlksaB etc. begins: kamyapasukande vayavyam svetam alabheteti srutam tatra svetam ity atra svetaSabdasya dvitlyantatvepi It A — bhavanaya bhavyajanakajanakam. Size: 13f Xl\ Palm in. by Vagbhata. 133b) with the words: sahityanavagame- — neti saptadasapa&ughatitasamudayasyaikasya pratisambandhitvena devatatvanvayakalenupastbitatvad ity artthah. (3) fragment belonging to the Bhattadipika (ft. 6). (1) + 225 leaves. garltih n harih 120. tsukyamoharatidah jaghana yopurvavaidyaya namostu tasmai athata ayuskamiyan namaddhyayam vyakhyasyamab etc. It ends: — itibb. incomplete IV.

82. 18x2 in. f. Material: Palm leaves. from IX 58 to III. 108. Whish No. It begins: — Till. . . Adhyayas) 145. Date: Probably 18th cen t..~> The Sutrasthana rirasthana fin (in 174 H$~ 30 Adhyayas) ends f. ends with the 18 th Adhyaya na hy asanisr^tas sosrapittena jayate raktam evasrayas casya bahusosrani hared atah na ghrtam bahudosaya deyam van na virecanana 225): — visarpe(read of the Cikitsitasthana °sarpo) I tena dosopy upastabdhas tvagraktapisitam pacet astadasah kusthacikitsitam iyah n II cikitsite 121. . a pupil of Krsna. 76. Character: Malayalam. by with lacuna srlganapataye namah avighnam astu satpadamukharitagandam kotirabhaiTimva(read °bharava?)i —harih baddhasasikhandam pranamata varanatundam padakamalam pranatasakalasurasandam aprira + runapurataramgitadrgancalam kalayakornalacchayah janaklnayakam bhaje racinacaryakrtas suvicaryyakumarasambhavavvakhyah balaprabodhanarttham lalitam karavani vivaranan tasya pracinasurivihite mahati prabhute vyakhyantare viphala esa parisramo me vatiprakamasubhage malayadrijamtavate phalam kini u karotu inukhaniloyam vyakhyaisa tu tathapi vivrtasamasavamtam pradarsitanvayapadartthavakvarttha I . A Commentary on Kaljdasa's Kumar asambham Sargas I Narayana. from 9 to 12 lines on a page. Injuries: Some leaves damaged by insects. (1) +1+ 197 leaves. i j i i gxrrutaram upacaram acarayet (sic) vyakhyantaresu dystesu vimrstesv api tatvatah subhagag Sivadasokto margga eva\ khalu mahakavih Kalidasah parvatlparameSvarapavitracaritravicitram lunnarasambhavabhidha- nugamyate i bhuvi . the Nidanasthana 16 Adhyayas) It (f. Part of leaf 196 lost. Size: 118. the &ti(in 6 f. i .

165. 110b. 55):— iti Sri-Krsnaslsyasya kuinarasanibhavavivarane trtlyas saf. IV ends 70b. Up to f. 36b: iti — sri-Krsnasya 1 11 11 Sarga 3). 132 b. f. 2 pr.-$-• 175 h$- kavyam cikirsuh iislrnamaskriya vastunirde&o v&pi tanmukham ityadivarananusarena vastunirdesan tavat kanani na tu kavye yava(read yad a°?)saddhyam tadanusarenaiva kavyasamjna karttavya yatha yudhi^thiraroti astlti i vijaya-janakiharana-sisupalavadliaprabln'tluam atra tu taetc. The rggah Sarga li III rd Sarga Narayanasya krtau ends (f. Sarga V f. . yena kenapi prakarena bhagavati manahpranidhanam 1 eva Read Krsnasisyasya. bhagavata viditah so all the other colophons. 54 the Leaves are numbered by Aksaras. . 54 ends with the eommentary on II. Sarga YI f. rakasuranigrahah kavye saddhyataya nirddistah I Narayanasya krtau Kumarasambhavavivarane prathamas sarggah F. 76 (last verse of* F. Sarga VII Sarga begins: harih atha purvasarggopak^iptan devasya navavadhuvisayam prathamanuraganantarasambhutam sambhogam varnnayitum astamas sarggoyaui arabhyate tatra Madhavenoktam atrastamas sarggo gaurlsambhogavarnnanatvad vacayitum srotum vyakhyatufi ca na yuktam etacchilanan devatasapad ayusah ksayo bhavieighth The — yos iti daksinavartte na punah asya prakaranasya sivasambhogavi^ayatvad rasabhavan vivicya vaktum bibhemi tasmad anvayamatram atradhikriyate ity uktam Arunacalanathena tu tad ubhayam api dusitam ayam kila pyati tasyabhiprayah parvatiparamesvarayos sariramatragraha- nam api lokanugraharttham eva yathoktam bhagavato viditam 2 vo yatha svarttha name (read nama?) kascit prai vrttayah iti rttham eva trividha lii devya api sarlragrahanadikam lokanugraha- iti devlmahatmyadisu tatra tatra pratipaditam loke janah mukta mumuksavas saktas eeti i . 58. then begins a new foliation (by figures) and a different handwriting with £ 55 where Ave find the commentary on III. . m.

or the It begins: — harih srigurubhyo sriganapataye namah avighnam astu namah mama gurave namah yasya jhana| svar awyayam dayasindhor agadhasyanagha gunah etc. Kanda II III ends (f.-=* 176 h$- muktikaranam ity uktam" bhagavate kamam krodham sneham sauhrdam eva va nityam harau bhayam aikyam vidadhato yanti tanmayatam hi te iti mahakavir api kaminan cittam parvatiparamesVarapadanivindavasaktam vidhatum evastamesrain sargge Yatsyayanasastranusarinim i padavmi nraricakara Sarga VIII ends f. . svargganakah tridivah tridasalayah suraloko dyodivau dve 6 svah avyayam svarggah striyau kllbe trivistapam . n n i I i nitkah i tridivah i gam II striyauh dyavih kllbe trivistapam i suralokah ivadini pulimtridasalayah okarantam divauh vakarantam dveh | I I I i i I i ivanu II svarggattinnuperah f. Whish Size: No. Material: Palm leaves.iMirat praninosyedam etat sarvam srinaapalayam namah namah rayanaya srlkrsnaya srlsnryadisarvagrahebhyo namah kollam tollayiratta arupattarantamata kannimasaip. Amdrdkosa. D. The Namalihganusasana by Amarasimha. from 8 to 10 lines on a page. breaks off on yadi bhavya maduktapraka- virupaksasyanuditam tarhi tatpraptimatramania manah atra phalat tapaso viramyatam ata aha i ratvam sthiram. and the MS. II on 96. 1787. (Date. . (1) -f- 136 leaves. . Kanda Kanda . 119.) sthcyan namalimganiisasanam . n amara nirjjara devas. etc. 30. . scribe. . 122. avedomam aham vande menadeyaya te namah . I ends on f.. lbjXl^ in. . with a Malayalam gloss. 136): — sastyantaprakpadas n . f. etc. 197 with the words: eva — nanu 196. . Date: Kollam 962 = Character: Malayalam. . . A. sena- aksaram yat paribhrastam etc. and benedictions in Malayalam language. . I etc.

— srigurubhyo namah sriganapataye namah avighnam astu pranipatya sakalavedinam atidustaraI Bharttrkavyasalilanidheh viracyate tika jayamamgaleti namna naukeva vi- laksya(m) laksanan ca dvayani e(ka)tra dusam pradar^ayituin sn-Svamisunuh kavir Bharttrnama ramakathasrayam mahakavyah cakara. 40b. Material: Palm leaves. AVfflSH No. 8. 11 to V. Bate: 18 «i or 19^ cent. The MS. 86 which should be the end of Sarga V seems to be misplaced). 121. beginning of VI. Sargas I 8— I — hari I Bhattikavya. After f. and V. V. Date: End of 17 *h or beginning of 18 th cent. 9 or 10 lines on a page. Palm leaves. e. 13^-Xltf in. 107 leaves. etc. with the Commentary III complete. 106 ends f. 67 leaves. W'iiish Size: No. 71) with the words: tava sugrivah karakah kapinandanah drutan drastasi maithilyas s[v]aivam uktva tiroI — sakhyasya ity bhavat iti ito bulucav adina krtam adhikrtyocyate krtyanam krtya akrtyanam krdantarbhavepi bhavakarmano(h) visesapratipadanarttham prthagadhikaravacanam ^esas tu krtah kartta. called Jayamangala. 17 b: kirnnakande ramasambhavo nama prathamas sarggah — II Sarga II ends f. breaks off (in the Commentary on VI. 58b. 60 there is a lacuna extending from IV. generally 8 or 9 lines on a page. The Bharttrkavya Sarga IV. 10^x2 Material: in. 85b (f. 124.. It begins: i. 122. 71..? 12 . Sarga III f.->' 177 .? Character: Malayalam. 123. iti Bharttrkavya tikayah jayamamgalayam praF.

and The Siddhantasekhara. the 14 th A. . 19. the 7 th A. gu) are missing.~X Character: as follows: 178 Krare . (vyaktaganita) f. the 25. 17 and 18]. the 12 (grahayuddha) 13 th A. 34 three leaves (gl. A. letters. 29b. ka 2. the 8 th A. gu. . = = ki =4 numbered by . 21. the 18 A. 21b. 12. (yantravidhana) f. the 3 rd A. After The 1 For vikasadhuyam the metre requires « v. by (ff. 2 nd Adhyaya f. ka kha = = 17 The Malayalam. (uiaddliyamadhikaroddhyayah) ends the 4 th A. (grahodayastath A. 8. the 5 th A. the 17 th A. 20. kah = 16. 27. 16 th A. much damaged. 3b: iti Srlpativiracite siddhantasekhare grahabhaI — ganaddhyayah prathamah H The f. maya) f. (siiryagrahana) f. f. is Injuries: lines lost. 36b. (golavarnana) ends f. (rahuth nirakarana) f. l. (candragrahana) f. kau = 14. f. It begins: — ******* taye namah avighnam (i) yat- tejah pitrdhamni sltamahasah pathoyame mandale samkrantam kunrudakarasya kurute kantim vikasadhuyam^i) cancaccahcuputai[h]s cakoranikarais capryatesau ciran trailokyalayadipako vijayate devo nidhis tejasam (n) nijaguru- padadvandvarn krtva manasy atibhaktito ganakatilaka-Sripurvoyam Path* dvijapumgavah (i) sphutam avisamain niandaprajnaprabodkavivi-ddhaye lalitavacanais siddhantanam karoti hi sekharam (i) satanandaddlivastiprabhrtitutiparya- ntasamayapramanam bhudhisnyagrahanivahasamsthanakathanam (i) grahendranan criras sakalaganitam yattrgaditam (read yantraganitam?) sa siddhantah prokto vipulaganita- skandhakusalaih (ll) kratukriyartthah srutayah pradistah etc. the 6 th A. kam = 15. 23. 19 b. The MS. (candra) f. th the 19 A. ki leaves 3. 31b. (bhayoga) f. (grahanopavarnana) f. Sripati. kalasrayas te kratavo niruktah F. (avyaktaganita) f. 17 b [one leaf missing between ff. etc. 39. in 20 Adhyayas astu 1—40). the 10 th f. the 11 th A. many (1) leaves broken. 36. 37b. (parvanayana) f. the 9 th A. (pata) f.

based on the Aryahhata. 44: — iti II mahabhaskariye karmmanibandhane pratha54): moddhyayah It ends (f. F. Sritrivikrama. Amongst (2) The Mahabhaskariya Karmanibandhana. 41 — in 8 Adhyayas 54). 12* . etc. — Bhaskare syat ritigunasaptaghatl lambakena sahyatam krtoyam mandabuddhiparibhogasamartthah samyag Aryabhatakarmanibandha spastavakyakaranais samavetah spastasthanekakirane cchedyake grahane raveh yad ihasti tad iti mahabhaskariye annyatra yan nehasti na tat kvacit II mithunaparyyavasane sarvaaksacapaganitam vada tasmin viganayy a Bhaskarena paricintya r mahabhaskariyam samaptam aksaram astamoddhyayah yat paribhrastam matradhman tu yat bhavet ksantum arddhad arhanti vidvamsah kasya nasti vyatikramah bhavet arddhadhikam krsnam dhumram unah ca syat krsnadhumram vimuhcatah kapilam sakalagrahe srlkrsnaya namah nama£ sivaya sivam astu ll u n ll n ll (3) Fragment of some treatise on astronomy (ff. 401)): — iti siddhanta&khare siddhantasekhare Sivaya ii II II prainavidhanaddhyayo vimsah ii narnaS Srisuryadisarvagrahebhyo namah Jisnu- srlkrsnaya namah the authorities quoted are Aryahhata. 41): bibhartti ksanadakarasya yah prakasitasam sirasa gabhaIt — namostu tasmai suravanditaptaye samastavidyaprabh(av)aya sambhave jayanti bhanoh kamalavabodhinah kara himamsor vanitananatvisah sasuritarasphutadirggharasmayo stibhih dharasutajhaskisita(?)tvisah punah tapobhir aptam sphuta- tantram asmakaii ciratvam abhyetu jagatsu satgrahaih ciran ca jlvyasur apetakalmasa Bhatasya sisya jitaragasatravah navadrirupagniyutam mahibhujam sakendranamnam satavarsasagraham dvisatkanighnam gatamasasamyutam. nandana. 55—66). harih sriganapataye namah kalam begins (f. (ff.-5* 179 xh The 20 th Adhyaya ends Srlpativiracite (f.

55): — harih Bhaskaram abkivandyahan nikhilagrakagativisesabodhakarain vaksye vyatipatildijiiano- payam samasena ayanacalanan dvigunitam praksipyarke tyajet tarn rtubhanvoh sistasame sltamsau latavaidhrtav uditau kramasah kilasayanacalane tasmin yady uttaram ahivad adha upari sikhivad avagayanes tastatopi tat suksmata ganitavasat suryendvor bimbayogarddhad atpakepakramantare vyatlpatahuh. Mr. — i Sarasanasya dadhati maddhyelalatam prabham sauryyim kantim anusnagor iva sirasy atanvatl sarvatah esasau tripura krdi dyutir ivosnamsos sadahasthita chindyad vas sahasa padais tribhir aghafi jyotirmayl vanmayi (i) srlman- . F. Part III (1887).. a Com- mentary on Laghubhattdraka's Laghustuti. 8 lines on a page. The Kidacdddmani. Date: Probably 18th cen t. 15 b: athedanim adyavrttam vivriyate aindrasyeva i hasa sacla etc. Character: Malayalam. by Simharaja. or Laghustutimahdbhdsya. Whisk describes the work as "Vimsati with Commentary of Simha-raja". in 21 Vrttas. Injuries: Some leaves damaged by fire. 66 ends: vainnye sobkanam ambikaramanabham — riktan apumambhasam suktis sukrasasamkamandadivasa simhasvigostrigkatah vastre surppabham uttamani himakaro maddhyo *** vyayaristhito na grisendujalesapapadivasah kannya n mesalinarn 33 n II 125.-& It 180 h$~ begins (f. Whish No. Size: 123. It begins: harih srlganapataye namah avighnam astu text is — i aindrasyevetyadi | esa i asau i i tripura I rah aghara in i sa- Macchindyat (follows Commentary layalam language). with an introduction in Malayalam. (1) + 46 leaves. The printed as the first part of the Pahcastarl in the 'Kavyamala'. etc. F. leaves. Material: lh^Xl-g Palm in.

(1) -f- to am. -4. of the 1 Doubtful reading.143 [numbered as ff. etc. Date: 18 th cent. F. 57 84 to in Adhyayas Malayalam language (ff. and Adhyayas 85 to 90 in Sanskrit (ff. (Ff. Fragment Bhagavata-Purana. 40 [numbered by letters from a. 23: — srlmat-Simharajakrte laghustutisrimanmahaman— dhruvam 11 i trabhasye kuhicudamanau prathamavrttam sampurnnam It ends: niscitara addhyayanam karisyatlti di- yyasiddharsimanavaughagurvacchinnaparamparyfigatam asmin inahatsvaccliandasamgrahan tenedam Simharajena 2 maya sucaritina krtam laghustutimahabhasyarn asesfiga- masamniitam 11 iti kulaculamanau sivaya Simharajakrtau laghustutimahabhasye ckayimsativrttam sampurnnam n Laghu- bhattarakaya namah Simharajaya astu n namah sivaya namah namah subham 12G. Material: Palm leaves. 40. ka. Skandha X. Whish No. X2 in. 77—202). 2 May be read also samcarl°. ah. Size: 12if 3 125 A. (1) in Fragment of a Commentary on Malayalam language.? Character: Malavalam.->• 181 Hg~ 1 maharajasamakxam evan trailokye svatta siddhena >iddha- sarasyatena 6rlmatgurukataksap&taniatrena samsiddhia tatksanam eva sarasvati mandiraya manavadanambujo Laghu- bhattarako nijalabhaprakarsas sarvesani bhavatv iti buddhyS paramesvarya jyotirmayisvariipam vanmayisvariipan ca prapancara pratipadayan tatkalavarttinas sadasya pratyaglrvadam karoti etc. I etc. Read sukbarltina? . a. 77—219] leaves. to bba] 8 or 9 lines on a page. kha.) (2) the Bhagavata-Purana. i.. 202 b— 219 b).

19. The Kuvalaydnanda. by Ajppayya See above No. Whish No. 109. snaya 11 127.? Character: Malayalam. 38—41 damaged. Probably early 18 th cent. — harih &riganapataye namah avighnam astu parasparatapassampatphalayitaparasparau prapancamata- etc. 9fxlr in.~5H It 182 f<~ ends: — ksitibhujopi ii yayur yadarthah n iti sribhaga- vate mahapurane paramahamsasamhitayam sribhagavate snkrmahapurane dasamaskandhe navatitamoddhyayah namah ksantum arhati. Size: 126. Date: . 82 + (1) leaves. complete. Whish No. pitarau praiicau jayapatl stumah amum kubalayanandam akarod Arppadlksitah It ends: — i niyogad Vemkatapater nnirupadhikrpanidhe(h) vijayatam i candraloko srlgurubhyo namah surltcaramobhavac chriprakprsthekhilaphelavamsatilakas man cekamarutpradesa iti va gehentarasrenike talputrasya yalprasadad saradagamasambhavah abhud dhrnvam II hrdyah II kuvalayanando ii ca sankarasya kavipatmarkaksamad eva sisyalpajhasya hi pustakam smarata ity etsudhi praudhakah n n sub ham astu ii 128. Date: 18th r 19th cen t. It begins: Diksita. J a juries: Leaves 1. is leaves. Material: Palm leaves. Material: 17-fxli Palm in. the same The leaves are numbered by Aksaras in No. An entry by Mr. Scribe: Rama. 10 or 11 lines on a page. "Whish dated 'Calicut 1824'. Character: Malayalam... way as . other leaves slightly damaged. from 8 to 10 lines on a page. (1) -f- 77 leaves. Size: 127.

Sansk. bharati kaver jjayati I niyatisaktya niyata- It ends: — purvoktayaiva dosajatyantarbhavita na prthakn iti (prati)padanam arhantiti sampurnam idam kavyalaksanam kavyaprakase dasama ullasah n ity esa marggo vidusam ll vibhinnopy abhinnarupah pratibhasate yah na tad vicitram yad amutra samyag vinirmmita samgha(ta)naiva hetuh samaptam kavyaprakasam sripatmarabha(read renun bhavabdhitarananabha?)gurupadasaroruhotthrin sthirasetubhutan ajhanasantamasabhedasahasrarasmidhan sri-Padiiin- mno namamy akhilalokahitaikasilrm kavyaprakasanamedam vicitram kavyalaksanam preksavatah camatkarakaon on nanio narayanaya ranam likhitam maya n I ll n n II namas sivaya agamikala ulaye pratape cayati smrta samrddhau karakrtam aparadham ksantum agaminvam ll ll n . work see Peterson. 4 51 the Sutras with the Commentary. e.»» 18:5 k~ (1) The Kdvyaprdkdsa (by Rajanaka Mammata and Alaha in 10 Ullasas. p. The Bodl< MS. It ends i kecana ity esan dosa yathayogam sanibhavantopi (f. contain the Sutras only. Collection Xo. 172) contains a in which the colophon is: iti — - kavyaprakasabhidham kavyalaksanam samaptani Rajanaka-Mammatakalakayoh ii krtis >n- The hladaika text ***** begins: — ******* niyatikrtaniyamarahitam paratantram navarasaruciran nirmmitim adadhati bharati kaver jjayati kavyam yaSasertthakrte. ff. 61 (Hultzsch Sarada MS. II. 4): uktesv antah patantiti na prthak pratipaditah n — esa marggo vidusam vibhinnopy abhinnarupah pratibhasate yat na tad vicitram yad amutra samyag vinirnimita samghataneva hetuh n iti kavyaprakase dasama ullasah H Then the Commentary begins: harih srlganapataye namah grantharambhe vighnavighataya samucitestadevatam granthakrt parfimrsati niyatikrtaniyamarahitam hlaI — I daikamayim ananyaparatantram navarasaruciran nirmmitim adadhati rupa. 13 sqq. etc. On the authorship oi Ff. of the work. etc. 1 tins —4 — .

brabmaparam mune srotum i icchamah j:>aramam stavam japata kanda I nadevo yenaSomali raddhyata kesavah paramparam visna paraparah parah parebhyah paramarttharupi. p. 131. Read kanjanabbadevo? syllables. 54 ends: — kathah iti ca na iti syat patakan tad api I hanty urugayapada bhagavatokteh (3) brabmaparam sto- tram II The Paramartliasarctvivarana. Cf. with a Commentary (ff. etc. Burnell. p. 53 begins: brabmaparamayam vedantartthamayam brahmasabdapracuram va yisnutatyapratipaditatvat stoparamparam trasya tadvijijiiasubhi sprstas Soma uvaca — I ity adi I etc. 55 Hultzsch II. Wanted two long Looks like diyo or diko. .sistestadevata- Doubtful. F. very indistinct. Tanjore. likhitam idam pustakam harih n harahara 11 n sri- II (2) The Bralimapara F. . 52 begins: — pracetasam i Stotra. Illegible. 93 b. 2 3 4 Illegible. F. by Raghavananda (ff. a Commentary on Semryci (ascribed to Sesandga).~» arhanti santah 11 184 Kr- Ramena II govindaya naniah . "Wanted one long syllable. It — the 82). . namah avighnam nayudhadharam akhilavyaptam asyamghridosnam sahasrair yuktam antabkrtasuranivaham begins (f. °lla (corrected to tbha?). 55): — srlganapataye astu II agmsomatmana 2 svaprabhotbba sitasam (i) netrair arkendurupair vilasitam analogranana **3 travarnam bhusa *** bhipradiptavayavam vo visvarupam murareh srlmac-ChamsYikhasatalamkrtas samsararkaramarggamaddhyavasatis avatu I kagabhastitaptatanubhis samsevitamghrir jjanaih (i) Krsna- nandamabirubomrtarasapurnair apurvaih phalais citram pritim npasakesu janayan jiyan mablmandale asesopanisasara(read satsara?)siddha tatvanugaminl Eaghavanandamunina &esaryeha vimrsyate paramartthasarasam(jna)m I i granthafi cikirsur acaryas tasyavighnaparisamaptipracayaL :unanabhyam i r sistacaram paripalanaya ca yi. 52 — 54).

141. Tanjore. Date: 18^ or 19th cent. 19.-3* 185 Kr- mukhatas niaragalam prananialaksanam sampadayann artthatab arambbapeksitam visi yaprayojanasambandba dhikarilaksanam anubandhacatustayam aviskaroti etc. Pariccbeda I of tbe Yyavabarakanda. by Deva a Telugu". Numbering (1) of leaves by Aksaras in the same way as No. . W'nisH No. Material: leaves. 11 129. "Tbe autbor's name sbows tbat be was Tbe Smrticandrika. 128. 133. p. Another copy of tbe same work in No. srlganapataye namab avigbnam astub vande sriyab patim nmapatim tvisam patirn sarasvatipatim munin pade pade praskhabrbaspatimukban ganapatim latam pradipadistbitav api drastrnam drstivisaye candrika atbedanim vyavabarakandam arabbyate n pravitanyate It begins: i — harib tatradau vyavabarasvarupam nirupyate i I tatra Brbaspatih | liead °svantah. It ends: aryavrtta&lokanam paiicasitya asitis ca paiica ca tatas catasrbhir videhamuktir uktii tatas tisrbhih krai — caturasitir iyantim aryeti pancasltir arya bbaparamarttbasaravivara(na)m eta(d) G-ovindacandrikaya sambrtasamsrtikapa(?) sambhuta Raghavanandat (ii) yosau bbati caracaratmakajagadriipena bbutya svaya yas cananvatiti mamuktir eva tasukhaikatanaviinalasvanmaniC?) prabodbasvarat 1 ( ) yatsvataII 11 rajyam ameyam agamagiras samlaksa(ya)nty aksayas smai visvabrdistbitaya mabate pumse namas kurmabe iti 11 paramarttbasaravivaranam samaptam srigurubbyo naniab n srl-Vedavyasaya namab. or Devanna Bhattopddhyaya. or °tvfm mat ? . . bariharabiranyagarbbebbyo namab n n n u . (2) + 107 + 24 + (2) leaves..? Character: Malayalam. Burnell. son of Kesavaditya Ehattopadhyaya. from 10 to 12 lines on a page. Size: 10 1 X if Palm in.

iti smrticandrikayam balayantadi(P)H srl .Kesavadityasamutbbavasya Devasya santadvijarajamnrttes sa candrikam prapya sukhena lokan kurvantu sarvavyavaharasiddbim iti sakalavidya(f.-S* 186 Kr- dbarmmapradhanab purusah. a manual of law (? by Varadaraja) mucb used p. 55b: F. Hultzscb II (No. See Burnell. Malabar"). 456—8 ("Vyavabaramrda. p. Ill. tbe beginning in only. 46b: — smr° lekbyaparlksa F. 74: — — n iti iti smr° saksiparlksa smr° saksivisayani n n samaptan ca saksiprai karanam F. 26: — smr° pratijnavadab F. Off. . — 107): n smr° dandavisayani iti II dhanavisayani 1 barih II visarada-sri-Kesavadityabhattopaddbyayastinu-yanjika Devena 2 bbattopaddbyayasomayajiviracitayam smrticandrika- yam vyavabarakande pratbamab paricchedah atreyam prakaranannpurvi vyavabarasvarupanam astadasanirupanam vyavabarabbedanirnnetrnirnnayadbarmmastbanevastbanam vyavabaradarsanavidbib krsnaya namab n n n (2) Tbe Vyavaharamalika. 9b: — smr° vyavabarabbedah F. F. srlganapataye namab avigbnam astub namab namostu srigurubbyo narasimbaya bbaktanugrabaIt begins: — barib karine ajaya manubaburupaya sarggastbityantakarine vacomasukumaraib mukbyasarassamutbbavais prasavair I i 2 No. 85: F. 139. It — 102: — ends atbasaksipratyayab tatra Naradah iti smr° rtuto divyavyavastba II etc. 141 also reads = °yajuika- Devena. 2: iti n 7: n iti 11 iti 11 iti iti n n F. No. 143 reads baladidbanao. 1472). See Ind. etc. 41b: — smr° lekbyanirupanam F. Read yajnika-Devanna? But MS. civil pp. 141 Whish Xo. 134. Tanjore niru- — smrticandrikayam vyavabarasvarupam panani — smrticandrikayam astadasapadanirupanam F.

8 or 9 lines on a page. 10). Injuries: First leaf damaged.. Size: 9X Is in.-X 187 k- yaih tridivaptiphalair nnrpocitilm racayami vyavaharamalikara grl-Naradah Manuh Prajapatir yasmin kale rajj i abubhujan dharmmaikatanah. hinalaksanam (f. rajasasana- laksanani. 20). 14b). 129. etc. 15b). agnividhi (f. f. 54 leaves (but leaves. (f. 6). sapathavidhi (f. 29: — iti It breaks off iti bhagavatsmaranat yan devan devaki devi vasudevad ajijanat bhaumasya brahmano guptyai diptam agnim ivaranih iti mahabhara(tam). 24b) with the following words: dasyaNaradah abhyupetyasususrusa samaptah bhrtanara vetanasyokto danadanavidhikramah vetanasyana- It breaks off I — dhikaranam I i pakarma tadvivadapadam smrtam o 130. 34: n namna(n) dvitlyam Satam F. lekhyaprakaranam (f. 47. It of oankara's Commentary on the Vtmusahatasmin loke begins: — parayanam etc. visavidhi (f. 2b). 24b: yapraptavyam pa granthis chidyante sarvasamsayah ksiyante easy a karmmani *** *** ** *** **** — namnarn II satani adyam vivrtam F. A\'insH No. vyavaharalaksanam (f. F. XII. 9 b). 3 missing). dusitalekkyapariksa (f. See MBh. rnasya deyadeyavidhih (f. etc. ekam parayanani param ayanani tasmin drste. Fragment sranaman. with the words: — . Character: Malay alam. (f. Some of the chapters are: — vyavaharavalokanadharmmah (f. nityadanasya pra- karah 24). saksipratyuddhrti (f. 1). 28. 7b). 39: satam vivrtam — II iti trtiya(n) namn. 13b). 3).nu namnan caturtham satakam iti II — F. sabhasabhyopadesah (f. Material: Palm Date: Probably early 18th century.

12x1? in. Date: 18* or 19* cent. . Character: Malayalam..). is p. 63) abhyapujayan ity agneyapurane tulakaverimahatrnye trmsoddhyayah yadrsam.. 7 lines on a page.Govindan putran Anantakrsnan srikaveryai namah i ll I I svahastalikhitarn sriramgesaya namah n . . ll-lxl? in. see No. harih i 132. Whish No. 40: agneyapurane tula° saptanioddhyayah ramgesaya nam ah F. in — dharmmavarmrna ll ca rajarsir etc. Material: Palm leaves.). Other copies in Nos. It begins: Agni-Purana. 2567 (VIII. 19 sq. (l)-(-144 leaves. leaves. and Mitra. Scribe: Anantakrsna. 79 b: ity agne tula° pahcadasoddhyayah n It ends: iti (see above prasannanananiraja muda ity ll — srl- — — . p. The TulaJtaverimahatmya from the 30 Adhyayas. etc Avadugdharanagurave namah sri . Size: 132. (1) + 155 Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18* or 19* century? Character: Malayalam. but the work It begins: not identical with either of these. 51 above p. son of Govinda. p. 51 and 186. Adhyayas 23 — 44. The Brdhmottarakhanda (from the Skanda-Purdna?). The beginning is similar to that of the Bodleian MSS. 74 sq.? Size: 130. srlganapataye namah avighnam astu suklambaradharam visnum sasivarnnam ca'urbhujam pra- —harih . 8 lines + (15) on a page.. WrnsH No. F. Walker 160 and 132 d (see Aufrecht-Oxford. . 63. 5b: — iti srlmadagneyapurane tulakaverimahatrnye pran thamodhyayah F. Notices No. .~s» 188 k- 131.

Material: Palm leaves. ll 95b — iti brahmottarakhande ll bhadrayurmuktipia- ptikathanan nama sattrimsoddhyayah It ends: —yah uttamam iti sa vidhuya pathec chrnuyac caiva puranam saivam sarvakarmmani sivaloke mahiyate I brahmottarakhande puranasravanamahimanuvan. ll nama sriparvatlparamesvaran gurunam caranambhojaparagaparamabhyam namah minavah manomukuram asmakam punlyur anuvasaram namah namo bham astu srlgnriibhyo namah srlsulapanaye | i 133.i- F.? Character : Malayalam- . . i srl-Sutah i iti brahmottarakhande pancaksaramahimanuvarnnanan nama trayovim^oddhyayah F. Wiiish Xo. Date: 19th cent. 24b:— iti brahmottarakhande sivacaturdasimahiiu. 48b: iti brahmottarakhande pradosapujamahimanuvarnnanan nama ekonatrimsoddliyayah J\ 68: iti brahmottarakhande somavaramahimanuvarnsriparvatyai namo namah gubham — — : n nane sivabhaktamahimanuvarnnanan nama ekatrimsoddhyayah p. Size: IOetXIt in.. F. 194 leaves. etc.inanan catuscatvarinisoddhyayah n . 6 or 7 lines on a page. 133. . etc. 5b: — nuvarnnane candalikammasaiivavokapraptikathanama ll (?) pancavimsoddhyayah bhuyopi sivamahatmyam vaksyami paramatbhutam srnvatam sarvapapaghnam.->• 189 k:- sannavadanam akhyataip dhyfiyet sarvavighnopaSantaye bhavata purvam visnor mahatmyam uttamaip sarrapapaharam punyam samasena srutan ca nah idanim srotum I I icchamo mahatmyam tripuradvisah tatbhaktanafi ca mahatmyam nissesaghaharam parara tanmantranan tadvratanan tatppiijayas ca sattama tatkathayas ca tatbhakteh praetavad devamarttyanam sreyas sa sanatanam yad lsvarakathayam vo jata bhaktir bhavam anuvarnnaya ahetuki.

in portion) of the Tantra- 8 Adhyayas. There are several copies of the Tantrasamgraha in tbe Malayalam language in the "Whish Collection. 2).? Character: Malayalam. Whish No. It begins: liarih sriganapataye sindbor agadhasyanagha gunah i — namah yasya jhanadayan etc. svah i i ita * vyaI nakah tridivah tridasalayah suralokah ivayahcum pulimgani dyauh okarantam dyau vakarantam dve striyau klibe trivistapam etc. 1 to III. . .~x 190 hs- The Namalinganusasana (Amaralwsa) by Amarasimha (I. The Kriyakaldpa (astronomical samgralia.. together with a Commentary. xIt in. Material: Palm leaves. harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu It begins: pratyuhavyuhaviratikarakam param mahab antahkaranasuddhim me vidadhatu sanatanam yatprasadat kavindratvam mandopi labbate k^anat tarn saradendusvaccbamgim vande devlm sarasvatlm narayanah jagadanugrabajagarukam srinllakantham api sarvavidam pranamya yat tantra- — i I samgrahagatam grahatantrajatam tasyaparah ca vivrtim tatradau tavad acaryyab prarlpsitaprabandbapratyuhasamanriyubhistadevatan namaskaroti he vilikhami laghvim i I visno nihitam krtsnan jagat tvayyeva kfirane jyotisah jyo- . . It ends with tbe 2 nd Varga of tbe 3 rd Kanda: gramata gramavrndani Janata janavrndam dbumya yam i svarggah i I i I I I — I I i i I dbumavrndam pasya[m] pas[y]avrndam gavya I i I govrndam I I prtbak i prtbak i dim strl I apim I sabasrani sabasravr- ndam i kfirisyani savrndam karisavrndam vannmanani(read °ani) kavaatbarvanadikam atbarvanavrndam kb iti i I i i samkirnnavarggab 134. Date: 19th cen t. with an explanatory gloss in Malayalam language. 8 or 9 lines on a page. Size: 10& 134. (1) + 129 + (1) leaves.

A. p. 44. the 4 th Adhyaya f. It begins: namah avighnam astu kalatma sasiti asty atrinetraprabhava(h) naksatraganasya nathah yam varijasriharam aptavaco vamani barer llocanam amananti sevyas surana(m) himavarsipadas sambhavaniyas srlganapataye 1 —harih III. yac chisyate ity abhidhlyate F. The complete work is said to contain 20 Sargas. 34b: iti tantrasarpgrahasya kriyakalapam kramena samgrhya racite vyakhyanesmin purnnoddhyayo dvitiyobhut The 3 rd Adhvaya ends f. 75b. Fragment of the Balabharata by Pandit Agastya. Material: Palm leaves. WfflSH No.? Character: Malayalam. Tanjore. pratkamaddhyayoktaprakarena traira&kagrahamaddhyamah tebhyo bhaganan bhaganan sistebhyo apasya sistebhyo lasyadibhyo apasya svam svani mandoccara vi^oddhya bhagatmakam upadistam iha tad mandakendram etc. ending with the 9 th Sarga. p. 107b. F. Size: 136. Adhyaya f. Das Mahabharata. the 6 th Adhyaya f.? 75 leaves. 112b. 5: iti caitradaya eva candramasah maddhvaditveno- — ktah i etc. sirasa sivena mahlddhrabhartteva mudlm divyanadlm prasute 1 tamopahantrlm yah kauna jahnaviyais ca na yaniu- . see Burnell. 116. 90.-x 191 k~ he visno sarvavyapin tise tasmai namo narayanava te iti yasniims tvayi krtsnam idan jagan liihitam. 12: — tatra n — II the 5 th 7 th Adhyaya f. 159b. from 9 to 11 lines on a page. 135. Holtzmann. Date: 18th r 19th cent. nita bhaganadika ye i F. 84-XlT in. (follow some lines in Malayalam language). the It ends: — iti samgrhya yah samaptan cedam namas sivaya ii racite tantrasamgrahasya kriyakalapam kramena tadvyakhyane purnnobhud astamoddhyaI etc. etc.

? Character: Malayalam. A It Commentary on Jayadeva's Gitagovinda..~x aais ca 192 «S-« na caparasam saritam payobhib yannya(?)dayenaiva sujatadhamno bambryaslni vrddbim upeti parttbab budhas tatobbun navasu grahesu ratnesu muktaphalavan manojnab yabkarddamapatyani ilabbidbanam paryyagrabit pancasarayudbarttah tasyanujobbut purulmtasarah Pururava bbui i valayasya gopta narayanoruprabbayam striyam yo jayasriya sarddbam alabdha daityat I tasyayur ayurddainano i ripunam asid anunasya gunais tanujab hrsyadvarltri pulakankurabha raraja yasyaddhvarayuparajih putras tadryo Nabusodbirudliatrivistapam punyavaram parasuh kutrapi sutraroni ciram pranaste svarajyam indras svayam eva ajayatasmad anagbo Yayatih pestur dvisani uccanabhasy udirnno balarenur asit gbano yasabetc. 8 or 9 lines on a page. ketakajanmabetub F. ll^Xlj Palm in. 59 b: II — ity Agastyakrtau balabharate caturttbasarggah Agastyakrtau balabbarate I ity saptamas sa- rggab F. in 12 Sargas. Date: 18th cent. Material: leaves. Size: 137. 8b: ity Agastyapanditakrtau balabbarate pratbamas I cakre litasya yasya i — n sarggab F. 66 b: — ity It te prajnatamaya rajan yam iccbasi bbratrsu tarn dadami uktas sa tenaivam upodbabarso jl- ends: — pritosini Agastyakrtau balabbarate astamasarggab I vantam aiccban nakulan narendrab i 101 i 136. Wkesh No. begins: hari &rlganapataye nama avigbnam astu — i Jayadevanama gltagovindabhidham prabandbarn vidadbanah tatpradlpadyam vastupaksipann eva tannirdde- kavib . 31: — F. (1) -{- 46 leaves.

Material: Palm leaves. a Commentary on the Suryasiddhdnta. The Suryasiddhdntavivarana . It ends: adi he radhe vasantepi krsnalirfair am* mmeghai8 — yan etc..~>* 193 <ity garupam mamgalam acarati meghair bara(m) meghair mmeduram timirair va. AVhish No. V6 . 13 Adhyayas. by Paramesvara pupil of Budra. looks like ju or fiju. from 8 to 10 lines on a page. nityair iti I yad vastu virincagirijaprane- samukhyaih brahmesamukhyai[h]r mmuhur(?)jjasaip nanakaravicarasaracaturaih nanavidhacintavisesan nipunaih (read °cintavisesanipimaih?) vidvatbhir nnityair vacanaih upanisadvakyaih jadyapi na nisciyate tad adyam param vastu divyair mmadhurai[h]s satsuktisamsodhitaih mrduktisamgo(?) dhitaih Jayadevakavyaghatitaih gltagovindavakyaih sarasya sinaa * x sah bhaktiviSesaSalinam iti cetasi cakastu sphuratu II srigitagovindavyakhyane sarasarasiruhakso da&as sarggah n sriki-snaya namah li nama dva- 1:J7. Size: 11 jj X It in. It begins: srigauapataye namah avighnam astu gurubhyo namah lokambayai namah srisuryaya namah cidrupakaranam sarvagatam ksiragatajyavat yad yogidr^yan jagatas tam mah&hamsam asraye vyakhyatam bha> skariyam laghu tad anu mahabhaskarryam sabhasyam pascal lilavati ca grahagativisayam kincid anyac ca yena soyam sri-Rudrasisyo vadanajasisave suryasiddhantasamastham vaksyaty aspastam arttham ganitavisayagam karma tatraiva hi syat tatra tavat bhagavata suryena Mayayoditam suryasiddhantam vivaksur ayam acarya istadevatapranamapurvakum M ayasuryayos samvadamayapraSnottare n n I I i — harih i Aksara indistinct. (1) + 70 -+- (1) leaves. Date: Probably middle of 18 th Character: Malayalam. cent. 139. in .

from 7 to 9 lines on a page. A. 1823. A. is the Kollam — year 998. The leaves numbered by Aksaras. Size: 140. 2 Metre wrong. IX £ 50.(1) leaves. Character: Malayalam. e. Material: Palm leaves. D. VI f. 47b. VII f. A. "Whish is dated 1817 given at the end of the MS. 37b. It begins: Commentary on I srlganapataye namah avighnam astu idam akhilam yena va tat pravistah yasmad asij jagad bhutva khalu jlvo jalaravivan mayaya nirggunopi (l) yasminn ante vilayantam paranandan conam (?) 2 visnum vande mama hrdi nilayam sasvatam santam ekam srstvadisargge kavim I — harih ll atmamayaya svanabhipatmad akhilrirtthasiddhaye (l) vedan sahamgair avadan (read avadat?) puratana. A. A. A. Date: An strange. VIII f.~x niyuktasya pradarsayati F. f.n yas tarn gurun naumi sadartthasidtlhaye (i) Vyasasisyo mahatejas sa Vai£ampayano munih uvaca punar apy enam rajanam Jana1 Id est alpasah. XI f. (1) + 97 -f. dj X l| in. ii srlsarasvatlprasadika n Whish No. A. V f. 11: 194 k~ vacanan etc. Four Aksaras wanting. XII f. A. etat te sarvam akhyatam rahasyam param It ends: atbhutam brahmaitat paramam punyarn sarvapapapranaevarn npasamhrtam sastram nilabjyos samsanani iti ii X — gamat saumye sthitena paramadina siddhantara vivrtam iti Paramesvare suryasisauram isvarenaivam atppasali 1 n ddhantavivarane trayodasoddbyayab srilokambayai namali ii ll ^risuryadisarvagrahebhyo namah 138. 52b. — 20b: — — acintyavyaktarupaya. 34b. ll suryamsasya I purusasya ca kramat F. 55b. i. 40b. iti suryasiddhantavivarane prathainoddhyayah iti ii Paramesvare suryasiddhantavivarane dvitl- yoddhyayah F. 31: h Paramesvare triprasnaddliyayas trtiyah Adhyaya IV ends f. . A. 44.. The Sahasraiiamajmdi/avrtti or metrical the Vimusalia&ranaman. 68b. as the date which is very entry by Mr.

) 139. See Mantrap. Marriage. . 67: te — mantram I i I sakhasi saptapada te abhuma sakhyan sakhyan gameya F.: f. 141. W'insH No. Material: Palm leaves. yantv ayusman idam pari dhatsva vasah 2. ttyam marttyo johavlmi 11. 12. etc See IMantrapatha II. according to the school of Bodhfiyana. 6 or 7 lines on a page. 5. 35: mantram a tisthemam asmanam a£meva tvam sthiro bhava abhi tistha prtanyatas sahasva prtanayatah — I .H3* 195 . me ma yosthah — mantram See Mantrapatha i 14. 1. a manual of domestic ceremonies (Jata- karman. .). (Date etc. g. or A.. 79: sakhyat ma yosam I. I ya> ca devir tas tva devir jjarasa I sam vyaII. See Mantrap. mantram ya akrntann avayan ya atanvata antan abhito dadhantha 2. 5. Date: Kollam year 999. etc. yas tva hrda kirina jatavedo. Size: 7f x lj- in. F.<- mejayam srutvavadharya niscitya dharmman iiaiiavidha(n) paran a&esenaiva kartsnyena ni^e§enavi^amkaya 11 It ends: — sripurvapunmapriyavadarena vrttir i s'amparkasamSo( dhitamanasena mmaya kcsavapurnnanamnam ?) sahasrasya sarniriteyam laghuvrttir iyam haripadayugan drdhabhaktimata kathita vimala suviuirsya naro yadi tarn prapathed dlirtikrtyaharim sa viuiuktimayat namapadyavrttau dasaniasataiu samaptam astu sri-Vedavyasava naniah. e. Upanayana. in the Malayalam language. F. 9b: mantram asnia bhava parasu(r) bhava hiranyam asrtam bhava vedo mai (read vai) putranamasi sa jiva ^aradas — I satam indrah sresthani dravinani dhehi cittin daksasva subliagatvam asme. Sodasakriyd. D. 11. 3. etc. (1) + 102 + (1) leaves. Character: Malayalam. the Vedic Mantras being quoted in Sanskrit. manyamanomarII. etc. 33. I i iti II srlsakasran subhani in Malayalam language. 13* . 1824.

~>i 196 140. 24b marg. 9?-x1t in-. . narayaniyam samaptam n ii sngurubhyo namah HI. 114. 25 marg. 8 or 9 lines on a page. srlganapataye sandranandavabodhatmakam namah avighnam astu anupamitam kaladesavadhii bhyan niryyuktan nityam uktan nigamasatasahasrena nirbhasyamanam aspastan drstamatre punar urupurusartthatmakam brahmatatvam tat tavat bhati saksat gurupavanapure hanta bhagyah jananam F. K~ Whish No. M. Prakriyasarvasvarn Dhatukavyam." the following entry "Narayaniyam. 18 marg. 103 leaves. 22 marg. See No. JRAS. 9 or 10 lines on a page. 143.'.: narasimhavataram It ends: ajhatva te mahatvam yad iha nigaditam visvanatha ksametha(h) stotran caitat sahasrottaram adhika- — I i taram tvatprasadaya bhuyat i dvedha narayaniyasrutisu lilavatarair ca janusa stutyatavarnnanena sthitam iha kurutam ayurarogyasaukhyam n idam srlkrsnaya ll namah etc.: venasya katha F. Size: 142. Material: Palm leaves. On (by the last page there Narayana Bhatta is of by Mr. (1) Material: Palm leaves.: ajamilakatha I i i etc. by the Maharaja of Travancore. XVI..: hiranyaksakatka I F. 1 Size: 9* in.? Character: Malay alam. It begins: — karih p. by a native of The author admired vol. C. . The Narayamya.. 449. S. . The completion of the work by the author is dated 27 th November 1586 O. 1884. Whish: Malabar of the Vaisnava sect. X + 189 leaves. a Stotra Kerala). is described as the 'most popular and wellof author etc. P. Narayaniyam. Whish No. Date: 18th r 19th cent.

11 lines on a page. 14xl'| in. by Laksmidhara. by Deva or Devanna Bhattopadhyaya. . Material: Palm leaves. oni hnni collection of 110 Mantras. i. in 12 Sargas. Whish No.? Character: Malayalam. The Smrtieandrika. 6 (4. 9% if in. D. according to the scribe's colophon: makaramasam ancantiyyati coppaccayum fcollayiratta empattahcamata rohiniyum suklapaksattit dvadasiyum Simhah karanavum kutiyadivam vatalayesanugrahena Krsnadvijena likhitam pustakam Character: Malayalam. X x l| 16 + 21 + 19 +5+ 11 leaves. A. — ii The Sriitiranjinl. beginning: (1) x sarvasatvavasankaklliu am klim 6rlm (? ) nityakamesvan A — 1 Indistinct. 1806. Another copy of the same work as No. (and l{ or 7) lines on a page.. 142. 145. Pariccheda I of the A'vavaharakanda. (Whish 14:}. in. Another copy of the same work as No. was copied by Krsnadvija in the Kollam Kollam A. D.->* 197 f<~ Date: Kollam 981. e. Material: Palm leaves. 111). (1) + 99 leaves. & year 985. Bate: Early 19tu cent. 129 (1) (Whish No. 113 No. 128).). according to the scrii colophon (written in Malayalam language) at the end of the -MS. The MS. i. Wiiisii Size: No. Size: 144. son of Keswvdditya Bhattopadhyaya. 1810. Character: Malayalam. and fragments of Tantric treatises. Various collections of Mantras for Tantric worship. 5. a Commentary on Jayadera's Gltago(1) vinda. L>ate Scribe: e.

etc. f. This fragment breaks off on f. na guror adhikam na guror adhikam na guror F. beginning manasa cintaye devam manasasnanam ucyate khasthitam pundarikaksam mantramurttim harim smaret anantadityasankasam vasudevah caturbhujam samkhacakragadapatmadharinam vanamalinam syamalam. F.sabdasparsaruparasagandlia-akasayayuvahnisalilabhumyatmana asuddhatatvena am am ah aim atmatatvena sthiiladeham pariso- dhayami sodhayeti bruyur aryyah. (5) Another collection of rsih iudro (6) amrtagayatrl devata aim sukrasapanam kllm. etc. 1): Sukra cchandah sarjjivani(read samjivanl?)(f. 14 contains some benedictions (namo ganesaya namo vidhatre. 13b. — A li 1): — harih srlganapataye namah srlmadvagdevatayya tva gananatham pranamya ca natvfi desikanathah ca sivanandarasam bruve 1 II . 1): — caturbhujam mahavisnum samkhacakragadadharam Another Tantric treatise (or fragment).).~X 198 Kr- rlsenah sarvastripurusava. etc. 17 ends: iti samkhapuja gamgamgayai visvarupayai sadasivamrtayai narayanyai namo nam ah Ff. etc.sankari aim kllm sauh sauh kllm aim hrim namo bhagavativiccai (?) mahatripurasundaryyai namah. Collection of 50 Mantras. (3) (f. 11: — | i H n A — hrdayasarasije talumule lalate dvaipatre sodasare dvidasadasadale dyadasftrddhe catuske vasante balamaddhye da- phakarasahite kanthadese svaranam hamsan tatvartthai yuktam sakaladalayutam varnnaiupan namami etc. 1): vikarabuddhimatasrotratvak- — caksujihvaghranavakpanipadapayupastha . 15 & 16 contain another fragment. ff. beginning (f. etc. (4) A Collection viti I of patram om prakrtya atha Mantras. 10 b: adhikam na guror adhikam sivasasanatas sivasasanatas 110 sivasasanatas sivasasanatah sngurucaranaravindanam ah bhyani adhare limganabhau (2) fragment begins on f. beginning Mantras begins (f. 18 19 contain some tables of Mantras in four — I — I columns.

2b: dasabhir nnavasamyuktaih padyair iti samirita dutalaksmadikaddhyayah prathamah prasnasamgrahe iti sarasamgrahe pra£na6astrestamamgaddhyayo F. 9 or 10 lines Material: Palm leaves. Whish No. on a page. Size: 9-f 146.khopaSakh5 sthita uccair mmamisakayainfinapataimi akramya niskalm bhavatu me salkarmmasamvarnityabhistaphalaprada ddkita il 50 II U4.->< It ends: 100 *s- — anandamftapuritaharapadainbhojalavale sthita stkairyopaghnam upetya bhaktilatika §S.? Character: Malayalam. (1) + 52 leaves. 22: sarasamgrahe prasnasastre grahavivaranaslokanam dasamah F. It the Sdrasamgraha.. X It in. from on astrology. 32b: ity ayu(h)prasnah ddhyayo il F. 5b: — iti — ll — II . (1) The Prasnasamgralia. Date: 18th r 19th cen t. 4b: — II i i n — dvitiyah sarasamgrahe prasnasastre sugrivapraSnaddhyayas trtiyah iti F. a treatise begins: — sriganapataye namah avighnam astu si I- suryadisarvagrahebhyo namah (i) suryendvagnivilocanam girisutaraktam bndhantasvrkam devedyam rajatacalendra- bhrgubhuh konadhivasotsukam sarppalamkrtacaruvigrahamayam vrddhoksaketum bbaje kanthantarggatakalakuta1 celluranatham sivam maddhyatavyadhipam gulikaii pranamya kamalam pranesVaram sampade kysmyaprabhrtim vicarya bahudha prasnagaman arijasa samgrhyapi guruditam laghudhiya(m) bodhaya padyair nnavaih prcchasamgraham adadhamy aham asau deyva(read daiva)jfiatustv:ii i i 2 skandhesu trisu sasramah krtaman&s siddhantabhedesu va pancasv attamantrattamo (read °manastamo?) bhavet i I nipimadhiracftrya van satyavan da i vaj uih i krtanityakarma- karano japtattamantro grahan pancamgeksanapurvakam 3 hi ganaye dastantata (?) svasthadhl(h) F.

madane priye mrti sukhe putro yatha samF. . 2 kesajarka" . and other fragments not identified (ff. Off. MS. harili natvadyam paramesvaram gaIt begins (f. °vijjlva°. Off. Ind.H3* 200 xsaikena gatakenaivam ayuhprasna udahrtah n dasakenatha uktam aganiabhavena saptivarsalaksanam vimsatislaukair (sic) ity evam namrgayayudhoh iti prasnasamgrahah iti prasnasamprasnasamgrahah n 11 11 11 vivahaprasna ucyate It ends (f. OIL V. of Prthuyasas. . 2993). Ind. . 1059 (No'. MS. See Ind. 38 b 52). 38 b): — — napatim snryendubhuvrtividvaglsasplmjidaki(?)rahusikhino devan gurums cakhilan krsniyad aparas (read °rac?) ca saram api yet (read yat) kincit samadaya taccha(s)tram sisyahitaya samgraham aham vaksyami samksepatah janmayuktaphalani janmasamaye jnatva salagnan gralian daivajiiah pravadet tathaiva sakalam prasnodayarksad api prasnam janma samam phalesu sudhiyas samsanty avijiiatam apy adesyam vidnsa hi varyam akhilam prasnopadesad yatah tithyrksesu subhesu saumyadinakrdvarenuknlekhile deyva(read daiva)jham vidhivat prasadya sumatin datva piTibhrtani praline prcchatu prcchakas tv abhimatam nirddharya buddhyaiva tad ramye bhiimitalesu mamgalayute param cakram likhed daivavit etc. 46 b: bhavah hara syat gunasamyutir ggunagunaharahrta sva — I dasa coktavat labdhany 40 i antaraja iti dasatha vidasa saddhya II tatas i Then javlm (?) follows 2 jatakapaddhatir llaghvi 46 b) x harih sonarkanisakaraksiti(f. n : — jlvasphujitsuryajan vighnesam svagurun pranamya sirasa devln ca vagisvarim prasnajhanavidhau Yarahamihira- patyas sa yad vastur^ llokanam i hitakamyaya dvijavaras tlkam karoty alblmtam 1 Prof. the son of Varahamihira. Aufrecht informs me) the beginning of Utpala Commentary on the Satjiauca&ika. 3 Varahamihiracaryasya sadvastuni lo°. This is (as 1 ?. 38b): — grahani samaptam n (2) Fragment of the Laglivl Jdtakapaddhati. p.

49 — 52 contain Mantras and invocations. is doubtful whether the leaves belong together. (2) The Jayamangald.. the Sankhyasaptati.Hl.'isis\(']ia srl- Samkarabhagavata krta samkhyasaptatitika samapta sarasvatyai i sri- namah srikrsnaya namah n . Material: Palm leaves. 145. Whisk is dated 'Calicut 1822'.i]'. 147. D. and it This also is only . (1) The Sankhyasaptati. (2) + 62 + 46 + 32 + 12 + (2) leaves. WmsH Size: lines No.i fragment of one page. Date: An entry by Mr. 7b): adhisrlganapataye namah muniin kriyate gatatatvalokam lokottaravadinam pranamya II ll — harih saptatikayas tika jayamamgala nama preksavantonukte I I prayojane na kvacit pravarttanta iti prayojanam ucyate tathoktam tatvajiianan moksah tatvani . 1—7).~=w 201 k~ The next two leaves much can be made. a Commentary on by Sankara It begins (ff. 62): srimatparamahamsapaTivraja(read I — parivrajak\u)caiwasri-(iovindal)hagavat[)iijv. Character: Malayalam. See No. <ff. 7—62). (f. and at the end of the Tarkasamgrahadlpika the date Kollam 997 (also corresponding to A. — | iti samkhyasaptati tatvais samaptah sat| trimsata samghatitaya tvagadisaptavarano bha- vaya etc. from 8 to 12 on a page. srlganapataye namah avighnam astu duhkhatrayabhighataj jijnasa tadapaghatake hetau drste etc. 7?x2 in. saparttha cen naikantatyantatobkavat It begins: — harih 7): It ends (f. or 8dnJchyaTcdrika\ by Isvarahrsna 104. contain fragments of which not Ff.paneavimsatih pancavimsatitatvajho yatra kutrasrametarah jati mumli etc. sikhl va vimucyate natra samsayah iti It ends (f. 1822) is given.

. It — harih begins: aja by Vacaspatimisra (ff. in Malayalam language. F. the Saukhyasa(3). 32). vidhasyati alam ntkanthaya tavety apadese tustih sakalakhyogha ucyate ya tu na kalan napy upadanat prakrter vivekakhyatir api tu bhagya deva ata eva madalasapatyani balani matur upadesamatra devavivekakhyatimanti muktani babhiivuh. 41 begins: A fragment. by Annairibhatta (ff. sriganapataye namah avighnam astu visvesvaram sambamurttim pranipatya giram gurum tlkrini sisuhitam kurve tarkasa(m)grahadipikam etc. etc. not identified — te (ff. 104 sriganapataye namah avighnam prajas astu ajam ekam lohitasuklakrsnam bahvih i srjamaimn namamah sisyaya ye tan jusamana bhajanto jahaty enam numas tan Kapilaya mahamunaye munaye bhuktabhogan tasya casuraye I Paficasikhaya tathesvarakrsnaya vayan namasj^amah iha khalu pratipipitsitam arttham pratipadayan pratipadayitavadheyavacano bhavati. (Date etc. 1—40).) (6) The Tarkasamgralia. See No. It begins: — harih ity It ends : — i Annambhattopaddhyayakrtatarkkasainii II grahadlpika samapta srlmahatripurasundaryai namah n etc. 40): iti sri-Vacaspatimisraviracita samkumudaniva cetamsi bodhayanti khyasaptatitika samaptah satam sada srl-Yacaspatimisranam krti syat tatvakaumudl n aksaram yat paribbrastam matrahlnan tu yat bhavet ksantum arhanti vidvamsah kasya nasti vyatikramah srl- — n II gnrubhyo namah II n II n (4) 41—46). It ends (f. a Commentary on ptati. etc. 12).~>i 202 (3) k~ The Tattvakaumudl. a Commentary by Annambhatta on his own Tarkasamgraha (ff. (5) The Tarhasamgrahadvpika.

22b breaks off with the words: — sakujerkaputre rahau brhatbijmihahuraryyah lagne sea (3) + e.inde n . Ff. 23 — lokam vedais ca 23). (2) The Sarvdrthaeintdmani .) Scribe: A. 1307. + 60 leaves. — harih p. See Hultzsch It begins: II. sriganapataye namah i I Read jatoppayaryyut with Dr. from e. astrological Fragment only treatise. Material: Palm leaves. son of Appaydrya. 6 to 9 lines on a page. first Sarga of the Balakanda of Txl- Rdmdyana begins: F. Size: 7xU in. 1 (ff. — by -i-l i. Hultzsch' . sriganapataye vinilayani namah avighnam srl astu i srimacchesagiristhale -Vemkitesam gurum natva Vemkitanayakas tv anudinam jatopayayat 1 sudhlh etc. (Date given in Malayalam Damodara. 128. Fragment miJci's of the (f.MS. 129 Whish No. nama prathamas sarggah . gamisyati idam pavitram papa- ghnam punyam silramayane srisamksepo sammitam yah pathed ramaca. 1 —4 contain some fragments. an VenJcatandyaka.. language on f. It ends: Kanadanyayamatayor balavyutpattisiddhaye Annambhattena vidusfi racitas tarkkasamgrahah tarkkasaragrahas samaptah srl-Vedavyasaya namah srlgurave namah. 4 + i. D. srlnaradavakye . . Date: Kollam 992. 11 — uc>. ritam sarvapapaih pramucyate adikavye and ends: — iti ^rlyamad\. rahau vilagne F. 1817. (1) Character: Malayalam. No. 129. 148.~>< It 203 k~ namah avighnam astu begins: — harih etc. sriganapataye nidhaya hrdi.idik. not identified.

. Whish No. 160 + (3) leaves. 50b: — — II — ll iti Sribhugolapurane pahcasoddhyayah ll iti sribhugolapurane keralamahatmye gargga- yudhisthirasamvade addhyayah n F. 6b iti sribhugolapurane keralamahatmye addhyayah : — the Bhugola-Purdna. which I cannot identify. partly in Malayalam. on the Karanapaddhatl Size: 7^x1? in. 209 leaves (the first missing). (5) A Malayalam Ff. .? Character: Malayalam. 7 lines Material: leaves. Commentary 1—60. (Astrology?). etc. n 131b: — iti sribhugolapurane umaniahesVarasamvade o — agastyasamhitayam keralotbhave iksunadimahatmye paiicapahcasodhyayah It ends: — keralotbhave sthalesamahatmye catussastisF.. The Keralamahatmya from It begins: laksmlgrame samagatya bhagavan bhrgunandanah gramanin kalpayam asa tasmin saptadasa dvijan kancidvijain dvijesv atra amgiranvayam eva ca ksetrakaryaya ramas tu laksmisasyalaye nrpa. F. 39b: F. 150. 23 b — 129 contain several fragments partly in Sanskrit. F. 149. (1) + Whish No. of which is X Is Palm in. generally 7 lines on a page. 155: ity ll keralamahatmye samksepo nama prathamoddhyayah iti satatamodhyayah ll subham bhavatu ll 148. Date: 18 th r 19th cent. 147. on Size: llf a page.-> 204 (4) f<~ Ff. 92: iti keralotbhave nilanadimahatmye — pahcamo- ddhyayah F. Material: Palm leaves.

Date: 18th cent.in. 3: is — missing. (1) +1+ 109 + (1) + + 29 + (1) leaves.? Character: Malayalam. in 7 Acts. breaks off in the middle of the 39 th Adhyaya (f. the Jnanayoga and Mukti Khandas are complete. tmyakhande prathamoddhyayah The Sivamahfitnryakhanda ends 41): — — . iti srlskande purane sutasamhitayam sivamahaii iti skande purane sutasamhitayam sivamahatmyakhande trayodasoddhyayah n Sivamahatmyakhandas samaptah n The Jhanayogakhanda ends (f. of the The Sutasamhitd Skanda-Purdna. 149. 112): iti muktikhande navamoddhyayah muktikhandas samaptah The MS. The leaves are numbered by Akaaras. 76. the end of the Yajnavaibhavakhanda F. 204) of the Yajnavaibhavakhanda. Size: 7| 151. Niitcrial: Palm leaves. 7 or 8 lines on a page. .satitamoddhyayah samapta jhanayogakliandah The Muktikhanda ends (f. by Kalidasa. (1) The AhhijTidnasakuntala.->< 205 K&- Date: 17 th Injuries: r 18th cent. . Whish No. The first two leaves damaged. The Sivama- hatmyakhanda wants the beginning (one leaf)..? Character: Malayalam. See No. 20 x 1^. ll ll — . ll ll (which begins f. It begins:— harih srlganapataye namah nandyante tatah pravisati sutradharah ya srastus srstir adya vahati vidhi- hutam ya havir ya ca hotra (read hotrl) ye dve kalarp vi- dhatta srutivisayaguna ya sthita vyapya visvani yam ahus sarvabhutaprakrtir iti yaya praninah pranavantah pratyaksabhih prapannas tanubhir avatu vas tabhir astabhir isah i jiaipatthyftbhimukham avalokya i aryyc yadi naipatthyavi- . . . 83): iti jnanayogakhande samadhividhir vim.

The same work? harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu It begins: — ^rimatkailasasailesakalaganacamucakrasampurnnasanau sa- nandam parijataprasavasulabhilan (?) manayan mandavatan pratyagrapremahrdyam anisam anusaran daksajamiksu (?) capakridabhedair anaisit kamapi sa samayam somalekhakalapah 1 It ends (f. 94b. saha £amanasuto matsyapuryany avatsit matrvacam aciran ni£amya padatarit (?) vlnihaIt ends: namaskaric (?) cadarena nijasodarah ca samudam pranamya I — 1 1 The metre requires a short syllable.) (2) The Dahsayajnaprcibandha. edition. th A. th A. asmabhih I etc. not identified. the 3 A. p. vol. 58. rd 30. The Catalogue of the Library of the India part Office. 42. the 2 nd A. 72b. first Anka ends f. . 16 b. by Ramanarayana'. harih sriganapataye begins: — namah avighnam astu sakam raja sagarbhyais samayajalanidhim dustaram sadhu tirttha (read tlrtva?) nirmmukto vaktrarandhrad vidhur iva tamaso bhasamano nitantam panim partthatmajenatbhutabhujamahasa grahayann uttarayas santusyan bandhuvarggais etc. 20): sadyas samprapya satraksitim anumiliii n — tam prakrtaih praptajlvaih datva rudrasya bhagam n vidhi- vad avahitas satrasesam samapya svastha svam svan nivasam prayayur atisukhas sopi dakso babhuva iti daksayajnaprabandham samaptam n ii n (3) A It fragment. f. 109b) — f. a poem. 65 mentions a 'Daksayajna. the 5 with: (f. I. published Calcutta 1881. f. II.^ dhanam avasitam itas 206 Kr- ama ia hmi i su i pravisya nati esa adya khalu abhirupabhuyistha parisad ! I tavad aganryatam Kalidasagrathitavastuna navena natakenopasthatavyam f. The f. the 4 It breaks off th A. the 6 ca tava bhavatu api I vidaujah prajyavrsti(h) prajasatatayajiias (sic) svarggino bha(Verse 193 in Bohtlingk's vayalani yugasataparivartta.

A. yah. It begins: grigurave — harih sriganapataye namah avighnani astu namah srirnatsatgunasambhrtam vapur adhistha1 yanugrhnati yah Sraddhabhaktipavitratopaharanai svararabhabhukarukaili purnnanandarasanubhur ativisadan (?) tarppito yajvanas tan devani nnigamagamadyadhigatam nityam gurudivakarabhadrakataksarusphuritahr(t)kamalodarasambhrtah likhitasmy atha tantrasamucca(?)3 1 samSradhnuyah etc. Doubtful reading. 196 + (2) leaves.. AVhish No. i. F. Character: Malayalam. Material: Talm leaves. generally 7 lines on a page..137 Material: Palm leaves. . Date: 17^ or 18th C ent. generally 9 lines on a page. (Date in Malayalam 151.-5h 207 k- samanatmajam tan teli 1 * II (P) n adi yatudhanaparamesakoUupatina^m&rutasudevacaranaravindamakakan vUa * <?) 2 karutlbhinan 150. (1) -f.? Size: 7-f 1 -f 4 leaves. (2) + e. Size: 6«- 152. 2 3 The metre The metre requires w _requires w _« for vila*. 103: — iti tantrasamuccaye rahasyagamasarah patalah (sic) saniapi sasthaprakrtita thika pratisthah 11 krtapadapithapratimavarakapl- tantrasamuccaye samudyatghatasanikhyaparikalpanaprakarah patalah kalasaprasadhanaitatsnapanakhyandavarosta samaptah 11 F. X l? in. 144: — iti It ends: — balipithamahaddhvajadijlttena (sic) 11 11 1 vihitair 11 11 ddeva- visuddhyavasrutais tatsulisoddhya 11 iti samntra- samuccyeye samaptah language. The Tantrasamuccaya.) (sic) etc. 1824. D. Date: Kollam 999. xl'i in. Whish No. 154.

mentions Mankhuka as the author's name. 67 seq. Sabdartth. where Ruppaka is a mistake for Ruyyaka. D. also in the Bodleian 117) has Rajanaka Rucaka. Injuries: Leaves 93 208 k~ numbered by Aksaras. In Burnell.au ga. Is Mankhuka identical with Mankhaka. 51. 1135 and 1145). leaf 100 lost. half of (1) The Alawikarasarvasva by Rajanaka Ruyyaka or ManOur MS. not ca identified. Bombay MS.~5* Character: Malayalam. Mitra. Notices No. It ends:— sabdalamkaratvaprasamgat tasmad asrayasrayibhavenaiva cirantanamatanusrtih samaptan cedam alamII n karasarvasvani II » iti Mamkhuko sivaya vitene kasmlraksitipasa- ndhivigrahikah sukavimukhalamkaran tad idam alamkan II ii rasarvasvam astu ii ii ii namas srmtaya II n n n subham ii ii (2) A It fragment begins: (4 leaves. IX. Wilson 406 (Aufrecht-Oxford 210a). Biihler (Report.) has shown that Rajanaka Ruyyaka was the Guru of Mankha or Maiikhaka (who wrote his Srikanthacarita between A. The leaves are in the same and 94 damaged. kha. edition published in the 'Ka1893). marked ka. p. pp. Thus in the vyamala' (No. — iha visistau kavyam tayos . 19. 54a. p.' Generally Ruyyaka (or Rucaka) is mentioned as the author of our work. way as No. the name of the author Tchulm. and was he the real author of the Alam- karasastra which his Guru appropriated to himself? harih sriganapataye naroah avighnam It begins: — astu namaskrtya param vacan devin trividhavigraham nijalamkarasutranam vrtya talparyam ucyate iha bhamahotbhataprabhrtayas tavac cirantanalamkarakarah pratlyamanam arttham vacyopaskarakatayrdamkarapaksaniksiptam ma- nyante tatha hi. gha). is Rajanaka given as 'Kasmirasandhivigrahikamankhuka. 35. 3015 (vol. Tanjore. etc.

Burnell. M. pp. bhyani mmah nniruktinigadavyastasamastair saptastaih pathibhir nnamnam parayanam kurbhagna abhidhanakrto vivarltaras ca yatra vibhraiti i ntah namani tani bhaktum atigahanam alio vyavasita smah sahajo yas samullasah ksirabdhes sopi mamsyate candra ity atra kim hi bhavet kurmo gatanugatikah jagat I vasty eva tan na kriyatenyatha yat kas chadayed dinamanim karasamputona saretarantaravicaracanan pratlr§yams tena- ham eva bata durjjana cakravarttl F. Date: Probably copied for Mr. Tanjore. by Kslrasvamin.-SH 209 r<r- vaisistyan dharmamukhena vyaparamukhcna vyaingvaiuukliena va iti trayah prayahpaksah adyepy alamkarato guiuto veti dvaividdhyara. Whisk in the early part of the 19*h cent. Not quite complete. 107: — ity Amarakosotghatane yai^yavarggas sanpipu- n . je satvam vipaksad vyavrttir iti rupani II vakyanyayo ml- mamsakanyayah 152. It ends: — trirupatvad o iti paksadharmmatvam trlni sapal. etc. leaves. 45. (1) The Amarakosodghatana. XXVIII (1874). See Aufrecht in Z. p. sabdadivarggas saiii- purnnah rnnah n ii P. a Commentary on Amarasimha's Namaliiiganusasuna.. D. 103 seqq. 21b: ity Amarakosotghatane — | etc. x lv in.. (1) + 137 + 39 + (1) from 10 to 12 lines on a page. Whish No. Size: 13-| 155. Material: Palm leaves. Character: Malayalam. G.. It begins: harih srlganapataye — namah avighnam astu srigurubhyo namah disyac chivani sivayos tilakayamanam gorocanarucilalatavilocanam vah bahir anyonyagadhapariramiva bhanipldanena pindibhavan sphutitonuragah i adyapy yorttharttbibhir budliah utpatyate yatheccham grhniddhvan namaratnani prakrtipratyayavakyair abhinnamudro Amarakosa esa .

-» F. not identified. by Mdnareda. (1-3) Fragments of works. Size: 7jXls in.. + 5 + 4 + 9 + 14 + 44 leaves. 3. Material: Palm leaves. Stabakas I Cf. Bate: 17* or 18th cent. 94. in Mala- . 451. partly in Sanskrit. — VI. partly y. 128: ity Amarakosotghatane samkirnnavarggas samI — iti n — purnnah ii It breaks off (f. 113: 210 h^- sri-Ksirasvamyutpreksite Aniarakosotghatane bhumyadikando dvitiyah sudravarggas sampurnnah F. laksmim Vyasabhidhanonisam yah praleyagirav Apantaratamorupena nityan tapah tanvanasya kalaharer avikala lokopakarodyatad rag asyandata bharatamrtajhari yasyeyam [asye yam] asyendutah 1 nrtyantam rajammukhe svapitaram stutyan trilokljanair nnityan tan nijakarnnatalavavanair atyantam anandayan aghnanas ca yathalayam bhuvi karagrenorunadam krpanighnatma sa I 1 atanutat sa sriganapataye vo munivaro namah avighnam hi vighnaraja iha F. 35 Whish No. Aufrecht CC. It begins: — harih p. dososya viSaradah n n I ii (2) The Campubhurata. I 137b) with: — saradi n bhavas saradah laksanayabhinavah suddho varsa ca adhrstopratibhah vidvatsupragalbhau visaradau vigatas saradopratibhatvan See Aniarakosa III.ilam. 7: — iti II me vighnan vijeghnlyatam 2 sri-Manavedaviracite campubharate prathama | I stabakah stabakah It ends: — II iti sri-Manavedaviracite campubharate sastha n atha bhupatir atbhutavadanam gunasamra- njitasarvajlvalokam yuvarajapade yuvanani enam bharatam niodabharahcitobhyasmcat i 1 n 153. 158. astu I 'Manavedacampu'.? Character: Malayalam. 7 or 8 lines on a page.

F. 9 b): prasastasutrasuksman tu samkunaiva- — I vadhrirayet yathaiva purvaparayamyasaumyadigbhagaviII jiianam ihopadistam samasantastavisayam vivicya karyyani karmanibandhanani iti prayogasare satdvimsah patalah II (5) Fragment and domestic It begins: of a work of the Prayoga kind. 1 margin: i F. F. etc. a work on ritual? layapradam niskalasyapranieyasya devasya paraniatmanah santanayogam ity alms samsarocchittisadhanam yogat samadhis sayujyam sayiijyild divyasanmata sa hi samsarasandhana havanl muktir isyate kamakrodhas tatha lobho mohas ea mada eva ca matsaryan ceti sadvarggo vaiii mumuksuna ca yamas jneyo niyamas tadvad asannam pranadlniranam pratyaharo dharana ca dbyanan capi samaI dliita. on witchcraft mesamamsamalakirnnatatketaini^adliuyasya pitadadimiphalasanpattim mahatim labhate param i —harih 1 rites.: 1 — tilakosarvalokavasyakaram. kasyapi mamsena goksiragulasamgina tena siktena naramgi prathamam kusumo mesah kusussvadakhya phalosrita tharena ksate krte jamghayam tilactirnnena samena madhuI etc. 5 marg. 2 marg. — padapadohalaprakaravidhi.: — vrksasecanam. F. It ends (f.: — vljaropanam. lb marg. iti prayogasare pancamah patalah n atah param pravaksyami yathavac chamkulaksanam nitye naimittike capi vasadhlne ca karmani dikvidiksamsaye prapte sam- F. (Read bija 2b marg.-5* 211 (4) x- Fragment It begins: atah param pravaksyami yogam parainadurllabhara dharrnamoksapradaii tatvan divyam divya- —harih of a Prayogasdra. etc. 14* . 8: — kus saranam ucyate.: — vrksavaicitryadohalabhedah ?) bljastam- bhanam. sarppisa F. of the syllable ssva is The reading doubtful.

der Prakrit-Sprachen (Biihler's Grundriss Grammar. Indian Antiquary. 134—136. 14 marg. Material: Palm leaves. p." . lib marg. Whish No. vahjiraprakriya. by SimGramI. F. 42 seq. 12 b marg. Date: 17 th or 18th cent. 1898. F. 154. insects. kesavrddhih. 8). pp.H3* 212 *S~ F. 13 marg. has been fully treated in my paper "On the South-Indian Recension of the Mahabharata.. Injuries: Some leaves damaged by . 5 b marg. See Pischel. 10 marg. i — ksulpipasaharanaprayogah. — — F. This MS. F.: — bhunagatailaprakarah. 13b marg. Size: 10 159.: rtunasam. 8 niarg.: sussvarakaranam. 1 + 72 + 1 leaves. XXVII. It ends (f. F. : — — — F.? Character: Malayalam. vol. 12 marg. The Prakrtariipavatara liaraja. F.: sarlradurgandhaharanam I i dordduramo- daharanam kantisaurabhavadanadurgandhaharanam karanam F. F. Strassburg 1900. syamikaharanam.: karnnavrddhih. kucavarddhanam. It begins: harih grlganapataye — namah avighnara astu daityavar- antarayandhatamasaviddhvamsanavibhakaram . 7 or 8 lines on a page. a Prakrt matik son of Samudralmndhayajvan. : — — dugdkayuktam 14) phalam dhatryadinaikam II pesayet tatah sitajyasahitali vacyamodakam bhaksayet tu tarn dasaratresu sambanti pipasan ca na samsayah n (6) The Sambhava-Parvan of the MaJiabharata in twelve Adhyayas.: pipasaharanam. atibuddhiprayogali. — I kantisaurabhakaranam.: dirghakesakaranam.: payastambhah. 9 marg.: — strimukhakantikaranam. Xl? in. bhunagolpatti- prakarah.

ahmara i anyadrsasyannfi iravara isau vassadi 73—75 ii are omitted. Size: 6-g-xli in. . etc. Date: 17th r 18th cent? Character: Malayalam. It ends 2 dvandvesvabadavav asvabadava na sarnabrte kantas suryenduparyayapurvoyabpurvakopi ca vatakas c. (1) -(- 160. 103 + (1) leaves.. Whish No. Material: Paper. 5. 72b ends: — yusmadadibhyab i parasya cbasya didaro ii bbavati Ff.i: — nuvakas ca kudumgakah limgadisamgrabavarggah Amarakosakandain etc. 16—17. simha. See III. i i sam- F. 76: It ends on n —***** ssagrhnau drsigrabob i I grbnadi sakalavidyaviSaradasya Samudrabandbayajvanas sununa Simharajanamadheyena viracite prakrtarupavatare saurasenyadivibbagas samaptab n iti 155.vidbividam tatarn asya prasadad vyaktam rupavatarain viracayati mitam iba prakrtasabdas tridha Simbarat prakrtiyara skrtasainas samskrtabbava desyas ceti etc. It begins: or tbe Namalinganusasana by Amara- —barib srlganapataye namab avigbnam astu I yasya jfianadayasindhor. yakandas samaptab I II iti titi- 1 ^ Leaf damaged. i tuhmara f. 13: — I ity ajantah pullimgah parisamaptah I n athajanta strllimga ucyante F.-*h 213 «~ tniopamarddendum vande karimukham mabah (read ahamVj uttarabbimukha bhakta yasya vacaspatav api bhajami bbagadheyan tarn prasannam daksinamukham setum vyakhyai narupam gahanam akrta yas Sastrasahityasindhor buddhya baddbva yatbarttbam vyaracayata nijam sindhubandbetisamjnara natva tam yayajukam nigama. 9 or 10 lines on a page. The Amarokosa.

(1) + (1) + 1 -f (1) + 1 + 1 + 52 + 2 + (1) + 17 [numbered + 20 leaves. 8 lines on a page. 163. . It begins: in 12 Adkyayas. The Sivadharmottara CC. etc. 112: — iti . svargginarakicilmaddhyayo .? Character: Malayalam. h$- AVhish No. Leaves numbered by Aksaras. . 7 lines on a page. p. 137 leaves. 74b:— iti F. Size: 7| 23] X l4 in..~5* 214 156. Date: 17th r 18th cent. 25b: — iti sivadharmottare 11 dvitlyoddhyayah F. . papagativiseso nama sap tamoddhy ayah F. punyani sarvavarna- 8b: — iti sivadharmottare i gosadamgavi(dhi)r vidyarogyastutir nnama nnama ii prathamoddkyayah F. 97: — . AVhish No. F. See Aufrecht sriganapataye naniah avighnam astu jhanasaktidharam santam kumaram sanikaratniajam deva I i — harih danam skandam Agastyah pariprcchati bhagavan darsanat tubhyam antyajasyapi samgatih saptajanmasu vipratva(m) svarggat bhrastasya jay ate yenasi natha bbutanam sarvesam annkampakah atas sarvahitan dharmam samksepat prabravibi me dharma bahuvidha de^ai devena kathitah kila te ca srutas tvaya sarve prcchami tvam ahan tatab kimpradhanas sive dharmas sivavakyaii ca kldrsam limgerccitas sivah kena vidhina samprasldati vidyadanafi ca dananam sarvesam uttamam kila tac ca srutau dvijetat ** ndranan nanyesam samudahrtam naii jayate kena karmana. praya6cittavidhir nnama ekadasoddhya- yah II It ends: — ii iti gomahatmyan nilma dvadasoddhyayah samaptam namas sivaya n sivadharmottare skanda[h]prokte sivagame sivadharmottaram 11 157. 162. . . 649. Material: Palm leaves. nama n iti .. from 7 to . . Size: 72 -x1t in.

? Character: Malayalam. 52b ends: —pravrddhe tu pralayam yati dehabhit tadottamavida(m) lo. begins : — The first leaf niiilambhoruhamaddhyakonavilasatbandhidvara- gojvalah jvrilajalajitendukantilaharl[m]m anandasandayinlm helalalitamlakuntaladharan nilottariyaipiukam kolluradinietc. Then follow two leaves. 23b): — kayena vaca manasendriyair va bu- . etc. 4b: — iti srlbhagavatgltasiipanisatsu brahmavidyayain yogasastre srikrsnarjunasanivade ll arjjunavisadayogo nSma - p lathamoddhyayah The 13 th Adhyaya ends f. It ends (f. i sarvapraharanayudhah harih i iti om kirttanam yasya kesavasya mahatmanah nainnam sahasran divyanam asesena praklrttitam ya idam srnuyan nityam. 215 *<h Date: 17 th or 18th cent. param bhiiyah pravaksyami jnananam jnanam munayas sarve param siddhim ato utta- ga- F. followed by fragments of works which 1 cannot identify. ya(j) jhatva etc. vasinlm bhagavatm dbySyami mukambikam 7 to 23. (1) A fragment of the Bhagavadgltd. 52. some It begins: sira. Leaves numbered by Aksaras. Then follows:— srlbli a gavan i mam tah. F. not numbered. fragment I A srlganapataye namah avighnam astu suklasasivainnam caturbhujam prasannavisnum mbaradharam vadanan dhyayet sarvavighnopasantaye on namo bhagavate vasudevaya on namo bhagavate purusottamaya on begins: I — harih namo narayanaya on namas F. — srlganapataye namah avighnam astu I I i Dhrtara- uvaca dharmmaksetre kuruksetre samaveta ynyui tsavah caiva kirn akurvata Sanjaya uvaca drstva tu pandavanlkam Sanjaya vyudhan Duryodhanas tada acaryam upasamgamya raja vacanam abrai mamakah pandavag vit etc. etc.~x Material: Palm leaves. as leaves numbered 17 of leaves. 20: — aksobhyas sarvalokagurave. breaking off at the th beginning of the 14 Adhyaya (verse 14).

The Anandalahari.? Character: Malayalam. granthe karmmadhigatam mahad mahavratakhyam ukthakhyam Sastram . Palm Date: 17th cen t. 150 leaves (but two first leaves are lost'*..->i 216 K~ ddhyatmana vanusrta svabhavat karomi yad yat sakalam subham astu parasmai narayanayeti samarppayami A fragment of one leaf begins: harih mahesvara rsih anustup chandah annapiirnnesvari devata on namo bhagavati annapurnesvari annam me dehi dadapaya svaha Vamesvara rsih gayatrl chandah kumaramurttir dde- — i i n I i n l vata (2) i etc. many leaves being (1) badly damaged. 246 seqq. by Saukaracarya. bad condition. the 7x1t in. Size: 164. 7: is — atranantaratikrante yasmin lost. i. Whish No. See Haeberlin's Kavyasamgraha It — sriganapataye begins: api i pp. from 7 to 9 Material: lines on a page. 7 The beginning F. naniah avighnam astu sivas saktya yukto yadi bhavati saktah prabhavitum na ced evan devo na khalu kusala spanditum api atas tvam araddhyam haribaravirihcadibhir It pranantum stotum va katham 1 i akrtapunyah prabhavati ends: — pradlpajvalabhir candropalajalalavair I ddivasakaranlrajanavidhis sudbasutes arggliyaracana n svaklyair ambhobhis salilanidhisauhityakaranan tvadlyabhir vagbhis tava janani vacam stutir iyam 103 ya kanthanalakaballkrtakalakutacchayeva visphurati vaksasi candramauleh sa me samastaduritani kataksamala tucchlkarotu tuhinacalakanyakayah II 158. the 2 Aranyaka of the Aitareya.Aranyuha (ff. e. leaves. Injuries: The MS. is in a very Leaves numbered by Aksaras.. $ankara s Commentary on the Bahvrcabrdhmana-Upand nisad. 3—108).

It ends (on tbe fragmentary leaf 150 b): ll — **** bbagavat*** :: ll rabhagavatpujyapadasisyasrimatparamabamsaparivra ** krtau samhitopanisadvivaranam sa ** ya namab * ai ** akhilabbuvanasridurggade srlkrsnaya namab betun nityavijnanamurttim sakalajanahrdistbam sarvadava II ll ***** n devadevam prasam ************ 159. Adby. etc.it]i. Size: 11&X2 in. Material: Palm leaves. the 3 rd Aranyaka of tbe Aitareya-Arawjahn (ff. 13 lines on a page. 109 150).. 92. F. Date: 18th cent.. Adhyaya 2 ends f. AVhish No.tv. 45 b. It ends: — iti srI-Govindabbagavatpujyapa(la^i^ya|iaiaiiia- bamsaparivrajaka-Samkarabbagavatpadakrtaubahvrcabrahbrahmane namah srlgurunianopanisattlka samapta sridurggayai namab narayanava naniah bbyo namab n ii ii II ll II (2) SahkarcCs Commentary on tbe Samhita-Upanisad. 5 f. etc. Adby.t- dakrtau bahvrcabrahmanopanisadvivarane pratbamoddbvayah prilna uktbam ity etad avadharitam tasya ca pra^asya 11 sarvatmatvan tan ca sarvatmapranam uktbam abam asmlti vidyat karmajbanadbikrtab purusah. 34b: svargge loke sarvan kaman aptvarurtas samabhavat samabhavad iti n iti sn-Govindabhagavatpujyapada- — sisyaparamahauisaparivrajakacarya-srI-Samkarabhag. 4 f. i. 103. .? Character: Malayalam. — It begins: — om athatas samhitopanisad iti asyas samhitaya upanisad ity adya samksepato vivaranam karisyamab mandamaddbyamabuddhinam api tadarttbabbivyakti syad tadarttbavijnanaprayojanan ca vaksyati sandbiyate pra- jaya pasubhir ity adi. e. 165.^ brhati 217 k~ tat sahasralaksanam sasyate karmmoktliasastro- palaksitam ukthannamanekalokakaladevatadivibhedavisist'i- pranavijnanena samucciclrsi **. (2) + 45 leaves (numbered as 38 to 82). etc.

82b) with the words: proktam arttham iti uktam naciketasa upayamenapi prcchate iha vamarane vasya bra. X ll in Palm . Material: Date: 18* or 19* cent. samharati — I I 160.? Character: Grantha. and Dhydnadzpa. Kutasthadipa (Tat- paryadipika). leaves. (1) The Vrttaratnakara by Kedara Bhatta. 38): — vedartthasya prakasena tamo harddam | nivarayan pumartthams caturo deyad vidyatirtthainahesvarah natva sri-Bharatitirtha-Vidyaranyamunisvarau kriyate I vy&kkyanam gurvanugrahat trptidlpakhyaiu prakaranam arabhamana sri Bharatitlrtthagurus tasya srutivyakhyanarupatvad vyakhyeyam srutim adau pathati trptidipasya [ atmanafi ced vijaniyad ayam a + iti ptirusah. 63 b: srlparamahamsaparivrajakacriryya-sri-BhaB. by Bamdkrsna. Size: l\ 169.~3* 218 *3~ The Commentaries on the Trptidlpa.amakrsnaratltirttha . kutasthadipavyakhya samapta etc. 58 and 81 (2). natva srl-Bharatltir ttha -Vidyaranyamunisvarau kriyate I ddhy ana- dipasya vyakhya samksepato maya iti It breaks off (f. parts of the Pcmcadasi.' 54 It begins: (3). n II iti . etc. Whish No. astu sukhasantanasiddhyartthan naumi brahmacyutarccitam gaurivinayakopetam samkaram lokasrir | — n sarakaram 1 vedartthasaivasastrajhoBhattakol)hu(d) dvijottamah tasya putrosti Kedaras sivapadarccane ratah n 2 li li I . 70: — i etc. gene- rally 8 lines on a page. See Nos. (1) + 19 + (1) + 14 + 21 + (1) + 57 leaves. See No. the pupil of Bharatitirfha and Vidyaranya. It begins (f. iti F.Vidy aranyamunivaryyakimkarena — khyavidusa viracita trptidipika vyakhya samapta subham astu natva srl-Bharatitlrttha-Vidyaranyamunisvarau kurve II II kutasthadlpasya vyakhyan tatparyyadipikam F. . . the son of Bhattaka.

I 14): pariskrtam sevyam yami kundasitam induni prakasamanan taranikaraih amrtamayakantikandalam antah kalai — tatra 102 5 i etc. It begins: I or Nitisarvasva by Brhaspati. Brhajjdtdka of Varahamihira.. (3) The Bdrhaspatyasutra.~>4 It ends: 219 k~ fl — iti sasthoddhyayah (2) vrttaratnakarah purnnah ora II Fragment found in this of the LaUtastavaratna. The title is not 17-1 MS.. iti indraya nitisarvasvam atniavantam mantrinam a]). H srimgn. in — Brhaspatir athacaryva | upadisati [njraja dandanitir eva vidyadharmmam api lokavikrustan dayet i atmavan etc. I tatra catussatayojanaparinahan racitani nanasalamanojnan i namamy ahan nagaram adividyayah It breaks off (f. But 115 (12) and which contain other copies of the same Stotra. see Nos. It begins: vande gajendravadanam vamamkarudhavalla- — bhaslistam i kumkumaparagasonam jayati i kuvalayinljarakoraka- pidam i 1 i sa suvarnasailas sakalajagaccakra-am- ghatitamurttih kancananikunjavatlkandaladamaripraban2 II dhasamgitah devasilpina II . 63 (5). vatananasarojataprasadagatain It breaks off at the beginning of the 2 nd Adhyaya: i — iti sav}'akhyane horasastre samjhaddhyavah prathamah n harih . 6 Adhyayas. It begins: siiganesaya naniah a Commentary on the — racita Varahamihirilcriryyena nanartthinl tasya matgurudeetc.i- na kuryat It i ends: — Barhaspatyasutre i sasthoddhyayah II <v\- gurubhyo naniah subham astu (4) I atmayate svatmavidafi jananiim margayate janmavivarjjitanani dip ay ate yo jagatam abhlstam dadatu nas sonyataranavek^ani ya hora | | First Part of the Subodhini.

Character: Malay alam. II ii I iti 162. Whish No. 9 lines on a page. II II 161.~>t 220 k~ om II tatra subkani astu atha grhayonibhedaddhyayo vyakhyayate prathamena slokena purvoktasya horakhyasya kalaI sacivau purusasyatmadisvarupam rajadirupatvah caha 1 kalatma presyah sahajah kalasyatma kalasya. an sriganapataye astrological treatise. Size: 171. 39 leaves. begins: It — sriganapataye I namah I avighnam astu divyayutani srl- gurubhyo ajiianan namah yena traikalyajhanam tajjhanani samnmditam vaksye timiravarttibhyo tasmai namaskrtyam jyotisaphalam adesah phalarttham arambhanam bhavati loke tasmad yatnah karyyo hy adese 1 jyotisajhena n 2 n etc. Whish No. — harih namah avighnam astu | yena traikalajhanam ajhanatimiravarttibhyah tajhanan divyayutani vaksye tasmai namaskrtyah jyotisa1 uktam See below No. T^xlf An in. was The Krmlyam. . is Material: Palm leaves.? Character: Ma lay alam. . 162. 161.. Material: 5-|xl| in. (2) -fPalm leaves. 113 and No. 9 or 10 lines on a page. 162 for various readings. . an (2) astrological treatise. . Whish probably written at that date. 54 -f- (10) leaves. Size: 172. Date: dated 'Calicut 1823'. of the Fragment It begins: Krmlyam. The MS.. Date: Beginning of 19 th cent. See No. entry by Mr. See No. It ends: Krsnasya krtis cintajhanani krsiilyam — iti narana II krsniye ekatrimsoddhyayah Krsnryain samaptam harih siikrsnaya namah srivasudevaya namah etc.

— — — . lines X 1-ff in. The leaves are numbered as follows: ma ma mi ml mu mu mr mf ml me mai mo mau ma mama ya ya na na ni nl nu nu nr nf nl nl ne nai no nau nama yi yl yu yu yr na pa pa pi pi pu. Size: 14-g-x2 in. Material: Palm leaves. generally 8 on a page. 43 leaves. 10 lines is on a page.~>i 221 *s- phalani adesah phalarttham aranibhanam bhavati loka tasmad yatnah karyyo hy adese jyotisajhanena. "Whish dated 1828. 6b: iti paribhasaparicchedas samaptah It ends: iti srlmahopaddhyaya-Pahcananabhattacaryyaviracita siddhantamuktavali samapta harih om srlgurubhyo kirttitfih li I i tathabhavah padartthas — I I li — ll namah ll 164. is probably much older. Date: not An entry by Mr. by Visvanfdha Pancanana Bhattacarya. Character: Grantha.. Date: Probably 18th cent. Material: Palm leaves. Character: Malayalam. Whish No. It begins: — ** srlganapataye i namah avighnam astu 6rl- gurubhyo namah kulacoraya i nutanajaladhararucaye gopavadhutidu- tasmai krsnaya namas samsaramahiruhasya savisesakam n I bljaya dravyam gunas tatha karmma samanyam i 2 samavayas sapta manah atha ksityaptejomarudvyomakaladigdehino dravyany 3 guna rupam raso gandhas tatah param sparsas samca tatah khya parimitih prthaktvan param samyoga& ca ca 4 etc. Size: 13j 175. followed by the Author's own Commentary Siddhantamuktdvali. 174.. vibhagas paratvah capa(ra)tvakam F. + 59 leaves. The Bhasdpariccheda. The MS. (1) Whish No. etc It breaks off with the words: — sasisukrabhyara iste sitir ggavo hrtas sagopalah I 163.

30. December older. The Possibly the leaves are disarranged. Astakas I IV. Material: Palm leaves. 1. 20 b: — II I yam adhikarakande prathamah paricchedah n li sugrlvasama- gamasamjhakah pahcamas sarggah The last (P) 1 leaf ends: mriyamahe na — gacchamah kausalyayanivallabham upalambhyam apasyantah kaumarim he patatam vara mriyamaha ity adi patatam vara I I mriyamahe na gacchamah kim iti kaumarim akrtapurvadaraparigraham pati[ta]m labdhavatim kaumarapurvavacana iti kausalyaya apatyam kausalyakarmaryyabhyaii ceti phiii kausalyayanih ramah tasya vallabham istam uj>alabhyam prasastam por adupadhad yat upat prasamsayam pratyaye num apasyantah anupalabhamanah 11 i iti 2 yati 165. ^ See Panini IV. 98. Whish Xo. 155. "Whish is dated 'Tellicherry. VII. 66. The MS. accented. may be about 50 years Character: Grantha. (4) + 271 + (1) leaves. 9 or 10 lines on a page. The Svarita is expressed by the signy at the bottom of the At the end of unaccented line. 1. The Bgveda-Samhita in the Pada-Patha. — words 1 Ave find the sign ^ at the bottom of the line. 1. An entry by Mr. The first leaf begins: vyasaktam mam hatavan karmmani hana iti ninih tatra hi kutsitagrahanam karttavyam ity uktam yadi sugrive(na) mama virodhah kin tavayam iti kutsitam hananan tad eva darsayann aha papakrt sukrta(m) maddhye rajnah punyakrtas sutah mam apapan duracaram kin niha- — 11 papakrd ityadi etc. The Udatta accents are expressed by the sign^_ (u?) placed on the top of the syllable. tyabhidhasyasi iti bharttrkavyatlkayah jayamamgalabhidhanaF. Size: 14xl-?r in-i 176.HH 222 r<~ Fragment of the Eharttrkavya (Bhattikcwya) with the Commentary Jayamangala. g. kvay in V. 1. e. . Date: 1831'. III.

137b. XII (end of VI. IX and : X 166. Astakas V VIII. of Mandala Khila 108b. VIII (Srlsukta). (1) + 166 [numbered 160—323. 519 sqq. 281. Kh.. The second Astaka I begins: i — pra I vah^ i i prantam i i ^ andhah yajnam rudraya milhnse II etc. Material: Palm leaves. VI (end of hymn V. — (in It begins: stuse nara asvina huve^ jaramanah I i I — | divah | I vya I vya asya arkkaih I I pra-santa I I etc. Astaka l IV 1 1 The MS. XI (end of VI. IV. 133. Astaka II ends f. 11 (sometimes 12) lines on a page. + The MS. (end (end of I) Mandala II) on f. 282 counted twice] 1 leaves. I — agnim n lle^ I devam The rtvijam first II hotaram f. contains also the following Khilas Khila III on ff. Kh. Astaka ends — hitam yajhasya — ratna dhatamam 70: — prathamastake astamoI purah I i n ddhyayah raglm — m anyavail ^ bharaddhvani 271b. Kh. 218b. pp. 109. 44) on f. The V th Astaka ends f. 84) on f. 176). 265. 323b.->> 223 h3~ sign L l is used to express the Anunasika. 241. g. Whish No. but it is written by Character: Grantha. 51) on f. IV (end of hymn V. f.. VII (end of V. may be about the same age a different hand. Astaka III f. 44) on f. the VI th Astaka f. The Rgveda-Samhita in the Pada-Patha. 48) on f. 282b. 176. as ff. 2. 1. The Khilas I. 19x2^ in. devan I L I a | iha It vaksati^ begins: i in I. i See Professor Max Miiller's 2 nd Edition of the vol. . 221b. 202b. Pugveda-Samhita with Sayana's Comm. are not found. the VII th Astaka f. Size: 177. as No. accented the same manner as No. Kh. ff. 198b. Date: Entries by Mr. V. I e. 260. 235. and the VIII th Astaka f. Kh. Whish dated "Tellicherry December 1831".

1—157) — — — a running index of the Prakritih. 7 or 8 lines on a page. 4b: dvitlyah vimsati caturtthah n F. 178. 3: n trtlyah — pahcadasa — dvaF. The Chalaksharam is AVhish Tellicherry 1831 The Prdkrti (ff. Whish (ff. Date: Entry by Mr. M. WfflSH No. Vedah. and the CHalakshkam of NB. 157 b— 165) the Samasays: "This volume contains the Peakeitih of same the C.. 1. I. 6 + 165 leaves. and the Prahrticaldhsara of the Sdmaveda. An entry by Mr. written by Mr. 1. 2: — ekonavimsati ll F. prathamah ll F. IX XVII ends f. Size: 15|xli Palm in. is Material: leaves. 7: — caturda£a dvadasa ll harih om n agneyain sama- ptam ll . Khila XIV is found on f. paramagurave namah ll bin- 167. The MS. 1. 247 b.-$* 224 k~ Mandala Khila places. 265b. There may be more Khilas in other though I could not find them. Whish. di 9 pa 6 ma 6 tr bajarhl si I dato ya pre ba au ho va I i i tokaya pre hi tu si I i i I gr ka nk no ha naghl i ho ta sa n I di 7 i I i ll i F. f. It yl. 18: — ekavinisatis etc. Whisk dated 1831. 49 vah^ sii-saha asati It ends: gatiyatha tirnnadhadhamastama nassanna sanus sanam '(??) addhyaI — I I II II II yasya suktani vargasamasamkhyani II ity astamestakestamo- ddhyayah dudurllipi II subrahmanaya etc. very Character: Grantha. gautamasya parkkah begins: hi na vo i to ya pre i tokaya pre I — i o ta i I gna i I a cho I vya co i tsa ve a pa 9 ma 9 jho da na no i kah te gna a yahi vi taya havya gr takaya i ni ghai ho tl satsi barha i si baverha i sa au ho va See Sv. probably not much older. etc." The first 6 leaves contain an Index to the volume. 178.

(Scribe's colopbon in Malayalam language. 157 dasa trtiyah F. Whish No. 3. 4 or 5 on a page. See Sv. II n samam H 150 li F. lines 7lxl| in. 30b: — dvavimsati n sastbab samaptam Sv.. 58: — trayodasa I tritiyab n saikhandinain F. 66 F.ili — caturvim£ati ll gH. tvastri sama i I samam 132 babusami klia pam yantih etc. caturttbah anusUip samaptam n li ptam ptam ptab ll ii samam F. calaksaram samaptam ii i i ll 168. 2. 1. See li i 2. 35 b: — ekadasa sasthah n 64 I n ekasami samaptam bhi tva su i n om pa bbaradvajasyarkkaii dvau See Sv. I. 15 Material: Palm leaves. . 80: — sodasa navainab indrapuccbam samaptam 116: — pancatrimgad ekadasa pavamanam sam. I. trstup See Sv. 2. 156: sukriyam samaptam di 6 pa a ci da ka yo ends: hi ma stbi ka a pre subbam astu sriguru6 ma 2 ka n gayatram samaptam ll — dvadasastamab ll I om n ll — ll — I I n caranaravindabbyam namah ll etc. 1. 1. 1. I. 51b: — ekadasa staniab li a etc. 127 b: ii F.) F. 1. 165): — dasa i tritlyab ii Sukriyam samaptam I ll dama gbavanvi darayendran dbanasya cauti dbu a i va no u dvaya nte tatsaka sakvari samaptam prakrtibarib om etc.-3* 225 II hs~ F. 137: F. 5. nnojbego I I prestba cbodbau ku tvam agne bi tbe a te ju I tva- I agne I n namas te du du- I It ends vi (f. 157b begins: agnijbo duku agnirvatra dbudbedi — tra tra tarn I agne jbu agnin I I eb)-undainr vivasvad agho ekonavimsati pratbamah tam vo nu etc. 1. F. 150: ii — dvadasa saptamab pratbamaparvam sama— saptadasa saptamah dvitlyaparvas saman n 387 ll barib tritiyaparvam samaptam n samam 248 firanam samaptam F. Size: 179. 1. : F. om n 4. ll samaptam I. yi ya I etc. 3 + 54 leaves. brhati samaptam F. om 4. 1.

? Character: Malayalam. jayani punyan ca kurute ksayam papasya yasya ca uvaca i si'nu i 1 As Prof.h>4 226 h^- Date: 17 «» r 18th cent. The Jayantlmahatmya begins namah kapilasuryyaya namah I 20): — sriganapataye I vidvatpatmaprabodhaikanidanajnanatejase jayantyas caiva sandrajhanatamaschide sri-Naradah 11 mahatmyam kathayasva pitamaha tacchrutvaham gamisyami tad visnoh paramam padam pitamaha i vatsa pravaksyami prabhavaii castamlsu ca etc. (2) Some Vaisnava tracts. The first tract begins: sriganapataye namah avighnam Yudhisthira uvaca srutam may a yadusrestha vrataastu nam uttamotta[motta]mam krt[v]artthosmi na sandehas from — I i anyo me samsayo bhuyad dhrdi tvalprasadad adhoksaja *** hi vidyate salyah ivarppitah chettum arhasi devesa na i i tvam rte devaklputra sarvajna yadupumgava ekadaslvratam I idan nityam va kamyam eva va etc. Ekadasivratamahatwiya. Aufrecht kindly informs me. It ends: — kramad I vlryyam rucih pattir balani varnnas ca hiyate ksinasya sasriimutratvam syac ca prsthakati- grahah vayu[h]pradhana(h) kupita dhatavo rajayaksmanah. by Vdgbhata. (1) A fragment of the Niddnasihdna of theAstdfigasavngraha 1 . viz. Jayantwrata (?). and (?). Bhdskaramatamdhatmya. Adhyaya 3 smrto vatapittaslesrnaksataksayaih ksayayoIt begins: tesam bhavisyatam sarve balinas cottarottaram peksitas — I rupani tatradho vihatonilah iva kanthe kandurarocakah sukapurnabhakanthatvam I urddhvam pravrttoras tasmin kanthe ca samsajan sirasrotamsi sampuryya tatonigany utksipann i etc. . iti ekadaslvratamahatmyam samaptam It ends (f. 19): — n namostu tejase dhenupaline lokapaline i gasayine sesasayine krsnahari ii dharapayodharotsamsivaramanarayanagovindamahadeva(f. Jayantimahatmya Anantavrata the Skanda-Purana.

by Annamblmlja.47: — dvadaSaksaramantrena snapayed vidhipurvakara I n naniah panaranye varttamanas dava duhkhadarsitah (read °karsitah?) krsnan drstva yathanyaya(ni) pranipatyedam abruvan vayan duhkhena sanjatah prthivyam puru^ottama katham muktir vadasmakain ananharih sriganapataye te i anantavratam asty anyat srikrsna(h) sarvapapapranaSanam sarvapapaharan nfnam strmah caiva tad dukkasagarat I I Yudhisthira F. 9jXli in. The Tarkasamgrdha. Date: 18th r 19 th cent. Material: Palm leaves. 41b): ll — iti skandapurane sVijayantlmahatmyam (f. Size: 181. Whish No. It begins:— harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu[h] nidhaya hrdi visvesva[ra]ni vidhaya srigurubhyo namah | guruvandanam grahah It I i balanam sukhabodhaya kriyate tarkasam- etc.-mi vaisnavanam visesatah anantarn putradam sridam monta(read moksa)dafi ca visesatah tithitrayam anuttamam saptann sravanyam krsnapakse ca castarul caiva navaml ca tatha srnu paratrayan nisa caiva dinatrayam atah param budhas ca gurus ca sukrau ca paratrayam udahrtam.-X It 227 hs~ ends (f. (1) + 15 leaves. 7 lines on a page. 54 I etc vratan devapurohitena labdham tasmSd amarttya manujas ca Bhaskarasannikarsat pura iti Bkaskaraabkistan sakalan caritva vratan jagmur ends:— ittham ll mataniahatmyara samaptani ll ll 169. etc F. : Kanadanyayamatayor balavyutpattisiddhaye tarkaAnnambhattena vidusa racitas tarkasamgrahah o ends — 15* ..? Character : Malayalam. sampurnam The Jayantivrata begins 41b): — atah param pra- raksyami jayantivratani uttaruam caturvarggapradan nni.

by Narayana. (3). See the beginning in atha praripsitasya granNo. li thasyavighnaparisamaptipracayagamanarttham namaskaram karoti sukhasantanasiddhyartthan I istadevata- naumi loka- brahniacyutarccitam I gaurlvinayakopetam samkaram etc. I. 54 It begins: sriganapataye namah avighnam astu svetambhodhisthitan devam etc. Size: 183. Whish No. 9Jj-Xlf in-. i See Mahabhasya. samkaram It I spastortthah. Date: Kollam year 997 Character: Malay alam. Material: Palm leaves. = A. D. (1) + 38 leaves. p. the son of Nrsimhayajvan. 2. See No. . ed. 171. Kielhorn. 54 (3). (Date in Malayalam). 1822. . a Commentary on Kedara Bhatttis Vrttaratnctkara. 8 lines on a page.? Character : Malayalam. Date: 18* or 19* cent. Whish No.. yathamatih I — harih . generally 8 lines Material: Palm leaves. Size: 182.H2* 228 Kr- jagatah pitarau samgrahas samaptah naniah srlkrsnaya paramesvarau li yande vrtrppati n li 170. 7|xl4- in. . 10 leaves. The Manimanjan. ends:— yas tu prayunkte kusalo visese sabdan yathaI vad vyavaharakale sonantam 1 apnoti li jayam paratra vagyogavid dusyati napasabdaih khyayam manimanjaryam sriganapataye vrttaratnakaravyasasthoddhyayah purnnah harih iti li namah I asmatgurubhyo li namah n vrttaratnakaravyakhyanam samaptam srisarasvatyai na- mah i etc. on a page.

the Durgastaka (ff. 43 (2) and 112 It 3b) begins:— harih kallolollaSee virajanmanidvipe. . (3) the Mantraksaramala 3 b— 10 b). 2b) begins: — harih nimittam nirastakhilopadhir akasakalpah ravir llokacestanimittam yatha yas sa nityopalabdhisvarupo- ham F.abhaghni rnahisapranapaharodyame helanirmmitadhumralocanayadhe he candamundarddini nissesikrtaraktabljanidhane nitye nisumbhavahe sumbhaddhvamsini samharasu duritam durgge namas tembike 1 traiva(r)nyanam gunanam anusaranaka laIt begins: 1 I — harih ke! inanavatarais trailokyas tranasilam danujakulavanivahni- kilasalilam devlm saccinmayln tain vipulitavinamatsatrivar- ggapavarggam durggam devlm prapadye saranam aham asesfipadunmulanaya I 2 f. 63 (6) above p. 82. etc. (2) the Hastamalaka (ff. (1) viz. The other two MSS. (ff. 1—2). sitamrtabdhilaharimaddhye above Nos. ii iti The Mantraksaramala (f. (5).-5* 229 r<~ Three Stotras. atnia 3 I 1 I ends:— tatha cancalatvam tathaplha visnau hastamalakah See No. — 10b): srimantraksaramalaya some lines in the girisutam yah 1 pujayec cetasa sandhyasu prativasaram suvihitam tasyavidhatte malasyacirat cittambhoruhamandape girisutanrttam sada vanlvaktrasaroruhe jaladhijagehe jaganniaipgala I (Then follow i Malayalam language). matar mine madhukait. ends (f. I santah pathantu stavam hrnmohaddhvantabhanupratiakbilavipatjjyalatulanalabham mani amitasamkalpakalpadrukalpam daurggani daurggatya- The Durgastaka ends 2: — etat ghoratapatuhinakaraprakhyani nainah auho(?)gajendrasrenipahca| syadesyam suvipulabhayakalahitarksyaprabhavam sridevyai i The Hastamalakam manaScaksuradipravrttau (f.. 2b— 3). read suniyatam.

Size: 184. . 7 lines on a page lines only on the last 3 leaves). 6 or 7 lines on a page.. Whish No. The author is Banci.-& 230 k~ 172.? Character: Malay alam. (5 8lxll in. Date: 18 * or 19th cent. The CandiMsaptati. It begins: —ma bhamksir vibhramam bhrur adharavidhu- rata keyamasyasya ragam pane prany eva nayam kalayasi kalahasraddhay. Printed in Kavyamala IV (1887). Whish No.? Character: Telugu. only partly in Sanskrit. 7x1* in. p.i kin trisiilam ity udyatkopaketun prakr- avayavan prapayanty eva devya nyasto vo murddhni musyan marudasuhrdasun samharann amghrir amhah 1 tim i I It ends: — . See Aufrecht CC. Material: Palm leaves. some leaves being almost illegible. a Stotra in honour of Durga.. (1) + 30 + (6) leaves. p. 1 seqq. and called there Candisataka. Injuries: The MS. 20 leaves. is much damaged by insects. kurvatl parvati vah 11 II srldurggayai namah candikasaptatih . A treatise on dreams (Svapnadhyaya?). Material: Palm leaves. broken Injuries: Slightly damaged. Date: 18th or 19th cent. I devatan (read syat tv asamsayah) marppanam astu H ii ends:— saktya tu daksinam dadyat namasyann istadoso na syatvu samsayah sarvadusvapnajanitam ** srira8 iti I i n II dusvapnasa ii 173.. part of last leaf off. . Size: 188. The beginning It is not Sanskrit. 177.

Whish. Beginning and No. Material: Palm leaves. a verse. 190. Whisb No. Whim Size: i No.. Date: Early 19th cent. 9 lines 13|xlf in. x 1-| in.HX 231 Kr- 174. Date: 18th or 19* cent. It begins: I historical romance p. 160 (2). 7 or 8 lines on a page. end the same as in the fragment 175. leaves. Size: 7 189. called Aryadvisati by Mr. (by Ballala. in prose and srimaharajasya Bhojasya prabandhah adau dhararajye Bandhulasamjno raja ciram asya ca vrddhatve Bhoja iti putras p raj ah paryyapalayat sa yada pancavarsikah tada pita atmani jaram samajani jnatva mantrimukhyan uhuya annjam Munjam mahabalam alocya putran ca balam viksya vicarayam asa yady aham sodaram apahaya rajyam rajyabharadharanasamarttham athava balam me putraya prayacchami tada lokapavadah tatha putram Munjo rajyalobhad visadina marayisyati lobliah pratistha papasya prasutir llobha eva ca hi 1 lobhat dvesakrodhadijanako lobhah papasya karanam drohena kopah prabhavati krodhad (d)rohah pravarttate kathyate I i i — svasti See Aufrecht-Oxford. (1) -+- 39 + (3) on a page. Fragment of the Lalitdstavaratna. (1) + 13 + (1) leaves. The Bhojaprabandha..) i i I II ii i narakam yati sastrajhopi vicaksanah i n 2 u mataram pitaram putram bhrataram va subrttamam lobhavi^to naro hanti svaminam va gurun tatha 3 iti vicaryya rajyam Munjaya n ii .? Character: Grantha.? Character: Grantha. 150 seq. Material: Palm leaves.

•^h 232 f<~ tatah kalantare tadutsamge atmajam mumoca divam sati gate rajani sainpraptarajyo Munjah buddhisagaram vyaparamudrayah durikrtya tatpade anyan didesa gurubhyo rajaputram vacayati sravayati ca sastrani evam dattavan I i I I sthite sabham abhyagat upavistah praha i I jyotissastraparam gatah kascit brahmanah rajnas sa ca rajne svastlty uktva tadajnaya I i raj an lokoyam mam sarvajnam vakti kanthastha kimapi prccha ya bhaved vidya sa praka^ya sada budhaih ya gurau pustake vidya taya mudhah pra *** 4 mateva raksati piteva bite niyunkte kanteva (ii I i!) kirttin ca diksu vitanoti cabhiramayaty apanlya khedam tanoti laksmim kim kin na sadhayati kalpalateva vidya 5 i 11 II tato raja. end of the MS. i prstavan putrasya Bbojasya buddhyatisayan jatakan ca tato brahmana aba rajan tava putroyam atiI buddhiman buddhir eva klialu sarvakaryyasadhini tatha ekam banyan na va banyad isur mmukto dhanusmata hi I I I buddhir n buddhimatotsrsta banyad rastram sarajakani 6 ii etc. the I — II rabhis tvayi sarvatra varsati abhagyacchatrasahchanne mayi nayanti bindavah 302 raja antahpuram gatva Liladevim aha tasmat devi sarvam rajyam kavaye dattam asminn avasare vidvan tapovanam maya saha agaccha I II n I i i nirgatah Buddhisagarena mukhyamatyena prstah vidvan sa aha na kimapi dattam rajna kin dattam amatya ****** aba tatas slokacatu(leaf broken) akam patha sukave tava kotistayam pathati tatomatyah praha i I I i i i I I i tat dravyan diyate paran tu rajna yad dattam tava bhavi kavis tatha karoti tato kotisampunar vikriyatam kavim datva khyan presayitva amatyah rajani katam agatya I i I tisthati raja tam aha Buddhisagara rajyam idam sarvam atas tapovanam gacchami dattam kavaye tavapeksa asti tarhi ma deva kotidravyadi gaccha tatomatyah praha idam ca viduse vikritam yamulyena rajyam kotidravyah dattam ato rajyam bhavadlyam bhumksva raja amatyam sammanitavan anyada mrgayarasena atavim atann ataI I I I I i i I . being as follows: kavis raja sarvani bhumim kavidattam matva udatisthat ca tam abhiprayam jhatva punar aha rajan kanakadhaIt is incomplete.

~>4

233

Kr-

pena dunadehah pipasaya paryyakulas turaingam adhiruhya udakartthan nikatakatabhuvam atan tad alabdhva" srantah tatr;i kacit gopakanya kasyacit taror adhastad upavi§at sukumarl manojnasarvamgl dharanagaram prati takram vikrltukama takrabhandam samudvahanti samagaccli.it agacchantin tan drstva raja pipasaya etat bhandastham
I

peyan cet pibamlti buddhya prcchati
sa ca mukliasriya
tain
I

I

tarm.ii kini vahasi

I

Bhojara

viditva rajfio

bhavafi

ca

jnatva

himakundasasiprabliasamkhanibliain paripakvakapitthasugandhi rasam tarunlkaranirmmatliitain
I

aha

deva

I

piba he nrpa sarvarujapaharam

i

176.

Whish No.
Size: llf
a page.

191.

x2|
Palm

in.,

4

+ 226 + (3)

leaves,

from 14 to 16

lines

on

Material:

leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'December 1831'. The Vyaya year immediately preceding 1831 is A. D. 1826—27. The MS. may have been written in that year, or in A. D. 1766 67. Scribe: Raghunatha, son of Ramakrsna.

Character: Grantha.

Taittirlya-Samhita, in 7 Kandas, the Samhita-Patha, complete, unaccented. The first three leaves contain a
table
of

The

contents

indicating

the

commencement

of the

Prasnas and Kandas.
It begins:

— suklambaradharam visnum
n

sasivarnah caturI

prasannavadanan dhyayet sarvavighnopasantaye om ise srlramacandraya namah srigurubhyo namah

bhujam

I

ii

tvorjje tva

vayava sthopayava
ff.
ff.

stha, etc.

1—32, Kanda II ff. 33—68, Kanda III ff. 69—88, Kanda IY 89-116, Kanda V ff. 117—155, Kanda VI ff. 156—193, Kanda VII ff. 194-226.

Kanda

I

It ends:

— yonis

samudro bandhuh

II

dasa ca

ii

gavo gavas sisasanti .... catuhpahcasat
i

vyattam avahad dvagavo
II

harih om subham astu sriguruyonis samudro bandhuh bhyo namah srlramaya namah n krsnarpanam astu n

~>~

234

hs~

daksine pakse

samvatsare vyaye bhanau kannyarasim upeyusi ayane anuradhabhidhe tare site vare brhaspateh
I
I

caturtthitithisanryute

ktena dhlmata
kani
i

I

Ramakrsnasya putrena ramabkaRaghunathena vidusa likhitam vedapustaI

abaddkam

va,

etc.

.

.

.

ksantura arhanti santah

li

177.

Size:

12{x2

in.,

2

Whish No. 192. + 302 + (2) leaves, 9

lines

on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18 tt or 19th cent.?
Character: Grantha.

The Taittirvya-Brahmana, in 3 Astakas, ending with The first two leaves contain a table of contents indicating the commencement of Astakas and Prasnas.
III, 9.
etc. begins:— brahma san dhattan tan me jinvatam rst The l Astaka ends (f. 88b): varunasya yad asvibhyam varunasya prati yat trisu tasmad udvatis saptatrimsat

It

I

H

tisthati

li

harih

om

etc.

Astaka ends (f. 185 b): pivonnam yuyam pata harih om, etc. svastibhis sada nah The 3 rd Astaka ends (f. 302): prajapatir asvamedhan
li

The

2 nd

juhvati

li

harih

om

I

etc.

178.

Size:

12jX2

in.,

1

Whish No. 193. + 130 + (1) leaves, 9

lines

on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: 18th

r 19th cent.? Character: Grantha, the same hand as No. 177.

The Taiittiriya-Aranyaka and

the

Taittirlya-Brahmana III, 10—12). the Prapathakas differs from that in Rajendralala Mitra's
edition,
;is

Aranya-Kathdka (i. The arrangement

e.

of

in the

and Prapathakas VIII and IX are missing, just Dravida text, described by Burnell, Tanjore p. 8b.
p.

See H. Liiders, Vyasa-Siksa,

61 note.

->*
HY.

235

hs-

21

29


— — —

20 28

= =
= = = = = =

Prapathaka

1

II

36b=
45 54
69

III

36b46
55
70 Kathaka
or

VI
VII

a d 2 «

a ^
*
g

m
c
'-5

x
IV

84


J

ICC!

85 104 112

-103

V

—111

Taittiriya-Brahniana

III,

10

Aranya-

Kathaka
It begins:

-120b120b-130 =

III, 11

HI, 12
I

The l The 3 rd

rst

karnebhis srunuyama devah etc. nd P. f. 28 ends f. 20 the 2 b. b, Prapathaka P. ends (f. 36b): suvarnam sahasrasirsabhyo

— bhadram

bhartta harin taranir apyayasveyuste ye jyotismatlm prayacittis simginikosyabhyam u harih saya cittam ekavimsatih
I

om
sat

i!

srikrsnarpanam astu
follows:

ii

vasudevarpanam astu on

tat

ii

pravato mahir anu bahuth bhyah pantham anapaspasanam etc. which is the 6 Prain Mitra's edition. It ends (f. 45): pathaka Rajendralala
I

Then

— pareyivanisarp.

om

utsrjata

II

vadhistha dve ca
i

u

12

n

pareyuvamsam
I

ajo-

bhagas catuscatvFirimsat apasyama prnihi dvadasa dvadasa pareyivainsam ayatvotas te saptavimsatih paI

subhani astu reyuvamsam om utsrjata harih om Then follows Prapathaka VII ending f. 54 b, and this is followed by P. X, which begins (f. 55): ambhasy apare bhuvanasya maddhye nakasya prsthe mahato mahiyan etc.
ii
I

.

.

.

II

i

64 ambhasi (f. 69):— mahimanam ity upanisat bhur agnaye bhur annam bhur agnaye ca pahi no ambhasi vrsa hamsas (f. 69b) tasyaivam vidusas catussastih
It ends
n
I

II

sarvo

vai

rudra
ii

ayatu sraddhayan
n

vyaikannasitih
.
.

ambhaslty upanisat

tat purusa ya prthisrikrsnarpanam astu
I

.

srlgurubhyo

namah

ii

Then

follow Prap. IV,

ff.

which ends as follows:

satram yajnaparur antas tejasaivasminn acchrnatti svaha marutbhir rtubhya eva-

— deva vai

70—84, & Prap. V,

ff.

85—103,

-5*

236

k^

dhryantoveksante panikto yajiias tabhya evainam yajhani raksamsi jighanisanti tat samnah payo vacyeva vacan daharih om dhati tasniad idam satottaran caturdasa
I

n

Then

follows the
(ff.

10—12
It

Kathaka, 104—130).
(f.

i.

e.

Taittirrya-Brahmana III,
saptapancasat

ends
harih
II

130):
I

— tubhyam
I

i

tubhyam

om

II

ptam

om subham astu idam aranakathaka samaharih om tubhyan tapasa tava eta hiranyan dadati
ii

sarva disas tapa asit saptapancasat

n

sriguru

etc.

179.

Size:

14ix2

in.,

2

Whish No. 194. + 150 + (1) leaves, 10

lines

on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'December 1831'. be about 50 or 70 years older. Character Grantha.
:

The MS. may

The Uhagana or Saptagana of the Samaveda, Prasnas 12—49, or Books II— VII. The titles of the Books are: Samvatsara, Ekaha, Ahina, Satrani, Prayascitta, and Ksudra. The first Book, called Dasaratra, consisting of Prasnas 1—11, is found in No. 180. The first two leaves contain an Index of Books and Prasnas. On this work, see Th. Benfey, Die Hymnen des Samaveda, p. vn; WeberBerlin
I,

p.

It begins:

— amahlyavam
i

67; Anfrecht

CC.
I

p.
I

709.
ucca, tajjatam

yo
I

andhasah

ii

vr

cchara ru tva ta pre i pha pavasva dharaya na kah ojasa u etc. vi ro sva dadha ca kali matsarah
si,
I I

ma

I

See Sv.
F. 31:

I,

5,

2,

4.
II

— samvatsaram samaptam

om

I

nanadam
2,
I

I

sva

I

See Sv. I, etc. pra thu tyasmai pi pi ekahas samaptah n harih F. 63:

I

4,

2,

1.

om
I

namah
ne
sfitfl

ii

harih
i

om

ll

srautakaksam
I, 2, 2,
ll

I

yo

indraya
(F.

srlgurubhyo ma dva

F. 94:

— ahinam
I

etc.

See Sv.
vi
ti

2,

4.

samaptam
so
I

harih
ti

om

ii

vitam
Sv.
I,

i

vipa£ah
1,

vS ta

tatha im

94b) gauiiSee etc.
I

2,

4,

7.

~X
F. 119b:

237

~C-

—satrani
i

japatyam
mS,
I

;

yo

harih om udval prasamaptam punanas soma dha pra ro tnam sadhasthan
II
i

etc.

See

Sv. II,

1,

1,

9.
II

F.
astu

129:— prfiyascittam samaptam
i i i

harih
tva

oip

subhani

mah
ptam

akanvarathantaram a rau bhi etc. See Sv. I, 3, 1, 5, 1.
(f.

sura

no

nu

It ends
ii

150b):

— ksudram

samaptam

II

uham sama-

harih

om

i

etc.

180.

Size:

Material:

12^-Xli Palm

in.,

Whish No. 195. 70 + 74 leaves, 8 or 9

lines

on a page.

leaves.
1831'.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'December
be about 50 or 70 years older. Character: Grantha.
(1)

The MS. may

The Dasaratra
Samaveda, No. 194).
in

or first

Book

of the

Uhagana

of the

11

Prasnas.

See above No. 179

(Whish

It begins: — amahlyavam svayona u pha cca ta i jatam andhasah dl chu va i sat bhu pre mi kah ya da da i u ro gram sarmma ma kah ha i srava 2 yaca sa pha na a indra ya yu jyava i va chu ru na ya pre makah rut
i I I

I

I

i

I

i

I

I

bhi yah

i

vakaira,
i

vo va

it

I

pakah ra 2 srava 2
etc.
i
I

I

vaca
8.
I

i

ephana va
It ends:


I

sva ni aryya a o au ce ho ha
I

I

See Sv. II, 1, 1, sva kah nta u va
i
i

ya
cli

ti

ntyau ho
4 2

him kamapre
2 6
i

nama

lu

II

va khi mi jo muha dasaratrah harih om, etc.
ll

nu

(2)

The Rahasya

of the

Sdmaveda,

in 7 Parts.

The

titles

of these 7 Parts are the

same as those of the 7 Books The work is evidently the same as the of the Uhagana. Uhya/jana or Uhyagana, on which see Benfey, Die Hymnen
des Samaveda,
p.

vm; Weber-Berlin,

I,

p.

67;

Aufrecht

CC.

p. 709.

~3H

238

r<H

rathaIt begins: a ra bin tva su ra no nma mo va ntaram sva catvari a ra bhi tva su ra no nma mo va aka dugdham thenava (sec. m.: dugdha iva dhenava) I(sa)nam asya jagatah su kah vardrsam etc. See Sv. I, 3, 1 5, 1.
I

11

I

i

I

I

F. 11:

— tritiyah
I

,

i

dasaratrah

i

harih

om

n

aprcchyam
ll

purvavad ratliantaram n samvatsaras samaptah atharF. 26: uhasamam 41 vanam uhu va o ha o au ca ho va etc. rtanidhanam ajyadoham n ekahas samaptah F. 34:

samkrstah

dha

ratnali
i

I

i

i

i

ll

cyokaham F. 44 b:

i

mabhe rathakhye yo samaptah samkrstah ratliantaram ma rabhe mama, etc. u ca hu va 6 harih om F. 48b: — satram samaptam
n
I I

— ahinas
ho°

prakasunvanaya,
n

etc.

See Sv.

I,

6,

2,

1,

9.
I

ll

n

ha

i

o

au ca

F. 54b:

— prayascittam

I

va

I

etc.

samaptam samam 19 harih om
I

n

o aii h6 iyajim yajna, It ends: it ku ida

etc.

simasuva
I

gatih

i

di

12

i

ut 3

ptam

ii

srigurubhyo

manu 4 jl 2 namah harih om
i I

adya yo stotriyo rityarahasyam saman

n

n

subham astu

I

181.

Sansk. No.
Size:

1.

HtXIt
Palm

in.,

(1)

-\-

53 leaves, from 5 to 7 lines on a page.

Material:

leaves.

Date: 19 th cent.?
Character: Grantha.

The
it

Hastigirimaliatmya
1

Adhyayas

— 15.

from
to

the

Brahma - Pur ana,
p.

According

Aufrecht-Oxford

30a,

belongs to the Brahmanrf a -Parana.
It begins:

bhagavan munisardula varnadharmma bhavata me bahavo akhyata sramasamasrayah kathita dhatur visnunabhisaroruhat sanatanah utpattih devata * ryyan 1 naranah ca sambhavah kathitas tvaya
I

— Bhrugur uvaca
i

I

I

i

1

A

piece of the

first leaf is

broken

off,

one Aksara being

lost in

each

line.

Read devatanan?

~x

239

Hg-

dharmmartthakamamoksamlm svarupan ca yatlialatham dehinam kannmabandhas ca taddhetus ca suvismrtali
pradhanapumsor ajneyo svarupan ca (sa)mlritam vidyavidye
i

ca katliite lokabhediis ca vismrtfih punyaksetrani sarvani ca kathitani samagratah nagarani punyani visesena maintatha badarikasramam etc. kuruksetram tale sFilagramain
i I i

I

F.

5:

iti

sribrahrae purane

Bhrugu-Naradasamvade snII

hastigirimahatmye pratliamoddhyayah F. 19: iti sribrahme purane Bhrgu-Naradasamvade

sri-

hastagiriinahatmye ahamkaranirupane dhasamvado nania pancamoddhyayah

hiranyagarbliavibuII

F. 23:
F.

iti

.

.

.

gunatrayavibhago
.
.

25b:— iti
II

.

nama sasthoddhyayah bhagavatpradurbhavo nama saptanioii

ddliyayah F. 33:— iti

.

.

.

asvamedliavabhrtho

nama navamodkyanama dvadaso-

yah

II

F. 43:


n n

iti

.

.

.

dvijabliaradvajasamvado

ddhyayali F. 47:
F. 50:

iti

.

.

.

apsaroganavipralambho nama trayodaso.

ddhyayah

iti

.

.

mrkandugajendrasamvado nama cadurca munibhir gandharvais

dasoddhyayah F. 52b ends:
II

— yaksasamghais

ca nisevitam
vitah
i

I

sa pravisya saromaddhye kautuhalasamani

dadarsa paramapritas sobhitan nirmmalodakam The last leaf does not end of the work is lost. The
it,

belong to

182.

Sansk. No.
Size: 9

2.

X It

in., (2)

+ 57 + (2)

leaves, generally 6 lines

on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: 18th cent.?
Character: Grantha.

The tirtrangamahatmya from
in 10

Adhyayas.

See

JS o.

T

49

the Brahnulw/a-Purdna, (a) and Ind. Off. VI, p. 1248

(No. 3437).

4 f. 5b: brahmandapurane maliesvaranaradasamvade srlramgamahatmye srlramgaksetravaibhavan nama prathaiti — : aghanasaya punyasya ca vivrddhaye I etc. son : of Ea- ghunatharyadiksita.? Character: Grantha. Adhy. 31. 8 f. walolallila(bja)n nispatantl murareh madhuramadlmjhari nabhipadme astokam lokamatra dviyugamukhasisor ananesv arpyamanam samkhaprante na divyam paya iti vibudhais kancimandalamandanasya makhinah sainkyamana punatu I i . f. I namali I harih om subham astu. Adhy. 183. 20b. 38 b. leaves. It begins srirajlvaksavaksasthalanilayarama hastavasta- — See Aufrecht-Oxford p. The Visvagunadarsa. ll]j I — iti . by Yerikatacaryayajvan. Adhy. . Saxsk. Size: 3. 9 f. 319). Adhy. Iksvakulabdhavaibhavan nama) ramgadivyavimanam Adhy. 5 (arccavataravigrahasvaru7 (srlpavaibhavan nama) f. 150 (No. 16fxlj Palm r in. (6) + 82 (numbered also as ff. Adhy. sriramganathaya namali n srlramgamahatmye brahmasrstikatkanan nama dvitlyoddliyayah n hayagrlvaya namali n Adliyaya 3 (srlramgavimanam avirbhavan nama) ends moddhyayali p. 66 to 148)4- (3) leaves. Material: Date: 18th 19th cent.. It ends:— iti brahmandapurane mahesvaranaradasamvade srlramgamahatmye dasamoddhyayah sriramganathaya f. Xo. 6 f. . 5 lines on a page. 50b. 25b.-** 240 r<~ It begins: — asniatgnrubkyo namah I I Naradah I I devadeva trailokyantargatam virupaksa srutam sarvani mayadkuna tatha punyani tirtthani tvanmukhambhojanissrtam pratnam gamgadyas saritas sarva itihapunyany ayatanani sas ca samkara kaveryyas tu prasamgena tasyas tire tvaya visnor ayatanani prastutani raragam ity uktam pura mahesvara vistarena icchami srotum maliat tasyahani ca I I i I I mahatmyam Y. 44b. 16.

4.il gandbarvayugmam gagane cacara 5 tatra tu Ki-sanur Visvavasur abbud akrsasuyab purobhagi padam gatali ddbvari I i i I i i 6 atlia puratas samapatantam visvagunagralianakautuki aravindabandliavani avalokayann avandata nanani (?) agaI I masagaraparadrsva visvavasub brabmacaryyavratotsargagurave kokasantateh ccbayabimbokalolaya ccbandasai i jyotise namab i 7 i It nigamavartmanis sapatna (read °tnan) jayatu jayaya murarir anjanadrau jayatu jagati laksmanaryyapakso jayatu vacas srutiniaulidesikanam prakasadoi i ends: —jayatu sapracurepy amusniin grantlie madlye karunanubandbat prasadavanto na krsanavantu jiaran tu visvavasavantu santab slo 575 222 iti srlmad-Atreyanvavaga Ragbunatharyyadiksitatanayasya siinivasakrpatisayasuviditanayasya Sltanibagarbbasambbavasya srimatkancinagaraI I I I I II vastavyasya Yemkatacaryyayajvanali krtisu visvagunadarsabarib om n kbyaii cambu (sic) sampurnani ii 184.? Character: Grantha. Size etc. Sansk. 16 . leaves. from 6 to 8 lines on a page.i prayoga ubhayor aniodam mamodayam saragah kasya na hi svadota manaso maddhvikamydvikayoh visvavalokasprhaya kadacit vimanamrirubya sanianarupamsKrsanuvisvavasunaniadlieyai.. Date: 18th cent.: r ]S o. (2) + 176 + (2) leaves. lo^-xll in.-9* 241 <- karnatabbubbrtguros tataryyasya digantakantayasaso yam astokaddhvarakarttur Appayaguror bbagineyam vidub vidvanmaneb asyaisa putra sri Ilagliuiiatbadlksitakavib i 2 tatsutas tarkavedantatantravyapurno gun air edhate krticintakah vyaktam visvagunadarsara vidhatte Ve(n)kataI I I padyani yady api vidyate balm satam hj'dyam vina tarka (read tad?) gadyan ca pratipadyate na gadyan vijahat padyarn budba svadyatam adhatte hi tayol. Material: Palm.

80 — 145). (ff. 1—79) namah advaitadantam ahirajakrtopavitani akhandaladivibudhair abhiyanditamghrim apaIt begins: i I — srlganesaya i nnakalpatarum adrtahastirupam anandavarddhanam aharn srikantham varadam vande sridharasivayor nnamami drumareditam dharayantarn viyannadya samam mursuprasannamukhambhojam suvarnaddh[a]ni sudhakaram I i citivigraham disvaram F. 83: — I etc. khande Sutasaunakasamvade karunyamrtatlrtthaprasamsanam nama dvatrimsoddhyayah iti srlskandapurane SutasaunakasamIt ends (f. Part II begins (f. 80): mahaganapataye namah srltirtthavaibhavakovida Saunakah nadlnadapuranajha srutam saivarahasyam me tvattas samgam mahamate — I I I gamanagamanah vrsnivaryasya srutam vistarena caiva maddhyarjjunapateh tatvavisiirada i mahatmyam Suta prabhoh maya tatragamanakaranam I I I srotuni icckami tir- mahatmyam tirtthanah ca vi.^ • 242 (1) ><~ . — iti sk&nde purane maddhyarjjunaniahatnrye praII thanioddhyayah Parti (f. 4b: I gaurlsakham anadyan tam bhajeham jagaom rsayah srutani punyasthanani tirttham I I vividhani ca I etc. 145 b): li — vade uparibhage ksetravaibhavakhande srimanmaddhya- rjjunamahatmye kalyanatirtthasikharatrivaibhavanirupanan nama (Ivipaneasoddhyayah srimahamamgalamurttaye nali mah ttaye i sril)i'hatkucambanayakisametasrlmahrdiipgamahamur- namah li .sesatah I kani tirtthani tatksetre subhe maddhyarjjune pure kartsnyena bruhi dayaya tthadevadikany api iti srlskandapurane uparibhage tirtthavaibhavaF.The Madhyarjiinamahatmya from the Shanda-Purana and Uparibhaga of the same (ff. 79) ends: — iti sriskande purane maddhyarjjuii maddhyarjjunamahatmyam namahatmye triinsoddhyayah ajhaganesampurnam srimaddhyarjjunesvaraya namah karih om srldaksinamurttaye namah svaraya namah I i n I avighnam astu.

146—160).srisivavaibhavakhande rahasye ii = — nianmaddhyrirjjunamahatniye sasthoddhyayah (3) n The Madhyarjunamdhdtmya from (ff. 160b 15b): brahmanaradasamvade . 5. 198. in. Size etc. 109. 149 (=4): — I etc. 108. 176b = 31b): il — maddhyamakhande Sutasaunakasamvade rjjunesvaramahatmye pancamoddhyayah srimanmaddhya ll srlbrhatkucamn basametasrimahrilimgamahaniurttaye namah harih i om I 185. No. 104. [ff. 107. niahatmye prathainoddhyayah iti sribrahmakaivarttapnranaIt ends (f.. 124 occur twice. misplaced]. It the Brahmakaivarta- begins (t*. 219 + (2) leaves 16. 106. 16): srlmahaganapataye namah begins (161 naimise nimisaksetre Saunakadya maharsayah dvadasabdakratuvaram cakruh kailasahetave tadayato maliapujyah It = — I I Sutah pauranikottamah lidiTimkitadehavan F. Material: Palm leaves. 6 or 7 lines on a page. 211. iti srimallimgapurane maddhyarjjuna- mahatmye maddhyamakhande Sutasaunakasamvade prathamoddhyayah iti srimallimgapurane nagaraIt ends (f. Sansk. 82. . the IAnga-Purana i 161—176). 164 I sivasamklrttanam kurvan tripn- (= 19): — i etc.: 15!-x1t. 212 214 are missing. 146 = 1): — srlniahaganapataye i i namah i Xarado munivaryas tu kadacit caturananam padainulam sabhayam manito upasritya vavande pitaram svakam bhutva brahmana patmayoninS upavisyasane divye sarvadevais sup uj it ah dpstva munir brahmasabham murttamuri i ttajanai(r) vrtam iti srlbrahmakaivarttapurane rahasye sivavaibhavakhande brahmanriradasaravade maddhyarjjuna- F.*» 243 (2) <~ The Madhyarjunamahatmya from Purana (ff. & 213 are 1».

incomplete and very incorrect. kathyatam vidvan) kautuhalaparasya me srimatbrahmakaivarttakavye mahapurane tirtthaprasainsayam i)ahcanadamahatmye prathamoddhyayah F. 99 b: 1 F. . The Pancanadamahatmya from It begins: the T'trthaprasamsa of the Brahmdkaivarta-Purana.~£h 244 HJr- Date: 18 th It r 19th cent. — suklambaradharam visnum sasivarnam caturI bhujam prasannavadanam ddhyayet sarvavighnopasantaye ya kundendutusarakaradhavala (read °Ia)ya subhravastravrta (read °ta) ya vlna(read °na)varadandamanditakara ya svetapadmasana ya brahma(read °hma)cyutasamkaraprabhrtibhi(r) devl sada pujita sa (read °ta sa) mam patu (read patu) | sarasvatl bhagavati nigyesajadyapah (read nissesajadyapa- ha) 1 i doskayukta (read dorbhir yukta) caturbhi sphatika- manimayim aksamalan dadhana hastenaikena patmam sitam api ca sukam pustakan caparena bhasakundendusamkhasphatikamaninibha bhasamana samanam (read °am) sa me vagdevateyan nivasatu vadane sarvada suprasanna (read °nna n) vande mahesvaran devam vighnesam sanmukham gurum ganesan nandimukhyas (read °khyam. 187 in the 'Katalog der Sanskrit-Handvon Theodor Aufrecht (Leipzig 1901).? Character: Grantha. more recent hand. 54: F. is looks as if original lacunas had been supplied by a written by two different hands. The MS. 6: — i iti — — 11 iti iti navamoddhyayah II dvavimsoddhyayah 11 schriften der Universitiits-Bibliothek zu Leipzig' See the beginning of Xr.s) ca sivabhaktamahamunin namo dharmmaya mahate namah krsnaya | | I vedhase brahmanebhyo namaskrtya dharmman vaksyama(h) sasvatan (read °tan) srlgurubhyo namah Devavarmmabhidho raja suryavamsasamutbhavah sumutum (read Sumantum) paripapraccha sivabhakta[ka]dvijottamah (read °mam) uktam samastam bhavata Snmanto tirtthavaibhavam kaverya mahima prokta (read °kto) vrddhadrsasya vaibhavam I I i i madhuraksetramaharttham (read I yam?) vistarena tvayoditam I mathuraksetramahatmidanlm srotum icchami srl- matpahcanadasya vai mahatmyam kayutam vidvan (read etc. The end is missing.

? Character: Grantha.se (readsrls ca?) bhaktih katham bhavet I I I santusto bhagavan bhutabhavanah I I prasldati manusyanain visesapapabhuyisthe duracare bhuktimuktiphalapradah brahman mahapatakinopi bhavet kalau ynge papanaso iti va etat sarvam asesena tava sisyasya me vada Dharbabhase rajhanusamprsto bhagavan bhagavatpriyah Dalmmavarmmanam dharmmistham brahmanottamah I I i I i bhyah sadhu prstam maharaja bhagavatbhaktivarddhana visnukatham . astacatvarimso- 186.subham yat te manogatam srotuiii divyam sarvam tatvani tasmat te varnayisyami yathamati asminn kuruksetre artthe pnra prsto Hariscandrena Kumbliajah tat teham mumndranam agrato yad avarnayat sampraI I I I I I etc. The Thdakaverimahatmya from the Agneya-Purana. in Another copy in No.-S* 245 KII j\ 164: ]<\ 187: — — iti iti iti pancatrimsoddhyayah tricatvarimsoddhyayali F. Size etc. 51 (= Whish No.sri. (1) + 149 + (1) leaves. 16 J X 1? in. 31 chapters.. suklambaradharam visnum sasivarnah caturIt begins: — bhujani i prasannavadanan dhyayet sarvavighnopasantaye I i I Dharmmavarmmatha rajarsir nniculapuravallabhah bhuyah papraccha tan natva Dalbhyara bhagavatottamara bhagavan praninas sarve kenopayena sampadah bhavanti putran samprapya sukhinas cirajlvinah katham syat papanirhara kena dharmmena . No. have srlmatbrahmakaivartta/v-fli'ye. 7 or 8 lines on a page. 52). Sansk.srunusvavahitodhuna iti j\ 5b: srimadagneyapurane I — tulakaverimahatmye the prathamoddhyayah 1 n The colophons at the end of almost is exceptional. vaksyami . Date: 18tb or 19th cent. 212b: — snbrahmakaivarttakhye pahcanadaniahatinye 1 mahSpurane t n*- tthaprasamsayam ddhyayah. Material: Palm leaves. : 6. chapters This all .

246 ms- It ends: — iti sriniadagneyapurane 11 tulakavermiahatmye ekatrmsoddhyayah bhadram astu vah i puravrttam akhyanam pravyakarata visrabdhah balam visnoh evam etat pravarddhatam vasavah I i kaverl varddhatam kale kale varsatu tam I lablias tesafi. Incomplete.sridaksinamurttaye namah n srigurubhyo krtya samvatsaram diksaniyamam Maithilo mahan nivisto i suddhavratyah suddhamana rauravebhavat I tatra bhagirathltire sarvadevasamasraye sannidhau visvanathasya cittasuddhividhayake kevalam cittasudhyarttham rtvikbhih I parivestitah santyajya sarvakaryani rajyakaryani mantrisu khalu medhavl svasya meddhyatvasiddhaye netraniksipya kr-navinasfiya tvagasthyaikatvasiddhaye ativrattya[h]s sapadnlkah babhuvakila diksitah sanantarika (read satrantaI I I I I rita?)kalesu Maithilas tarn mahamunim tesan dvijanam puratah srutidharmman asesatah smarttan pauranikams capi paripapraccha tatra vai vaidikah kepi va dharmma ye va I I I kim ddharmmaih phalam pauranikah punah ca tatvavit iti paripapraccha srnvatsu nikhilesv punas tena tathaddhvaryyur Mmaithilo dharmmaayam prs^as vittamah provaca srnu rajendra vaksySmy etani te dvijah I anusthitais tu tair I i I l caturbhis ca caturbhis ca dvabhyam pahcabhir eva ca I . Sansk. Date: 18 tb or 19 th cent. 16 X 1 'i in. No. It begins: — suklambaradharam vismmi sasivarnam caturi bhujam prasannavadanam dhyayet sarvavighnopasantaye nidhaye gurave sarvalokanam bhisaje bhavaroginam i sarvavidyanam namah H . Size etc. The Kaunjarasanaksetramahatmya from the kotisamhita (Vaidikadharmakhanda) Satariidriya- of the Siva-Purcum. 6 or 7 lines on a page.~>. : 7. jayas sriramganatho jayatu srlramgasris tesam krtas tesam parabhavah n ca varddhaliaiih tesam indivara syanio hrdaye supratisthitah om n 187. Material: Palm leaves.? Character: Grantha. (1) + 187 -f (1) leaves..

. 78: ity adi° srisaive sata° vaidikadharmmanirupanaII — khande srlkauhjarasanadivyaksetramahatmye II astSvimSo- ddhyayah F. 3b: siity adimahapurane srisaive satakotirudras[s]ainhitayam kunjarrisadivyaksetrarardiatniye prathamodhyayah F. e. 18: ity — kaufijarasanaksetramfdiatniye pahcamoddhyayah F. 7: ity adimahapurane srisaive satarudryakotisaiii- — — hitayamkunjai\asainxdivyaksetrarnahatrayedvitiyyoddliyavali adi° srisaive satarudriyakotisarahitay. So also indranandah It breaks off (f.-5n 247 Kiti kriyate yas sa dharmma syad atonyo nfimadharakah i etc Knsnajinih praha sa srinian brahmavittamah F. in 10 Adhyayas. ? Date: 18«» or 19th cent Character: Grantha. e. Tlie Kapalisasthalamahdtmya from the Utltrstasivdksetraprakarana of the Suicakotinidrasamhitd (i. Sansk. Followed by . 188. 164b: — ity adi° II srl° sata° vaidika siikau asta- pahcasoddhyayah In the colophons at the end of the following Adhyayas the number of the Adhyaya is not mentioned. KotirudrasamJutCi of the Siva. Material: leaves. Size etc.: 8. 51 +4 leaves.Parana?). f. 187b) with the words: anandam atbhutam ca paramam dhisanasya tatah param ft". 113: — ity II adi° srisaive sata° vaidikadharmmaniru- panakhande srikaunjarasanadivyaksetramahatmye ekacatvarimsoddhvayah F. 45: ity adimahapurane srisaive satarudriyakotisamII — hitayam vaidikadharmmakhande srlkaufijarasanadivyaksetramahatmye caturddasoddhyayah F. lOixl} Palm in. No. <ri- — I tatah prajapater ddivyam prapya copamfirahitani param anandam yogidurllabham samprapya ksanamatrena tandulanam dharadhipah I i II . 5 lines on a page. 169b: ity — adimahapurane srisaive satarudriyakotisamhitayani kauhjarasanadivyak^etramahatmye (then a blank space) 176 and 184.im F. g.

. 6b: srlsaiva utkr kapallsasthalamahatmye dvitlyo- dhyayah f. A. naimisaranyavasinah i I I i srotum F. A. 3 ends f. iti srlsaivakotirudrasamhitayam utkrstasivakse- traprakarane kapallsasthalamahatmye dasamodhyayah n n Srir astu sarvam puranam sanipurnam n sarvalokaikanaii thaya padmanetraya visnave nilambhonibhasyamavigrahaya namo namah n pura narayano devo mayaya mohayan i ramam amtardhanagato visnu(r) visvavyapi jagadguruh amtardhanagatam devam vicinvainti vibhum rama cacara prthivim sarvam napasyat pu(here begins f. 5 f. 4 f. 51b: — II 7 40b.-5H 248 Hg- the 27 th Adhyaya of the Mayurapurimahatmya from the KseiraJcdnda of the Slianda-Purana. 3: — anandasthalamahatmyanny I I akhilani I kapalisasya mahatmyani sarvagamavivarnitam brahman tad sannahya tisthanti srutayosmakam adarat nah atha vaadya karunajaladhenugrhana Agastyah aham adbhntam ksyamy punyam rahasyataram kapalisasya mahatmyam vividhagamavarnitam savadhanah prasrnvantu etc. i i phalabharasrutani hi i F. A. A. 10 f. l)rusam param I I I I k. 9 f. 51b. 47b. 5b: — — II i iti srlsaivakotirudrasamhitayam utkrsta^ivakseII traprakarane kapallsasthalamahatmye prathamodhyayah F. F. A. 30b. 8 A. kurutam kascit karunavarunalayah mayuranagaradhlso niama nrttavinayakah srimahasrlgamdhabamdhure sarvapuspfiramaganapataye nainah tisobhite campakairandacanivedhaih phanasaih patalair vakulair varpjulair devapunnagais saralair api api dhavaih kumdais ca mamdarai(s) tatha camalakadibhih rasalais krtamalai(r) nnaktamalair nnalikeradibhis tatha It begins: — kalyanam I i i I I i I I tantrinibhis ca ciribilvair visesatah I vitapollikhitakasair I visramamekha(read I °megha)mandalaih I pacelimaphala- nammrapakvapuspopasobhitaih atisyamalapatralimattaya meghamandalaih pura samudrapanena jalabhavataya punah tatratyam isvaram kihcin munlnam kumbhasarabhavam yacituni tvaraya ramyaphalapallavapanibhih natai ramyair agatyavasthitair iva etc. A. f. 6 42. 27.isim gam gam prayagam ca kuruksetran tu puskaram i etc. 15. Adhyaya 36. f.

(1) -j- 61 leaves.~$h 249 *S~ iti ska[m]ndapurane Agastyadilipasamvfide ksetrakande mayurapunniahatmye varnanam nama saptavimsodhyayah : F.. 10. Material: leaves. Sansk:. 9. from 5 to 7 lines on a page. The Kumbhaghonamahdtmya from (Madhyamakhanda). . 17: bhavisyatpurane maddhyamakhande brahmanaradasamvade kunibhaghonamahatmye satatamoddhyayah iti n — maddhyamakhande kumbhaghonamahatmye satsatatamoddhyayah kumbhaghonamahatmyam sampurnam om sri. C ent. No. iti bhavisyatpurane n kunibhaghonamahatmye sa . 4b — n 189. (l)-f- 45 leaves.? Date: 18 th or 19th Character: Grantha. I nalinlmaddhyamandire sri-Nakunibhaghone sayanasya sariigapaneh prasasanam radah bhagavan patmasambhuta paravaravidam vara varnitara bhavata paravarajagatsrstisthitisamharakarana begins: — etat kalyanarajiva I I I I samyak sya punyaksetrakadarabakam I i i jambudvlpavisesena varse bharatasarajnake susrusus tasya mahatmyam ksetra- tatvam acaksva bhagavan vistarena pitaraaha iti prsto mahateja visvasrg visvagrahanah uvaca Naradayaiva ksetramahatmyam uttamam brahma srunu Narada bhadram te savadhanena cetasa kumbhaghonasya I I i harimedhasah l i mahatmyam F. ptanavatitamoddhyayah F. Size etc. Date: 18th r 19th cent. Sansk. Material: Palm leaves.sarhgapanisvamine namah iti It ends: — bhavisyatpurane bra- hmanaradasamvade n II I n 190. Size etc.: 16x1t Palm in.? Character: Grantha. Adhyayas 97 It the Bhavisyat-Purana to 106. generally 7 lines on a page. X ly in.: 16j Xo.. 5: — sarvalokesu pujitam I etc.

incomplete. I vande mahesvaran devam begins:— sivaya namah sanmukham gurum ganesan nandimukhyans ca vighnesam kadacin naimisaranyamunayas maharaunin sivabhaktan samsitavratah satrayagam prakurvanas saivagamavisaradah drstva Sutam[m] mahatmanam papraccliur "amitaujasah sambhoh kathapato netra **** pajayate punar bmhi mai I I i L i hesasya katham cittavairagyam uttamam I paramaisvaram Vyasam sarvajnam atulam ddhyatva svantasaroruha yuya(n) dhanyatama loke mahesasrayasatkatham srotukamas ca sa(m)jatah vaksyami srunutadarat rahasyam astinikhilesv srlmatkampaharesanaksetramahaagamesu ca sarvasah uttamam srunvatam sarvapapaghnam bhuktimuktitmyam sarvasaumyadam sadyah caturvargaphalaphalapradam brahmavisnumahe(n)dradyaih sevitam sarvasipradam ddhaye puragastyena samproktam rsinam bhavitatmanam vaksye puratanam punyam . — i I pahareti ca i I sarve lokas ca grnhiyur nnamadheyan iti i tavaI (d)bhutam evam samprartthito devah tathastv tirohite tada deve raja harsasamanvitah tirodadhe . or Samastikantaramaha- tmya. vaksye yusmakam lokanafi ca hitaya ca brahmanSradasamvade F. 56: iti bra° samastikantarama sodasoddhyayah n — ll — I! — ll 61b) with the words: laukikair vaidikais prarttha(ya)m asa devesam capi krtva stotrasatais sivam mannatha sarvajha srimatkamharsagatga(da)ya gira svamin It breaks off (f. 8: iti srimatbrahmandapurane samastikantaramahatmye dvitlyoddhyayah F. 30b: iti srlbra samastikananama navamoddhyayah F.srlmattribhuvanabhidbam darsanat sarvapapaghnam ksetram ksetresv anuttamam tathapi tad adya tasya mahatmyam brahmande bahudha srutam I I I I satkathasravanenaiva papapranasinim divyajnanan ca sumahat jayate iti prstas Sutayogl karimarasasevadhih i I I I I I 1 I I I I etc.^h The yas 1 It 250 r«- SamastiJicinanamdliatmi/a. Uttarakhanda. 3b: iti brahmandapurane 1 — samastikananamahatmye uttarakhande prathamocldhyayah F. from the Brahmanda-Purana. Adhya- — 17.

. THOMAS. W.APPENDIX BY F.

.

191. Size: 47. title in 2 containing index and Size: 14f in. Whish No. llf X2 Palm in. . and the 3 inside called the Samhitopanishat'. Material: leaves. Aranyam. 3 we have the error tad vai Visvamitram for tad vaisvamitram: at the beginning of II. and Whish has written 'The Aranyam of the Eig-Vedah' and opposite 'N. A peculiarity of the MS. At The Kaivalyopanisad. The label reads 'Rig-Vedah. legible and fairly correct. The Aitareya-Aranyaka in close printed in Bibliotheca Indica. 4. is that the colophons read aranali for aranyakah. Whish No. 2 leaves (with 2 covers). Character: Square Grantha. 192. 1 respectively the words apakramantu garhliinyah and yathasthanan tu garbhinyah are omitted. 6. reads phalam I with the best brahma om i editions. Material: Palm leaves.'. At agreement with the text the end of II. B. 5. Vol. 44. 2. Date: Perhaps 19 th cent. 4 and II. clearly written.. The 2 nd Aranyakam is called the rd Aranyakam is Bahwricha-Brahmanopanishat. and proceeds: bhadram dadhatu om I i — ity I (not padam) asnute aha bhagavan i santih trih kai- valyopanisat samapta harih om i . 6 rarely 7— lines on a page. Character: Grantha. Xly — + Date: Probably 17th cent. 66 leaves English + covers. 7 — 10 lines on a page. the end the MS.

Date: Probably 19 tb cent. Whish No. Brahmasutra. 21 leaves + 2 blank + wooden covers.. It begins: — i i i srl-Lokanandanathagurucaranaravindabhya(m) namah avighnam astu pranamya paramatmanam saccidanandavigraham kurveham atisamksepat brahmasutrasya candrikam athato n brahmajajhasa (sic) atha nityanityavastuvivekaihikamusmikaphalabhogaviragasamadamadisampan mumuksatmakasadhanacatustayasampatyanantaram I I It ends: iti — vai prajapatir trir pitrn I. in Whish's hand. also on the subject of of the work and the words 'first part only' are written faintly. M. Whether the work is identical with any of the other candrikas mentioned in several places byAufrecht CC. Whish Calcutta'. Character: Square Grantha. Whish Calcutta 1825'. v. The last sutra cited is 27 (20b. ddevan asrta asrtasramitamanusyat iti apavitram iti grahan. On the front cover we also read outside (in Malayalam in the character) Kaivalyopanisliat with a few other faint marks same character.~x 251 k~ Then a note in the handwriting of Whish: 'Here ends the Kaivalyopanishad C. slip in Burmese reads 'Commentary on the nine parts of The name A Metaphysics'. The Brahmasiitracandrikd. Material: leaves. Size: 167. a concise Commentary by an unnamed author on the Vedcintasiitras. M. C. 13|xl| Palm in. 8 lines on a page. s. but the commentary seems to touch 28. 193. it is impossible without fuller descriptions of these to say. on the outside. III. . 1. 4). and inside: 'These few sheets contain the Kaivalyopanizat Grantham character.

38 a. the date of which is but original. mentioning to the author's guru. 92 b the work at least is two hundred years r old. reading: — ll The opening I srimanacaryyarupena yatinam mude tam harim vande karunanidhim mananakhyam narayanam racitam vistarenadya prakaranam vasudevayatlsvaraih balanam upakaraya mamapi samgrahena prakasyate yovatlryyeha i ii jnanasiddhaye It ends: iti — I tatra sribalagopalakrsnas sannihito bhavet ll jnatva tat-tvam-padadivakyajnanena paroksajfiananubhavenaparoksasaksatkaran ca yonubhavati sa candalo va brahmano vasmakam gurur evety acarvyavacanena vijnatatatvopi mahasanyasinas ca variyan bhutva madaha(read deha)vasane paripiirnaparamahamso brahmasvarupo bhavati srlminaksisuniti manane dvadasavarnakam samaptam vidisasanyasino I l daresvarabhyan namah srlgurucaranaravindabhyrm namah i i . srirKsemanandandthaparamagurave namah. 33 b. 7a. Tanjore. p. But the present MS. exhibits not the a shorter compendium. sents a stanza. ne- Sausk. 42Sb. Mananagrantha. the MS. 18b. 36 a. 25a.. as an ancient Tamil know n. Character: Square Grantha. is longer and widely differing text. 10 lines on a page. different. The Vasudevamananaprakarana respectively foil. also in 12 varnakas. and Sundaresvara. Of this version an edition far as in Telugu character was printed in 1884 at the agrees as Saradanilaya press. Date: Probably 19th ce nt. 29a.-X 255 194. ending lib. MS. v. clearly written. 11. With this edition the 7. probably identical with some of those cited by Aufrecht CC. 40 leaves -j- 2 blank + covers. 4a. Material: leaves. According is Burnell. generally with namaskara to Mlnaksi At tbe end of tbe seventh we read 5b. Size: 12x2} Palm in. s. p. the end of varnaka after which the former pre- much also. 32b. not known. Xo. 40 b.

summaries. on f.. The text agrees in general . suggests that either the edition supplies the full text and not the samgraha or we have two different. colophon of the MS. 7. possibly independent. in. No.. Whish No. Adhyaya I ends on f. 17a. 195. Injuries: v. VIII on f. 17tX1j- in. ?— 17x1— 1? Palm leaves. The cover and label are shared with No. ceil t. and the edition in the last with the peculiarity in the seventh combined varnakas. 12b.. Size: 187a. . — TheVirata-Parvan of the Mahabharata as far as XII. 21 and a halfsloka after 55 a. 18a. IV on f. XI on f. IV 8. 15b.256 r<~ The divergence five of the MS. 14 + 14 + 14 leaves. Material: Date: Early 18 th cent. and the addition of two slokas after To the commencement we find prefixed the verses: — xx baradharam visnum sasivarnam caturbhujam prasannavadanan dhyayet sarvavighnopasantaye Vyasam I u Vasisthanaptaram Sakteh pautrani akalmasam para •xxxx m vande Sukatatan taponidhim Vyasaya visnurupaya Vyasarupaya visnave namo vai brahmanidhaye Vasisthaya n I namo namah n 11)6.with the Grantha edition X published at Sarabhojirajapura (Tanjore). Size: 16 12. Material: Palm leaves. 19a. 19 leaves. 10b. II on f. 7a. The ends of the first 2 and the last 3 leaves somewhat broken away. 3b. IV. IX on f. Sansk. 5 b. III on f. from 5 to 8 lines on a page. 203. lines on a page. On the outside in European hand 'Mananaprakaranam'. V on f. VI on f. Character: Grantha. VII on f. generally 8— 9 q. but presents not a few small divergencies. 2 b.. Date: Probably 18 th rather than 17th Character: Grantha. 9b. 33. such as the omission of III 51 — 2.

2). 4). (ends lib): Story of Bhrgu and Hemabjanayaki. where was the Khagendra or Garuda river. (2) XII The Ahindrapuramdhdtmya of the Bralimdnda-Parilna. 1): Ahmdrapura (lib. — rsayah i Siita Siita mahaprajna puranartthavi£arada ll i srutani sarvatirtthani punyani subahuni ca tesu madhye vadasva mahatlrttham mahabhaga Sutah i srutam sesakiipe sthitam srotuni icchrunahe vayam 11 i tad pura khalu maharanye nanapaksivirftjite vyakastuiighrapahcasyasampurne candanadrumasobhite i ll nirgasanimardde devagandharvasevite agatya visrantam madhavena ca ll i ausadhadrau sam- It ends: — sarvam maya srutam proktara rahasyam idam uttamani sarvesam navaisnavaya datavyara nabhaktaya kadacana na tu vaktavyam idam paramasobhanara iti skande pnrane uttarakhande tirthamahatmye kurnararudrasamvade trayodasoddhyayah srlmate vedantall I n i gurave namah I X Summary of the adhydyas: (ends 2b): Origin of the Sesatlrtha on the — Ausadha hill. The Bhutlrtha (11a. 1. the end Siva asks permission to occupy the Patala Vana near the Sesatlrtha. 1. 2) and Indra. It begins: in the Erahmandradasamvdda — kadacit pitaram praha devesa brahmanam Narado munih barer I bruhi pranamya i vaibhavam uttamani 17 ll brahma . The Laksmitirtha (13b. The Kumdrarudrasamvdda the It begins: of the Tirthamahatmya in TJttarakhanda of the Skanda-JPurdna.-3h 257 (1) **. headed respectively by Yisnu and Siva. 1. 1. XIII (ends 14b): Story of Vrtra (Vrka 12a. XI (ends 9 a): Story of a combat between the devas and At asuras.

Brahman establishes a festival. Sahkara a linga under a Patali tree at Patali. Praise of the aranya and of the Ausadhacala standing on the river's (Suparna's) bank. facing the west at Krsnaranya. 1-2):kahsadyojanapramanena kumbhaghonasya cottare tu daksine ca (sic) bhage cyas samudrasya pascime arddhayojanamatrena by ahlndrapurasahjhake agneyabhage Sesadrer Markkandeyas tapasyati II (ends 7 a): Visnu directs the tirtha brought by Ananta (Sesa) to be called Sesatlrtha and that brought by Garuda to be the Garuda river (Suparnatatini 7a. Prahlada the Bhrgutirtha in the north at a ksetra called Krsnaranya.Hsh 258 hs- srnu Narada vaksyami harer makatmyam uttamam arccavataravibhavam paramam papanasanam n atha tai (sic) I kadacil lokanamunayas sarve Sanakadyas surarsayah gagane jagmur alokya thasya darsanarttham samagatah I n kslrabdhim rsisevitam It ends: — I srutva tu brahmano vakyam Narado rsisattamah ahiiti srindranagaram prapya devanatham (his) nanama ca brahmandapurane brahmanaradasamvade ahmdrapuramahatmye paiicamoddhyayah i n Summary I of the : adhyayas: — i (ends 3 a) The Virajatlrtha is conveyed is by Garuda 11. 5) on the AusadhapUrvata in the purvottaradigantara. and Sesa to Ahlndrapura. and begs Visnu to abide on the spot with Rama (entitled Hemabjanayaki). III (ends 10 a): At the request of Prahlada Visnu consents to abide. arccavataram asrtya. 1. (ends 14b): Siva. Brahman himself occupies the Brahmatirtha in the I n I ii agneyadigbhaga. 1. 5). which thus located (lb. Hanuman a part of the Sahjivanausadhagiri in the purvabhaga. the Rsis Patali (Patalesvara 7a. after destroying the demons. on the shore of which Visnu esta- . IV V (ends 12 b): Siva is implored by the gods to destroy Tiipura and performs tapas. goes to the eastern ocean.

1. viz. Summary of the adhyayas(ends 3 b): Brahman visits the world at a place called ll — 1. 5). (3) The Ahindrapuramahatmya Brhannaracllya-Maha-Purana. XL by the eastern ocean. 6). where was a hill called Ausadha producing a mahausadha called Samjivana (2 a. and there arises a city devoted to the two gods. and 17* . XLI (ends 7 a) : Brahman obtains from Visnu the boon that a tlrtha like the Virajatirtha and bearing his name may be established by the mouutaiu (Brahmacala 4 b. Then appears Visnu. 5) Vana whom Brahman lauds.~3* blishes 259 f<~ him. Ahindrapura. pura ahmdranagaran nama devesacaritasrayam — tasya Sutad devapater krtarttha iti menire dvijah harsasrupurnanayanah prasasamsus ca tam vipram nemi^aranyavasinam yajhasalam srutvaitas i (read °tac) caritan ll i punar jagmuh kriyam uddisya yajniklm iti sn-brhannaradiyamahripurane jnanakande ahindrapiiramahatmye catuscatvarimsoddhyayah. rsayah It ends: I divyabhivyaktidesanam klrttanavasare &c. It begins: of the Jnanakanda of the — purubhun naimisaranye satram hi bahuvarsikam sanieta labdhavaka£as taip rsayo yatra kusalSs Saunakadayah Sutam aprcchan harivaibhavam rsayah klrttitan ta(t) tvaya brahman hares caritram uttamam srutvadyapi na trptir no jay ate matravabhava (read mativaibhava) Sutah kin tais tapobhir uruvikramabhaktihinaih pui ll I I n i i 11 nyair athalpaphalasantatidair anantaih i danair jaganmayall padambujayugmasaktacintavatam hrdayatosanaviprahmaih aho tapahphalam kincit bahujanmabhir Tirjitam yad yajhesapadambhojayugacintaprasutikrt — ll —— ll i — I (3 verses). 1. that Visnu may always be present there. the Sugandha (2 a.

cent. + 65 bis) leaves + covers between later 8 lines on a page. Sansk. of the Sivaparvatisamvada of the Ksetravaibhavakhanda of the Bhavisyottara-Purana. Visnu promises to be ever accessible there. (1) The Campakaranyamaliatmya Ff. j It begins: 5* — namah* I kallyanyai harih I om i pura hi kailasagirlndramaddhye I surasuradyaih abhivandite pare vicitravaiduryyamukhaih suratnakaih suvar namuktasraj adamasobhite n sanmandape devavaraih samanvite[h] samstuyamane munidevanayakaih I astadasaih vadyavaraih abhistute ramgamukhaih narttanasobhite muda li nandlsacandisamukhaih suparssadaih samsevite cchatravitanasobhite I suratnapithasritasamkaramke sthita g(ir)isendrasuta mrdanl n . 1—117. 7 Material: Palm Date: 18th — 117). The tirtha to be the Brahmatirtha. (foil. Sesa makes him a pool XLII (ends 9 a): Visnu helps the When he is tired after battle. leaves. Size: 15iXlj in. Sesa founds Ahmdianagara. 13. Character: Grantha. 197. 1). and Garuda produces a river (pragvahinlm nadim). 1. gods against the asuras. No.-$* 260 after Hg- the ausadha be is named him (4a.. XLII1 (ends lib): Story of Markandeya and the lotusborn maid Tarariganandini. 168 (167 1 wooden boards. XLIV (ends 14b): Continuation of the story of Markandeya. small clear writing.

— II (6b) Sulatlrtthanirmana rsinam sarupyadana. IV (10 b) Yinayakapujakarana. . III (8 a) Nandlsvarapujananandikesvarakrtamahotsava.-5* 261 Kr- sarvajfia svapatim vlksya smayannlnaniukhambuja brahmadin ajnapaitum svapateh vaibhavam param samartthya vismayam vaktum gamgadharakathiimrtam i 11 i pranamya sivena prakatikartum visesena sabhatale samkaram devl devanaii ca samahksitah II i papraccha bhaktibhavena samkaram mlalohitam n tvayoktani puranyaddha saivaksetrani bhutale namanad eva darsanat api bhaktimuktipradany 11 (3i slokas) I saptasahasrasamkhyani catuhsatayutani ca tatra pituh visesena sthanani tava bhutale dvatrirasatsaptasatakasamkhyakani tatrapi satasamkhyakasthanany uktani n I mama me prabho vibho i ii tatrapy atyantadayitam dvatrimsatsthanam tesu punyatamam srestham pumartthanam nidarsakam n uttamam I ksetram ekam samastaghakrntanam subhadan nrnam kalau kalusayuktanam sadyah siddhikaram subham i H saksatkailasasadrsam Campakaranyasamjhitam It ends: II — i itiritas te munayotibhaktya sampujayamasur adinasatvah supunyade naimisakanane subhe sutam suvastrabharanais ca godhanaih iti n srlmat-bhavisyottarapurane - (sic) ksetrayaibhavakhande campakaranyamahatmye sivaparvatlsamvade kannyatirtt lindharmmarajatirttha mdratirtthamahimanuvarnanain catubcatvarimsoddbyayah I i I nama karakrtam aparadham Subham astu Sriyai namab ksantum arhanti santah srimatgirikucambayai namab * i I harih vatyai I om bhavisyatterapuranam I (sic) I sampurnam I sriparI namab avighnam astu I saksiganesaya as follows: namab srimattripurasundaryvai namab The titles of the adhyayas are I (ends 4 a) Anukramanika.

XV XVI (40 a) praptibhutanalapuj anirupana. (42 b) Gagesvara (sic) piijavaibhavena Nalasya nasta- rajyasriya prapti. XI XII (29 a) Devyopatisthamargena indrena krtacandana ut- savavidhananirupana. X Sricandanotsavanirupane srlmatgirikucambaya (25 b) surarajam prati prokta itihase srisaile jaladlpahpradaviprasya sivapadaravindah prapti Candrasenarajna nara- kanubhavanantaram campakaranye dvijatve durgan- dhamgatvapraptimahimanuvarnana. (58a) Masyagandhisamgainena bhrfiutiyuktaparasa- . naganathaprasadena Pandavanam XIX XX XXI (52 a) Nagesvarasya Pandavapujamahimanuvarn(an)a. Gautamapujanimittakagautaniasramam (32 a) indragamana Ahallyasamgavidhananirupana. (35 a) prati XIII Gautamena indrasya svabharyayah sapanugrahadana badarlvane Gautamasya Vyasopadesaniru(37 a) pana. VIII (20 b) Indragamana indrasya devyopatisthacandanotsavavidhananirupana. VII (18 a) Devlbhyam krta adarsotsavanirupana. IX (23 a) Indrasya devya proktacandanotsavaniriipana sivadutaih antara itihasanirupane yamadutan prati Sivabhaktisvarupanirupanarambhana. XVII (45 b) Nalapuja Nalakrtavaisakhotsavavidhananiru- pana. (55 b) Brahmagamana brahmanah piija brahmana krtakarttikotsavanirupana. XVI [I (48 b) Pandavapujavidhana svarajyaprapti. XIV Ahallyasapavimocana Gautamona nagesvaraRtuparnarajyasya svepne satruvijayakhatga- pujainahimanuvai'nana.-& 262 h&- V VI (13 a) Durgatapascaryyaya samkalpakarana. sivapratyaksavarapradana- (15 b) Girikanyavaralabha parvatya rupadvayaniru- panaarddhanarisvaravirbhavamulaliingabhutanagesvaravaibhavanirupana.

Taksakasya Kasyapoktastaladvayamahimanuvarnana bhagiratbapiij aniriipana. (109 b) Suryyatirtthamahimanuvar[tta]nana.ia. (97a) Siidaruparaksasavadha Vasisthena Kal- XXXVII masapadarajnah sapapradananirupana. .-Sh 263 k- rasya nainiisaranyagamana tatrakyarMn panuvarnanam prati svapasrutva te tasya niskrter alocanakarana. (94 a) XXXV XXXVI Vasistbapujanhnittakavisvamitrajasu(n)da- uimittakakalmasapadarajna vacana. nagagamanopotgbatadampatyoh vyasanaparisamgatya aputradvijakatkayam haraka-Markandeyagamana. XLIII (114 a) Suryyapuskarinlvaibliavanirupana. XLIV Kannyatirttha -dharmarajatirttha-iudra(117 b) tirttliamabimanuvarnana. XXXIV (91b) Sftvaradkipasya svarnapanihprapti. nagadhipatyapraptyarttbam (81b) Nagesvarasya Nagesvarasya anekaratnapujakarananantaratn Taksakasya nagadbipatyaprapti. XXXIII (89 b) Suryyamayakopaprasadavarnananuiiirupana.i. XXV XXVI (71b) XXVII XXVIII Taksakasya Kasyapenoktasivaksetranirupana. XXXII (87 a) Campakaranyam prati suryyagamanasa- dlianlbhiitacchayasuryyakopakaranaiiuvarnana. (63b) Nagesvararutyasya (sir) XXIV (66b) Dvijaputranimittakataksaka^amkarasaravrul. (69a) Taksakasya viprasapagamana. XXXVIII XLI XXXIX (104 b) Sivadbarmaplialanirupana. (102 b) Vasistbapuj aniriipana. XXII XXLII (60 b) Parasarapujamahiniauuvarnana. XL (107 a) Sivadliarmapunyanirupai. (100 b) Brabmopadistamargena campakaranyam prati Vasisthagamaiiodyamanirupana. XXXI (84a) Xagendrapujamabiiuanuvarnana nagendra- pujavalmlkapujamahimanuvarnana. XLII (112 a) Suryyatirttliamahimanuvarnaua. (74b) (77 a) Taksakasya Kasyapoktasaivaksetrasthana- catuhstayamahinianuvarnana. XXIX (79 b) Taksakasya campakaranyam prati punara- XXX gamana.

The CampaMram/amahatmya 118—135.lne ksetravaibhavakhande campakaranyamahatmye Ambarlsanaradasamvade suryyatirtthaI li mahimanuvarnanam nama pahcasltitamoddhyayah sriyai i namah i i srlmatgirikncambasametanaganathaya n mam gal am srimat-girikucambam tilm girikannyam tathaiva ca . It begins: — i bhuyah pranamya caturananajatam agryam munlsvaram sa(m)karatatvakovidam trilokasahcarinam avyayani sada papraccha raja sivasatkathamrtam n Ambarlsah i bhagavan yoginam srestha ksetratirtthavicaksana nadmadavisesajna mantrayantravidam vara n I I tvayoktani rnahabhagii saivaksetravarani ca tesu sthanatrayani punyara bhumau kailasasanimitam 11 vedaranyani svetavanain campakaranyam eva ca tesu sresthatamam proktam campakaranyam uttamam i II uktam yat tvaya purvam samgrahena munisvara tad vadasva ca ka(r)tsnyena mamanugrahakamyaya ity i ii It ends: — yah sraddhaya pathati pavanapavanah ca srutvapi tat darsanam acared yah samastapapaih sa vimucya tatksanat samastasamnmamgalam apnuyan nrpa iti skande mahapur[ur].H3* 264 x~ The site is thus described (2 a): — i I kaveryya daksine tire harinadyas tatottare srimat-Maddhyarjimapateh nairrtye punyadayake n Karkatesasya samsthanat daksine krosamatrake kannyatlrtthasya piirve tu krosamatre supunyadam kihcitvayavyabhage tu Manojnesasya vaih prabho I n campakaranyasamjiiam tu mahapatakanasanani (2) n of the Ambartsanaradasramvada of the Ksetravaibhavdkhanda of the SlMnda-Purana. Ff.

LII 139b.subham astu sampurharih II i I i i nam I harih I om i The adhyayas end as follows: — LXXX\' 1351). LIII 142a. It begins: i — Sutam prati rsayah Suta Suta mahaprajna sarvasastravisrirada (sic) bruhi nah .LXXXIY (indrena krtamrgasarotsavavidhinirupana) 131a.~3* 265 k~ naganathesvaram vande pranamami punah punali sumerusrmgamaddhyastham suksmarupam sukhapradam naganatha[h]priyam bhavya namami girikannyakam karakrtam aparadhani ksantum arhanti santah om £rigurubhyo namah . LVI 152b.LXXXII125b. (suryyatirtthamahimanuvarnana (3) ) The Nagantitliamaliatmya of the Tirthdkhanda of the Uparibhdga of the Brahmdnda-Purdna (foil. LVII om (Tlrthavaibhavanirfipana) (Parvatya tapascarana) 154a. LIV (Pisacamocana) — — 145b.LXXXIII128b. LV 149a. LXXXl22a. 136— 154a) in adhyayas numbered LI LVH ending as follows: LI 138a.sradd(adh)anfinam paramai-tthaikasadhanam i I n sarvapapaprasamanam sarvopadravanasanani sarvasampatpradaip nrnam sarvarogavinasanam i ii ayuskaram balakarain prajavrddhikaram nrnam rajnam jayakaram yuddhe parasenapravasanam samksepam asrutam purvain naimiseye tapovane idanim srotukamanam munlnaip bhavitatmanam suryyapuskarinl i ii I n nama tirttham paramapavanam n i i yatra devi jagatdhatri tapas tepe suduskaram tapobalayuta nityam tatra vasam akarayat suryyanamakhyapadminyam tate ye nivasanti ca n ye ye krtartthitam yatah tan atra vasato It ends: mime vada no — mune I etat salam (read satSni?) advitivani puca adhivasitah nyamunindrair paramapavanam .

LXI 166b. 160b. 154 a— 167 is a conspite of the difference of title this work the as of the tinuation numbering of regards preceding In the adhyayas. 'Tepiska' . LIX a. (Suryatlrthavaibhava) 159 a. which end as follows: — LVIII 156 a. LX 164b.~>i 266 k~ pasyanti ye brahraapurisam adyam dhanya bhavanti manujah khalu bhagyavantah II I uparibhage naganathamahatmye parvatya(s) tapascaranan'nama saptapahcasoddhyayah sriyai nam ah iti brabmandapurane naganatbamahatmyam iti sri-brabmandapurane I samaptah sriyai I sampurnam I i barib I om I subbam astu I namah (4) The Campakaranyamahatmya hita of the of the Ekadasarudrasamb. 162 LXII 167b. srlgurubbyo namah gobrahnianebbyah subbam bhavatu barib om On the front cover of tins MS. we read (inside) 'Tirui I barib i I i I I nakesvara' (Tamil for Srlnagesvara) and (outside). Siva-Pur ana. (Candravarmacarita) LX1II LXIV I The work begins: — I Saunakovaca (sic) Suta pauranika[h] srestba sarvalokaprapujita (read °ta) campakaranyamabatmyam bhavata kathitam pura idanlm suryyakundasya mribatmyam samgrahat srutam il I tasya tlrtthasya mahatmyam samgrahat vistarat srotum adyaiva vancha me varttate n nunam I * It * ends: — * * x x x x krpa yady asti ced vada li vrjinavilayahetum yah srunotiba nityam sa bbavati paripurnab sarvakamaih mrdasya I padam akhilasuredyam yogivaryyabbigamyam iti I il saivapurane ekadasarudrasambitayam campakarasriyai namah nyamahatmye catuhsastitamoddhyayah om barih sampurnam campakaranyamabatmyam i I i srimatgirikucambasameta naganatbamamgalam om karakrtam &c. Ff.

The leaves are numbered as far as 130. 6 lines on a page. traversing the full width of the : leaves. Sansk. 1387b sqq. 'Tirunakesvara' 'Puriinain' (167) 198. while each offers certain chapters not found in the other. The Madhyamabhdga Bhdradvajasamhitd of the HemakutaJchanda of the of the Adimaha-Purana. considerable divergences. Soc.. though even here with troublesome erasures and corrections. 5 we have a mark showing that there has been a correction. The There are. and their disagreements (e. Ind.. 1—18 19—35 40—47 36—39 ? = adhyy. with which the text seems to agree Thus in the opening verses si. — MS. g. Xo. 172 leaves (169 — 170 blank) and wooden covers. MS. fairly well written. however. according to the following scheme: As. The colophons are generally in nearly literal agreement. is inserted at a different point in Hariscandropakhyana the two MSS. 56 the writing is in three columus at that point commences a rather larger hand. adhyy. of this work see Ind. in XXXI) sometimes point in the also same direction. As far as fol. but often difficult to read and showing many corrections. sign probably indicating the same number appears on all the leaves. Character: Telugu. 4 reads closely. Material: leaves.. = = = 1—18 36—52 20—27 ? 28—35. 14 Size: 15? X lj Palm in. No. Off. For another MS. Date: 18 tb cent. irnvamtu. 3698. and after sudhdnisyam si.~>* 267 Hg- and the number l'i in and and a Telugu European figures. . pp. Off.

VI 167 b. however. XIX 61b.. 42 a. XIV 34 a. 38 a. Mrgayd. V 17a. 91b. Vasisth adh armopadesa. thakathana) 130 a. XXIX XXX XXXI Hariscamdrena Camdravatluikraya. XXIV XXV XXVI XXVII XXVIII Canddlakanyakddarsana Kasikena rajdpraliarana.~5* 268 •<- The present MS. 28b. IV 12a. Yirabdlmdarsana. 22b. Mayavarahaprabha va. Hariscandrasvassadarsanarosd virbha va. 29 b. XLIII 162 a. XLII 149 b. 33 a. II 6b. 40 XVIII 57 b. . XXX 112b. following statement gives the numbers of the pages on which the adhydyas end and the names of those not given in Dr. (Demghdtamamrara thanam) kathana) 127 a. 80a. XLIV 159 b. off in the middle of MS. VIII XIII IX 25a. a. XXXIV 115a. XII 53 b. XXVI XXVII a. 44 a. . The — VII 20b. Hariscamdrena smasaneksana. and Telugu his conjecture of hrdayastheydn (for °steyan) in adhy. Eggeling's list: III 9a. confirms Dr. XLV (Surasdsamgamajdlapddatir(ManmukhaUrthotpatikathana XLI 143 a. 47. XXV XXIX 107 a. Eggeling's suggessource for the Ind. XXXIX b. Nagari copy. 36 b. breaks adhy. Rdjd nn irgamana. I 3b. 86b. Camdravatyd risada^ahliitasvasam darsana. XLVII XL (imperfect) 168 b. XVII 70a. 22 The existence of this tion of a is also confirmed. XL 154 b. The names XIX XX XXI XXII XXIII of the chapters in the Hariscandropakhyana are Vasist(sic)avisvdmitr asa mvada. XX XXI XXII XXIII XXIV XXVIII 66 a. VI 19a. 9. XXXV XXXVII XXXVIII XXXII 118a. X XV 26b. 96 XXXIII XXXI 102 a. XI XVI 47 a. 75a. Off. 139 (sic) 134 a. Mayavalmisrsti. XXXVI ka(sic) (Kajnldh-amddn-ydyhrajnitaisic^hihaparyantatlrthdni 123 b.

Material: Palm leaves. Sansk. Date: 18th cen t. Off. Oft'. which is perhaps due to the likeness of the aksaras ma and sa On 'sri the last two leaves '£rl we read (3) few other scrawls. mu (= 20 21 of the — i — Ind. read thus: tatah param tanubhrta sidhido bramhmanirbharah mahato mSlyavacchpngas te patamty udha&karah. MS. Hariscamdravaraprasddana. 9 lines to a page. after Ramaya namah' At a blank half 'sri Telugu character. not inked over.. The Kadambapurimdhdtmya It begins: of the Brahmanaradasam- vdda of the Purvakhanda of the Brahmdnda-Purdna. the words a fresh beginning with leaf. Virupaksa sri' (bis) sakadadaya namah' and a 'sri in the the commencement there is of adhv. — I suklambaradharam visnum sasivarnam caturbhujam prasannavadanam dhyayet sarvavighnopasilntaye naimise punyanilaye rsayas satram asate Asito n —————— ———— I — I ete canye ca bahavo naimisaranyavasinah h jamitandosasantyartthaiu satkathasravanotsukah Sutani pauraiiikam srestham idam vacanam abravit I II rsayah Suta vidvan (read °dvan) mahaprajha[s] sarvasastravisrirada tvatta srutany anekani ksetrani vividhani ca nadyas ca vividhas sarva tirtthani ca vanani ca idanim srotum icchamo nipaksetrasya vaibhavam n ii I . XXVII). 10 leaves. 9) this MS. No. namah'. XXXIX. seems always to read Manmukha. adhy. adhy. 17tx2 in.-s» 269 h$- XXXH XXXIII Hariscamdrena Camdravativadha. Virupaksaya 199. Character: Grantha. Size: 15. For SanmuJcha (see Ind. The concluding lines of the MS.

creates a temple on the spot. her. 7: — V. Oi)iirusottamamah(dmye dvitiyoddhyayah): Description of the Ksetra: — sriramgasya vimanasya kimcid isanya uttare 6amlvanamahaksetrapurve vai krosamatrake I n s>I-kadambavanam nama prasiddham lavanatraye n piirvvam Dasaratho raja yagam arabhya satkrtah tu suvrate colabhumau tire uttare kaveryya sri-kadambapurlksetram muninam sthanam uttamam I I II &c. 4 a. called after Prahlada and also the Nipa- where dwells Markandeya. Brahman appearing informs her that superiority to Gaiiga can be obtained from Visnu alone. performs tapas in Sutala. being adjudged inferior in her rivalry with Gaiigfi. IV (ends 6 a. tadaprabhrti tatksetrarnm adimapuram ity abhiit. creatures living in the neighbourhood may be K. °satlxlrttivarddhanasdrupya2)rdpti): Markandeya at the advice of Brahman visits Kadamba- pura by the Kadambasaras (= Nipapuskarini). II (ends 2b. asks sure of moksa. for whom Ganga that all in superiority to near dwell should that V. Narada directs her to the Nipaksetra. 1. stotra by Kaveri. The Kadambavana is astdvimsatindmdka.-5* It ends: 270 r<~ — I idani puranam jagatam yasaskarain surais ca sendrair api nityacintitam ayusyam arogyakarani yasasyam sada sujalpani paramatmayogibhih iti brahmandapurane brahmanaradasanivade sn-kadambasubham astu purlmahatmye sasthoddhyayah harih om h I i i srimate srinivasamahadesikaya namah of the adhyayas: l Summary I (ends 2 a): Kaveri. There dwells Purusottama and in front of him an arrow's reach is the tirtha ksetra. tejasddhikyaprdptito III (ends 4 a. and tejas. °puravaibliaval<athanam katha(na)m ntima): Long Visnu promises a boon. At .

2: — the outside of the last leaf in European hand 'Kadambapuri Mahatmya of the Brahmfinda Purana'. corrections. 16. g. In this MS. 1.Purana. Character: Grantha. On the outside of the last ' D Kadambapuri 201. 9 b. contents in and the the numbers 22. 17. Material: Palm leaves. The Kapisthalamahatmya manda. = 6 a. Date: 18 th r 19th cent. of the of the Ksetragolakavistara of the Uttarablmga of the Brahmanaradasamvdda Brah- . 22 a. fairly correct. leaf in European hand and of the first a statement Mahatmya'. and 6 proved by in one or two slight points its as the preceding. 22 leaves + 2 blank covers between boards. 1. Date: 18th r 19th cent. The Prahladatirtha and the Nipatlrtha. Size: t JS o. 9a. krte yuge nlpaksetram tretayam adimapuram. 35 leaves + 1 blank + covers. 7 is again mentioned 8 b. displaying the same numerous small (e. clear and well written. He afterwards builds a temple Visnu and gains moksa. Sansk. of Tamil. Sansk. 13 b. Material: Palm leaves. 6 lines (nearly always) on a page. 1.. the chapters end foil. 5 b. On 200.-** his advice a 271 *<~ Cola king Satkirttivardhana by worshipping obtains a son. 6 lines to a page. from which it is copied. No. Character: Grantba. 4a. Size: l^xlj- in-. 16yXl? in. V (ends 7 b): VI (ends 10 a): The Nipapuskarinitirtha and the Brahmatlrtha. The same work as is gaps.2. The Adimapura of 4a. 1. 1. 1. 4 = 3 a. 8) making 3 a. 16 b.

and the elephant the Pandyan king Indradyumna. III (ends 11 b. who had incurred the anger of Agastya. p. Ind. (ends 16b). The elephant is saved by Visnu. the nakra is a Gandharva cursed by his teacher Devala. Indradyumnagajendrajprdpti). and tbe fight between an elephant and a crocodile as told in tbe Gajendra- moksana (Aufrecbt-Oxford. at whose instance Brahman founds tirtha. 1159 a b and often printed in tbe Pancaratna). II (ends 8a). Tbese five adhyayas relate tbe foundation of Kapistbala by Rama's apes. the Gajendramoksana or Gajarttiharana Tbere Visnu shows himself yearly in the month Vaisakha. p.. srimate gajendrasrimate bayagrlvaya namah a grantbam gajendrarttivinasaparabrabmane namab barib i om srlgurubbyo namah I I I i I 100. 5 a. varadaparabrabmane namab 7. . Summary of tbe adhyayas: — Y I (ends 4b).~& It begins: 272 xh — I £uklanibaradharam visnum sasivarnah caturbhujam prasannavadanan dhyayet sarvavighnopasantaye srl-Naradah I n pitamaha namas testu prasida karunanidhe sarvalokesa sarvaksetrajiia mantravit sarvajna I I n vimanatarasarajha tirttkasarajha punyavit girlnan ca nadmah ca vananam vaibhavani pura srutan tvatto mahabhaga astottarasatasthalam I n tesu ksetresu sarvesu srutam ekam subbastbalam sarasaram niabaksetram kaveryyas cottare tate kapistbalam nrnam sarvasiddbidam pavanam param 11 I 11 It ends: — punyaii caritraii jagadekapavanam bbaktipradam sarvasukbavaban ca i patbec srunotlba kapisthalesvaram prapnoti drstva purusartthabhak bhavet iti n &c. IV (ends 15a. Gajendrarttiharana). Off. According to the present MS.

5sq<j. the Visvainitratirtha. Indrapuskarini. Agastyatlrtha (XI). Yamatlrtha (IX). Material: Palm leaves. In all cases are recorded the names of the tirthapala. and the exact location. 26 b. Visnu is attended by Sri under the title Sri-Bhumi.-^ VI (ends 18b): Brahman founds a festival.. 18 . 2. 11. X (ends 31a). lOxlf in. also the title 'Brah- mandapuranam' in European writing. 202.4—6 (XII). No. and 35b. Oajendramoksatlrtthapanksaiia) account of a visit an by Indra and Saci.. Papavinasatirtha with the story of Cyavana and Sukanya. Date: Probably 18th cen t. Gajendrcmoksatirtthavaibhavd). The site is thus defined. 2a.: — I kaveilsaritas tire hy uttare daksine tatha pascime caiva purvabdher yojananah catustaye i II griramgat purvabhage tu yojananah catustaye ^he covers give in Tamil the words kumpakonam sva- pavukku merakke kapistalappuranam yedu 315 and the numbers 8 (Tamil) and 5 (European). YvuScitirtlia. taken cf. together: The most important feature of PapavinaSa appears to have been a temple called Pahcasrnga (18 a. 1. the TlrtthavaibTmvanirupana). 15 leaves + 1 cover. the bodhi-tree. lb. fol. 2). Sansk. the devata. the Laksmltlrtha (X). Bralnnatirtha. 7 lines on a page. This last perhaps means all the ten preceding. gives VIII (ends 26 b. Character: Grantba. 273 visits «~ Visnu at Kapisthala and VII (ends 22b. 1. IX XI (ends 29b. TJlrUhavaibhavanirupana)] (ends 33 b. the Bilvatirtha. 1. Size: 18. XII (ends SarvalcsetraprcfoMvaphdasrutinirupana) give the history of various other tlrthas at Kapisthala. Dasatirtha.

It begins: — | 11 I Saunakadya mabatrnana rsayo brabmavadinab naimisakbye mabaranye tapas tepur muniuksavah ekada te m(ab)atmanab samajafi cakrur uttamam dbarmarttbakamamoksanam upayain jiiatum iccbavab sadvimsatisabasranam rnunayas te mahaujasab tesam sisyaprasisyanam sa(m)khya vaktun na sakyate kani ksetrani punyani kani tirttbani bbutale I I n II katbani va prapyate mnktir brban (read nrnan ?) tapartta- cetasam ity n evam prastum atmanani udyatan preksya Sanikarab (read Saunakah) u i Saunakab aste siddbasrame punye Suta(b) pauranikottaniab II yajan makbair babuvidbai(r) visvarupam jagadgurum sa eva sakalani vetti Vyasasisyo mabaniunib 11 11 II tasmat tarn evani prccbama ity uce Saunako munib atba te munayo jagmub punyam siddbasraruam vanam iksantas tatra tastbur makbalaye addbvaravabbrtbasnanani niunini pauranikottamam te II tam avabbrtban 11 n papraccbus I sukbaslnam nainiisaranyavasinam n rsayab kani &c. &c.-3* 274 f<r- The Kayaroliana mah a tmya. katham sive manusyanani (sic) bbaktir avyabbicarini vada sarvamunisrestha sarvam etad asamsayah Sutab srimuddbvam rsayas sarve sandisto to vadamy abam gltam SanatkumarSya kumarena mabatmana i n i n I kayarobananatbasya niabutmyam paramatbbutain It ends: n — i I etatksetrasya mabatmyam ye Srnvanti patbanti ca vaktaram pujayanti ye tesam manoratbam svayam dadyat kayadbirobanam i 1 i .

Siva appearing grants him sayujya and promises to Kanva establishes an that bhaldi shall always be acancala at the place.) After a long interval Kanva obtains sasarlrena sayujya. 9 b. but without success. 13 a.000 years a him that. he sets up a Kayarohana at a tlrtha named from Siva (7 a. worships Mahadeva for 2000 years at Benares. harih i ora i I (4b.->* 275 f<- bhusanair vividhai(r) vastrai(s) tambulai(r) dhanaddhiinya- vaktaram pujayitva tu sivasayujyam apnuyat u [kaih i Summary: — 11. he would find a difficulty in there obtaining sayujya sardhadehena. that place being a bhogadhikya sthana. (Here perhaps a chapter ends. named Kardama. 6. At the advice of a certain Vamadeva he proceeds to Kanci. After 62. 1. which is west of the Sarvatirtha. where dwelt a sage of the Gargyas. He must depart to heavenly voice informs a bhogamoksasama sthana. There he is to bathe vrddhakaverisamgame. a yojana from Kamaldsannidhana (?P. On the west of the linga. 2). who visits Kayarohana sets up a linga in the aqneyadigbhaga (Agastyalinga 1. 6). N. 1. and beholds Paramesvara with Ambika. 1. wishing to obtain sayujya. His son Pundarlka.) on the east. and sets up (6 b. Pundarlka goes there. he asrama and a Kayarohana linga. 18* . 7. On the banks of the Yamuna was a village called Vedapuri. Adipurdnc Limgotpatti) relates the origin The site linga near to Sivakhyarajadhan!. described (3 a. After 80.000 years he is advised by a Rsi Kanva to visit Ksetrarajapura on the shore of the eastern ocean between Pundarlkapura and Vedaranya. Proceeding to Kumbhakona at a time when Jupiter was in Leo. of the is thus 6—7):— i purvambodhitate ramye pundarlkapurasya ca yojanatrayaslmante kaveryyas caiva daksine u II The Kayarohana.7) a Kayarohana linga. (? a chapter ends 11a. 1.) and Story of the Vindhya and Agastya.

somewhat cramped.-$* 276 Hi- story of Nagar&ja. 203. The coloto adhy. 38 leaves + 1 + cover. who is ultimately bestowed upon a king Sdlisuka. of the TJttarabhdga of the The Kumbhakonamdhdtmya of the Ksetravaibhavalzhanrta Brahmdnda-Purdna. 1. On one cover we find the figure 7 (European) and on the other an illegible scrawl in Tamil. desiring offspring.2. It begins: — i pura kadacid ajagmuh punyaranyopasobhitam naimi£an niini&iksetram rsayo gautamitate vidhatukama vidhivat satram dvadasavarsikam ii I hutasanasamakarah pratarastuhutasanah Kapilah Pulaho —— — — (sic) u (12 slokas) Sutamabhyagatamvlk^yatejasa suryyasannibham tasmai brahmasanan datva tarn ucus tatra tenaghah Suta prasida sumate sutaram sujata (2 a. Sesa. visits Ka- yarohana with his wife and sets up a linga W. having placed his mantrin on the throne.) pura prasamgena pui-anaratne brahmandanamni (sic) prakatikrtain yat n i .. but legible. blank 18xli" in. 1. gives his mind to tapas and obtains sdyujya (14a. Material: Palm cent. 3. Praise of the tirtha. 4). His wife bears a daughter. Sesa. who comes to Pannagendrapura (Ahlndrapura). 1. 5 (sometimes 4) on a page. Size: lines 187 B. of the Sarvatirtha.) II I s(v)arvahinijalajasaurabhasodaribhih vakbhir virihca vanitakarunajharibhis i tvan no drutam vrjinatapam apakurusva (2 b. Whish No. phon XI has Pdlasavanamdhdtmya in place of UttarahJidga. of the Suryavamsa. Date: 18th Character: Grantha. leaves.

and that II (ends Siva promised that the tlrtha should bear K. 2.4. Story of king Satyakirtti of Candrapura a jealous wife.'s his (S.-5* kincit tad acaksva vivicya It ends: 277 hc— kftmam n srl-Kuinbhakonasthalavaibhavan nah — fidikumbhesamahiitmyam prektam (read proktam) eva dvi- jottamah kumbhakonamahatmye ksetravaibhavan naina dvadasoddhyayah Sutah i anyad atraiva yusmakam tatra sarvahitaya ca iti brahniandapurane ksetravaibhavakhande 11 Summary of the adhyayas: — I (ends 6 a): Suta begins with the praises of Kumbhaghona on the Kaveri and the Kasyapakhyatirtha (3b. mocana): Story Bilvaran(ya)mahdtmye Gautamagohattiviof the Gautamasaras. 1. ): The IX (ends 30b. presided over by Umasahaya.'s) image should be there. 3 and 4b. 9 b): name The Hemapuskarinltlrtha and MadhySrjjunapura (6 b 1.). 1. 3. BhasJ. V (ends 17a): The Patalabljalinga at the Asvatthatirtha. Story of Brhasj)ati. 1. 1. TI VII (ends 21b): Story of the Umabhaga. Mandhatr worships at the spot.). A vimana Laksml-Bhumi 12 a. the north — the Svayambhuvatlrtha (12 1. 1). 2). The Kumbha and Siva. Kasyapa practising tapas there. slain by X (ends 33a. where was a . Account of the foundation of the tlrtha. Brha^patisvargaprdptikatJiana): The Somesvaratlrtha and the Hemakarasaras. where Siva A\as present hananatha. in Malwa.ara[s]tapassiddhikathiui<i Bhaskaraksetra.5. 1. (ends 23b. BralimaliattistrlhattiMOcana): Account of the Kasyapatlrtha. IV (ends 14b.: — Yaisiiava mentioned 12a. L 4 = Hemapuskarim 7 b. The Adikumbhesvaralihga and the Hemabjatlrtha (7a. III (ends 12b): The Hemapuskarinlcakratlrtha and to a. Mahamdghatirfhavaibhava): panodanasaras. The Papaas Kayfiro- Till (ends 25b.

278
linga of Siva.

h^-

Cidambara mentioned 31a,
1.

1.5.;

MayuStory

rasthana 32 a,

2.

XI
XII

(ends 35a,
of

Subahu and

Subahv[o Marudvaty]as ca carita): his wife Marudvati.

(ends 38a, Ksetravaibhava): Recapitulation of Kumbhagbona.
usually spell

and praise

The Colophons
final

Kumbhaghona

(sic).

The

colophon was apparently intended to be followed by a fresh adhyaya, as Suta's name is repeated: see also No. 204.

The label reads in Tamil yinta stalappuranam ku(mpa)konam sivanakovixxyedu312, with the numbers 2 (Tamil) and
7 (European),

and the title Brahmandapuranam (European). For another MS. of a Kumbhakonamahdtmya professing
to

also

Tanjore,

belong to the Brahmanda-Purana, p. 190 a.
204.

see Burnell,

Sansk. No. 19.
Size:

17|xl? (—
Palm
cent.

)

in.,

26 leaves,

8—9

(more frequently

8) lines

on a page.
Material:
Character:
leaves.

Date: 18 th

Grantha, clearer than in 203.

The Kumbhakonamahatmya.
It begins as in

No. 203, but at the end adds,
of a

after Sutah,

the

commencement

new adhyaya:

kumbhaghonasthale nania sthanam kayarohanavikhyatam sarva

asti

mahattaram

i

confirming the suspicion that a portion of the
is

Mahatmya

lost.

The adhyayas end
I 3a, II 5a,

as follows:


:

III 7b, IV 9a: Brhaspatisvargaprapti11a, VI 14 b, VII 16 a: MahamaghatirtthaJcafhana, 17 b: Bhaskam[s]tapassiddhikathana, IX 21 b VIII vaibhava,

V

Brahmahattistrihattimocana,
(as

X 23 b:

Bilvaranyamahatmye

Gautamagohattivimocana, XI 25a: SubaJivos carita No. 203), XII 26b: Ksetravaibhava. The MS. is slightly more correct than No. 203, which, if

-$*

279

*<-

this, is derived at any rate from a not remote common original, as is proved by the colophons and especially by the common error in the colophon of IV. The outer cover, shared with No. 195, shows various numbers (11, 26, 19, 11,48, 11) in Grantha, Telugu, and European characters, likewise in various characters, 'Harkness

not copied from

examed
ible

lees

20'

(?),

Kumbhaghona-Mdhdtmya,

Kodanu,
illeg-

Kumbhovaram Purdnam, Virdtapuram, and another
superscription.

An

attached label reads

(in

Tamil

character) KumpaJconaksetra'Mdhdtmyam Pdratavirdtaparvanil Jconsam.

205.

Sansk. No. 20.
Size:

14^X1^Palm

in.,

38 leaves

+

2 between

wooden

boards,

6—8

lines to a page.

Material:
Character:

leaves.

Date: 18 «s possibly

19tb, cent.

Grantha, clearly written. small gaps and ends abruptly.

The MS. shows numerous

The Pdpavindsamdhdtmya
It begins:

of

the

Brahmanda-Puru.ua.

namami

siipatim visnum saccidanandani

advayam
II

I

svamayasaktisamksiptaprapahcam sesasayinam

Naradauvaca (sic)

I

snmadastaksarakhyasya mantrasya vada Samkara kesu ksetresu siddhi syad iti karunyato mama Samkara uvaca
II
i

I

samyak prstam mahaprajha sarvalokahitavaham
astaksaramahama(n)trasiddhiksctrani me
.synu
II

I

satyaksetram hariksetram

— — ——— ——

.

(4 slokas).
I

papanasam mahaksetram sarvaksetrottamottamam etani siddhiksetrani vadanti munipumgavah astaksarasya mantrasya catustrimsan mahamune etesu punyaksetresu kurvatam sumahat tapah
II
i

II

kalena bhiiyasa siddhih papanasasthalam vina n papanase tapassiddhir acirad eva jay ate

-X
It ends;

280

K~


11
I

ayam eva hi me kamo nanyosti madhusudana tva dadayam (for tvadodayam?) me syat kamo (vai)kunthaisvarah
I

tesam bhuktih ca muktifi ca dehi ke£ava nayaka[h]

[nayaka
i

n

evam samprartthito laksmya kesavah kamalapatih tathastv iti jagadainam pa.

Summary
I (ends 5

of the adhyayas:

b,

Mddhavaraksasatvamoksana):
Sarabhdmadyasurava(dh)o):
with his
wife

Story

of the

Brahmaraksasa and the Brahmana Dalbhya.
II (ends 10
cast
b,

Story

of the

Brahmana Kundina, who
into

the

sea

by an asura

Gunadhya is Shnhanana at the

command

of the asura king Sarabha, but

Garuda and

ultimately

meets Parasara. III (ends 12 a, Kundinatapascarana). IY (ends 14b, Kimdinamol^aladhana)-. praises Visnu, who instructs him to settle one Yojana from Srlranga on the N. bank of the Kaverl (13 b), where he begets a son named Papanasesvara, and then proceeds to Papanasa, where he obtains mukti. The mukti-securing

is saved by reaches Papanasa, where he Visnu destroys the asuras.

K

stotra

is

given.
:

Sudarsanamukiikatliana) Temptation of Sudarsana by a nymph; he resists her and obtains mukti (marudvrdha 'river' 15a, 1. 4, 19b, 1. 2). XI (ends 21b, Subudhacarita): Story of Subodha and the Raksasa Candakopa. VII (ends 25 a, Prdhladamoksaprada): At the suggestion

V

(ends

18 b,

=

of

Sanatkumara Prahlada obtains mukti from Visnu.
(ends 28 a,

VIII

Pratapavlracarita): Story of the Cola king Pratapavira, son of Pratapavira, who constructs many dykes (kulya) in order to irrigate the land on both sides of the Kaverl. On a certain occasion the

river

disappears in a daksinavartta-shaped gartta at a place called Svetavighnesvarasivasthana. famine ensues and for three years P. endeavours in vain to

A

fill

the gartta.

He

then appeals to a

Brahmana Eranda,

~>4

2S1

i<~

it will
,

dwelling at the foot of an Eranda tree, who says that not be iilled until a muni equal to himself or a king equal to P. leaps in. That honour falls to the

sage, who, when P. is about to follow him out of remorse for a Brahmana's death, reappears and directs him to visit Papanasa and set up fallen lingas &c. This he does and obtains union with Visnu.

The

lines describing the kulyas are as follows:
i

Pratapaviranrpatis Colendro munipumgavah Colaksetresv osadhinarn % « vrddhyarttham ekada

n

gramanan nagaranan ca kaveryyubhayakulatah sukulyah khanayamasa sasyavrddhyartthani adarat
i

n

tlradvaye ca kaveryyam ye vasanti sivalayah ye ca visnvalayas santi tan apalayata prabhuh tat-tad-devalayasthana (sic) devanam api dattavan
I

11

i

bahuksetrani vittani bhaktisraddhapurassaram

II

kulyanam abhiraksarttham sa Pratapanrpo mune
silabhir istikabhis ca

i

mukhadvaram akalpayat
I

n

kaverimulakulyanam sudhrdepanapurvakam
(25b,
1.

evam sambandhitas Coladeso bhiipatina mune
6 sqq.)

n

IX

(ends

32

b,

PundarikasarastiiihcivaibhavakatJiana):

Story of the devas and the asura Candavega whom with his army Visnu destroys at Papanasa. Praise of the Pundarlka-saras, named after a sage Pundarika
(31a,
1.

7).
:

X
XI

Digging of the (ends 36a, Pundarikamunikathana) saras by Pundarika at the advice of Dalbhya. P. obtains mukti.

Laksmi performs tapas and asks to be (unfinished) dwell with the good instead of with the to allowed
:

bad,

who on her
hosts.

travels round the world have hitherto

been her

Visnu consents.
is

The

situation of the tlrtha

thus defined (lb,
(read
clisi)

1.

6sqq.):—

caivarddhayo[janei kaveryya daksine tire papa(na£a)sthalam hareh n muktidam varttate pumsam vasatam bhuktidam tatha

kumbhaghonasya nairtyam

(sic) nisi

I

HX

282

Kr-

'harih

leaves at the beginning we read 'papavinasamahatmyam' 'sriyai namah grantha 880' in Grantha character with 'yedu 318' in Tamil, and 2 in Telugu and European character: finally the title

On

the two
I

spare

om

i'

i

again pencilled in label in Grantha.

European

letters,

and on an attached

206.

Saksk. No. 21.
Size: 16 7 Material:

xl-| Palm

in.,

18 leaves

+

cover, 7 (rarely 6) lines to a page.

leaves.

Bate: 18 tt

cent.

Character: Grantha.

The

TulasivanamarMndeyasrinivasaksdramaMtmya

of

the Madhyamablutga of the Bliavisyottara-Purana.
It begins:

-

devadevaravindaksa kalijasana surarccita

I

praslda jagatan natha sarvalokanamaskrta ksetrabrndavidhanajna tirtthabrndavicaksana
li

I

mantrabrndavidhanajha vimanajha suresvara n srutva tvatto mukundasya mahatrnyam pavanam parani manaso na bhavet trptir atah prcchami sampratam krpaya bruhi sisyaya lokfinam vai hitaya ca kumbhaghonasya mahatniyani varnane yan nianak cchrutamii
n
I

i

bruhi

markandeyamahaksetram sarvalokaikapavanam me devadevesa guhyat guhyataram param
i

n

It ends:

dharmakamartthamoksanam yah pathet pratar utthitah etan mahatrnyam atulam patrobhun natra samsayah subham bhavati sarvesam siddhir bhavati mamgalam
n

n

li

iti

srl-bhavisyottaiapurane

madhyamakhande
i

tulasivana-

markandeyasrinivasaksetramahatmye

tlrtthamahimanuvari

nanan nama navamoddhyayah

harih

om

i

subham astu

I

kallyanatbhutagStraya kamikartthapradayine srimadvemkatanathaya srlnivasaya mamgalam
i

-><

283

,<-

Summary
I (ends 3 b):
(la,
1.

purvambodkes tu pascinie sarddhakrose kumbhaghonat purvabhage munisvara tulaslvanam ity etat ksetrani pavanapavanam adav eva mahaksetram markandeyan tatah param "We hear (la, 1. 7) of a puskarinl at the tlrtha. Some
5):

— Sahyajadaksine

of the adhyayas: The situation of


the tlrtha
is

thus defined
I

tire

ll

i

ii

II (ends 5

details of places are given fol. 3. a): Origin of the Tulasivana (Tulasi daughter Tulasikavaca is mentioned of Sudhabindu 4a, 1. 3).

A

and given at length (4 b, 1. III (ends 6 b) Markandeya
:

5.).

visits the Tulasivana and performs tapas at the foot of a TulasT.

IV

(ends 7 b):

Dkaranl (= Tulasi) appears

to

M. and

becomes

his daughter.
:

Visnu appears as an aged ascetic and (ends 10 a) for the begs girl: on her refusal M. appeals to Visnu. VI (ends 12a): M. praises Visnu, who asks for Tulasi,

V

and promises
(2)

to

M.

3 boons,

(1)

that he and Tulasi

shall dwell at the tlrtha, to be called after M.'s

name,

food without salt (see 11a: no salt to be brought to Hari's temple), (3) moksa. Visnu adds that M. shall

name Kalyanapura
is

see the Akasanagarl, which shall be visible under the or Markandeyasthala. The tlrtha
called Sarnga.

The dv&daSaksaravidya lib,
of

1.5.

VII

(ends

13 a):

Marriage

Visnu and Tulasi.
1.

The
is

temple Suddhananda VIII (ends 14b, Tirthamdhatmya):
built 13 a,

6.

The Akasanagara
The

nairrtyam tirttharajasya.

IX

(ends 18a):

Brahman

establishes a festival.

fruits

of bathing in the Ahoratryahvayatlrtha.

The sage Devasarman
a

(a Bharadvaja),
is

daughter of Jaimini,
the tlrtha.
(16b,

having ravished cursed to become a kraunca
tree

and liberated only when a Sal
falls into

on which he nests

The Candratlrtha
Suryatlrtha (16b,
tirtha (17 b,
1.

1.6),

11. 1—4), Sarngatlrtha (16b, 1. 5). Indratlrtha (17b, 1.2), and Brahnia-

3).

-><

284
in

•<-

On

the

cover we

read

Tamil: Inta stalapuranam

kumpakonatukku samlpam

uppili

appana yena nukua
title,

vis-

nukovilapuranam yedu 18 and inside the above, in Grantha.
207.

as

given

AVhish No. 186.
Size:

§{xl\

2 covers, 7

—9

in.,

lines

6 leaves (numbered on a page.
cent.

70, 71,

73-74, 80—81) and

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: 18th (possibly 17th)
Character: Grantha.

The last part of the Mahaganapaddhati of Oirvanendra Sarasvati, pupil of Visvesvara Sarasvati, who was himself a pupil of Amarendra Sarasvati.
It begins:

m madhu melayitva sampisya japtanyayutadvayena (sic) ebhis subhair ahjitalocano yo marttyani dhSnani sa pasyatiha lajjanduka prasiddha laksanan tu sparsasamkucavatpatratvam ghanasarah karpurah suklam girikarnika svetax x x x x x x x
I

ii

I

parajitah

trevau (??)

eka trnam
i

i

ayahprasuna samkha-

pusplm ayomukhapuspaki

bhavet ganesarnasatastajaptasrikhandilepat kila duhkhanasah
i

srikhandas
j apt

am

ity

candanakhandah satastajaptety astottarasataartthah evam sarvatra
luta savisphotakabhutakrtyii(t)

pretotbhavat ghoratara
vinasayen

(j)

jvarac ca

I

manorathastadhyasahasrajapad (sic) mantrivaras tu vasyam

n

visadvayam sthavarajangaman ca jvaran athastav ilia sidarogEn
I

sudarunan tain grahanlii ca rogan
vataprasutan kaphapittajatan
sat a stajapena vinasayet
;

II

galagrahadin api rogasamghan
i

Character: Malayalam. 6 lines on a page. The work deals with charms.. 26 leaves -f- 2 blank between boards.) by recht CC. 7| xl? in. and seems especially devoted to Ganesa. No. s. Size. 196. Sansk. harih i srlganapataye I namah i avighnam astu I I srigurubhyo namah trilokambayai namah kalavenuravah kalayanilah kamalacumbanalampatotira myah me hrdi devaklkiSorah alipota ivaravindamadhye ramatani visvatma sahajabhusanam nabhasah jayati jagatah prasutir n drutakanakasadrsada^asatamayuldiamalarccitas savita . Date: 18 th or 19 th cent. astrological It begins: An — work bearing no name. Material: Palm leaves. v. Somes varaputra mentioned by Auf- 208. 22. II p. Possibly it bears some relation to the Gam - sapaddhati (dh. Girvanendrasarasvati.->i 2*5 :C- laksaikajfipena inanorathasya siddhir bhaved asya hi padukayah i 11 It ends: — (sic) somasuryyoparage ca parvanes suddhayos latlia I siddhainrtadiyogesu dvadasadivratesu ca n caturtthyan ca tatha sastyam vasare sukrasoinayoh uktakalesu vidhivat ganesam samyag arccayet n iti I srimatparamahamsaparivrajakacriryasrimad - Amaren- drasarasYatisisyasilmad-Visvesvarasarasvatyah priya&syena Girvanendrasarasvatya viracita mahaganapaddhatis sam- aptah harih i I om I srlvaiicchattiliru Kukum I Sesadrina su(read sva)hastalikliitani i Sesadriyaulaputran srlvancckesvaramaii- kalamkamakakatta&rivighne&varaya galanayakyai namah naniah srigurubhyo namah srlsarasvatyai namah Then in uninked letters gane^aya namah i I I : ! For the author see Aufrecht CC.

It ends: II — sesa dasah kramena yojyah I subham astu I the writing on the last leaf being indistinct and in places hardly legible. 1. atha nisarggabalam. atha cestabalam. 1. but new topics are introduced lb. 3. 1. 1. atha tatkaladugganita grahassatvakyani likh- 4b. atha bhavestagrahadustayah. 3. atha bhavah lagnadlnani samanvayah. 1. 4. 18b. 2. 1. atha lagnadibhavabalapuhjani. 1. 6. athovvabalam. 1. 17 b. 15 b. 17 a. 16 a. 1. 5. 5. 1. atha grahanani sthanabalani. 1. There is no regular division into chapters. atha grahabalapuhjani. 9 b. by athaharggano yante. 1. 1. athayanabalam. 1. 1. 3. 18a. 3. 8 b. 2 a. 6. as follows: — likhyate. 1. 13 b. 16 b. 16 b. 4. 2. 16 a. 6. atha yogaphalam. 5. atlia. . 1. atha kalabalam. 5. 1. 17 a.-s* 286 H8- arkkendvarabudhacaryyasukramandasiketavah i raksantv anium gralias sarvve yah pusye mrgalagnajah vidhatra likhita ya" sa lalateksaranialika i II daivajnas tam pathed vyaktam horanirmmalavaksasa II pusyarkse sltabhanSv udayati mrgabhe vrscikasthe ca bhanau bhuputradauvaniksatpadasatuladhanuryyugmajikakriyasthe cchalismelugh(?) isoyas samajani bhavatallokamatrprasadat balah prajnonujoyam kalitadhanasukharogyadlrghghayur ( adhyah athaharggano likhyate. 2. 10 b. atha bhasakalidinadayah. atha bhavasrayaphalani. atha suksmarasmayah. 1. 3. atha lagnabhavasya baladhikyad atrarpsakadasa likhyate. lib. 1. athastakavarggo likhyate. 1. atha bhavavindanam. 5 a. 12 a. 1. 1. atha rasmayo likhyante. 1. 16 b. atha samudayastakayarggah. 1.

31 leaves + covers. 23. inside. 6. Character: Grantlia. 7 one beginning 'atha inakarasanikrantiphalam'. 1. — vagisadya sumanasa sarvartthanam upakrame yan natva krtakrtya stus (read syus) tan namami gajananam vinddhyaI i syottarade. . atha kalacakradasa.. It begins: in the margin at the beginning Afigirasaand at the end SrimukJiaparisat is written. 287 h^ 3. arranged as in a table. 2 a.se biirhaspatyamanabdo grahyah vinddhyadaksina- sauracandramanabdo grahyah barhaspatyamanena citrabhanusamvassarah (sic) sauracandramanabhyam Sngirasasamvassarah sarvatra ^u(?)rodayavasat pusyabdah asya samvassarasya Salivahanasakabdah dese i It is incomplete. 24. Size: 8^ Xl J in. On fol. 1. 1. 209. 8 lines (generally) on a page. 1. Date: 18th cent. Unnamed. Injuries: All the leaves are more or less mutilated. On the outer side of one of the boards N in Roman character. Sansk.-^ 26 a. 5 —6 12x1— lines li in. 26 a. r 19th cen t.. Sansk. Material: Palm leaves. atha naksatradasil likhyate. No. Palm Date: 18th Character: Malayalam. 4 we find a section beginning 'atha samvassaraphalam' and on 4a. But parisat. + 1 double leaf joined at the left on a page. No. The rest is mainly numbers &c. On the cover subham astu minaksisahayam\ with two lines of Tamil writing (of an astrological nature) 210. breaking off as follows: — ddhruvam gamgeyo ala i vallipritih pusa 4 ku 8 sunnyatithir There are no regular chapters. 5 leaves leaves. Size: side. Material: .

H. x x x x namas tasmai yatprasadavivasvata niadiyarasanabamsanatanesu samutsuka esa Sarasva x x x x x m anandadayini i I pratyuhadhvantavidhvanisah kriyate sarvakarmnianain ll 11 samasritapadambhojajanatasurapadapah sarvam mania subhabhistam purayet partthasarathih ksiptvajnanatamorasim padarttha x x x x x i I H gururatnapradlpo me manodhamani bhasatam visnulllamrtanan te karttarah kavipumgavah I ll jayanti sutaram loke Valmlkivyasasanikaruh ll x x x x x x x nde vyasacalam idam kavim babhuva SamkaracaryyakirttikallolinI yatah I ll atyunnatasya kavyadror vvyahsacalabhyapo khilam I x x x x x x x x m asamartthoham atbhutam hrasvam atyamkusagrahyaiii grhitva kalayami tat n | nibandhanasrjam kahcitadvatisvaramagno mude " . Date: Perhaps 19 * h cent. The Samkaracaryacarita It begins: — in 9 adhyayas. Osborne. ragadya sodasa. S. e. Injuries: partially Character: Square Grantha. (later 8) lines MjXlf in-. March st 1 1828. 9 on a page. Size: 180. clearly written. 24 leaves between boards. The left-hand lower corner of the first 16 leaves has been rubbed away. Malayalam) petition. WhishNo. Material: Palm leaves. 211.-5h 288 Kr paper wrapped round these few leaves states were that they presented by Col. and that they contain a copy of a Malabar (i. and it begins the Bdgadvesaprdkaranam. On one of them however the language is Sanskrit. as slip of A follows : — citgkanam paramatmanam apannaivarusakrtim advitiyam aparan tain Vekitesaguruni (sic) bhajet I ii ? ragadvesaprakaranani.

at a place called Kalati. was the home of S.'s parents. The friendly counsels of the guru are charmingly related. and in gratitude for his escape he becomes a Sannyasin. pupil of GaudaDvaitavadins' (5a. 7): Samkara's precocity. 1.ili I Srigurubhyo namah The in a sober following is a summary of the story.-» $ * * •:* 289 •* ><~ * -x- x * * «• x vakarpitaip i karomi yativaryyasya nideSam samup53ritab n kathasamksepa evadyo dvitryoddhyaya utbha(v)e(t) It ends: — l &C. also called Syanandura (? 3a. Vyasa appears and compliments him. At five years of age he loses bis father. Having tirthas. Here were two rivers Nila (?) and Curni. returns to the 19 Badarikasrama. 1. III (8a. 7) Story of Upamanyu and birth of Samkara. I (ends 2 b. 1). s. A crocodile seizes him while bathing. he studies Vedanta and composes the Bhasyapradlpika. and he is brought up by his mother. where the Brahmana VisnuSannan. which 'causes the books to slip from the hands of the The birthplace was in the 1. pada. 2). he visits with difficulty obtained leave. son . for whose sake. and on the north bank of the latter. Proceeding to the Badarikasrama. 3): After his mother's death. be brings the The river was thence called river near to the house. 1. with whom he spends a long period. 1. Kerala country (famous for the birth of Medinlkara &c 3 a. 1.). where was the Daksinakailasa tlrtha. grimacchamkaradesikasya caritastotram prabodhapradam nirddandakhilapapavrndavidhinam samksiptam etan narah ye srnvanti pathanti cadarayuta sahcintyanvaham te labdhva blmvi sampadan ca sakalam ante lablianterartam n iti sVi-Samkaracaryyacarite navamoddliyay. Ambapaga.2. 7) Kathasamksepa. whose names are not given. which is told and credible style with scarcely any miracles: adhy. when sixteen years old. He is initiated by Govindasvamin. IV (10a. — II (5a. 1.

visits Pundarmtapura (Pundarlka23b. wife from Buddhism. (14a. 1. living S. also Praise of Kancl. to the karmakanda. at Daksinakailasa. This work professes to be composed by Govindanatha. 11. 1): Suresvara.3): S. as indicates a pupil Visvarupa. friend of Samkara (23a. IX bathes at the Dhanuskotitirtha at Ramasetu. S. (24a. 1. bathes in the river Suvarnamukhari at Kalahastiksetra. dwelling near the river Sona.~>< 290 k~ in the of Somasarman 1. and Sanandana (Visnusarman) writes a tika on the Bhasya. way to Clokarna. S. Samkara. Then to Sriranga: then is the tirtha Sivaganga. exceedingly devoted. 2): Sanandana obtains at Haridvar the name Padmapada.'s 1) was triumphant (svetamarge pura tena sugatena subadhite). Recapitulation in the form of an aiirvada. where he dwells and dies pitha. 1. for which reason he is not fit to compose varttikas on the Bhasya. : V (12 b. was Totaka. I. 4 called Sivavihara. YI Visvarupa receives the sannyasa name of Samkara composes fifteen bhasyas (ten on Upanisads). story of Visvarupa's The VanI. journeying to Ramasetu. of Srikundagrama Kerala country. 1. daughter of Yisnumitra. — .7). — third 5) at disciple a village A fourth. is converted to devoted previously that at one time. Samkara obtains a Hastamalaka (Kahcanavarnin 23 b. shows some reminiscences of Bana's Harsacarita adhy. VIII where (20 a. 1. VII (17 a. when Buddhism He relates views. while Suresvara is the author of On the the Naiskarmyasiddhi and two Varttikas. revisits Kahci and mounts the Sarvajha Then to Vrsacala. visits Bhattacarya at Prayaga. becomes his first disciple. 1. he had himself outwardly professed that religion. called Daksinakailasa. converts Visvarupa substitute. The latter. in He a Magadha.9): S. 1): idam sri-Samkaracaryyacaritam lokapavanam krtam Govindanathena yatibhaktisahayatah.

Material: Palm leaves. Other MSS. of this Burnidl. 26. Tanjore p. it is impossible to ascribe such an antiquity to a work which the distinguished sons of the Ker country Medinlkara. Although I cannot agree with BurnelFs statement that the book is 'full of miracles' and the litany at the end may be an addition. Size: lOjxlj in. 101—2 and 257—9. 1. 1) among ravijaya see Aufrecht-Oxford. cent. 9 leaves -f covers. 106. .SS. 96b 97a. Size: lO^xlj — l| Palm in. 25.~X 291 K- 24 in Whish's hand 'Samkara Acharyya charitram professing to be a history of that learned individual' and 'An unworthy work No. Sansk. Material: Palm leaves. 27. 214.. Size: 12x1t in. 213. 11 leaves + cover. Date: 18th r 19 th cen t. character: Grantha. No.. Date: 18th or 19th Character: Grantha. and 6esagiri 6iistri 'Report on a Search for Sanskrit and Tamil AI. but the latter accepts without question the above statement of the MS. for the year — work have been examined l>y 1893—1894' pp. For the story of Samkara as related in the Sanikacites (3 a. 212. The former makes no mention of the author. ascribing it to Samkara's disciple Govindanatha. 7 —9 lines on a page. 8—9 lines on a page. pp. 10 leaves + covers. No. 247 sqq. 7—8 lints on a pa Material: leaves. Sansk. apparently the author of the Mediniko£a. the readings of which may be compared with the present. No. Character : Grantha. 79b. Sansk.. On above p. Date: 18 th or 19th cen t.' the outside of fol.

-$HH$- .. Mr.-5* 292 1 Kr- On the the cover 'Suvisesam intended to mean 'Holy'. Sansk. 215. Material: Palm leaves. All these of MSS. 28. No. 5—6 (generally 6) lines r on a page. cent. missing) + cover. Glenies sermon in all the are described externally as 'Translation in Sanscrit'. 31 leaves (less fols. Size: 10|-Xl{ in. or like. 18 and 30. Date: 18th 19* Character: Grantha. "We have apparently the same sermon MSS. and the contents correspond to this description.

LIST OF WORKS SUBJECTS. ARRANGED ACCORDING TO .

.

5—8 5 e „ „ . with the Com. v I (No. 165). 166). Parsadavrttij „ Rksarvasarnana by Nagadeva Rgvilanglryalaksana by Nagadeva Tract on the Rgveda-Samhita. 1 — 19 (No. 13). 75—121 (No. by Saunaka The same. „ „ „: I.2). 122-165 (No. 7). Avarnivyakhyana. I. 2). la). 14). 78. 73. leaf only (No. 73. on 22 Katyayana's Sarvanukramani (No. „ „ „ . VEDIC LITERATURE. Com. Samhitas. by Sayana. Com. 21 Com. Padapatha. to 1. 6). 7 8 9 1 Rgveda-Pratisakhya. Rigveda: 1 Rgveda-Sanihita. on Avarnivyakhyana. (No. and Wqrks relating a) them.I. 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 A kind of Parisista to the Rgveda-PratiSakhya (No. 2 3 4 „ „ " . 78. „ first „ Rgveda-Bhasya. on Tantalaksana Paribhasa (?) Avarnilaksana Avarnilaksana (No. Astakas 1 „ „ „ —4 (No. I. Com. . title not given 10 n 12 13 14 15 16 17 Padantadipini Trisandhalaksana Rksamkhya Avarnadipa Nantasamgraha by Sesanarayana Tantalaksana Naparavyakkyana. on Nantasamgraha Taparatika.

78. 1). 177). 180. Brahmanas and Aranyakas. on Bahvrcabrahmana-Upanisad. lb). on the first Aranyaka of the same (No.e. on Samkitasanmnalaksana'* o 3 CO Yilinghyavyakhyana by Pundarikaksisuri Naparavyakhyana.-X b) 27 28 296 hs- Black Yajurveda: 29 30 31 Taittiriya-Samhita. 1). Taittiny a. Tribhasyaratna. Com. 2 so 51 Taittirlya-Brahmana (No. Saiikara's Com. Com. on Taparalaksana Avarnivyakhyana. Samanavyakhyana. Uhagana. on Naparalaksana f's Taparapaddhati. Com. on the same text (No. 53 54 Sankara's Com. 21b). Another Com. 158. 176). by Laksmana Jatavalla- 33 bhasastrin (No. (No. e. 28 a). 38. 32 Taittiriya-Pratisakhya (No. on Bharadvajasiksa.. book I (Dasaratra) (No. on Aitareya-Upanisad (No. i. 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 4i The same with Com. Taittirlya-Brahmana III. on the preceding (No. 49 Maiidala-Brakmana. on Satarudriya (Taittiriya-Sanihita IV. 22 b). 47 48 Aitareya-Aranyaka (No. Coin. books II VII (No. . 2. Svaralaksana (No.Aranyaka. 5) (No. 10— 12J s 3. 5. 191).T 42 43 Prakrti of Samaveda Prakrticalaksara J 44 45 46 Uhagana. Samhita-Patha (No. ^atapatha-Brahmana X. Com. ZPpanisads. Sayana's Com. Com. on Avarnilaksana Anihgyavyakhyana. Aitareya-Aranyaka II (No. i. i. Com. e. (No. Rahasya (No. 22 a). on Avarnilaksana Akarapaddhati. 2). Com. 180. 25b). 38. Com. — 1). 2. and 1^ 52 Aranya-Katkaka. 28 b). on Aningyalaksana SO c) Samaveda: 1 . 179). 2).

18 a. Atharvasira-Upanisad (No. 1). 18 a. Devl-Upanisad (No. 17. 82 83 84 85 Skanda-Upanisad (No. 18b. Frayogas. 5). Uttaratapaniya-Upanisad (No. 1). 18 a. 24a). 24 a). 68 69 Mundaka-Upanisad (No. Dvaidhasutra from Bodhayana's Srautasutra (No. 17. on Samhitfi-UpanNad. 3). on the same (No. 78. 2). 16b. Rahasya-Upanisad (No. 18 a. e. 3). Katha-Upanisad (?). 18a. 9). 2). 4). 2). 18 a. on Chandogya-Upanisad (No. &c). Aranyaka III (Xo. Tripura-Upanisad (No. Aitareya- 57 58 Isa-Upanisad (No. Prasna-Upanisad (No. Kalagnirudra-Upanisad (No. 75 76 77 78 79 Atharvasirobhasya by Bhaskara Raya (No. Mandukya-Upanisad (No. i. 18 a. Sankara's Com. 3). 18 a. 18 a. Sankara's Com. 17. 11).-^ 55 297 f<~ 56 Sankara's Com. 3>. 78. 5). Kena-Upanisad (No. 1> . Kausitaka (Sambavya)-Grliyasutra (No. 65 66 67 Katha-Upanisad (No. Kaivalya-Upanisad (No. on the same (No. 16 a. 12). 17. 4). on the same (No. 70 71 72 73 74 Pnrvatapaniya-Upanisad (No. 8). 86 87 88 89 Asvalayana-Grhyasutra (No. 6). 17. 23). 2). Sarira(ka)-Upanisad (No. Sankara's Com. Amrtabindu-Upanisad (No. 7). 24 a). Brhadaranyaka-Upanisad (No. 18a. 2). 158. 17. 16b. on the same (No. Sankara's Com. 94. 21 c). 4. 15). 78. 192). Veclic Ritual (Sutras. 59 60 6i Sankara's Taittirlya-Upanisad-Bha^y. 18 a. Com. 4). Maha-(or Tripuratapana-?)Upanisad (No. 6). Sankara's Com.i (No. 1). 10). different from 63 (No. 1). on the same (No. 80 81 The same (No. Tripnrasundari-Upanisad (No. 62 63 6-t Sankara's Com. 16 a. 5). 18 a. on the same (No.

3). 48. 2). Mantrapatha of the Apastambins (So. Haradatta's Com. 21a). Grhyaparisista (No. 99. II. 55). dealing with witchcraft and domestic rites (No. 146. 139). 3). only (No. . 1). 93 94 Com. 99. no Miscellaneous Vedic Works. 94. 86. Bamayana „ „ us lu 115 Valmlki's „ „ I —VI 1 (No. 53). 109 Prayascittasubodhini by Srinivasamakhin (No. 48. 3). on the same (No. 1). 94. 26. on the same (No. in Sanskrit (No.~$h 90 298 «~ Mahagnisarvasva. pasubandha) according to the school of Apastamba 2). on the Agnikalpa. 86. Apastambiya Grhyasutra (No. 26. 75). Dvaidha and Karmanta Sutras of Bodhayana's Srautasutra (No. on the same (No. 108 Prayogasara (No. 2). 27). in 112 Caranavyuha (No. adhana. 7J 3 105 106 107 Mantrabrahmana of the Samaveda (No. 5). I. Com. ANCIENT EPIC POETBY. 99. Sayana's Com. Somotpatti (No. 4). 92 Manual (No. with Mantras 100 101 102 loa lo-i Pahcangarudranyasa (?). Manual of Srauta rites (Agnistonia) according school of to the Apastamba (No. 9i Another fragment of the rites same (No. 91. Saiph. 99. and Prayoga for the Budranuvakas of Taitt. IV. 3). 1). 5. 5 a). A kind of Prayoga. 1). 95 96 97 98 Com. 4). Budraskandha's Com. of Srauta (darsapurnamasau. rules and prayers (Black Yajurveda) for the worship of Budra (No. on Khadira-Grhyasutra (No. 1). 153. 2). 99 Sodasakriya (Bodhayana) in Malayalam. Budravidhi (?) with the o Pahcangarudranyasa of Bodhayana. 153. Uttarakanda (No. on the same (No.

40). 85). on Rain. 1 „ Udyoga-Parvan „ — 94 7 (No. on Bhagavadgita (No.H3H 116 ii7 299 Hg- Ramannja's Com. 1). 142). 121). 50). 54. 61). 1. on Ramayana I. 157. Pauloma and Astika Parvans (No. 1 3* > i . (No. with introduction (No. Sambhava-Parvan (No. 153. Jayamangala (No. 6). 133 134 135 136 Uttaraglta (No.iv. CLASSICAL SANSKRIT LITERATURE. II (No. „ Vana-Parvan (No. Laksmldhara (No. 164). 123). Epic and Lyric Poetry (Kavya). (No.l-^V. „ „ „ III. 44. Com. 71). 49 b). (No. Another Com. „ Sabha-Parvan (No. 1). ui 142 Mahanatakasiiktisudhanidhi by Immadi Devaraya by 143 144 Srntirahjinl. „ „ „ „ — VI (Xo. „ „ 52). „ 6iidhara's Com. The same (No. Balabharata by Pandit Agastya (No. 1). Mahabharatasamgraha by Mahesvara (No. 1—12. Com. „ „ us H9 120 121 122 „ „ „ 123 Com. of Jai- III. 2). 2). 152. 64)- 124 125 126 127 Virata-Parvan (No. — 41—198 (No. Subodhini. 1. 130 131 Bhagavadgita. 1 83 (No. „ „ „ 128 129 Drona-Parvan 1 34 (No. 19). 138 Narayana's (No. Parvans XIV— XVIII (No. 195). 137 Campnbharata (No. 41). on Jayadeva's Gltagovinda. 87). 67). Mahabharata.ina I. The same (No.62). 66).3_(No. 132 fr. 84). on the Gltagovinda (No. 21). 113. Kusalavopakhyana from Asvamedhika-Parvan mini-Bharata (No. 10). on Kalidasa's Kumarasambhava 139 140 Bhattikavya with Com.

95. b) Lexicography. Srlni- Romance. 152. (called Sahityasarvasva) on the same by vasacarya (No. 183). 164 165 Vrttaratnakara by Kedara Bhatta (No. fr. (No. Professor at the Sanskrit College. Tales. (No. 153 Panini's Astadhyayi (No. 148 149 Kalidasa's Abhijiianasakuntala (No. Drama. Com. 3). fr. 155). 154 Paribhasarthasamgraha by Vaidyanatha Sastrin (No. 1). 150 The same (No. As Mr. fr. Com. 133). 2). Grammar. by the Purohita Nrtrayana (No. Campus.-$* 145 146 147 300 *<- Suryasataka by Mayura. c) Prosody. 149. The same with the Manimahjarl. 1). (No. Technical and a) Scientific Literature. 155 156 Com. 2. 81. 117. 162 163 Aniarakosodghatana. 82). 157 Ganapatha. 160. Prakrtarupavatara by Simharaja (No. 1). by Ksirasvamin (No. 175). The same (No. 160 161 Amarakosa (No. the Daksayajiia printed Tar- vinayasya vaibhavfit. Com. 92. 95. 151 Bhojaprabandha (No. Prakriyasarvasva by Narayana. 2). 59. 149. 4. on the same by Svayamprakasananda (No. Cora. 54. 3). with by Anvayamukha 1 Daksayajhaprabandha (No. 4). 158 159 Paradigms of Conjugation. 3). 152 Visvagunadarsa by Vei'ikatacarya (No. 154). 5. 122). 117. . 1 3). Amarakosa with Malayalam gloss (No. beginning:— abhud abhumir at Calcutta in 1881 kindly informs me. 2). 1). Thomas is quite a modern poem by Ramanarayana karatna.

175 176 177 Astangahrdaya by Vagbhata (No. Another Com. 1). 181 Suryasiddhantavivarana by Paramesvara (No. 1). T n -. f) Medicine. 170. (No. 168 169 Prataparudra by Vidyanatha (No. 180 Kamadogdhrl. 3). 182 183 184 1S5 186 187 Vakyakaranadlpika by Sundararaja (No. fr. 189 190 191 Com. 1). 45). Varahamihira's Brhajjataka. e) Music. 12. Kavyaprakasa (No. 160. Fragment (part of the preceding work?) (No. The same Com. (No. with the 1 188 . no in 172 173 Kuvalayananda by Appayya Diksita (No. 109). Com. 137). 2). (Samgitasastra). (No. 2). 4). 151. 1). Alanikarasarvasva (No. 68. Brhatsamhita of Yaralianiihira with Bhattotpala's Com. 174 Abhinayadarpana by Nandikesvara (No. Com. 124. 118. (Ratnapana) on the same. „ 1—14 (No. Subodhinl First Part of the same Com. 178 179 Suryasiddhfmta (No. g) 168. 77). . 68. d) 116.. 1). (No. 2).~x 166 167 301 hs~ Tlie same Com. by Taniinayajvan (No. Mahabhaskarlya Karmanibandhana (No. 110). (No. Siddhantasekhara by Sripati (No. Ratirahasya by Kokkoka (No. on SuryasiddhSnta. 124. on the Brhajjataka: NaukS or Hora- vivarana (No. 72). 120). 59. 128.. 1). Astronomy and Astrology. The same (No. Astangasamgraha by Vagbhata. Kujadipahcagrahavakyam (No. fr. Acting etc. 89. 12. I. by Kumarasvamin (No. 2). Poetics (Alamkara). 1). 1). 1). 127). 124.

by Bhaskararaya Bharati (No. 200 2oi Kriyakalapa of Tantrasamgraha. (Xo. 113. 6. 2). by Vehkatanayaka. 209 210 2ii Parasarasmrti with Madhava's Com. 3). 79. (Ujjvala) on Apastamblya Dharmasutra (No. 119. 2). 207 208 Haradatta's Com. fr. 160. VII. Laghvi Jatakapaddhati. 2). T Krsnlya (X o. 3). 146. 209). Vyavaharakanda I (No. 218 219 The same. Haradatta's Com. 2). 2). 2). Sarvarthacintamani. 144.. 2). 144. (Xo. 1). The same. Fragments of astronomical gical works and ~ °" astrolo- ' '" '" ! on20a i j ^°' J [ (Xo. 5.H>. 2). Law. (Xo. fr. 129. (No. 3). (Xo. 1). (Mitaksara) on the same (Xo. (Xo. 141). on Satpancasika. 119. fr. 212 Smrtimuktaphala by Vaidyanatha Diksita. a) 216 Purvamimamsa. Barhaspatyastitra. 3 (Xo. Yyavaharainalika. with a] | „T (^ 0. 1). 217 Bhattadlpika by Khandadeva (Xo. 91. fr. 202 I Trilokasaravrtti (Xo. Bhattacandrika. 74). 213 214 215 The same (Xo. 1— IX. 118. 1). fr. 119. Com. (Xo. The same. 161). Ill. 102. Cora. . Prasnasamgraha (No. 102. 2). 144.. Utpala's Com. 37). or Xltisarvasva by Brhaspati (Xo. Sararahasyacaturvarnakramavibhaga from the (preceding?) work of Vaidyanatha Diksita (Xo. fr. (No. on Bhattadlpika. Smrticandrika by Devanna. (Xo. 92. 162). fr. fr. 2. The same. Philosophy. I (No. 206 Gautamlya Dharmasastra (Xo. Religious and Civil.134. 1). 192 302 k~ 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 Prasnamrta by Kumara. 129.

S 2?9 (Govindanatha's okaracaryacarita (Xo. 1). 228 The same (No. i 227 Brahmasntracandrika. Maynkhamalika. X Bharatltlrtha's Adhikaranaratnamala (Na 9 . (No. on Vedanta-Sutras Xo. The same. Com. on Sankara's Upadi sahasrika (No. 30). on Sankara's Bhasya. 211). 5( 230 231 Sankaras Vivekacudamani (No. fr. 4 235 Sankara'sPurvottaradvadasamanjarikaStotra N (Sankara's) Hastamalaka N 6). by Govindananda and Ramananda (No. Sarlrakamlmam- Bhasyaratnaprabha. Ye d ant a r Yedanta-Sutras with Sankai sabhasya (No. s I in. (No. 24 ' . by Svayamprakasa Yati No.-. on Sastradlpika. (Sankara's) Yedantasara (No. 79. by Brahmananda Bharatl (No. 93). 222 Mimamsa-Tantravarttika by Knmarila (No. fr. 171. 233 . Com. Com. on Sankara's Haristuti. 232 Com. Corn. 63.193). HaritattvamnktavalL Com.i I (No. 1). Com. -. by 244 Bamakrsna X The same (No. 240 24i 242 The same (No. 210). I . 24 Com. 245 246 247 Sadananda's Yedantas Yeiikatanatha's Satadusanl 31. v. 2). 78..by Brahmananda Yati X . on Sankara's Atmabodhaprakarana (No. . by Somanatha i Xr. - B Bagadvesaprakarana (by Sankara? See Aufrecht s. by VisV< -vara (X 3). 3 Com. on the Pancadaii. 243 2 Bhasyarthasamgraha. Upadesagranthavivarana. 1).!• Pahcadasi by Vidyaranyatlrtha (No.anthavivarana. . 81. 8a). on Sankara's Yakyavrtti. 57 22-t . 236 237 The same (No. on Sankara's Vakyasudha. 1 . 113. 2 Upadi. 15! . b) 108).->* 220 221 303 r<- Mlmamsakanstubha by Khandadeva.

1). Annambhatta's Tarkasamgraha (No. Tattvakaumudi. by Sarikara (No. Raghavananda's Com. 117. 145. 128. (No. Jayamangala. Com.4). 260 261 The same (No. 63. 4). 1). by Vacaspatimisra (No. by Eamakrsnadhvarin (No. 104.l06. on the preceding. (No. 104. The same (No. 1). by Svayamprakasa Yati (No. 100. d) Nyaya. 169). 106. on G-aurlkanta's Tarkabhasabhavarthadlpika. 117. 257 258 259 The same (No. Karakavada. 268 269 Paramarsavadartha (No. on Nyaya. 3). 2). 92. 2). 256 Isvarakrsna's Sankhyasaptati (No. 100. 3). 1). (No. 5). 194). 252 253 Laksmidkara's Advaitamakaranda (No. Com. 100.. 3). on the same. 262 263 264 Kesavamisra's Tarkaparibhasa (No. 104. 1 45. fr. Paramarthasaravivarana. 106. Laukikavisayatavadartha (No. fr. fr. Yogyatavadartha (No. 145. etc. 8 b). fr. Com. 106. another Com. 272 273 274 Work Work on Nyaya. (No. 106. Bodhabharati's Com. Rasabhivyanjika. Vaisesika. c) S ankhy a.4). Tarkabhasaprakasika. 254 255 Brahmanubhavastaka (No. by Jayarama (No. fr. on the same. . 100. 145. Com. fr. 1). Com. Vedantasikhamani. 101). 100. 5). on the Sesarya (No. unnamed. 105). on the preceding. 2) 265 266 267 Tarkacudamani by Dharmaraja. (No. unnamed. 4).~>i 248 304 Kr- AppayyaDlksitaWedantasastrasiddhantalesasamgraha (No. 3). on the preceding Com. by Cinnambhatta. 249 250 Vedantaparibhasa\byDharmarajadhvarlndra(No. 270 271 (No. on the preceding. 251 Vasudevamananaprakarana (No. 6). 3). 2). 2). (No. Vadaratnavall.

1 (No. „ with Com. 1. SECTARIAN AND DEVOTIONAL TEXTS Puranas. 181). 196. by Brahmananda Bharati 1 1 295 Bhagavatasara (?) (No. Ahlndrapura20 mahatmya (No. with the] Com. 284 oatarudriyakotisamhita. 9h). : Ha^i igifi- 28i J82 283 Padma-Purana: Sivagita (No.STOTRAS. 39). -' Com. 9 a). fr. 285 286 Siva-Purana: Kotirudrasamhita. 198). 20).etc. Brahma-Purana Bhrgu-Narada-samvada. 126. X. 197.. Bhagavata-Purana I „ „ — IX 4). and related Texts. Madhyamabhaga 280 Hemakutakhanda (No. (No. Visnu-Purana (No. 279 Adi-Purana: Bharadvajasamhita. Siddhantamuktavali 278 Prapancahrdaya (No. KapalisasthalamahaImya (No. with Srldhara's Com. „ „ Karttikamahatmya (No. 188). XI 1 XII 26. Malayalam Com. IV. in Sanskrit and Malayalam (No. Matiatmyas. Kaufijara^ana187). of (PURANAS. Campakaranya- mahatmya 287 288 289 „ (No.-^ 275 305 145. it. 290 291 Bhagavata-Purana. 276 277 Bhasapariccheda. 80).MAHATMYAS.TANTRA.. (No. fr. by ViSvanatha Pancanana. 3).) /. 1). 31). 292 293 '204 Bhagavata-Purana: Ekada&askandhasara&loka-I samgraha with Com.. Siva-Purana: Ekfidasarudrasamhita. ksetramahatmya (No. . fr. with Com 296 Brhannaradiya-Purana : Jnanakanda . on „ „ 2).(No. 34). k5). Naradiya-Purana: Haribhaktisudhodaya (No. oiva-Purana : 47.. on the same (No. mahatmya (No. 107).

Halasyamahatmya (No. Bhavisyottara-Purana: Madhyamabhaga. 88). 148). 197. 3). 186). V — VII 312 3i3 Sanatkumarasamhita. with] Argalastotra. Tirthamahatmya. 1). Cam- 305 pakaranyamahatmya (No. Kandas I (No. Sankarasamhita.~$* 306 k~ 297 298 299 300 301 :. .u5 316 317 Jiianayoga-Khanda (No. and (No. 131). 148). Yajiiavaibhava-Khanda. 9 c). 184. Brahmakaivarta-Purana Tirthaprasamsa. „ „ 318 319 (No. 4). The same (No. Tulasivanamarkandeyasrmivasaksetramahatniya (No. 148). 148). Kandas (No. Uttarakhanda. on the preceding (No. „ „ . 320 321 (No. 76). Sivarahasya-Khanda. Kilakastotra Agni-Purana: Tulakaverimahatmya (No. 9d). 51). 196.o2 Markandeya-Puratia: Devimahatmya. 103). Sivatattvasudhanidhi (No.3). The same (No. 42). „ (No. Brahmakaivarta-Purana: Madhyarjunamahatmya (No. Bhavisyottara-Purana: Ksetravaibhavakhanda. fr. — IV ii Sankarasamhita. Uparibhage Sutagita (No. Mukti-Khanda (No. on the preceding (No. 76). (No. Sivarahasya-Khanda. „ „ „ „ „ „ „ 314 . 1). 7). 206). Sivamahatmya-Khanda (No. 322 323 Madhava's Com. „ „ Brahmagita(No. Pancanada: 306 mahatmya 307 (No. 189). [309—331] Skanda-Purana: 309 310 Agastyasamhita. 308 Linga-Purana: Madhyarjunamahatmya (No. 60) Sutasamhita. Sutasamhita. „ „ „ Vajnavaibhava-Khanda (No. 2). 76). Kumararudrasamvada (No. 184. 185). J. fr. 303 304 Bhavisyat-Purana: Kumbhaghonamahatmya (No. 324 Madhava's Com. „' 76).

The same (No. Vaisakhamahatmya (No. 2). 340 Brahmanriradas. i. 335 Uttarabhaga. 32. 307 hs~ 326 Ksetravaibhava-Khanda. 204). 327 Ksetravaibhava-Khanda. Uttarabhaga. [332—344] B r ahm a n d a Pu ra n u - : 332 333 Adhyatma-Ramayana Uttarakhanda. 346 347 348 Sivadharmottara (No. 3). Naganathamahatmya (No. 329 o 331 Jayantlmahatmya (No. 47. (No. 197. 2). 201). 188h). 190). Kumbhakona- 336 mahatmya (No. Madhyarjunamahatmyfl 184. 205). 2). Samastikananamahatmya Srirangamahatmya (No. 2). . Ekadaslvratamahatmya Jayantivrata (?) (?) 63. 2). Lalitopa- khyana (No. 200).s L>) _ 350 351 i Anantavrata See Bhaskaramatamahatmya also below 382. 203). The same (No.->.nnv. No. Atharvanarahasya of the Visnudharma(?) (No. Ksetragolakavistara. 168. 156). | Ksetravaibhava-Khanda. Bralmiauaradasamvada. (No. 199). Hayagrivagastyasamvada. Ahmdrapuramahatmya 196. Gurugita (No. Mayurapurlmahatmya. 182). Tirthakhanda. < !ampakaranyamahatmya No. Brahmanaradasamvada. 49 it). Kapisthalamahatmya (No. Kadambapurlmahatmya I :ui The same (No. Bhugola-Purana : No. 54. I 342 Brahmanaradasamvada. 197. 334 69). 349 (N(1 |. 338 339 Papavinasaraahatmya (No. 27 th Adhyaya 328 only (No. 1).i(la. 344 i Keralamahatmya (No. 337 Uparibhaga. 147). 2). 2). Ksetravaibhavakhanda. 38& 392^ 397^ 20 .

. 368 369 Com. YiM. fr. 2). 2). (No. Ill. 44. fr.7 7 The same (No. 48. on Visnusahasranainan (No. and Similar Tracts. Tripurastottara (No.byGirvrinendraSarasvati. 112. by J Haradatta. 202). 6). Paramarthasara._ 360 361 Com. 130). 173). ") }- with the Sankara's Yisnupadadikesantastuti. 8). 3). 7). 115. (128. by Brahmanandanatha (No. on the preceding (No. Com. with a )/-vr -mo q\ Com. 3). (No. 1). Sukhabodhini Another Com.(No. . with a Srutisuktimala. (No. Carcastava by Kalidasa (No.29).fr. 11). title unknown (No. • ' 114). 2). Com. on the same. 372 373 374 (Sahasranamapadyavrtti) on Visnusahasranainan (No. Candikasaptati (No. 4). 207). Com. Metrical (No. 355 356 357 358 Vedapadastava (No. Sankara's Anandalahari (No. 354 Brahmapara Stotra with Com. [(No. Trisati Stotra (from Lalitopakhyana of Brahmanda- 378 379 o 381 382 Purana) (No. Stotras. fr. 112. Tripurastava (No. 157. 3). see above 255..-$~ 308 h^ 352 353 KayarohanamShatmya (No. 5). 112.. 1 359 AT .76 . 48. 116. 370 371 Com. Ganapatyastaka (No.. by Sesanaga. 89. 112. 8). 138). Narayaniya Stotra (No. 4). 111. 2. 63. An Itihasa of King Vrsadarvi.4). 1). The same. 59. 140). The same. r . 2). 112. Kalyfuiastava by Kalidasa (No. 115. Sivarcanasiromani. Sai'ikara's 3). 115. Bhaktapriya.nibhujaiiga (No. Anandasagarastava by Nilakantha (No. 375 :. 362 363 364 365 366 367 Mahaganapaddhati. . (Paramarthasaravivarana) by Raghavananda. Ambastava (No.

392 Matrkanyasa (No. LalitadevI Stotra (from Lalitopakhyaua of Brahmanda- 398 39'j 400 401 402 Purana) (No. 4). 404 405 Kauladarsatantra. 1). 5). 6). (No. 5 The same (No.-$.. 98. Kumarasamhita (No. 174). 11"). Com. 10). The same. 1). Jayamangala. 12). by Visvanandanatha (No. 214). 2). 63. 383 Daksi^amurtipanjara 115. 403 The same (No. The same (No. (No. Kriyakalapa of Tantrasamgraha. 43. 171. 212). fr. Syainalanibavarmaratna (No. 1). 9). 115. 406 407 408 409 Daksinamurtisamhita (No. 115. 3. 4io by Simharaja (No. N 4ii Kartaviryarjunakavaca from Uddamaresvaratantra 112.">). Balasahasranaman (No. 43. 125). Kularnavatantra (No. 215). on Lalitasahasranama Stotra (from Brahmanda-Purana). i o. 39G 397 The same (No. Com. 2). see above 200. 1). 213). 2). by Bhatta Narayana (No. 5). 96. The same (No. Glenies in Sanskrit (No. 115. 160. •'. Tantra. Id. 171. Sermon of Mr. 98. (No. 172). . Matangyastottara (No. SvapnSdhyaya (?) (No. The same. 393 u'J4 Lalitastavaratna (No. Divyamangaladhyana from Rajarajesvantantra 112. Kulacudaniani. Matrkastava (No. The same (No. 115. IV. 5).. 115. 300 from *Brahma>da-Purajia (No. 112. 1). 3). 2). 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 Durgastaka (No. The same (No. 112. 2). 201. MantraksaramSla (No. 2). on Laghubhattaraka's Laghustuti.

with its) I 1. 4). 1 . 353. V. 423—430 Umiamed Collections of Mantras. 43i i FRAGMENTS NOT IDENTIFIED 4). 4). 10. 158. after leaf 52). 94. 2). 419. 349. 7. 157. 100. 1). 149. 3 (No. 4. by Vidyaranya (No. 20.. 420 421 422 Cidvalli by Natanananda (No. AT _ . 5c. 1 — 3). 145. 1—6). &rlcakrapratisthavidhi (No. 294. 2 Saktisiitra. 115. see above 11. 423-130. 6 c).~2H 310 150). 2). 185. (No. 153. Prapancasarasarasamgraha (No. (No. Com. 350. 271. (No. 146. 1). and 143. 18b. 205. and Tantric fragments (Nos. 442—444 (No. leaves 47—52). 272. 3). 6 b). 157. 1). 414 415 416 417 Srividyaldiyaniulavidyabhedah (No. 204. Srividyaratnasutra. 5c. 439—441 (NO. 97). Candrajhanagamasamgraha (No. (No. . titles. 151. 399. 1 For other tracts 2C>. 434 435—436 437 (No. 108. 103. 144. 96. by Gaudapada (No. 92. 3 (No. 101. XKr . 32. 32. and fragments of unknown or doubtful 82. 5). Bhasya Atharranaprokta-devirahasya-svarupakramopasanayah jaganmatrbhaktyaikavedyah prayogah by Jagannathasuri (No. 1. 203. 1. Hg- 412 413 Tantrasamuccaya (No. ou the same. 18b. 85. 418 419 (No. 6 a).

.INDEX.

The figures refer to the pages only. .

81.. aghamarsanasukta 12i). 250... 188. 8sq. amrtabindupanisad 19. Pan<lit 191sq.. Amarako&odghatana 209 sq. 245sq. &marasiipAal76. "saiuhita 204. 190. ajamilakatha 196.. anistayoga 171.anisakadasa 286.300. 284 sq. 275. sq. "linga 275.213. 306. Anantakysna. 297.S. 86. atirudrahutisamkhya 89. adhikarakanda 222.i "tirtlia akanvarathantara 237. 306. L63. Anvayamuklia 53sq. Appayya Diksita 182. 307. 300. 303.307. 155. agnikalpa. Agastya. 19 abhinaya 151.. 297. anumanapraka£a anu&asanaparvan 167.209.304.227. apradarSanapara 171. 304. ankurasya vidhi 120. Appaya 241. adhyapana 98. adhikaranaratnamala 118sq. Amarendra Sarasvatl 35. abhinayadarpana 151. atharvasira-upanisad 297. adhyayana 98. atibuddhiprayoga 212. °(]ilipasamv. LOO. aningyalaksana aningyavya khyana 31.. 273. 298. Agni (Ksi) 158. ankurarpanavidhi 120. 249. Antaryamin (Rsi) agnivivaha 120. anantavrata 226sq. 150.. 296. 299. abhijnana&akuntala 205. 7. Aghora (Rsi) 26. 300. atirudraprayoga 89. atharvasirobhasya 21.. agnipurana 03. Augiras 7. Amara 11. 214. agniksetra 127. Agastya 88. Apantaratamas 210. advaitananda 75. 176. 301.. adhyatmaramayana68sq. 2-18. ananta (Sesa) 25. Ananta Narayana 50 sq. . 56. Amarakosa 300. 109 sq.. 301. AdvaitanandaSaras\ atil 28sq. "sutra 126. scribe L88. agnistoma 134..213. 272.iil. advaitamakaranda 304. 144sq. 190. 298. . Atri 7. 131. Appayarya 203.. Annambhatta202sq. agnividhi 187. 90. apsaroganavipralambha 239. apamrtyuiijaya 120.

astadhyayl 75sq. alamkarasastra 101. 307. arunopanisad 34. 289. abargana 286. 295. °vivarana 28. N. 247.. 301. alainkarasarvasva 208.267. 35.298. 303. Ambarisa 264. abina 236.69. adikumbbesamahatmya 277. °naradasam. 39. ayanabala 286. ayodhyakandall. atmabodhaprakarana atmananda 75. vada 264. 308. . a^vamedbavabhrtha 239. acaryavilasa 106. Adityapuroga adiparvan 82.. see agnipurana. 305. °purana. 97. khyana 31. asvatthatirtha 277. . 117. ajyadolia 238. angirasaparisad 287. N. of a village 3. of a river. adbana(prayoga) 133.).. 301. avyaktaganita 178. ahindranagara 257-260.. akoratrltlrtba 283. abamkaranirupana 239. ayomukhapuspakl 284. 301. astaksara (mantra) 27U. 300. akarapaddhati 31. 276. astangasamgraba 226. 296. atmajnana 83. Asuri Paiicasikha 202. Arunacalanatha 175. angirasasamvassara 287. 57. 307.134.64sq. atbarvanarahasya 80.. astakavarga 170 sq. arkavivahavidbi 120. adimapura 270.. Alaka 183. 238.Ahalya 262. 306. atharvanopanisad 19. ambika 275. 241. adipurana 77. agneya 224. Asita 26'. 271. Arj unavi sadayoga 215. adimabapurana 141. araniharana 91. 305. ambapaga.H3* 314 i<r Amrtanandanatba 117 s<j.67. 286. 310. astangahydaya 173. Atreya 173. adarsotsava 262. ahindrapura ahindrapuramahatmya 257 260. adityapurana 166. 295.. 155 sq. arhagola. atbarvanaprokta de virabasya 5sq. argalastotra 48 sq. 296. anibastava. akasanagarl 283. 258. astadaSapadanirupana 186. adikumbbesvaralinga 277. arcavatara 240. Auauda Bbarati 80. — ayabprasuna 284. arthalamkara 117. atharvana 238. 275. avarnilaksana avarnivya. avarnadipa 95 sq. ardbanarlsvara 262.

udakasantividhi 1 20. 307. . 126. aranyakanda 64sq. 307. Lksvakulabdhavaibhava anandasagarastava81.'. 60 sq. [mmadi Devaraya 84 sq. Fgra&ravas 90.. asrayayoga attaraglta 52. 1 7< >sq. 30< asramavasikaparvan 60sq.156. 1 1 i. of skandapurajia 257.. uttaratapini 1'. aryadvisati 82. avarnivya- uttarakhanda of brahmanda- khyana purana 88. 88. 263. 202. Ddayamurti 67. 179. iinadlmahatmya 20 1.. 155. amahlyava ayatanakhanda 23G. anandalahari 216.297. itihasa 56 sq.. 283. 69. 2 10. aranyakathaka 234— 236.i l-upaiiisail 16 ^|.. indra 262. 299. 58. 120. ayurdaya 170sq.'7. asurakanda 116. 237. ayurhoma arana 225.Y uttarabhaga of brahma^da- Asvalayanamantrasamhita Asvalayanasutra 86. uttararamayana 70sq. 33. I sq. I ndradyumnagajendraprapti 272. 188. 7 sq.2'.-$h 315 ik he- Anandagiri 4. (17. ayuhprasna I99sq. \. °tlrtha 261.. 262. 309. | attarakanda ramayana 298. istikalpa 299. attaratapaniyopanisad L9. 308. Qtpala 200. Ayu 192. 69. 31. utkrstaslvak§etraprakarana 2 1 aryamati 143. Avadugdharana avarnilaksana. 302. 143. 33. 133. 273. uttarabhimanyuvivaha 91. 13. 92. 276.im. 304. Apastamba (school 32. aranyaparvan 78. 299.. 171. 299. A-pastamblyagrhyasutra 298. 97. indrapuccha 225. is^aka 126. uddamareSvaratantra 157 Arya. Lsvaraiq-spa 142. 201. 231. 92. Aryabhatakarmanibandha 1 79. 296. 250. purana 271. 295. 79. 59 asvamedhikaparvan sq.. ayuh. A Svalayanagyhyasutra 297. Apastamblyadharmasutra 302. 298. Aryabhata 86. 302.. astlkaparvan 82. 134. indrapuskarin! 273. 296..308. ujjvala 43sq. 91. alokamanjarl 138.

upavedakarana upangaprakarana 148. Kanva 275. 296. 91.. Upamanyu 289. 217. ekagnikandavyakhya 33. uliyagana 237. 306. 216. 295. ekasami 225. 75. 3. rgvedapratisakhya 94. 148. 50. rgvilanghyalaksaria 95. 71 sq. 295. 1. 307. 71. 295. 113sq. 296. kantaramanikka (grama) 167. ekadasarudrasamkita 266. 295. rksarvasamana 95. . umabliaga 277. 236. upamapramanastaka uparibhaga of skandapurana ekaha 10 sq. 253. 1. Eranda 280 sq. rksamkbya 95 sq. 303. sadhadri 257—260.. »i 1 rnasya deyadeyavidhi 187. Rtuparna 262. aitareyaranyaka 155. umamahesvarasamvada 204. 295. upanisad 184. upadesasabasrika. rtunasa 212. 92. 27. upadesagranthavivarana(C< 28 rtanidkana 238.305. 153. ausadliaparvata. 105. 2. rgvedabkasya 1. katkopanisad 18. mandapurana 265 sq. ekadasaskandkasaraslokasam- upanayana 195. of brah. 238. 235. 53. au- uliyagana 237.. kadambapuriksetra 270. aitareyopaiiisad °bkasya 103. 295. 105... aisikaparvan 90. on pancadasi) 73. upadesakanda 140 sq. uhagana 236 sq. 103. umasakaya Uvata 94. graka 12. 303. upadesagrantbavivarana(Corn. ekaksaralaksmlpiijavidlii 132. rgvedasambita 15.. 305. ausadlia. 96. urclkvamnayamakatmya iika 237. ekadasivratamakatmya 307. 242. 15. 297. 222. katbavalll 18. 296. kandaramanikya (grama) 167.. 299. 297.-s* 316 K- udyogaparvan udvat 237. 277.ekoddistavidhi 120. upadesavedantasiddbyarabasya 160. °sabasri 28. 238. 223. 303. 226. ekoddistasraddka 105. on upadesasabasri) sq. 20. 296 sq. kaksaputasarasamgraba kankalapatm 163.

275.. °nagara 241. kartavlryarjunakavaca L57sq. Kasyapa 7. 157. Ivardama 275. 143. 5 tsq. 92. s 7.79. 202. 299. 273.. kampabaresanaksetramahatmya 250. Kanada 203. 173. 16:'. 203. 274. kamalasannidbana 275. Kancanavarnin 290. kalacakradasa 287. karnavrddbi 212. Karnavadha N. 110... sq. 305. kadambasaras 270.69.263. 301 kavyalaksana 183. 270.57. karmajiva 170. kapalisastlialanialiatiii\a 247 sq. 276. °t ant ia 111. Kalmasapadarajan 263. Karsnajini 247. tmya 271 sq. karm&ntasutra 126. kapisthala 272. kalahastiksetra 290.. 307... °maha. . 308. ^('. kanyatirtba 261. kalabala 286. 270. of a place 289. 105. kalati. Kasyapa 277. karanapaddbal karkate^a 264. Kama 126. kavyapraka£a 183. Kapila 142.i 1 kapitthaka 151. 275. kadambavana kapSllsa 248. kiskindhakaiida64— 67. kuja 87..kamnyamrtatirthaprasaipsana 242. 304. 53. 174. 277. 308. Kabola 7. 277. 307. "nntli. °mahatmya 27 karika 104. 280sq. kaverl 272. 306. kalyanastava 157. 308. 273. kamadogdhri kamaSastra L-iya ni liana 13sq. 20 1 . kariuaiiibandliana 179.-5* 317 hs~ kadambapurlmabatmya 271. 264.9 — Katyayana 76. karnaparvan 92. 171. 295 >5. 298. kujadipancagrabavakya [301. kanci 258. kamakala(vilasa | 6sq. 297. °tlrtba277. 264. kapilasurya 226. . 309. 305. 300. kalyanapura 2S3. kantisaurabhakarajia 212. karakavada 136. 24<>. 227. kavya 175. kilakastotra 48 sq. 301. 211. kalindi kalj anatlrtbasikbaratrivaibbavanirupana 242. i karttikamabatmya karttikotsava 2»i2. kalagmrudropanisad !!•. katbaka 235 sq.. KMka 268. 156. 205 sq. kamyapasukanda 278. Kalidasa 109. kapilasrama 268. kucavardhana 212. 301. kathakopanisadvivarana 27.

228. 307. 297. kaulasastra 130. kaulacarya 130.su tra 104. 309. °sthalavai. 277.218. kerala 204. 200.. 278. 303. of guru Narayana Kausitakacarya 104.. 302. 130.. 204.. sq. kuvalayananda. Kesavarya 35. 166. 305.. 307. 309. 218. ksatriyadbarma 98. Kumbhaja 245. kulamulayatara 4. 4.. Kutsa 7. 276—279. scribe 1 58sq. 309. kscl 21 2. Ksirasvamin 209sq. 299.krsnarjunasamvada 21 5. 305. kesavrddhi 212. kaulavid 130. 304. 297. kaunj arasanaksetrara aha tmya 246 sq.. kotirudrasambita 247 sq. kumarasamhita Kesava 8. kumarasambhava °vivarana 174sq. 172. 130. Konama 7. kularnava 4. 249. Krsnananda 1H4. Kumarila 149 sq. 297. 132.197. 171. 258. °sthala 278. Kesavaditya 185 sq. 136. rakanda 248 sq. Krsnananda Bbarati krsnaranya 258. I\i-sna. kustbacikitsita 174. 220. Kaundinyagotra 167. 302. bbava 277. author of krsniya 220. 289sq. 130. 132. Kokkoka 53. tmya 247. Kumbhasambhava kulaciidfimani 180 Kolacala Peddacarya 101.°mabatmya °rudrasamvada kumara 274. Kausitakagrhya.. kusalavopakbyana 59 sq. 257. 174si|. Kundina 280.. fsnad\ ija. I\ kriyakalapa 190 sq. kauladarsatantra krccbravidhi 120. 301. Krsanu 241. .-5* 318 h$- luihjarasanadivyaksetramaha. 197. kutasthadlpa 73sq. 109. °ndlya 150. °tantra 50. 174. kaurma(purana) 100. °mahatmya kaivalyauavanita 39. 182. kumbbagbona 281—283. Kesavamisral35. °mabatmya 306. 168.. 4. K'rsiia. 309... 299. kaivalyopanisad 19 sq. krsniya 159.. 301. 301. 300. kumbhakona 275. 12. 253sq. 302. 306. Krdara 69 sq. Kumarasvamin 101. kaulagamatantra kaulacara 130.. ksutpipasaharanaprayoga ksudra 236sq. 300. 309. Kumara kenopanisad 17.Kaivalyananda Yogindra 8sq.

guhanaradasamvada grliasaiitividlii - 1 64. girikanya LOO. garbhinividhi ksetrarajapura 275. 308. 276sq. ganapatha 169. of a river 257.». guruglta 38. gajarttiharaiia(trrtha) 272. 121. 172. 2. 260sq.. 264. of garhapatyaciti bhavisyottarap. Khadiragrhyasutra Gunadhya 99. 27s.. 131. rarga 7. l»i. 299. scribe Govindanatha .in. gane£apaddha1 ganesastaka 164. gokarna 290. Girvanendra khagendra. Gargayudhisthira?anrvada ffarbhinldharma ( Govinda. "vyakhyana L92sq. 86.-** 319 <~ 120. 290. guruvakya 87. (?) L53. gunatrayavibhaga ( 2 runavisnu 1 14. 92. ( 106.s '.. 285. guru of Sankara 17. N. 272. garuda 258. gajendramoksana 272. 284sq. ( 121. ksetragolakavistara 271. 98. 307. I robhilagrhj asutra 211. guruvakyaleSasamgraha gurvadinirupana 98.a rhasthadharma gajendrarttihara 272.Gargya 27r>. L50. 197. <SG. dapurana 242. L92sq. father of Anantakrsna 188. ( rargagotra 204. ganeSa 284sq. gajendramoksatlrthavaibhava. 52. gangadharakathamrta 261. grharcanavidhi 120. 280. gitagovinda 158 sq.. 127. i 3<>i>. L85. 307. gadaparvan gandharva 241. p. 121 sq. 90. 38. Gopala L03. grhyagniprayascitta 120. ganapatyastaka 164. grhyavrtti 99. 298. khayoga 170sq. 262. 260. grhyaparislsta 119sq. 306. ksetravaibhava 277. 1~>. N. L03.. 201. ganga 270. °pariks. 3i }o\ [ndasvamirj . gadadbarl 1 I5sq. 273. rovinda. gomahatmya Golacudamani ( Gambhira 172. Ksemanandanatha 255. 307. gurudiksa 38. 302. of a river 257 sq.. gananatha 198. 303. golavarnana 178.. ( 27—29. 35. brahmandap. 126. Khandadeva 42sq. 280. of 307. 308.i L20. 217. I garuda(purana ksetravaibhavakhaijdaofskan. 26 tsq. 39. 298..*s.

candrapura 277... 304. candragrabana 178. N. Candravati 268 sij.. 21. 289. caturthnjvaras. cakraradhanaphala 1 cikitsitasthana 174. candalakanyalcadarsana 268. candi^ataka 230. curni. 298. —140.tnti 171 165. caitanya 139. gaurlsambbogavarnana 175. campu (written cambu) 241. candraj n ana gamasamgra 129 sq.124sq. Gautamiyadbarmasastra 138 Candrasenarajan 262. campubbarata 210. candratlrtlia 283. 305. 310. candra 178. 280 sq. — 264.~$* 320 h§- Govindanaridal02. grahayuddha caturmasya 126. candanotsava 262.303. grabayonibheda 152. cbandogamantrabrahmanabhasya 114sij. 229. grabodayastamaya 178. candrika 128 sq. 264. Candravarmacarita 266. 266. caturvarnakrama 121. 310. camakanuvaka 89. citradipa 73 30. 109. 304. candrayana 120. gautamagoliattivimocana 277. 302. citrabhanusamvassara 287. grabanaip stbanabalam 286. 310. Gaurikanta Sarvabhaunia 168. caranavyuha 24. candamundardim ( cidambara 278. ccstabala 286. 299. grahabhagana 178. grahanopavarnana 178. 220. camundika 49. landavega 281. gautamasaras 277. 170 sq. caturvedatatparyasaipgraha Cyavana 273. 262. cola 270 sq. 1 1 1 1 Gaudapada Gautama 7. of a river. sq.. Candakopa 280. 289. 178. 307.06.. 308. grahadrsti 171. candikasaptati 230. °ma- gaurivita liatmya 260 sq. gautanil 276. 308. campakaranya261 2:56. . .. carcastava 156. cidvalli 6sq. 224. grababalapunjani 286. cintamani 147. candikabydaya 49. :.. 278. gosadangavidhi 214. caturvedabhasya 165. candrayoga 170sq: grabavivarana 199. Cinnambbatta 136.

306. 194sq. 202. 299. Jagannathasuri 5sq. jivayoni 159. 4. 166. jnanayogakha i.32] i<r- chandogyamantiabhasya 26sq. taddhitakhanda 169.. 304. varthadipika 168. °bha- jatyadliikarana 138. jaganmatrbhakti 5sq. jayantivra. 147. on Bkattikavya 177.. 304. tarakasuranigraha 175. Jayadeval58. 114. on lalita- tapara 95sq. 91. 307. 200.. Jaiminibharata 59 sq. 283. na) 32. 305. tarkacudamani 146. 283. 179. on sankhya. 301. tattvacintamaniprak&Sa L67. jatakapaddhati 302. Coin.. °tlka 95sq. 304... 197.. Timmaya A. jnanakanda 259. 3< '7. 136.. 218. 304. . talavakaropanisad 17. 296.rya LlOsq tirthakhanda 265. °paddhati 31. (laglivl) jatakarman 195. 95sq. 121sq. Ji^nunandana jivadvaita 109. tirthaprasamsa 24-1 sq. Jatavallabhasastrin (Laksma. 306. 109. 31.205.. Janamejaya 60. Taranganandinl 260. chandogyopanisadvivarajia Taksaka 263. tatparyadlpika 74. 113.tanubhuvanaprakarajLa 148. tirthayatraparvan 78. 296. 167. tatparyabodhinl 73 sq. 158. Com. tantraraja janraan 170 sq.. 302. 102.. tantravarttika 149 309. 59 sq. Jarabunatha 171.tantrasamuccaya 207. jativiveka 98.299..192sq. 297. tarkaparibhasa 135. 304. °laksana sahasranrimastotra41sq. 310. tantrasamgraha 190 sq. Coin. tantasamgraba Jaimini 42 sq.. Taminayajvan 13 sq.k] a 100. j saptati 201. 222. tarkasamgraha 202 sq. tantra 309 sq.Tamm ay ry a 1 3 s i i . 58.. 172. 111.. 227. vada 263... jabalopanisad 24. ta 226sq. tattvaviveka 73sq. tlrthaniahatniya 257. 295. jayaniai'igala. 299. 3^4.. jayantlniahatmya. °dlpika 202. 296. jalapada 268.306. °samk:iras:iiii- tattvakaumudi 142. 304.309.. janakiharana 175. jnanaprakarana 148. 310. s<] . 168: °prakasika 136. 136. 295. 21 . tantalaksapa. jyotistoma 126. 310. Jayarama 136. 304. tarkabhasa 135.

25. Totaka 290. 309. 218. tripuropanisad 20. tribhasyaratna 44 sq. dandavisayani 186. sq. diksa 126 sq. taittirlyasambita 24.. 188. 298. dana 98. tripurasundaryupanisad 19sq. 281. 297. 63. Trivedinarayanayajvan 167.. 297. dasatlrtba 273. 308. trilokasaravrtti 153. 273. tlrthavaibhava 244. daksayajiiaprabandha206. — 236..->• 322 tirtharaja 283. dasSphala 171. 242.. taittirlyopanisad 3. °niarkandeya. taittirryapratisakhya 296. tripurastava 163. 296. durgatapascarya 262. 89. trisatlstotra 155. divyavyavastba 186. °vidld 130. 133. 203. tulasikavaca 283.. 309. Dattatreya 158. 237. 306. taittiriyaranyaka 234 sq. rtisandhalaksana 95 sq. 306. nirupana 265. c Daksa 98. dasavipaka 170. dasadhyayi 170. 44 sq. °bhasya dasaratra 236. 308. Durvasas 163. dirgbakesakarana 212. tulasi 283. 98. tripurandalaksana 130. tulakaverlmahatmya 245 sq. 19 sq. taittirryabrakniana 234 296. 296. tulasivana 283.. . Dusyautacarita 91. tripuratapanopanisad 297. 302. dasyadhikarana 187. drgdrsyaviveka 80. 309. Dasaratba 270. °samhita 132. 245. 295 drgana 171. 238. traikalyajnana 220. tripuramahimastotra 163. 297. 280. Dalbbya 63. 309.. tripurabhedah 4sq. Duryodhana 215. trptidipa 73 ' °panjara 164.. Damodara. °kbanda daksakanda 140 sq. 296. divyamai'igaladhyanal55. scribe. 233sq.. dasatikavibhanjani 147. durgastaka 229. 296. 290. tripura 258. 16. dusitalekhyapariksa 187.. daksinavarta 175. darsapurnainasaii 134.300.Daksinamurti (Rsi) 162. daksinakailasa (tlrtha) 289. 163 srmivasaksetramahatmya 282 sq. 126. 56. dandadharana dandaniti 219. . 308. tripurastottara 162..

dvaidkasutra 125 sq. Devaraya. devl 262. dharanagara dhararajya 231. natakadlpa 73sq. dharani 302. 21 L09.. naksatradasa 287.. 32. 215. 89. navinamatavicara 146. Dharmavarman 63. dvadasaksaravidya 283. dvigrahadiyoga 170sq. 304. devyupanisad 19. (= tulasij ii33. 218. 1". 30. 299. 2ti'S. see Iuiniadi D. 296. Nandikesvara 151. dharmadesah 98. aagendrapuja 263. dvaitaviveka 74. Nalopakhyana 78. 243. Naciketas 27.. dhyanadlpa 73sq. dvaitavadin 289. Dharmarajadhvarindra 146 148.. 63. . nastajanman. cattapa 23. 109. 20:>. Dhrtarastra 113. 188. 159. naparapaddhativyakhyana 30 sq.. Devena 186. 265.. devirahasya 5sq.. Natanananda 6sq. dvipakanana. Drahyayanagrhyasutra 99. nage>vaia 262. 297. 304. naganathamahatmya 307. — nagaramadhyamakhanda nagaraja 276. nandlsvarapujananandikesvarakrtamahotsava 261. see Deva. 306.. 30. devitulakaverimahatmya 63. dorduramodabarana 212. dharmavarapradana 78. Nalacarita 91. narasimhavatara 196. °p Devavarman Devasarman 244. Qaganathe&vara 265. dvijabkaradvajasamvada 239. a village 171. Nahusa 192. 245. Dronaparvan 92. 265s<{.. Devanna. dharmarajatirtha 261. 138—140.-X drsfi 171. or Devanna 185 sq. Nagadeva 95. 263. 98. drekanaphalapaksa 171. naparavyakhyana 95 sq. Devala 272. Dronavadha 92. 295. 283. drekkana 152. Deva 302. dkarniajijiiasa 122. 175. 115. naparalaksana 295. °jataka 171. namakanuvaka Nala 262. devlniakatmya 48 sq. 310. Dharmaraja 167. 296. dharmasaravivecana devakanda 140 sq.'} hs~ dharma&tstra 197. 297. desikanatha 198. 301. 43. 298.

Nilakantba 86. Nrsiniba 87. Narayana.. namalii'iganusasana 176. son of Venkatadri nyayamulaparibbasa 128. pancaksaramahimanuTarnana 189. 309. 109. nila (?). 171. or owner paksadbarmatva 209. 226. pancadasaprakarana 109. see Ananta N. 304. 89. Purohita. 213.156. 190. 209.249. 120. Naradiyapurana 100. 30. pancadasi 73. naiskarmyasiddhi 290. 269sq. nipatirtba 271. 6sq. Nrsimbayajvan 69 sq. 299. 63. nityadana 187.. 107 sq. nandlmukhaSraddha nipapuskarini 270 sq. Narayana 41 sq. niculapura Nittala 36. . Nathananda 95sq. pancaratnaprakarana 37. nayakaprakarana 117. 279.~3* 324 r<- natyalaksana 151. Paficanana (Visvanatba) 221. scribe oi" book 43 sq. 245. nestayoga 171. pancalaksanarahasya 138. 308. 295.228. Narayana.. Pancasikba 143. Narayana. Narayana Bbatta of Kerala pancanadamabatroya 244 sq.. 164. 166. 186.. Narayana Jyotisa pancapadika 147. 302. 240. 166. 137. 305. pancastavi 180. 243. 226. pancangarudranyasa 298.. 108. pupil of Krsna pancabbutaviveka 74. 228.308. 301. pancendropakhyana Patanjali 76. 59. Narada 7. 169. nisumbhavaba 229. narayanopanisad 165. nyaya 135. 109. 300. son of pancagavyavidhi 25. 196. of a river 289. Nrsimbayajvan69sq. nisargabala 286. 161. 196. 55. nilanadimaliatmya 204. narayanlyastotra 161. 177. 305. 91. 306. 174sq.. pancasrnga 273. 169. nitisarvasva 219. 300.. 187. N. 202. 172.257sq. nantasamgraha nipaksetra 269—271. Narayana. 264. nantalaksana. NilakantbaDlksita 81. Narayana. nisekakala 170sq. 218. paficakosaviveka 74. 303. nidanastliana 174. 272. niryana 171. nauka 170. 109..

41. 300. patalabijalinga 277. para^arapurana 166. paramesvara 275. 300. 302. pasubandha(prayoga)133. Parasara 7. 275. pithalaksana 298. — parabrahmavidya papavinasatirtha 273. 29fi Pandava 262. 305. Padmanabha (?) 183. Pariksit 41. pisacagralia 81. 120. 127 sq. pindapitryajnavidhi 104. papagativiSesa 214.. paramahamsasamhita 182. (Coir. "sarastirthavaibhava°saras. Padmapada 166. pata 17s. varana 184sq. 127. pannagendrapura 276. Padmagarbha (?) 87. 281. Parananda.282.) paramarsavadartha 146. 134.~>. 276. Pabbeka 70 note.'37. 100. °pujavidhana. °pura 281. 130. patalavana 257. 307. Parthasaratliimisra 36. see padmapurana. 3d.280. 295. 72.113. °dyutaparajaya Pundarlkaksisuri . parvanayana 178. Paramananda 46. himanuvarnana 262. 308.").~x patakalaksana L51. "vi. Panijuranga I padantadlpini 95sq.. 54sq. patali 258.<-- 91. Panini 75 sq. 37. payastambha 212. Parasarya Vyasa 24. — par§adavrtti 94.. Pa ranies vara 193 sq. carana 265 sq. parvatl 262. paragipura 13 sq. padadlpika 73sq.°yuddhasannaha IN. Pavyeka 70 note. parjanyasuktavidhi 120. 308. pipasaharana 212.. 295. Parlksita 91. 47. papanasrsvara 280.263.. 325 . pisacamocana 2*'. paribhasarthasamgrahal27 129. padmapurana padapadohalaprakaravidhi 211. paramesthin 26. paribhasa 97. see Paramananda. papavina^amahatmya 279 — paramarthasara 157. 295. parvatyaa tapasParasarasmrti 107. pip(p)ala 120. pavamana 225. padma.. papapanodanasaras 277. 48. Pundarlka 27. °puj&ma- padayojana 74.40. . 304. papanasa 279 281. 52. patranirupana 98.. 290. palaSavanamahatmya Pingala 70. munikathana katbana 281. 304. 301.

310. puranasravanamahimanuvarnana 189. 297. 253. prayascittasubodbinl °calaksara pretagraba 81. 18. Pulaha 276.-2* 326 ><- Punyananda 6. prayaga 290. 301. 296. Pulanda 7. prakrti 224. Pbanindra 111.. purvottaradvadasamanjarikastotra 38. prakirnakanda 177. 27. 297. Bandhula 231.. 302. 129.. prasnasamgraba 199 sq. °carita 280 sq. °vivarana 103. pratyabhijnanasakuntala 109 sq. badarivana 262. 300. prasisya 274. 296. paulomaparvan 82. prayascitta 236 sq. 196. 302. prapancahrdaya 148 sq. 305. prapancasara. babvrcabrabnianopanisad 216. prasnasastra 199. 302. 117. prakriyasarvasval69. °moksaprada 280. purvambodbi 283. Phanisailapati 111. prayoga 5sq. prayogasara 211. purana 269. Ballala 231.300. prasnamrta 171. 298. Prajapati 187. Pururavas 192. pragalbbiyalaksana 138. prasnopanisad 18. . prajapatya 237. Prablada 258.. 270.. punyabavidhi 120. °bbasya 28. 298. 296.. 310. pratisarabandbavidhi 120. praklrna 171. 297.]>rasnavivarana 28. prayascittavidbi 214. 3. Pulastya 7. Pratapavlra. 224 sq. °tlrtha 271. prasnavidbana 179. °srirasamgraha 131. 298. 280. bakavadba 91. pradosapujamabimanuvaniana 189. prapancarabasya 160. ptirvakbanda of brabmanda. prakrtarupavatfira212sq. pratarabuti 139. badarikasrama 289.. 216 sq.. 238. purvatapaniyopanisad purvatapini 18 sq. prataparudrlya 101 sq. paurnaniasyadbikarana 173. °yasobhusana. Prthuyasas 200. pujadesakalaniriipana 130. prataparudra. purvamlmamsa purvabdhi 273. Purusottama 270. 303. 299. babusami 225. pravrajyayoga 170 sq.

bilvatirtha 273. . 301.. 166. brahmatlrtha 258. 2. 299. brahmayajnavidhi 1 20. 269—273.. brahmacala 259. 100. bfilasahasrananian 163. balavyutpattidayinl 147. 211. 273. 265sq. Badarayana8. 309. 170. 219. brahraasrstikathana 240.125—127. 272. 276—279. 1 Bodharanya 143 note. brahmaparastotra 184.. 309.">. 263. 304. brhajjataka 152. 271. Bukka 114sq. brahmagita 306.. 262. 238. 3. °svargaprapti- kathana 277. 254. 260. bilvSranyamahatmya 277. 327 Kr- Bana 230. bralimapurisa 266. 290. brahmakaivartapurana 88 sq. brhaspati 277. 88. 203. brahmaraksasa 280.. brahman (the god) ^">7 259. 238sq. 215. 41. 1 1 7 sq. brahmahattistrlhattimocana 277. 269s !. brahmanadivivahabhedah 306. 250. 297. 278. 270. 297.. 102. 249. brhannaradlyaniahapurana 259. Badharanya 143 sq.. pupil of Visvesvarauanda 142sq. brhadaranyakopanisad 24 sq. 98.303. 67. pupil of Krsnnnanda 12. 69. 250. 164. 68.. 124. 89. brahinanasraisthya 98. branman&radasamvada 2 Barhaspatyasutra 219.. 283. 64 sq. brahmfindapurana 239 sq. pupil of Ananda Bharatl 80. brahma. 273. brahmajijnasa 119. 271.. 109. balakanda 11. balabharata 191 sq. Brahmananda Yati. 301.257 sq. Buddhisagara 232. 308 bralimapuranalOO. 305. 305. 298. 71 sq. Bodhabharatl 143 sq. baladidhanavisayani 186. 59. 302. brahmanaiida 74 sq. brahmanubhavastaka 123. Brhaspati 185.. barhaspatyamanabda 287. Bukkana 107..H>. Bodhayana7. 72. 56. Brahmananda Bharatl. 305. 243—245. 278. see brahmapurSna. bralnnottarakhanda 100. budhavakya 87. 303. l'S3. 278. 307. 308. bijastambhana brahmasutracandrika254. 155. 257 sq. brhatsamhita 93. 303. 195.219. Brahmanandanatha 308. brahmavidya brahmasabha 243. brahmandottara 155. 84. bijaropana 211. 302. Bodhanidiii 28 sq..304. 307.

Bhismaparvan 92. bhattacandrika 172 sq... bhadr&yurnraktipraptikatha- 277. c Bhoja 231— 233. bhavisyottarapurana 260 sq. 57. bhogamoksasamastliana 275. bbagavadglta 299. 305.-Sh 328 k~ bhavestagrahadustayah 286. Bhismasaratalpasayana 92. 222. . 257. Bharatiyati 143 note. 176. 166. bhogadhikyasthana 275.. sq. °tirtha °naradasamvada 239. 151. 249. 21.iiprakasavivrti 167. 228. 100. Bharadvaja 7. bhaskariya (laghu) 193. 282.. bhaglrathapuja 263. 21. 222.. 299.. 10. 238. bliava. Bharatltirtha 73—75. 215. manimanjarl 300. Bkattacarya 290. makarasamkrantiphala 287. bliavanopanisad 5sq. 305. 300. °kavya 177. bhiitlrtha-257. bbasakalidinadayah 286. Mankhaka 208. 172 sq. °pradlpika 47 289 . bhunagatailaprakara 212.. 305. 218. 23.124sq. bbavarthadlpika 46. °tapassiddhi- katliana 278. sq. Bhattaka e. 303. 305. 307. 218. Mahkhuka 208. Maukha. Bhartr 177. bhugolapurana 204. 52. 302. niai.. Aryabhata) 303^ 70.. 225. bhavasrayaphalani 286. 7. bhasapariccheda 221. 12. °phala 171. Bhata (i. Bhaskara °ksetra 89. 118 sq. 87.. bhavisyatpurana 100. bbagavatasara 9. bhaktilaksanasampranayal60. 308. bhavavindana 286. Bhrugu. 181sq. "samhita 267. . sq. bnrguvakya 87. Bharadvaja 32. bhagana 191. 307.. 301. 302. bhagavatapurana bhunagotpattiprakara 212. bhiksacaiya 98. na 189. 303. 283 °siksa 32. 306.. 277. 45sq. 297. 184. 172 sq. 303. bhayoga Bharata 178. Bhattikavya 177. prabandlia 231. 296. 227. Bhrgu 258. 110. 305. 239. bhaktapriya 161. 180.°ratnaprablial02. see Bhrgu. 306. 179. bhattadlpika 121sq. 69. bhagavatpradurbhava bhasya 290. Bhattotpala 93. bhasyarthasaipgraha 142 179. 80.. °mata- mahatmya 226 Bhaskararaya 302.

26.. 115. Malladhvarindra L3sq. mantraparvan 114sq. mabamagbatirtbavaibbava — mantrasarakramadipika 131. 78. 47. mabavakvavivL'ka 74. 92. 278. madhyamakhagda Mallayajvan 13sq. matanglkavaca 162. mantrapatha 32. Mayura 53 sq. 298. Malasvara 90sq. madhyarjunapura 277. mahaganapatistotramalamantra 164. 298. 307. mantrayantra mantrasadhanaprakarakatha. madbyamabhaga267.. . 306. mantrarthapratipadana 130. 100. 187.. lnaliagnisarvasva 126 sq.. manana... 115. mababbarata 22sij. Mammata Maya 193. 309. maiitraksaramala50. Maim 98. mantra 104. mahaprastbanikaparvan 60. mababbisekavidhi 120. mabarudrahutisamkbya 89. mantrabhasya 33. 277. mantraprasnadvaya 32. 256. Mandapalacarita 91. matsyapurana 37. 308.301.->* 329 X mandalabrabmana. 109. Ma(t)syagandhi mayurapurlmahatmya 248sq. 59 sq. 297. mantraprasnabbasya 33. Madhusxhandas 105. 131. 306. 243. °grantha 255. 62. mandukyopanisad is. 299. 187. Madbusudana Sarasvati 39. 296. Marudratl 278. mabopanisad 19 ^q. 284 sq. 299. mabogragraha 81. 297. 303.. 107. mahaganegamantrapaddbati 35.. 249. 193.305. 156.mahabbutaviveka 109. 300. mababharatasamgraha 90 92. 195. mahaganapaddhati 242. 212. 183. 84 sq. 307.. mabes>aranaradasamvada240.. 298.282.. 310. madhyarjunapati 264. mantramurti 198. 299. See sanmukha. "upanisad mayukhamalika 36 sq. 299.. 262. madhyamadhikara 1 78. mababbaskarlya 179. marudvrdha = „river" 280. 60—64. mannmkkatirtha (?) 268 sq. Mallinatha 101. 113sq. 229. mautrabrahmana 114sq. 82sq. °prakarana 255 sq. na 88.. madhyarjunamahatmya 243. mabanatakasuktisudbanidlii manojneSa 264.

mayavarahaprabhava mayavahnisrsti 268. Markandeya 263. 306. 198. 92. yajhopavitanirmana 98. mimamsakanyaya yatidharma 98. Prajiia 83. Yajhesvara 158. mrttikasnanavidhi 120.. 156. 100. 66. Yayati 192. Munja 231 sq. 297. 258. mrgasirsa (a certain position of the hand) 151. 205. 3.. malavinatha 13. 19. 268. °sthala 283. mausalaparvan 60 sq. 116. 121. 36. yogaphala 286. °jlvatu mukunda 282. °vijaya 175. matrkastava 162.. 42. 291. 10.~s* 330 hs- mataiigyastottara 163. 306. yamaduta 262. 100. yuddhakanda 85. 67. Maithila 246. moksasrama 98. 297. 306. Yadu 41. 172. 303. raiikambika 215. yajana 93. 302. mitaksara 139 sq.Yajhanarayana 95. 18. manasapuja manasasnana Mailara 13 sq. 302. . Medinlkosa 291. Mandhatr 277. Manaveda 210.. yaksagraha 81.. 107. 41. muktikhanda 100. 282 2. 11.. 205. matrkanyasa 162. 116sq. mrkandugajendrasanivada 239. 309. 166. mimamsakaustubha42sq. 3. °acarya. °nia. niayurasthana 278. 155. 306. 309. °amfity. 226sq. madhavarak?asatvamoksana mrgasarotsava 265. inunivakya 87. Yajhavalkya 7.yajhavaibhavakhanda van 78. 270. yamatlrtha 273.. 24. Medinikara 289. mlmamsatantravarttika sq. 260. 175. misralaksana 138. yamuna 275. 209. °purana yajana 48 sq. 69. 114sq. 309.i Madhava 280. 303. Madhaviya 1. moksasastra 80. 27.. 98. 10 sq. mlmamsasastra 129. Madhava. Maitreya 40. yaj hes vara 126. 64. sq. haksetra 282. °samasyapar. mundakopanisad °bhasya 28. mlinamsadarsana 172. 149 yantravidhana 178. Yudhisthira 113.

85. ratnapana 101 sq. Rarnakrsna. Ranganatha 86 sq..304. rathantara 238. 258. rama Rivakalyanda (?) 86. 303. 11. 193. scribe. rabasya veda 237 sq. Rama Gastrin 136.. 56. 215. . 296. °prasna- mahamantra rudranuvaka 56. rudravidhi 88 sq. rajasasanalaksana 187... 22si|. ramasetu 290. 182. 298. ranganatha 76. 128... ratirahasya 53. 25. 1'.~» yogasastra 37. rasmi 286. Raniabhadramakhin ramasambhava 177. rSsislla 171. rahasyopanisad 19sq. Rama. rudradhyaya 24. 64 — 71. 299. Ramananda Ramanuja ramayana 80. in Bra. father of Raghunatha 90. 272.Rudra.304. 301. Ratnagiri Diksita 127 sq. rasiprabheda 170sq. rabunirakarana 178. 298. 155. 110s<j. radhs 151. Rarnakrsna 73—75. 47.. rasabhivyanjika 8sq. Rucidatta 167. 309.. yogyatavadartha 145 sq. ranga 240. rudrasnanarcanabhisekavidhi rajayaksman 226. rudrabhisekavidhi 89. rudrasamhita 120. rangamahatmya 59. rathasamkhyambopakhyana 91. HOsq. 303. 85. °sara 207. rajayoga 170sq. Rarigaraja Diksita 144 sq.308. ratnavall 151. 11. rudranyasa 55. Rama Raghunatha. 233 mj. rarigalaksana 151. 298.... 303. scribe. 124sq. Ramakrsnadlivaiiul l7N (i . 297. Rajanaka Mamniata 183. of Saraa250. ratnasagara 4.'. 331 ks- yogananda 74. 257. . ragadvesaprakarana 288. b!'.. 184.. 90. 203. 298. rabasyatirahasya 132. 79. Kajanaka Kuyyaka Etanayana Muni 1 L n8. rajarajesvaritantra rajavarttika 142. Raghunatharyadiksita 240 sq. 304. guru of Parainesvara hniakaivartapurana 243. 92. 233 sq. 301. 52. 298sq. 304. 92. rabasyagama 132. Rudradeva 42 sq. 79. 218. Rudraskandba 99. Ramacandra 167. Raghavanandal84sq. Rucaka 208. rudra 55 sq.

Laksmidhara Yarabasambita 93. °graina 204. 40.. Raumabarsina 90. 299. lagbustuti. 308. varahapurana. 152. 303 83. 309. 8sq. vadanadurgandhabarana 212. °tika 80. Lagbubbattaraka 180sq. 231. lalitadevistotra 155. °rnababbasya 180 °dbarniopadesa 268. 163. 309. vayavya 24. Yatsyayanasastra 176. 86. 197. vanjiraprakriya 212. vakyavrtti 83. 301. Yadbula 97 sq. lalitakbyana. Roniabarsana 100. vakyasudba. Yamadeva 7. Yaradaraja 186. . °visva309. 273.. lllavati 193. 299. Lokanandanatba 117sq. tha 257. vanamalin 198. 155. 304. . 304. 243.. 296'. 304. lingotpatti 275. laksnil 281. Liladevi 232. sq. vakyanyaya 209. 143.. Yaruna 97. 137. 158sq. °dlpika. lalitasabasranamastotra41sq. Yanl 290. 173. Rauruki 119. vadaratnavall 136 . 81. see varaba. Yacaspatimisra 142 note. Yagbhata 202. mitrasamvada 268. °tir- 93.~s* 332 *s- Ruyyaka 208. 256. Yararucadika 45.. 309. 81 sq. see lalitopa- kbyana. 304. see lingapurana. Laksmana Jatavallabbusi- strin 32. 303. 301.. 263. °prakasika lalitastavaratna 219. Yararuci 76. lainga. (Rsi) 7. lagna 286. 219. 309. 120. . 309. 226. laksmibbiimi 277. vakyakarana °lagbuprakasika 86 sq. laukikavisayatavridiutba 146. vanaparvan 78. Yamesvara (Rsi) 216. 99.. 170. Yancbya 87. 307. Yarabamihira 200.. Yasistha 7. °bhasya 17. vajasaneyisambitopanisad 16 lingapurana 100. 275. 113. 301. 306. 254. 164. lekbyanirupana 186. lekhyaparlksa 186. lalitopakhyana 88. varnasramadbarmanirupana valmikapuja 263. lekbyaprakarana 187. vamana(purana) 100.

309.'santastuti 51 sq. 290..'. 28sq...isn varaba(purana) 100. VteveSvara 1' I 1. 109. Visnumitra 21.299. 80. 270—27. Vcnka1:n. Venkata Subrahmanya.. - vyi i kbyana 30. 308. 161. 268.. 257—260. 147. 146. 281 Vasudeva. 228. 85. visayatavadartha 146. vimsatl 180. visnvalaya 281. 130. vindhya 275. 80. Vasudeva Diksita i 126. 120. 301. 11.. Vfksasecana 211. vidbavadbarma 98. vidkuragnisandbana 120. 300. Visnugarman 303. Vidyanatha "bbujanga 76. 166. visayananda visnu 75. Vasuclevamai anaprakara n 255. 305. Vibblsana 102. a of vilamkuti (N. vrsakapi 172. 100. Vasudevayatisvara 255. place?) vrtra 257. viyonijanman 170sq. 289. sq. Vidyaranya 310. 3".-3H 333 <r- N'isv. 140sq.. 305. Venkatanayaka 203. vvksavaicitryadobalabbedab 211. 60. vidyananda 75. Visvanaiulanatba Vi.. 302. 7. 304. 1 vivaha 98.. 300. ° . Venkatapati 182. °dbarma 307. Valmiki 7.. 308. scribe. 214. 79. Visvanatba 221.. virarudrayasobbiKana 117. 187. 101.. 69 vrttaratnakara virataparvan63sq.. vivekacudamam visvagui. 290. 194. 124.iadar. 283. 303.. virabfibudarsana 268. °purana 40 sq. 203. Vi'sadarvi 56 sq. 298. vii-amabendrakanda 116. 71 sq. 62. 288. vilanghyalaksana 95.svamitra 273. 218. 1 1 ViSveSvarSnanda 142 sq. 308. 24:. . 117.. Venkatanatba 1 1 1 sq.sa 29. 259. 131. 4.: videhakaivalyalaksana 160. vidyarogyastuti vidyfi^tadasaka 172.ir\ 263.. 240 sq.. 300. 73—75.. ° laksana vilingbya . 154. 280 sq. 35. visnusahasranaman 153. 218sq. Visvarupa 290. °prasna 200. visavidhi 187. 70sq. °fcirtha ayajvan 240 sq. vinayakapujakarana 261. 121 sq. vrsotsar janavidbi 2< >.i \. 287. 296. scribe 15sq. 256. 303. Vi>vesvnra Painlila 83. "katha Vidyadbaman vidyaganesainantroddbaral32. 91. "pfwladik. 303. 64—67. virajatirtba 258.

24. 256. vyavahara 185—187. 71. °sutra- bhasya vedantarthamaya 184.. 216 sq. °paribhasa 146 sq. 26—29. 300. scribe 121. 100. 185 sq. 38. vedarthaprakasa 114sq. 279. see visnupurana. 250. Sankaracarya 4. 308. 275. 53. 289. 187. Vedavyasa 7. 80. 303. 17. 62. 47. 288-291. °carita 106. 91. 140sq. Vyasa. 73. sankulaksana 211. 121. °matraprakarana 121. see Vedavyasa.. 103. 113.. °guru tirtha 268. 306. Sakti 7. 186.. Vainyadatta vaidikadliarmakhanda 246 sq. Vainika 164. 102.. Vehkatadriyajvan 36.. 102 sq. °bhedah 58 308. 124. 303. "tirtha 273. 113.. °sara 160.. 119. 304. Vyasa. 307.. °sikhamani 147sq. 21. Yaiyyasikl 78. vedaranya 264. a village 275. Vaiklianasa 110 sq. 124. 55. 77. venasya katha 196. 288—291. 83. saktipahcaksarastotramaha- mantra 163. vedapadastava sq. 194 sq. °sastrasiddhan41. °samhita 116sq. 154. 201. 304. 257. vedaprakarana 148. 262. 254. 16. 58. 185. Sankara. 302. 274. 51 sq. 136. 210... Vaidyanatha Diksita 97 sq. 131.. 118 vaivahikotsava 88. 297. 98. °putra 39. 288. Vaidyanatha Sastrin 127 sq.. 303. Venkusudhlvara. si]. see Sankaracarya. vaidodankacarita 91.334 Verikatadri 41. vaisnava. 161.. 303. vaiSakhamahatmya 194. Vaidyadatta 53. 124. scribe 44 sq.. 72 sq. talesasamgraha 144 sq. 153. 197. 40. 113. 106. 258. 304. Sahkara 59.. 39. 72 sq. k~ vaisakhotsava 262. 289. Vainyadatta 53. vaisesika 304. 302. Vaisampayana 91.. 256. saktisutra 5. Venkatesa 111. vyaktaganita 178. 302. 310. °laksana vedapuri. °kanda vetana 187. "sastra 157. 82. 304. 303. 187. °malika 186 sq. 8. . °saraprakarana °sutra 108 sq.safikhapiija 198. Vehkusa. saiikhapuspi 284. vyaghraputa (°read pura?) vedanta 112. 76. . 296. °adhikaranamala 118. 303. saiikhacakragadapadmadharin 198.

sarlradurgandbaliarana 212.. 247. sivaraghavasamvada saradatilaka 131.sakinya(pattana) 13. Saiikaramarga 184. sivanamlarasa 198. °kotisamhita 246 sq. °gariga29o . sivavaibbavakbanda 243. 303. sivarabasyakbanda 140 sq. °upanisad 24 sq. 307. 305. sq. 56. sivadharinapunyanirilpana 263. siva 58sq. 258.°ksetra 263.. samanavyakliyana 30. 124. 127. Sivarama 103. sivabhiksatanakatbana 7 7.suka 276. satadusani lllsq.. °vyakbya" 125. saktasamayadiksavidhanal30. sarirakopanisad 19. slvagama 214.. sarlralaksana 160. 266. sivaparvatlsamvada 260 si [. 306. sivadliarmottara 214. sivaduta 262. salyaparvan 92. °bbasya sivaviliara 290.. Sakalya 96. satiibliisekavidbi 120. Sambavyagrbyasutra 104. satarudrya 25. 335 n<- Salihotra 119. 305. °kbanda Sankbayanagrbyasutra 104. sivamabatiuya 189. 12»i.. santiparvan 90. siromani 168.. 306. 205. Sibi 56. &atyayani 119. satasahasrika 114. Sivadatta 172. sivadharmaphalaninlpana26'J. sivareanasinunani 1 oalivahana£akabda 287. saktaniantra 21. °glta 37. Sahki 26. Siistradipika 36sq. 120. 189. 296. 3":. sixakhyarajadbani 275. sivabbaktamabinianuvarnana 189. satapathabralmiana 25. 277. sarlrastbana 174.. 27. 297. binianuvarnana 189.. sivasatkatbainrta 264. "caturdasiina- sani 87. 305. sarvatlrtka 275 sq. sabdalamkSraprakarana 117. 257. 72 sq. 120. 308. sivasayujva 275.ia 100. 303. 297. 296. 116 37. 297. Sali.->« sacl 273. sakuntala 110 sq.. 246 sq. sarngatirtba 283. Sivadasa 174. 100. 296. 1 7 -< i . Sarabha 280. satarudriya 24. sarngapani 249. sarirakamlrnainsa 83. 306. sivapuiTu. 262.". . sapatbavidbi 187. 25. °tattvasudbanidhi 77. sarlropanisad 19. sasadhara 147. .

259. srividyanyasa 130. 295. 299. rudrasamhita 247sq. Srltrivikrama 179. srutisuktiniala 165. 184.. scribe 135. sukravakya 87. . °mahatmya 59. 4. "cudamani 110.. 308. 243. 33. srividyasandhyanusthana 130.. sesa 157. 240. .. Srlnivasaniakkin 3. sukriya 225.srlrudrayaraala 4.~5* 336 hs- sivalaya 281. °kupa srimukhaparisad 287. 197. 250. 242. syamalambavarmaratna sq. 299. 158 sq.. 273. 261. 298. srl satpancasika 200. Suka 7. srikundagrama 290.. 301. °dlpika 21. 266. 264. saikhandina 225. Sesadri. 274. 44 sq... Sesasuri. 119. sricakrapratisthavidhi sricakralaksana 130. 260. svetavana 264. vaibliava 240 °divyavimana Sesanaga 157. 295. sricaluTtntaraladevatapratipadana 130. Saunaka 63. 258. srlranga 273. 120. srautasutra 125 sq. sekliaripattana 121 sq. 297 sq. 162 svetaviglmesvarasivastliana 280. 60 sq. 212. 308. °ksetra 310. sadangaprakarana 1 48. 307. srlsukta 223. 94. °rahasya 242. syamikaharana £raddha 57. °kotisee srividyaratnasutra. Sesanarayana 95 sq. sesadri 258. °ksetra257. 117. 310. 300. Saunda (Venkusudblvara) srautakaksa 236. 45sq. Sukra (Rsi) 198.. sesarya 184. svetamarga 290. 304. surapadmasamhara Srlnivasacarya 110 sq. manya 15sq. 276. 96.. . suddhananda 283. svetanibkodhi 228. Srlpati 178sq. saiva. Sisupalavadka 175. Siidhara 45 sq. 310. 309. sivapurana. 280. . °vimana 240. sribhumi 273. 108. 258. Suka Yogindra 21.. 305. scribe 40 sq. srutiraiijini °agama saucavidki 120. 90. °tlrtha 257. sulatirthanirmana 261. srividySjapakalpa 130. Saurisunu 30 sq. 302. °tata 113. 256. 285 father srlvidyakhyainulavidyabhedah of scribe Venkata Subrah4. 48. srividyaganapatikalpa 132. 239sq.

sabhasabhyopadesah 187. 15. 143. saksivisayfini 186. . 303. 30. samudayastakavarga 286. °vivaranatattvakaumudl 143 Sanatkuniara 7. 306. 91. 212. 73. Satya satra 54. 258. Sayana. 299. "acarya 1. samhitagamanalaksana 296. 295. . 114sq. sahyaja 283. 2. sankbya 304. 90.. sania-tikfuianafor "kantarajmahatmya 250.. "saptati 142. 139. samgramavijaya 132. sams&radusana 77. 201. satkirtivardhana 271. saingitasastra 150. 299. samsararabasya 160. 236—238. 298. saptagana 236. 296. 280.. 37. satvika (astau) 151. 114sq. 215. Sanjaya 115. sq. 308..H>. 302. sabasr anamasam grababha sya 153sq. sayujya 275. 224s<[.. Sanatkumariya 131. sarvamangalim 81. cf. 337 k~ sadaimiayalak<ana 130. sadyomarana 1 70 sq. samhitopanisad 217. 236—238. 290. saptalaksana 30. 297. Sanandana Sanatana 7.. saksipanksa 186. 7. satyaksetra 279. 304. sabhaparvan 22 sq. saxaabnilimanabba^va 1 14. Sadananda 108 sq.. samadhividhi 205. sandhyopasanavidbi 120. 201 Sanaka 7. 307. sadasivabrahmasamvada 132. 238.. satsampradayasarvasva 131. 97.. sayamboma 296. "samhita 77. 145. samvatsara 236. saksipratyuddbrti 187. Sanmdrabandhavajvaii 212 sq. 202. 295. sodasakriya 195. 276. sarvatomukliainaliavratayajin samkhyapramana samgrababharata 153. sabasrananiapadyavrttil94sq. 274. 296. sagarastava 81. sanmukba 269. °karika 142. saiuhitavivrti 93. sarvak-etraprabliavaj)lialasrutinirupana 273. saksiprakarana 186. Satyaklrti 277. .. 298. sarvarthacintamani 203. 116. sarvari^tasanti 120. 259. sambhavakanda sarpa&inti 120. samaveda 99. sanjlvanausadhagiri 258. 298. sarvanukramani 105.253. sarubbavaparvan 91. Sadasiva 16-4.

Sutagita 10 sq. siddkantabkedasamgrakal44... suparnatatini 258. 51.75. 274. 308. Sntasaunakasamvada 242 sq. 259. Sita 241. 305. 184. 69 . Sugrlvaprasna 199. 242. sundarakanda 79. brhajjataka 152. Subahu 278. 100. . — 63. sona. Sudar. Sundararaja 86. 212 sq. 141. °kunda 266 . susvarakarana 212. Sumantn 168. miiktikathana 280.. siddkiksetra 279. snmbbadhvamsinl 229. sarasamgraka 199. Savaradkipa 263. yadlpika lOsq. 265. sutrasthana 174. siddkasrama 274. 276—278. Suribbatta 36. 263. Simkftnana 280. 90sq. siddkantalesasamgraka 144. 54. on vibhaga 121. °tatparyadipika 11. 302. 300. 250. Sugrivasamagama 222. °tlrtba 263— Sudarsanacarya 166. °savarni- kamanvantara 48 sq. Snta 37. Simkaraja 180 sq. Sudhabindu 283. sarasara 272. 306. 205 Snkanya 273. 10. 309. srsti 98. 303. 300. Suridevabuddhendra 35. Suresvara 290. Slradeva 127 sq. 77.193. sutala 270. 266. 300. see V'enkata S. Savitryupakkyana 78. sukkabodkini 306. Sutasamhita 2. surya 193. 64. sakityasarvasva 110 sq. siirasasamgamajalapadatirthakathana 268. 66 sq. 243. 100. 219. Somadeva 86 sq. Sarvabkauma sarvabbanmalaksana 138. 301.Somanatha 36 sq. 55. N.. 301. 189. a river 290. suryasiddbantal2 301.sana 280. Subrahmanya. °vivarana 193 sq. sugandhavana 259. 3. 14. 301. Com.. 257.... Suratha 49. 299. 58. Com. on bhaga. 265. suksmarasmayali 286. 301. subodhinl. 269.~Sh 338 h$~ sararakasyacaturvarnakranta- vadgita 48.. sudaruparaksasavadha 263. siddkantasekkara 178sq. 244. 266. °carita 280. 283.. °sataka 53 sq. Sutamunisamvada 116. Soma Subodha. of a river 290. °puskarinl 263. suvarnamukhari. siddkantanmktavali 221.. °grabana 178. °tatpar- siddkantasarasamgraka 144.

Somasarman 290. 35. Haradattami&ra 139 sq. 298. S\:imin 177. Somesvaraputra 285. svargarobanika]). 10.). skandesvarasamvada 163. 298. haritattvanuiktavali 8. sq. Haviscandia 245.uv. 303. 303. smftikartynirupana 98. 242. 309. °agastyasain38. svavambliuvatirtlia 277. 229. 308. smrtimuktaphala 97—99. "sto- syanandura (?) svapnadhyaya 230. Haradatta 33.. I lariscandropakliyana 267. 100. skandopanisad stotra 308 sq. Hastamalaka 290. °hatti (sic) 277. 257. 226sq. (Coir. 297. bamsasyabastalaksana 151. harimldestotra 8. 303. bastamalaka. 248sq. 307. baribbaktisudhodaya 107 305. 303. 238 7. liastigirimahatmya Svayamprakasa Yati 8sq. 296. 155.ilasyamabatmya 306. bmalaksana 187. smrticandrikal85sq. v. Hanuman 258. haridvara 290. and Add. 62! 92.. 304. 188. 197. soniesvaratirtba 277.. svarapaficasacchlokl vyakhya hiranyaksakatha 196. baristuti 8. hiranyagarbbavibudhasamva 300. 92.. 305.~3H 339 t<- somavaramabimanuvarnana 189.55. 34. Hayagrlva 155. skanda 214... saubhagyalaksmikalpa 163. 8varginarakicihna214. stbalesamabatniya 204. strlparvan 90.i!i 60. sauracandramanabda 287. svaralaksana 34. da 239. sthandilakundamandapanirmanadividbi 89. Harsacarita 290. sauptikapaivan 90. Ii.302.140s«i. 305. tra 82. . hariksetra 279. 121.. 302. snatakadbarma 98. 43 sq. 289. °purana 2. 264. strljataka 171 (Corrigenda).. harinadl 264. 116sq... 7. - Svayamprakasananda 128 sq. stotrakbanda 155.205. stridharma 98. somotpatti 57 sq. strimukbakantikarana 212. 306 sq. 278. s<p. 302. 268 sq. 77. 19.ida 88. bemakutakbanda 267. 268. 165. °prakaiana. 302.

read kulajndnindm acarasya. 1. 25 read Jcutasthadl 1. 43. 11 read Parlksitena for pdriksitena. hemabjatirtha 277. P. 27 read narttakl vd kaldvati. P. 28 read tisthet (tat)paicfit. P. Honnambikal3sq. 1. P. P. 1 1. read Vdcaspatimisra. from below. Yimusahasranaman. 142. P.^ 301.sastra 152. 1. C C II. 132. 81. 2 from below. read Isd-Upanisad for Isd . read P. 12 sq. P. °. 153. 9 from below. 220. 1. °tatparyasagara 170. 17 add: See Aufrecht CC II. 277. 171.tha . 1. add: by Haradatta. °vivarana 170sq. from below. 1. P. P. 130.<H °cakratlrtlia. read 5 samapayya kriyas etc. 1 1. 91. 21 read sddhavah for sd 1. from below. 10 read Kavyanmld. . bora 171. 219. 17. 1. 9 1. 29 read bhaveyur vibhramdnvituh. P. 22 and . 74. 28. 5 from below. 1. 310 . Honnarya 13 sq. 3 add: See Aufrecht 1. line 12 1. hemabjanayaki 257.-> hemapuskarini °tir. read Tattvakaumudi. 151. 1. read dvdvimsa strljutakam. 139. P. hernakarasaras 277.Upanisat. Homiamba. 258. read yrahayoni for grhayoni". Page P. ADDENDA AND CORRIGENDA. 1. -$~r<J- . 26 (kaumdrasamhita). 52. 286.

1899. F. forming Vol. History of the Seljuks. Rhys Davids (Mrs. 9. Steingass (Dr. A. M. Buddhist manual of 12. Abhidhamma Just out — illustrations). 8. 15. stories. Part TI (Vol. 1891 and L892. 'Uthman. Albemarle Stri London. 16.ORiENTAL TRANSLATION FUND. Thomas (of Trinity 1897. and other historical matter. The Katha Yatthu. TV. M. The last twenty-four Makamats of Abu Muhammad al Kasini al Hariri. 1896.2. 9. Cambridge). with an appendix about his wives. translated from the Persian. Yuan Chwang's Travels. 7.).). The following works of this series are now for sale at the rooms of the Royal Asiatic Society. children.). Rhys Davids (Professor T. 1895. 10. a collection of twenty-four Makamats Price 15s. concubines. B. i900. H. containing the lives of Abu Bakr. D. servants. I and II) of the above. a volume. I and II. aster (Dr. secretaries. the immediate 1894. Khwand's Rauzat-us-Safa'. Vols. translated The Katha Kosa. successors of Muhammad. 1898. and traditions translated from the Hebrew. 1.). NEW SK1MKS. F. collection of Jewish legends the Hebrew Bible Historiale. 10. Mir 1893. College. G A A translation of the Dhamma Sangani from the Pitaka of the Buddhist Canon. except vols. I.). 4. W. H. c 6. 5. and All. II: Chenery's translation of the it (C. Bana's Kadambari. C. Bana's Harsa Carita. Cowell (Professor E. Life and Memoirs of Gulbadan Begum. Ill) of the above. Ridding (Miss C. Tawney Jain from Sanskrit Manuscripts. Part 1. l Rehatsek (E. 13. Umar. or 11. 1902 (with In preparation 14. S.). 22. containing the Moslem Version of the lives of the prophets from Adam to Jesus.). etc.) and Mr. a volume. (In the pre - . The Chronicles of Jerahmeel. Price 10s.). containing a full and detailed life of Muhammad the Apostle. aunt of Akbar the Great. psychological ethics of the fourth century it.). — Watters (T. Part II (Vols.). being a first sold with as Vol. Beveeidge (Mrs. c. Ross (Principal E. or 'Garden of Purity'.

(In the Press. Albemarle Street. M.d.). A.Allah ready. with an V0 Appendix by Mr.). H.ASIATIC SOCIETY MONOGRAPHS. with a summary of the contents of that work.) S.. are requested to apply to Any THE SECRETARY. (4) (5) The History of Jakmak. F.) (Dr. Description of Persia and Strong (Professor Mesopotamia in the year 1340 a.) persons wishing copies of printed circulars coninformation as to the Oriental Translation Fund and taining the Asiatic Society Monographs. New Researches into the Composition and Exegesis of the Qoran. by Ibn 'Arab shah.) Le Strange (Guy).). W. Researches on Ptolemy's GeCatalogue of Sanskrit (In the Press. has determined to bring out a series of which will afford opportunity for the publication monographs of papers too long to appear in the Journal. Thomas. G-. LONDON. Sultan of Egypt. (Xenrly Hamd.) (3) Hirschfeld pages. E. Royal Asiatic Society's Library. Royal Asiatic Society. 4 t0 155 or 3/6 for cash. •*** .). {Price 5/. 22. (Dr. or 3/6 for cash. (Price 5/. (2) Winternitz in the MSS. Arrangements have so far been made for the publication Society of the following: The — (1) Gerini (Major ography. from the Nuzhat-al-Kulub of Mustawfi. W. 8 xvi. 340 pages.

.

nvn-KYK %ijiii rfnv UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY Los Angeles This book is DUE on the last date stamped below.^EUNIVER% v^lOS-AW . tf-UBR/ 41584 mo/: 33 0-JO ^ 3 m OC .OF-CALIF0% i/i .

LIBRARY UC SOUTHERN REGIONAL I FACILITY FO/i* Ui OQ AA 000 479 83 131 yo\wm\] mmi^ lOSANCElfj> MrT. ^tLIBRARYOc L P/^ 15 ^JUDNVSOl^ "%i3AINI13V\V ^OJITCHO^ ^/OJITVDJO^ ^toNV-SOV^ <A\tE-UNIVERS/a ^tEUNIVER^ ^lOS-ANCELfjt> ^0FCA1IFC% -< ^JHDNV-SOl^ ^MAIM-JV^ y0AWHaiH^ y0AwaaiH^ <Til30NVSOV^ flfrLIBRARYQr «$UIBRARY0/> ^EUNIVERS/^. v*lOS-ANGElfl> ^UIBRARYQr . ^0ECALIF0% ^lOSAN'GElfj> ^0FCALIFC% 5? ^AavaaiH^ \w$> "^/MAINIHW* y0A{MiaiH^ \WEU ^EUNIVER% ^vlOSANCELfj> WO/:. -^LIBRARY *WE-UNIVEf. o ^EUNIVEI iOSANGEL£r> ^AHvaam^ tfEUNIVERto y0Auvagn^ «EL& «$UIBRARY0/ OC T=^- ^ojiivj-jo-v %dllV3J0^ <\V\E UNIVERS//.

Related Interests